EP4694893A1 - Novel inhibitors of pikfyve and methods using same - Google Patents

Novel inhibitors of pikfyve and methods using same

Info

Publication number
EP4694893A1
EP4694893A1 EP24789641.8A EP24789641A EP4694893A1 EP 4694893 A1 EP4694893 A1 EP 4694893A1 EP 24789641 A EP24789641 A EP 24789641A EP 4694893 A1 EP4694893 A1 EP 4694893A1
Authority
EP
European Patent Office
Prior art keywords
optionally substituted
pyridin
methyl
alkyl
pyrazol
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
EP24789641.8A
Other languages
German (de)
French (fr)
Inventor
Vinod F. Patel
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Tme Therapeutics LLC
Original Assignee
Tme Therapeutics LLC
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Tme Therapeutics LLC filed Critical Tme Therapeutics LLC
Publication of EP4694893A1 publication Critical patent/EP4694893A1/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D495/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D495/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D495/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D473/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing purine ring systems
    • C07D473/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing purine ring systems with oxygen, sulphur, or nitrogen atoms directly attached in positions 2 and 6
    • C07D473/16—Heterocyclic compounds containing purine ring systems with oxygen, sulphur, or nitrogen atoms directly attached in positions 2 and 6 two nitrogen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D498/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D498/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D498/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D513/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for in groups C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D499/00 - C07D507/00
    • C07D513/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for in groups C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D499/00 - C07D507/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D513/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D519/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing more than one system of two or more relevant hetero rings condensed among themselves or condensed with a common carbocyclic ring system not provided for in groups C07D453/00 or C07D455/00
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to novel inhibitors of the PIKFYVE, a phosphoinositide kinase, useful for the treatment of diseases or disorders characterized by dysregulation of phosphoinositide-mediated signal transduction pathways, including hyperproliferative diseases (such as MET or RAS dependent cancers, including prostate cancer), autoimmune diseases, Crohn’s disease, psoriasis, neurological diseases, diabetes, corneal fleck dystrophy, and viral infection (including HIV, Ebola, and coronavirus infections).
  • the invention further relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising PIKFYVE inhibitors and methods of treatment of such diseases and disorders.
  • Protein kinases represent a large family of proteins which play a variety of crucial roles in the regulation of a wide range of cellular processes. Such kinases include lipid kinases, serine-threonine protein kinases, tyrosine protein kinases, and other kinases. Inhibition of various protein kinases, especially selective inhibition, has become an important strategy in treating many diseases and disorders.
  • PIKFYVE is a phosphoinositide kinase whose primary function is the phosphorylation of phosphoinositide-3-phosphate (PtdIns3P or PI3P) to form phosphoinositide-3,5-diphosphate (PtdIns(3,5)P2 or PI(3,5P)2).
  • PtdIns3P phosphoinositide-3-phosphate
  • PtdIns(3,5P)2 phosphoinositide-3,5-diphosphate
  • PIKFYVE also phosphorylates phosphoinositide to form phosphoinositide-5-phosphate (PtdIns5P or PI5P).
  • PIKFYVE includes an FYVE-finger domain, a zinc-finger domain, which is responsible for binding of the protein to PI3P.
  • PI3P is a membrane bound lipid, and binding of PIKFYVE to PI3P can result in insertion of the kinase into cellular membranes, such as endosomes, vacuoles and other intracellular vesicles.
  • PI(3,5)P2 is one of seven phosphoinositides found in eukaryotic cell membranes, along with the more abundant PI3P, PI4P (phosphoinositide-4-phosphate), PI5P, PI(4,5)P2 (phosphoinositide-4,5-diphosphate), and PIP3 (phosphoinositide-3,4,5-triphosphate).
  • Phosphoinositides are membrane-bound regulatory lipids, and they participate in signaling events that control cytoskeletal dynamics, intracellular membrane trafficking, cell proliferation, and many other cellular functions. Like other phosphoinositides, PI(3,5)P2 acts as a signaling molecule in various cellular signaling pathways, as well as being a precursor for the synthesis of PI5P. PI(3,5)P2 is present at the lowest concentration of the phosphoinositides and after formation is it is rapidly dephosphorylated back to PI3P by the phosphatase Sac3.
  • PIKFYVE is the only kinase which forms PI(3,5)P2 and unusually, PIKFYVE exists in a large multi-protein complex, the PAS complex, also comprising Sac3.
  • the PAS complex also contains ArPIKFYVE, a regulatory protein which scaffolds the complex.
  • PI(3,5)P2 helps regulate endosomal operations, such as membrane fission and fusion, that maintain endosomal homeostasis and support trafficking pathways throughout cells.
  • Inhibition of PIKFYVE function in in-vitro cell studies shows the formation of numerous cytosolic vacuoles which grow larger over time, but such defects are shown to be reversible upon resupply of PI(3,5)P2 or functioning PIKFYVE. While homozygous knockout models of PIKFYVE are lethal, heterozygous knockout it not. This as well as other studies suggest that PIKFYVE activity, and consequently PI(3,5)P2 cellular concentration, is normally in excess of that required for normal cell functioning.
  • PIKFYVE Under the sustained activation of glutamate receptors, PIKFYVE has also been shown to facilitate the lysosomal degradation of type 1.2 voltage-dependent calcium channels in neurons. This helps protect neurons from excitotoxicity, and suggests a role in treating or preventing central nervous system dysfunction. In neuroendocrine cells, PIKFYVE also negatively regulates calcium-dependent exocytosis. In addition, PIKFYVE has also been shown to phosphorylate Transcription Factor EB (TFEB), which may be related to the activity of PIKFYVE inhibitors in treating multiple myeloma. TFEB and PI(3,5)P2 have been linked to the pathogenesis of several diseases and disorders.
  • TFEB Transcription Factor EB
  • PIKFYVE mutations are found in 8 out of 10 families with Francois-Neetens corneal fleck dystrophy. Interference with PIKFYVE function is associated with impaired glucose uptake. Studies in mice show that selective PIKFYVE disruption in skeletal muscle cells results in systemic insulin resistance, glucose intolerance, hyperinsulinemia and increased adiposity, all of which are signs of prediabetes in humans. This is further supported by studies showing that acute insulin treatment results in increases in PI(3,5)P2 concentration in adipocytes, and this promotes increased GLUT4 translocation and surface expression, increasing glucose transport into cells.
  • PI(3,5)P2 has been shown to be elevated by hyperosmotic shock in adipocytes, mitogenic signals (such as IL-2 and UV light in lymphocytes), protein kinase C activation in platelets, and epidermal growth factor stimulation of COS cells.
  • mitogenic signals such as IL-2 and UV light in lymphocytes
  • protein kinase C activation in platelets and epidermal growth factor stimulation of COS cells.
  • Apilimod studied as an autoimmune disease treatment (Crohn’s disease, rheumatoid arthritis) was originally identified as an inhibitor of IL-12 and IL-23 synthesis, but was later found to also have potent PIKFYVE inhibitory activity.
  • PIKFYVE inhibitors have also shown promise as cancer therapies, in particular, for the treatment of non-Hodgkin lymphoma, multiple myeloma, melanoma, liver cancer, and glioblastoma.
  • PIKFYVE inhibition has also shown promise as a therapy for amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS) and fronto-temporal dementia (FTD), in particular ALS and FTD marked by repeat expansions of the C9ORF72 gene (C9FTD/ALS).
  • ALS amyotrophic lateral sclerosis
  • FTD fronto-temporal dementia
  • PIKFYVE inhibition has also been suggested to be useful in the downstream inhibition of RANK signaling (receptor activator of nuclear factor kappa N), which plays an important role in bone remodeling and may be useful in treating bone resorption in multiple myeloma, prostate cancer and breast cancer patients.
  • RANK signaling receptor activator of nuclear factor kappa N
  • PIKFYVE inhibitors also have been found effective in inhibiting viral infection. Enveloped viruses have a life cycle that begins with binding of a viral surface protein to a specific extracellular membrane protein on the target cell.
  • receptor binding triggers fusion of the viral envelope with the cell membrane, resulting in deposition of the viral nucleoprotein complex into the cytoplasm.
  • viruses including Ebola, influenza A, vesicular stomatitis virus, Lassa fever virus, lymphocytic choriomeningitis virus, and coronaviruses (including MERS-CoV, SARS-CoV and SARS-CoV-2)
  • receptor binding triggers endocytosis of the entire viral particle. The resulting endosome is transported within the cell until something triggers fusion of the viral envelope with the endosome membrane, resulting in deposition of the viral nucleoprotein complex into the cytoplasm.
  • the triggering event can be acidification of the endosome or proteolysis of viral surface proteins.
  • Apilimod and other PIKFYVE inhibitors have been found to prevent infection by some of these enveloped viruses, either by interfering with endosome formation or by blocking endosome trafficking or otherwise preventing the triggering of endosome-viral envelope fusion.
  • the present disclosure provides novel, highly effective small-molecule inhibitors of PIKFYVE.
  • the invention provides a compound of Formula I: in free or pharmaceutically acceptable salt form, wherein (i) X is selected from -CH-, -CR 3 -, -S-, -O-, -N-, -NH-, and -NR 3 -; (ii) Y is selected from -C- and -N-; (iii) Z is selected from -CH-, -CR 3 -, -S-, -O-, -N-, -NH-, and -NR 3 -; (iv) W is -CH-, -CR 4 -, or -N-; (v) A is an optionally substituted heteroaryl (e.g., 5-membered heteroaryl), heterocycloalkyl (e.g., 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl), or 5-oxo-4,5-dihydro- 1H-pyrazol-1-yl; (vi) B
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of Formula I, in free or pharmaceutically acceptable salt form, in admixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier.
  • the invention provides a method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a disease or disorder characterized by dysregulation of phosphoinositide-mediated signal transduction pathways or which may be ameliorated by modulating (e.g., inhibiting) PIKFYVE-dependent signaling pathways or by modulating (e.g., inhibiting) endosome formation or trafficking, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of the compound of Formula I, in free or pharmaceutically acceptable salt form.
  • the invention provides a compound of Formula I: in free or pharmaceutically acceptable salt form, wherein (i) X is selected from -CH-, -CR 3 -, -S-, -O-, -N-, -NH-, and -NR 3 -; (ii) Y is selected from -C- and -N-; (iii) Z is selected from -CH-, -CR 3 -, -S-, -O-, -N-, -NH-, and -NR 3 -; (iv) W is -CH-, -CR 4 -, or -N-; (v) A is an optionally substituted heteroaryl (e.g., 5-membered heteroaryl), heterocycloalkyl (e.g., 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl), or 5-oxo-4,5-dihydro- 1H-pyrazol-1-yl; (vi) B
  • the invention provides a compound according to the following Formulas: 1.1 The compound of Formula I, wherein X is -S-, Z is -CH- or -CR 3 -, and Y is -C-; 1.2 The compound of Formula I, wherein X is -CH- or -CR 3 -, Z is -S-, and Y is -C-; 1.3 The compound of Formula I, wherein X is -O-, Z is -CH- or -CR 3 -, and Y is -C-; 1.4 The compound of Formula I, wherein X is -CH- or -CR 3 -, Z is -O-, and Y is -C-; 1.5 The compound of Formula I, wherein X is -NH-, Z is -CH- or -CR 3 -, and Y is -C-; 1.6 The compound of Formula I, wherein X is -CH- or -CR 3 -, Z is -NH-, and
  • A, B and R 1 are as defined for the Compound of Formula I above; 1.29
  • the compound of Formula I as hereinbefore defined does not include in its scope any compound, in free or any salt form, specifically disclosed in any of the following references: WO 2007/127183, WO 2009/013545, WO 2009/042607, WO 2009/053716, WO 2010/138589, WO 2012/104776, WO 2016/157074, WO 2019/113523, WO2021/057256 (Chinese), WO 2023/055181 (Chinese), U.S. Patents 7,750,556, and 8,044,068.
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of Formula I or any of 1.1-1.138 as described herein, in free or pharmaceutically acceptable salt form, in admixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier.
  • the composition is a composition for oral administration, such as a tablet or capsule.
  • such an oral dosage form is an immediate-release composition, or a delayed release composition, or a sustained release composition.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is an injectable composition, such as for intravenous, intramuscular, intrathecal, intraabdominal, intraperitoneal, or subcutaneous injection.
  • the pharmaceutical composition may be an inhalational composition, including powdered and aerosol compositions (i.e., gas liquid/emulsions), such as an intranasal composition (e.g., spray) or an intrapulmonary composition (e.g., metered dose inhaler).
  • Pharmaceutical compositions include all compositions wherein the compounds of the present invention are contained in an amount that is effective to achieve its intended purpose. While individual needs vary, determination of optimal ranges of effective amounts of each component is within the skill of the art.
  • the compounds may be administered to mammals, e.g., humans, orally at a dose of 0.0025 to 50 mg/kg, or an equivalent amount of the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, per day of the body weight of the mammal being treated for insomnia.
  • the dose is generally about one-half of the oral dose.
  • the unit oral dose may comprise from about 0.01 to about 1000 mg, preferably about 0.1 to about 100 mg of the compound, or 0.1 to 50 mg.
  • the unit dose may be administered one or more times daily as needed to achieve the desired intended daily dosage.
  • the compounds of Formula I or any of 1.1-1.138 as described herein are highly effective inhibitors of PIKFYVE, preferably producing inhibition at nanomolar concentrations.
  • the compounds are selective PIKFYVE inhibitors, e.g., the compounds have little or no inhibitory activity of other kinases, for example, other lipid kinases (e.g., other phosphoinositide kinases, such as phosphoinositide 3-kinases, phosphoinositide 4-kinases, phosphoinositide 5-kinases, phosphoinositide-5-phosphate 4- kinases, and phosphatidyl inositol 4-phosphate 5-kinases), and protein kinases (e.g., tyrosine kinases and serine-threonine kinases).
  • other lipid kinases e.g., other phosphoinositide kinases, such as phosphoinositide 3-kinases, phosphoinositide 4-kinases, phosphoinositide 5-kinases, phosphoinositide-5-phosphate 4- kinases, and phosphatidyl
  • the compounds have a Kd or IC 50 of greater than 100 nM, or greater than 500 nM, or greater than 1000 nM, or greater than 10,000 nM, or greater than 50,000 nM against one or more of these other kinases, and/or the compound provides ⁇ 50% inhibition at a concentration of 1 ⁇ M, or ⁇ 25%, or ⁇ 10%% or ⁇ 5%, or ⁇ 1% inhibition at said concentration against one or more of these other kinases.
  • PIKFYVE inhibitors according to the invention are therefore useful for treatment and prophylaxis of diseases and disorders which may be ameliorated by modulating (e.g., inhibiting) PIKFYVE-dependent signaling pathways or by modulating (e.g., inhibiting) endosome formation or trafficking.
  • the invention provides a method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a disease or disorder characterized by dysregulation of phosphoinositide- mediated signal transduction pathways or which may be ameliorated by modulating (e.g., inhibiting) PIKFYVE-dependent signaling pathways or by modulating (e.g., inhibiting) endosome formation or trafficking, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of the compound of Formula I, or any of formulae 1.1-1.138 as described herein, in free or pharmaceutically acceptable salt form.
  • the disease or disorder is a hyperproliferative disease (e.g., cancer, such as MET- or RAS- dependent cancers), an autoimmune disease (such as Crohn’s disease or rheumatoid arthritis), a neurological disease (such as amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS) and fronto-temporal dementia (FTD), and in particular C9FTD/ALS), diabetes or prediabetes, or Francois-Neetens corneal fleck dystrophy.
  • the disease or disorder is a cancer, such as a cancer having a genotype or phenotype indicative of PIKFYVE overactivity or Sac1 underactivity.
  • Cancer which may be amenable to treatment with a PIKFYVE inhibitor include, but are not limited to, non- Hodgkin lymphoma, multiple myeloma, melanoma, liver cancer, glioblastoma, multiple myeloma, prostate cancer and breast cancer.
  • the cancer is castration-resistant prostate cancer.
  • the cancer having activated MET or RAS signaling pathways.
  • the disease or disorder is infection by an enveloped virus, such as a virus which gains cellular entry by endocytosis.
  • viruses include, but are not limited to, Ebola, influenza A, vesicular stomatitis virus, Lassa fever virus, lymphocytic choriomeningitis virus, and coronaviruses (including MERS-CoV, SARS-CoV and SARS-CoV-2).
  • an enveloped virus such as Ebola, influenza A, vesicular stomatitis virus, Lassa fever virus, lymphocytic choriomeningitis virus, and coronaviruses (including MERS-CoV, SARS- CoV and SARS-CoV-2).
  • PIKFYVE inhibitor compounds described herein for the treatment or prophylaxis of a disease or disorder according to the foregoing methods may be used as a sole therapeutic agent or may be used in combination with one or more other therapeutic agents useful for the treatment of said diseases or disorders.
  • Such other agents include inhibitors of other protein kinases or other proteins associated with cancer development (for example, serine-threonine kinases, tyrosine kinases, growth factor receptors), traditional cytotoxic anticancer agents (e.g., DNA alkylating agents, antimetabolites, anti-microtubule agents, topoisomerase inhibitors, and cytotoxic antibiotics), and monoclonal antibody therapies (e.g., pembrolizumab, rituximab, trastuzumab, alemtuzumab, cetuximab, panitumumab, bevacizumab, and ipilimumab).
  • cytotoxic anticancer agents e.g., DNA alkylating agents, antimetabolites, anti-microtubule agents, topoisomerase inhibitors, and cytotoxic antibiotics
  • monoclonal antibody therapies e.g., pembrolizumab, rituximab, trastuzuma
  • Small molecule targeted therapies include inhibitors of such proteins as Bcr-Abl kinase, PDGFR, EGFR, VEGFR, RAF kinases, R a s-kinases, c-Kit, Src kinase, ephrin receptors, HER 2 /neu (ErbB2), proteasomes, estrogen receptors, JAK kinase, ALK, Bcl-2, PARP, PI3K, Braf, MEK, MAPK, CDK, HSP90, mTOR, inhibitors of checkpoint proteins (e.g., PD1, PDL1 and CTLA inhibitors), and modulators of the adaptive and innate immune system.
  • Bcr-Abl kinase PDGFR, EGFR, VEGFR
  • RAF kinases R a s-kinases
  • R a s-Kit s-Kit
  • Src kinase ephrin receptors
  • small molecule inhibitors include imatinib, gefitinib, erlotinib, sorafenib, sunitinib, dasatinib, lapatinib, nilotinib, bortezomib, tamoxifen, tofacitinib, crizotinib, obatoclax, navitoclax, gossypol, iniparib, olaparib, perifosine, apatinib, vemurafenib, dabrafenib, trametinib, CDK inhibitors, temsirolimus, everolimus, vemurafenib, and trametinib.
  • Cytotoxic chemotherapeutic agents include cyclophosphamide, chlormethine, uramustine, melphalan, chlorambucil, ifosfamide, bendamustine, carmustine, lomustine, streptozotocin, busulfan, cisplatin, carboplatin, dicycloplatin, eptaplatin, lobaplatin, miriplatin, nedaplatin, oxaliplatin, picoplatin, satraplatin, triplatin, procarbazine, altretamine, dacarbazine, temozolomide, 5- fluorouracil, 6-mercaptopurine, thioguanine, capecitabine, azacytidine, decitabine, nelarabine, cladribine, clofarabine, cytarabine, floxuridine, fludarabine, gemcitabine, pentostatin, hydroxycarbamide, methotrexate, pemetrexe
  • the compounds of the present disclosure are combined with compounds which inhibit MET activity or inhibit RAS activity, or inhibit upstream or downstream effectors in the MET or RAS signaling pathways, such as salirasib, tipifarnib, lonafarnib, crizotinib, cabozanitib, tivantinib, and tepotinib.
  • the cancer to be treated is a prostate cancer (e.g., a castration- resistant prostate cancer and the compound of the present disclosure is combined with an anti-PD-1 antibody or a PD-1 inhibitor, such as pembrolizumab.
  • Such other agents also include small-molecule antiviral agents, such entry inhibitors, uncoating inhibitors, transcription or reverse transcription inhibitors, integrase inhibitors, translation inhibitors, protease inhibitors, assembly inhibitors, release inhibitors, and immune system stimulants (e.g., interferons).
  • small-molecule antiviral agents such entry inhibitors, uncoating inhibitors, transcription or reverse transcription inhibitors, integrase inhibitors, translation inhibitors, protease inhibitors, assembly inhibitors, release inhibitors, and immune system stimulants (e.g., interferons).
  • agents include: abacavir, acyclovir, adefovir, amantadine, ampligen, amprenavir, arbidol umfenovir, atazanavir, atripla, baloxavir marboxil, biktarvy, boceprevir, bulevirtide, cidofovir, cobicistat, combivir, daclatasvir, darunavir, delavirdine, descovy, didanosine, docosanol, dolutegravir, doravirine, edoxudine, efavirenz, elvitegravir, emtricitabine, enfuvirtide, entecavir, etravirine, famciclovir, favipiravir, fomivirsen, fosamprenavir, foscarnet, ganciclovir, ibacitabine, ibalizumab, idoxuridine, imiqui
  • the other agents may be selected from lopinavir, molnupiravir, nirmatrelvir, remdesivir, ritonavir, tenofovir, lopinavir/ritonavir combination, and nirmatrelvir/ritonavir combination.
  • Alkyl as used herein is a saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon moiety, preferably saturated, preferably having one to six carbon atoms, in some embodiments, one to four carbon atoms, which may be linear or branched, and may be optionally mono-, di- or tri- substituted, e.g., with halogen (e.g., chloro or fluoro) or hydroxy.
  • halogen e.g., chloro or fluoro
  • C 1-6 alkyl include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, etc.
  • Aryl as used herein means any carbocyclic aromatic ring system, i.e., any aromatic ring system comprising only carbon atoms as ring atoms. This includes 6-membered monocyclic aryl ring systems and 9-membered or 10-membered fused bicyclic aryl ring systems, and larger fused ring systems, as long such ring systems comprise at least one 6-membered aromatic carbocyclic ring (i.e., a benzene ring) within the fused ring system, and as long as no ring-atoms are heteroatoms.
  • Aryl includes phenyl and napthyl.
  • Heteroaryl as used herein means any cyclic heteroaromatic ring system, i.e., any aromatic ring system comprising at least one heteroatom (e.g., N, S, or O) ring atom.
  • heteroatom e.g., N, S or O
  • Heteroaryl therefore includes bicyclic fused ring system selected from aromatic-heteroaromatic, aromatic-heterocyclic, heteroaromatic-carbocyclic, heterocyclic-aromatic, and heteroaromatic-heteroaromatic, as well as larger fused ring systems comprising some combination of benzene, cycloalkane, heterocycloalkane and heteroaromatic rings.
  • heteroaryl groups include furyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyrrolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, imidazolyl, 1,3,5-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,3-oxadiazolyl, 1,3,5-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,3-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, 1,2,4-triazinyl, 1,2,3- triazinyl, 1,3,5-triazinyl, pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridinyl, cinnolinyl, pteridinyl, purinyl, 6,7-dihydro-5H-[1 ]pyridinyl,
  • bonds can be formed to either such atom types (e.g., C-linked or N-linked).
  • bonds can be formed to either such atom types (e.g., C-linked or N-linked).
  • a pyrazolyl moiety is the group A, substituted at one atom to connect to the core of the compound of Formula I, and substituted at one or more other atoms with other substituent groups
  • either the core of the Compound of Formula I or any one or more other substituents may be attached to either a pyrazole ring nitrogen atom (N-linked) or a pyrazole ring carbon atom (C-linked).
  • Heterocycloalkyl means any cyclic nonaromatic ring system comprising at least one heteroatom (e.g., N, S, or O) ring atom. This includes 3- to 12- membered monocyclic and fused bicyclic ring systems, and any larger multi-ring fused ring systems, as long such ring systems do not comprise any aromatic carbocyclic or aromatic heterocyclic ring.
  • heterocycloalkyl groups include pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, pyranyl, thiopyranyl, azindinyl, azetidinyl, oxiranyl, methylenedioxyl, chromenyl, barbituryl, isoxazolidinyl, 1,3-oxazolidin-3-yl, isothiazolidinyl, 1,3-thiazolidin-3-yl, 1,2-pyrazolidin-2-yl, 1,3-pyrazolidin-1-yl, piperidinyl, thiomorpholinyl, 1,2-tetrahydrothiazin-2-yl, 1,3-tetrahydrothiazin-3-yl, tetrahydrothiadiazinyl, morpholinyl, 1,2-tetrahydrodiazin-2-yl, 1,3- tetrahydrodiazin-1-yl, te
  • heterocycloalkyl group typically is attached to the main structure via a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom.
  • heterocycloalkyl groups will be readily apparent to those of skill in the art given the benefit of the present disclosure.
  • Cycloalkyl means a nonaromatic saturated or unsaturated free radical forming at least one ring consisting essentially of 3 to 10 carbon atoms and a corresponding number of hydrogen atoms.
  • the term “cycloalkyl” therefore includes cycloalkenyl groups, as further defined below. As such, cycloalkyl groups can be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • cycloalkyl groups can have different connectivities, e.g., fused, bridged, spiro, etc., in addition to covalent bond substitution.
  • exemplary cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, norbornanyl, bicyclo[3.2.1 ]octanyl, octahydro- pentalenyl, spiro[4.5]decanyl, cyclopropyl, adamantyl, substituted with cyclobutyl, cyclobutyl substituted with cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl substituted with cyclopropyl, etc.
  • pyridine and “pyridyl” are equivalent, as are the terms “morpholine” and “morpholinyl.”
  • morpholine and “morpholinyl.”
  • the skilled artisan will recognize that such terms are used to denote attachment of, for example, pyridine or morpholine ring at the designated position, thus converting said ring to a pyridyl or morpholinyl substituent respectively. Absent an indication otherwise, such attachments may be made at any chemically permissible location of the attached ring.
  • Compounds of the Invention may exist in free or salt form, e.g., as acid addition salts (e.g., hydrochloride).
  • acid addition salts e.g., hydrochloride
  • language such as “Compounds of the Invention” is to be understood as embracing the compounds in any form, for example free or acid addition salt form, or where the compounds contain acidic substituents, in base addition salt form.
  • the Compounds of the Invention are intended for use as pharmaceuticals, therefore pharmaceutically acceptable salts are preferred.
  • Salts which are unsuitable for pharmaceutical uses may be useful, for example, for the isolation or purification of free Compounds of the Invention or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, are therefore also included.
  • the Compounds of the Invention include their enantiomers, diastereomers and racemates, as well as their polymorphs, hydrates, solvates and complexes.
  • Some individual compounds within the scope of this invention may contain double bonds. Representations of double bonds in this invention are meant to include both the E and the Z isomer of the double bond.
  • some compounds within the scope of this invention may contain one or more asymmetric centers. This invention includes the use of any of the optically pure stereoisomers as well as any combination of stereoisomers.
  • the Compounds of the present disclosure may comprise one or more chiral carbon atoms.
  • the compounds thus exist in individual isomeric, e.g., enantiomeric or diastereomeric form or as mixtures of individual forms, e.g., racemic/diastereomeric mixtures. Any isomer may be present in which the asymmetric center is in the (R)-, (S)-, or (R,S)- configuration.
  • the invention is to be understood as embracing both individual optically active isomers as well as mixtures (e.g., racemic/diastereomeric mixtures) thereof.
  • the Compounds of the Invention may be a racemic mixture or it may be predominantly, e.g., in pure, or substantially pure, enantiomeric form, e.g., greater than 70% enantiomeric excess (“ee”), preferably greater than 80% ee, more preferably greater than 90% ee, most preferably greater than 95% ee.
  • ee enantiomeric excess
  • the Compounds of the Invention may an equal mixture of one or more diastereomers, or it may be predominantly, e.g., in pure, or substantially pure, diastereomeric form, e.g., greater than 70% diastereomeric excess (“de”), preferably greater than 80% de, more preferably greater than 90% de, most preferably greater than 95% de.
  • de diastereomeric excess
  • the purification of said isomers and the separation of said isomeric mixtures may be accomplished by standard techniques known in the art (e.g., column chromatography, preparative TLC, preparative HPLC, simulated moving bed and the like).
  • the Compounds of the Invention encompass their stable and unstable isotopes.
  • Stable isotopes are nonradioactive isotopes which contain one additional neutron compared to the abundant nuclides of the same species (i.e., element). It is expected that the activity of compounds comprising such isotopes would be retained, and such compound would also have utility for measuring pharmacokinetics of the non- isotopic analogs.
  • the hydrogen atom at a certain position on the Compounds of the Invention may be replaced with deuterium (a stable isotope which is non-radioactive). Examples of known stable isotopes include, but are not limited to, deuterium ( 2 H), 13 C, 15 N, 18 O.
  • unstable isotopes which are radioactive isotopes which contain additional neutrons compared to the abundant nuclides of the same species (i.e., element), e.g., 123 I, 131 I, 125 I, 14 C, 18 F, may replace the corresponding abundant species of I, C and F.
  • Another example of useful isotope of the compound of the invention is the 11 C isotope.
  • the word “effective amount” is intended to encompass a therapeutically effective amount to treat a specific disease or disorder.
  • patient includes human and non-human (i.e., animal) patients. In particular embodiments, the invention encompasses both human and nonhuman patients. In another embodiment, the invention encompasses non-human patients.
  • the term encompasses human patients.
  • the term “comprising” as used in this disclosure is intended to be open-ended and does not exclude additional, unrecited elements or method steps.
  • Compounds of the Invention e.g., compounds of Formula I or any of formulas 1.1-1.138 as hereinbefore described, in free or pharmaceutically acceptable salt form, may be used as a sole therapeutic agent, but may also be used in combination or for co-administration with other active agents. Dosages employed in practicing the methods of present invention will of course vary depending, e.g., on the particular disease or condition to be treated, the particular compound used, the mode of administration, and the therapy desired.
  • the compound may be administered by any suitable route, including orally, parenterally, transdermally, or by inhalation, but are preferably administered orally.
  • suitable routes including orally, parenterally, transdermally, or by inhalation, but are preferably administered orally.
  • satisfactory results e.g., for the treatment of diseases as hereinbefore set forth are indicated to be obtained on oral administration at dosages of the order from about 0.01 to 2.0 mg/kg.
  • an indicated daily dosage for oral administration will accordingly be in the range of from about 0.75 to 1000 mg, conveniently administered once, or in divided doses 2 to 4 times, daily or in sustained release form.
  • Unit dosage forms for oral administration thus for example may comprise from about 0.2 to 75 or 150 mg or 300 mg, e.g., from about 0.2 or 2.0 to 10, 25, 50, 75, 100, 150, 200 or 300 mg of the compound disclosed herein, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier therefor.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier is intended to mean diluents and carriers that are useful in pharmaceutical preparations, and that are free of substances that are allergenic, pyrogenic or pathogenic, and that are known to potentially cause or promote illness.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable diluents or carriers thus exclude bodily fluids such as example blood, urine, spinal fluid, saliva, and the like, as well as their constituent components such as blood cells and circulating proteins.
  • Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable diluents and carriers can be found in any of several well- known treatises on pharmaceutical formulations, for example Anderson, Philip O.; Knoben, James E.; Troutman, William G, eds., Handbook of Clinical Drug Data, Tenth Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2002; Pratt and Taylor, eds., Principles of Drug Action, Third Edition, Churchill Livingston, New York, 1990; Katzung, ed., Basic and Clinical Pharmacology, Ninth Edition, McGraw Hill, 20037ybg; Goodman and Gilman, eds., The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, Tenth Edition, McGraw Hill, 2001; Remington’s Pharmaceutical Sciences, 20 th Ed., Lippincott Williams & Wilkins., 2000; and Martindale, The Extra Pharmacopoeia, Thirty-Second Edition (The Pharmaceutical Press, London, 1999); all of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety.
  • compositions comprising Compounds of the Invention may be prepared using conventional diluents or excipients and techniques known in the galenic art.
  • oral dosage forms may include tablets, capsules, solutions, suspensions and the like.
  • Compounds of the Invention and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts may be made using the methods as described and exemplified herein and/or by methods similar thereto and/or by methods known in the chemical art. Such methods include, but not limited to, those described below. If not commercially available, starting materials for these processes may be made by procedures, which are selected from the chemical art using techniques which are similar or analogous to the synthesis of known compounds.
  • Example 12 The compound of Example 12 is prepared according to the following scheme:
  • the compounds of Examples 17 and 26, are prepared according to the following scheme:
  • the compounds of Examples 18, 19, 20, 29, 31, 32, 33, 45, 50, and 51 are prepared according to the following scheme:
  • the compounds of Examples 21, 22, 23, 24, and 25, are prepared according to the following scheme:
  • the compounds of Examples 27, 28, 38, 39, 41, 42, 46, 48, and 52, are prepared according to the following schemes:
  • the compound of Example 37 is prepared according to the following scheme:
  • the compound of Example 44 is prepared according to the following scheme:
  • the compound of Example 49 is prepared according to the following scheme:
  • the compounds of Examples 53, 54, 55, 58, and 63, are prepared according to the following scheme:
  • the compounds of Examples 56, 57, 62, and 171 are prepared according to the following scheme:
  • Example 78, 84, 85, and 86 are prepared according to the following scheme: C O
  • the compound of Example 129 is prepared according to the following scheme, which begins from the product of Step 5 of the scheme for Example 71:
  • reaction mixture is evaporated under reduced pressure, and the obtained residue is re-dissolved in dichloroethane (DCE) (15 ml) and sodium cyanoborohydride is added (70 mg, 1.056 mmol, 1.5 eq.) at 0 °C.
  • DCE dichloroethane
  • the reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is filtered through a Celite pad, washed with water (10 mL) and extracted with DCM (3 x 20 mL).
  • Step 2 4-(2-(3-(3-bromophenyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-6-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1- yl)methyl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine: To a stirred suspension of sodium hydride (57-63%) (7 mg, 0.174 mmol, 1.5 eq.) in THF (6 mL) is added 3-(3- bromophenyl)-1H-pyrazole (28 mg, 0.127 mmol, 1.1 eq.) at 0 °C under nitrogen atmosphere, and the mixture is stirred at the same temperature for 30 min.
  • Example 4 Step 1: 1-((2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methyl)-N,N-dimethyl piperidin-4-amine: To a stirred solution of 2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d] pyrimidine-6-carbaldehyde (50 mg, 0.176 mmol, 1 eq) in chloroform (5 ml) at 0 °C is added N,N-dimethylpiperidin- 4-amine (46 mg, 0.353 mmol, 2 eq) followed by titanium isopropoxide (60 ⁇ L, 0.264 mmol, 1.5 eq).
  • Step 2 N, N-dimethyl-1-((4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-amine: To a stirred suspension of sodium hydride (57-63%) (3.5 mg, 0.094 mmol, 1.5 eq) in THF (7 mL) is added 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (10 mg, 0.063 mmol, 1.1 eq) at 0 °C under nitrogen atmosphere and the mixture is stirred for 30 minutes.
  • Example 5 Step 1: 2-(1-((2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methyl)piperidin- 4-yl)propan-2-ol: The title compound is made according to the procedure used for Example 1, with 2- (piperidin-4-yl)propan-2-ol in place of 1-(methylsulfonyl)piperazine.
  • Step 2 2-(1-((4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin- 6-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)propan-2-ol: According to the procedure used for Example 1, 2-(1-((2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)propan-2-ol (25 mg) is reacted with 3-(m-tolyl)- 1H-pyrazole (8 mg) to obtain the title compound (8 mg; 25%) as a white solid.
  • Step 1 N-(1-((2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methyl)piperidin- 4-yl)-N-methylmethanesulfonamide: The title compound is made according to the procedure used for Example 1, with N-(4- piperidinyl)-N-methylmethanesulfonamide in place of 1-(methylsulfonyl)piperazine.
  • Step 2 N-methyl-N-(1-((4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methanesulfonamide: According to the procedure used for Example 1, N-(1-((2-chloro-4- morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)-N- methylmethanesulfonamide (30 mg) is reacted with 10 mg of 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (10 mg)e to obtain the title compound (9 mg; 24%) as a white solid.
  • Step 1 N-(1-((2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methyl)piperidin- 4-yl)-N-methylacetamide: The title compound is made according to the procedure used for Example 1, with N-(4- piperidinyl)-N-methylacetamide in place of 1-(methylsulfonyl)piperazine.
  • Step 2 N-methyl-N-(1-((4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)acetamide: According to the procedure used for Example 1, 25 mg of N-(1-((2-chloro-4- morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)-N-methylacetamide (25 mg) is reacted with 14 mg of 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (14 mg) to obtain the title compound (4 mg; 12%) as a white solid.
  • Example 9 Step 1: 4-(5-chlorothiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 5,7-dichlorothiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidine (200 mg, 0.97 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH (6 mL) is added morpholine (127 mg, 1.46 mmol, 1.5eq) at 0°C. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture is filtered and the resulting solid washed with water (3 mL) and dried to give the title compound (200 mg; 80%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] 257 [M+H] + .
  • Step 2 5-chloro-7-morpholinothiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidine-2-carbaldehyde: To a stirred solution of 4-(5-chlorothiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine (200 mg, 0.78 mmol, 1 eq.) in THF (5 mL) at -78°C is added LiHMDS (1.5 mL, 1.56 mmol, 2 eq). The reaction mixture is stirred at same temperature for 30 min. DMF (0.2 mL, 2.35 mmol, 3eq.) is added and stirred for an additional 2h.
  • Step 3 (5-chloro-7-morpholinothiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidin-2-yl)methanol: To a stirred solution of 5-chloro-7-morpholinothiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidine-2-carbaldehyde (210 mg, 0.74 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (10 mL) is added NaBH 4 (56 mg, 1.48 mmol, 2 eq) at 0°C. The reaction temperature is raised to room temperature and stirred for an additional 5h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After complete consumption of starting material, the reaction mixture is diluted with ethyl acetate (25 mL) and washed with water (10 mL).
  • Step 4 (7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidin-2- yl)methanol: To a stirred solution of 5-chloro-7-morpholinothiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidin-2-yl)methanol (180 mg, 0.62 mmol, 1 eq) in 1,4-dioxane: toluene (4:1) (4 mL) is added 3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazole (99 mg, 0.62 mmol, 1 eq), K 3 PO 4 (266 mg, 1.25 mmol, 2 eq).
  • the resulting reaction mixture is degassed for 15 minutes under nitrogen, followed by addition of Pd2(dba)3 (115 mg, 0.12 mmol, 0.2 eq) and t-Bu-XPhos (106 mg, 0.25 mmol, 0.4 eq) at room temperature.
  • the reaction temperature is raised to 120°C and stirred for 6h.
  • the reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature, filtered through celite pad, and washed with ethyl acetate (10 mL).
  • the filtrate is concentrated to obtain a crude brown gummy liquid which is purified by silica gel chromatography (60-120 mesh) eluting with 5% MeOH/DCM to afford the title compound (110 mg; 43%) as an off-white solid.
  • Step 5 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidin- 7-yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of (7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazolo[5,4- d]pyrimidin-2-yl)methanol (110 mg, 0.27 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (5 mL) is added SOCl 2 (0.2 mL) at 0°C, the reaction temperature is raised to room temperature and stirred for 2h.
  • Step 6 4-(2-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine: To the solution of 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazolo[5,4- d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine (20 mg, 1 eq) in THF (20 vol) is added 1- (methylsulfonyl)piperazine (8mg, 2 eq) and K 2 CO 3 (3 eq) at room temperature, then the reaction mixture is heated to 80°C and stirred for 16h.
  • reaction mixture is quenched with cold water (10 vol) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2x 20 mL). The organic layer is dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to obtain a brown gummy solid which is purified by Prep HPLC (Method-B: GEMINI-C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 ⁇ m; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/40, 20/65, 21/95), to afford the title compound (2.2 mg; 8%) as an off white solid.
  • Method-B GEMINI-C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 ⁇ m
  • Mobile phase [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]
  • time/B% 0/40, 20/65, 21/95
  • Example 10 Step 1: 4-(2-chloro-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-9H-purin-6-yl)morpholine: To a solution of 2,6-dichloro-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-9H-purine (2 g, 7.35 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH (20 mL) is added morpholine (959 mg, 11.02 mmol, 1.5eq) at 0°C. The reaction mixture is brought to room temperature and stirred for 3h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC.
  • Step 2 2-chloro-6-morpholino-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-9H-purine-8- carbaldehyde: To a stirred solution of 4-(2-chloro-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-9H-purin-6-yl) morpholine (1.2 g, 0.78 mmol, 1 eq.) in THF (5 mL) at -78°C is added LiHMDS (1.5 mL, 1.56 mmol, 2 eq), and the reaction is stirred for 30 min, then DMF (0.2 mL, 2.35 mmol, 3 eq.) is added and the reaction stirred for an additional 2h at the same temperature.
  • LiHMDS 1.5 mL, 1.56 mmol, 2 eq
  • Step 3 (2-chloro-6-morpholino-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-9H-purin-8- yl)methanol: To a solution of 2-chloro-6-morpholino-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-9H-purine-8- carbaldehyde (1.3 g, 3.70 mmol, 1 eq.) in THF (10 mL) is added NaBH4 (281 mg, 7.40 mmol, 2 eq) at 0°C the reaction temperature is raised to RT and stirred for 5h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC.
  • the reaction is diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL) and the organic layer washed with water (25 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4, filtered and concentrated to obtain a crude off white solid.
  • the crude product is purified by silica gel column (60-120 mesh) eluting with 40-45% EtOAc/hexane to afford the title compound (900 mg; 69%) as an off-white solid.
  • Step 4 4-(2-chloro-8-(chloromethyl)-9H-purin-6-yl)morpholine: To a solution of (2-chloro-6-morpholino-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-9H-purin-8- yl)methanol (500 mg, 1.41 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (10 mL) is added SOCl 2 (0.3 mL, 4.23 mmol, 3 eq) at 0°C then the reaction temperature is raised to 25°C and stirred for an additional 4h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC.
  • reaction mixture is heated to 70-80°C for 10-16 h. Progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After starting material consumption, the reaction mixture is diluted with water (10 vol) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x10 vol). The combined organics are dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product which is purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with 20% ethyl acetate/hexanes, to provide the title compound (42 mg; 58%) as an off-white solid.
  • Step 6 4-(8-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)-9H-purin-6-yl)morpholine: 4-(2-chloro-8-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)-9H-purin-6-yl)morpholine (40 mg) and 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (24 mg, 1.5 eq.) are dissolved in a mixture of 1,4- dioxane : toluene: (1:1) (20 vol), to which is added Pd2(dba)3 (0.1 eq.), t-Bu-XPhos (0.2 eq.), followed by K 3 PO 4 (2 eq.), and the mixture is degassed for 30 min.
  • the resulting reaction mixture is stirred at 120°C for 6h, and the reaction monitored by TLC. After complete consumption of the starting material, the reaction mixture is passed through a celite pad and diluted with ethyl acetate (20 vol), and the organics are washed with water (25 vol). Finally, the organic layer is dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product. The resulting crude is purified by flash RP column purification using C18, 6 g column eluting with 65% of acetonitrile/water to give the title compound (15 mg; 23%) as an off white solid.
  • Example 11 Step 5: N-(1-((2-chloro-6-morpholino-9H-purin-8-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)-N- methylmethanesulfonamide: Following the general procedure of Example 10, 4-(2-chloro-8-(chloromethyl)-9H-purin- 6-yl)morpholine (50 mg) is reacted with N-methyl-N-(piperidin-4-yl)methane sulfonamide (50 mg). The resulting crude is purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with 80% ethyl acetate/hexanes, to give the title compound (40 mg; 42%) as an off-white solid.
  • Step 6 N-methyl-N-(1-((6-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-8- yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methanesulfonamide
  • N-(1-((2-chloro-6-morpholino-9H- purin-8-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)-N-methylmethanesulfonamide (40 mg) is reacted with 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (26 mg).
  • Example 12 Step 1: 5-chloro-7-morpholinothiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidine-2-carbaldehyde: To a stirred solution of 4-(5-chlorothiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine (400 mg, 1.56 mmol, 1 eq.) in THF (5 mL) at -78°C is added LiHMDS (3.1 mL, 3.12 mmol, 2 eq). The reaction mixture is stirred at same temperature for 30 min. DMF (0.38 mL, 4.68 mmol, 3eq.) is added, stirred for another 2h at the same temperature and the progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC.
  • Step 2 1-(5-chloro-7-morpholinothiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidin-2-yl)ethan-1-ol: To a stirred solution of 5-chloro-7-morpholinothiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidine-2-carbaldehyde (230 mg, 0.80 mmol, 1 eq.) in THF (5 mL) at -78°C is added methylmagnesium bromide (2.4 mL, 2.42 mmol, 3 eq). Then reaction mixture is brought to room temperature and stirred for an additional 2h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC.
  • Step 3 1-(7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidin-2- yl)ethan-1-ol: To a stirred solution of 1-(5-chloro-7-morpholinothiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidin-2-yl)ethan-1- ol (30 mg, 0.1 mmol, 1 eq.), and 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (24 mg, 0.15mmoL, 1.5 eq.) dissolved in a mixture of solvents 1,4-dioxane : toluene (1:1) (5 mL) is added Pd2(dba)3 (9 mg, 0.01 mmol, 0.1 eq.), and t-Bu-XPhos (8 mg, 0.02 mmol, 0.2 eq.), followed by K 3 PO 4 (42 mg, 0.2 mmol, 2 eq.
  • the reaction mixture is stirred at 120°C for 6h. Progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After complete consumption of the starting material, the reaction is cooled and filtered through a celite pad to remove catalyst impurities. The filtrate is diluted with EtOAc (20 mL), and the organics are washed with water (8 mL x 2), dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude (35 mg) as light brown solid. The crude compound is purified by silica gel (60-120 mesh) and eluting at 45-50% EtOAc / hexane to afford the title compound (20 mg; 47%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 423.2 [M+H] + .
  • Step 4 4-(2-(1-chloroethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidin- 7-yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 1-(7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazolo[5,4- d]pyrimidin-2-yl)ethan-1-ol (20 mg, 0.42 mmol, 1 eq.), in DCM (5 mL) at 0°C is added SOCl 2 (101 mg, 0.85mmol, 2 eq). The reaction temperature is allowed to raise to room temperature and stirred for 2h.
  • Step 6 2-(1-((6-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-8-yl)methyl) piperidin-4-yl)propan-2-ol: Following the general procedure of Example 10, 2-(1-((2-chloro-6-morpholino-9H-purin- 8-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)propan-2-ol (40 mg) is reacted with 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (24 mg).
  • Example 14 Step 5: 4-((2-chloro-6-morpholino-9H-purin-8-yl)methyl)morpholine: Following the general procedure of Example 10, 4-(2-chloro-8-(chloromethyl)-9H-purin- 6-yl)morpholine (50 mg) is reacted with 22.5 mg of morpholine (22.5 mg). The resulting crude product is purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with 20% ethyl acetate/hexanes to give the title compound (26 mg; 45%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 339.9 [M+H] + .
  • Step 6 4-((6-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-8-yl)methyl) morpholine: Following the general procedure of Example 10, 4-((2-chloro-6-morpholino-9H-purin-8- yl)methyl)morpholine (30 mg) is reacted with 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (14 mg). The resulting crude is purified by flash RP column chromatography using C18, 6 g column, product eluting with 75% of acetonitrile/water to give the title compound (3 mg; 8%) as an off white solid.
  • Example 15 Step 4: (6-morpholino-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)-9H-purin-8-yl)methanol: Following the first three steps of the procedure according to Example 10, to a solution of (2-chloro-6-morpholino-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-9H-purin-8-yl)methanol (500 mg, 1.41 mmol, 1 eq) in 1,4-dioxane : toluene (4:1) (5 mL) is added 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (268 mg, 1.69 mmol, 1.2 eq), K 3 PO 4 (600 mg, 2.83 mmol, 2 eq).
  • the resulting reaction mixture is degassed for 10 minutes under nitrogen, followed by the addition of Pd2(dba)3 (129 mg, 0.141 mmol, 0.2 eq) and t-Bu-XPhos (120 mg, 0.283 mmol, 0.4 eq) at room temperature.
  • the reaction temperature is then raised to 120°C and mixture stirred for 6h.
  • the reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature, filtered through a celite pad and washed with ethyl acetate (10 mL) and the filtrate is concentrated to obtain a crude brown gummy liquid.
  • Step 5 4-(8-(chloromethyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-6-yl) morpholine: To a solution of (6-morpholino-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol- 1-yl)-9H-purin-8-yl)methanol (350 mg, 0.73 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (5 mL) is added SOCl 2 (0.2 mL) at 0°C and then the reaction temperature is raised to 25°C and stirred for an additional 2h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC.
  • Step 6 N,N-dimethyl-1-((6-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-8- yl)methyl)piperidin-4-amine
  • 4-(8-(chloromethyl)-9-methyl-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin- 6-yl)morpholine (30 mg, 1 eq.) in THF (3 mL) is added N,N-dimethylpiperidin-4-amine (17 mg, 2 eq.) and K 2 CO 3 (3 eq) at room temperature, then the reaction mixture is heated to 80°C and stirred for 16h.
  • reaction mixture is quenched with cold water (20 vol) and extracted with ethyl acetate (20 vol x 2).
  • the organic layer is dried over Na 2 SO 4, filtered and concentrated to obtain a crude which is purified by Prep HPLC (Method-B: Kinetix, EVO, C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 ⁇ m; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/20, 15/55, 20/70, 21/95) eluting with 65-70% ACN/water to afford the title compound (8 mg); 22%) as a white solid.
  • Method-B Kinetix, EVO, C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 ⁇ m
  • Mobile phase [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]
  • time/B% 0/20, 15/55, 20/70, 21/95
  • Example 16 Step 6: N,N-dimethyl-1-((7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazolo[5,4- d]pyrimidin-2-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-amine: Following the general procedure of Example 9, 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine (40 mg) is reacted with N,N- dimethylpiperidin-4-amine (24 mg) and the resulting crude is purified by Prep HPLC (Method-B: GEMINI-C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 ⁇ m; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/25, 10/55, 20/95), to afford the title compound (10 mg; 10%) as an off-white solid.
  • Example 17 Step 1: 2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine-6-carbaldehyde: To a stirred solution of 4-(2-chlorothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (200 mg, 0.78 mmol, 1 eq.) in THF (5 mL) at -78°C is added LiHMDS (1.5 mL, 1.56 mmol, 2 eq). The reaction mixture is stirred at same temperature for 30 min and then DMF (0.2 mL, 2.35 mmol, 3 eq.) is added at same temperature for 2h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC.
  • Step 2 1-(2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)ethan-1-ol: To a stirred solution of 2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine-6-carbaldehyde (350 mg, 1.23 mmol, 1 eq.) in THF (5 mL) at -78°C is added methylmagnesium bromide (3.7 mL, 3.71 mmol, 3 eq). The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 2h, and the progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, it is quenched with saturated NH 4 Cl solution (15 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 30 mL).
  • Step 3 1-(4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6- yl)ethan-1-ol: To a stirred solution of 1-(2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)ethan-1-ol (250 mg, 0.83 mmol, 1 eq.) and 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (198 mg, 1.25mmoL, 1.5 eq.) dissolved in a mixture of toluene: 1,4-dioxane (1:1) (5 mL) is added Pd 2 (dba) 3 (77 mg, 0.083 mmol, 0.1 eq.), and t-Bu-XPhos (71 mg, 0.16 mmol, 0.2 eq.), followed by K 3 PO 4 (353 mg, 0.19 mmol, 2 eq.), and the mixture is
  • the reaction mixture is stirred at 120°C for 6h. Progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After complete consumption of the starting material, the catalyst is filtered and the filtrate is diluted with EtOAc (30 mL), and washed with water (10 mL). Finally, the organic layer is dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain crude product (260 mg) as a light brown solid. The crude is purified by silica gel column chromatography (60-120 mesh) eluting at 40% EtOAc/hexane, to afford the title compound (180 mg; 51%) as an off white solid.
  • Step 4 4-(6-(1-chloroethyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 1-(4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)ethan-1-ol (180 mg, 0.42 mmol, 1 eq.), in DCM (5 mL) at 0°C is added SOCl 2 (101 mg, 0.85mmol, 2eq).
  • Step 5 N,N-dimethyl-1-(1-(4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)ethyl)piperidin-4-amine: To a solution of 4-(6-(1-chloroethyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (50 mg, 1 eq.) in 1,4-dioxane (0.5 mL) is added N,N- dimethylpiperidin-4-amine (22 mg, 1.5 eq.) at room temperature and stirred at 150°C for 3h in a microwave vial.
  • Example 18 Step 1: 2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine-6-carbaldehyde: To a stirred solution of 4-(2-chlorothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (200 mg, 0.78 mmol, 1 eq.) in THF (5 mL) at -78°C is added LiHMDS (1.5 mL, 1.56 mmol, 2 eq). The reaction mixture is stirred at the same temperature for 30 min, then DMF (0.2 mL, 2.35 mmol, 3 eq.) is added and stirred for another 2 hours at the same temperature.
  • Step 2 (2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methanol: To a stirred solution of 2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine-6-carbaldehyde (1.5 g, 5.3 mmol, 1 eq.) in MeOH (20 mL) at 0°C is added NaBH4 (402 mg, 10.6 mmol, 2 eq). The reaction mixture is allowed to reach room temperature and stirred for 4h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, it is quenched with saturated NH4Cl solution (30 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL).
  • Step 3 (4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6- yl)methanol: To a stirred solution of (2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methanol (34-6) (1.1 g, 0.28 mmol,1 eq.), and 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (550 mg, 1.5 eq.) in a mixture of toluene: dioxane (1:1) (3 mL) is added Pd2(dba)3 (640 mg, 0.028 mmol, 0.1 eq.), and t-Bu-XPhos (600 mg, 0.056 mmol, 0.2 eq.), followed by K 3 PO 4 (1.5 g, 0.56 mmol, 2 eq.), and the reaction is degassed for 30 min.
  • the reaction mixture is stirred at 120°C for 6h. Progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, the catalyst is filtered and the filtrate is diluted with EtOAc (100 mL), and washed with water (30 mL). Finally, the organic layer is dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude (1.4 g) light brown solid. The crude is purified by flash RP using water/ACN as eluting at 55-60% ACN/water followed by lyophilization to afford the title compound (350 mg; 22%) as an off white solid.
  • Step 4 4-(6-(chloromethyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of (4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methanol (200 mg, 0.49 mmol, 1 eq.), in DCM (5 mL) at 0°C is added SOCl 2 (116 mg, 0.98mmol, 2eq). The reaction is allowed to warm to room temperature and it is then stirred for 2h.
  • Step 5 (R)-N,N-dimethyl-1-((4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno [3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-amine
  • 4-(6-(chloromethyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine 50 mg, 1 eq
  • THF 20 vol
  • K 2 CO 3 3 eq
  • reaction mixture is heated to 70-80°C for 8 to 12 h. Progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After starting material consumption, the reaction mixture is diluted with water (10 vol) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x10 vol). Combined organic fractions are dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to provide a crude product (65 mg) as an off white solid.
  • the crude compound is purified by Prep HPLC (Method-B: Kinetex, EVO, C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 ⁇ m; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/10, 12/35, 15/60, 20/95.), and after lyophilization affords the title compound (10 mg; 17%) as an off-white solid.
  • Method-B Kinetex, EVO, C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 ⁇ m; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/10, 12/35, 15/60, 20/95.
  • Example 19 Step 5: (S)-N,N-dimethyl-1-((4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno [3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-amine: Following the general procedure of Example 18, 4-(6-(chloromethyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (50 mg) is treated with (S)-N,N- dimethylpyrrolidin-3-amine (26.6 mg) to obtain crude (62 mg) as an off white solid.
  • the crude compound is purified by Prep HPLC (Method-B: Kinetex, EVO, C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 ⁇ m; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/10, 12/35, 15/60, 20/95.), and after lyophilization affords the title product (12 mg; 20%) as an off- white solid.
  • Method-B Kinetex, EVO, C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 ⁇ m; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/10, 12/35, 15/60, 20/95.
  • Example 20 Step 5: N,N-dimethyl-3-((4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methyl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-amine: Following the general procedure of Example 18, 4-(6-(chloromethyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (50 mg) is treated with N,N- dimethyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-amine (29.6 mg) to obtain crude (69 mg) as an off white solid.
  • the crude compound is purified by Prep HPLC (Method-B: Kinetex, EVO, C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 ⁇ m; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/10, 10/30, 15/55, 18/95.), and after lyophilization affords the title compound (8 mg; 14%) as off-white solid.
  • Method-B Kinetex, EVO, C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 ⁇ m; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/10, 10/30, 15/55, 18/95.
  • Example 21 Step 1: 2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine-6-carboxylic acid: To a stirred solution of 4-(2-chlorothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (200 mg, 0.78 mmol, 1 eq.) in THF (5 mL) at -78°C is added LiHMDS (1.5 mL, 1.56 mmol, 2 eq). The reaction mixture is allowed to warm to room temperature and is stirred for 1h and the progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion, the reaction is cooled to 0°C, dry ice is added and the reaction is stirred for 1h.
  • Step 2 (R)-(2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)(3-(dimethylamino) pyrrolidin-1-yl)methanone: To a stirred solution of 2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine-6-carboxylic acid (40 mg, 1 eq.) in DMF (10 vol) is added (R)-N,N-dimethylpyrrolidin-3-amine (23 mg), HATU (1.5 eq.) and DIPEA (3.0 eq.). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 18h and the progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC.
  • Step 3 (R)-(3-(dimethylamino)pyrrolidin-1-yl)(4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methanone
  • (R)-(2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)(3- (dimethylamino)pyrrolidin-1-yl)methanone 40 mg, 1 eq.
  • 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole 24 mg, 1.5 eq.
  • the reaction is heated at 120°C for 6h and progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After complete consumption of the starting material, the reaction mixture is passed through a Celite pad and diluted with ethyl acetate (20 vol), and the organics are washed with water (15 vol), dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure.
  • the resulting crude solid is purified by Prep HPLC (Method-B: GEMINI-C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 ⁇ m; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/25, 10/65, 15/95) to afford the title compound (10 mg; 19%) as an off white solid.
  • Example 22 Step 2: (2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)(4-(2-hydroxypropan-2- yl)piperidin-1-yl)methanone: Following the general procedure of Example 21, 2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d] pyrimidine-6-carboxylic acid (40 mg) is reacted with 2-(piperidin-4-yl)propan-2-ol (28 mg) to provide the crude (49 mg) as a sticky liquid. The crude is purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting at 60% EtOAc/hexane to afford the title compound (40 mg; 71%) as an off-white solid.
  • Step 3 (4-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)piperidin-1-yl)(4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methanone: Following the general procedure of Example 21, (2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)(4-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)piperidin-1-yl)methanone (40 mg) is reacted with 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (22 mg).
  • the resulting crude is purified by Prep HPLC (Method-B: GEMINI-C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 ⁇ m; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/45, 10/65, 25/95) to afford the title compound (10 mg; 19% ) as an off white solid.
  • Method-B GEMINI-C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 ⁇ m; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/45, 10/65, 25/95
  • Example 23 Step 2: (2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)(4- (dimethylamino)piperidin-1-yl)methanone: Following the general procedure of Example 21, 2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d] pyrimidine-6-carboxylic acid (50 mg) is reacted with N,N-dimethylpiperidin-4-amine (32 mg). The crude is purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with 70% EtOAc/hexane to afford the title compound (35 mg; 51%) as an off-white solid.
  • Step 3 (4-(dimethylamino)piperidin-1-yl)(4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol- 1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methanone: Following the general procedure of Example 21, (2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)(4-(dimethylamino)piperidin-1-yl)methanone (35 mg) is reacted with 3- (m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (20 mg).
  • the resulting crude is purified by Prep HPLC (Method- B: Kinetix, EVO, C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 ⁇ m; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/20, 15/55, 20/70, 21/95) to afford the title product (5 mg; 11%) as an off white solid.
  • Method- B Kinetix, EVO, C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 ⁇ m; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/20, 15/55, 20/70, 21/95
  • Example 24 Step 2: (S)-(2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)(3- (dimethylamino)pyrrolidin-1-yl)methanone: Following the general procedure of Example 21, 2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d] pyrimidine-6-carboxylic acid (40 mg) is reacted with (S)-N,N-dimethylpyrrolidin-3- amine (23 mg) which after silica gel chromatography eluting with 60% EtOAc/hexane affords the title compound (45 mg; 86%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 396.2 [M+H] + .
  • Step 3 (S)-(3-(dimethylamino)pyrrolidin-1-yl)(4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methanone: Following the general procedure of Example 21, (S)-(2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)(3-(dimethylamino)pyrrolidin-1-yl)methanone (40 mg) is reacted with 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (22 mg).
  • the resulting crude is purified by Prep HPLC (Method- B: Kinetix, C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 ⁇ m; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/25, 20/95) to afford the title compound (10 mg; 19%) as an off white solid.
  • Method- B Kinetix, C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 ⁇ m; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/25, 20/95
  • Example 25 Step 2: (2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)(4-methylpiperazin-1- yl)methanone: Following the general procedure of Example 21, 2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2- d]pyrimidine-6-carboxylic acid (50 mg) is reacted with 1-methylpiperazine (25 mg) which after purification by silica gel chromatography eluting with 45% EtOAc/hexane affords the title compound (50 mg; 79%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 382.1 [M+H] + .
  • Step 3 (4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)(4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methanone: Following the general procedure of Example 21, (2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)methanone (50 mg) is reacted with 3-(m-tolyl)- 1H-pyrazole (31 mg).
  • the resulting crude is purified by Prep HPLC (Method-B: KINETIX EVO, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 ⁇ m; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/45, 10/65, 25/95) to afford the title compound (15 mg; 22%) as an off white solid.
  • Method-B KINETIX EVO, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 ⁇ m; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/45, 10/65, 25/95
  • Example 26 Step 5: 4-(6-(1-(4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)ethyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine: Following the general procedure of Example 17, 4-(6-(1-chloroethyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine is treated with 1-(methylsulfonyl) piperazine (28 mg) to obtain a crude (55 mg) which is purified by Flash RP chromatography (C18, 6 g column) using water/acetonitrile as solvent system.
  • Step 2 4,6-dichloropyridine-2,3-diamine: To a stirred solution of 4,6-dichloro-3-nitropyridin-2-amine (1.2 g, 5.79 mmol, 1 eq.), dissolved in IPA (36 mL), is added iron (1.6 g, 28.9 mmol, 5 eq.), then the reaction mixture is cooled to 0°C, 6N HCL (6 mL) is added, and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 3h. Progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, the crude is Celite filtered, and the filtrate is quenched with saturated NaHCO 3 solution and extracted with EtOAc (80 mL).
  • Step 3 2-((benzyloxy)methyl)-5,7-dichloro-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine: To a stirred solution of 4,6-dichloropyridine-2,3-diamine (700 mg, 3.95 mmol, 1 eq.), 2- (benzyloxy)acetic acid (1.3 g, 7.91 mmol, 2 eq.) is added, and the neat reaction is stirred at 150°C for 4h. Progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, it is diluted with EtOAc (55 mL). The organic layer is washed with aqueous NaHCO 3 (20 mL) first then washed with water (15 mL).
  • Step 4 2-((benzyloxy)methyl)-5,7-dichloro-3-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-3H- imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine: To a stirred solution of 2-((benzyloxy)methyl)-5,7-dichloro-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine (500 mg, 1.62 mmol, 1 eq.) in DCM (10 mL) is added pyridinium p-toluenesulfonate (PPTS) (41 mg, 0.16 mmol, 0.1 eq) followed by 3,4-dihydropyran (DHP) (0.5 mL, 6.49 mmol, 4 eq).
  • PPTS pyridinium p-toluenesulfonate
  • DHP 3,4-dihydropyran
  • the reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 18h. Progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, it is diluted with EtOAc (60 mL). The separated organic layer is washed with aqueous NaHCO 3 (20 mL) followed by water (15 mL). Finally, the organic layers are dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to provide a crude (550 mg) as colorless liquid. The crude is purified by silica gel (60-120) column chromatography using 20% EtOAc in hexane as an eluent to afford the title compound (450 mg; 71%) as an off-white solid.
  • Step 5 4-(2-((benzyloxy)methyl)-5-chloro-3-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-3H- imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 2-((benzyloxy)methyl)-5,7-dichloro-3-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2- yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine (200 mg, 0.51 mmol, 1 eq.) in methanol (5 mL) is added morpholine (2 mL, 1 vol). The reaction mixture is stirred at 80°C for 12h. Progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC.
  • Step 6 4-(2-((benzyloxy)methyl)-3-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine: A solution of t-butyl-XPhos (57 mg, 0.13 mmol, 0.2 eq), and Pd 2 (dba) 3 (62 mg, 0.067 mmol, 0.1 eq) in toluene (3 mL) is degassed for 10 min and heated to 100°C for 5 min until the solution turns clear, then this mixture at 100 o C is added slowly to a degassed mixture of 4-(2-((benzyloxy)methyl)-5-chloro-3-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-3H- imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (300 mg, 0.67 mmol,
  • Step 7 (7-morpholino-3-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)methanol: To a stirred solution of 4-(2-((benzyloxy)methyl)-3-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-5-(3-(m- tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (150 mg, 0.51 mmol, 1 eq.) in EtOAc (3 mL) is added 10% Pd/C (50% wet) (120 mg).
  • reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 18h under hydrogen atmosphere (30 psi). Progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, it is diluted with EtOAc (35 mL) and filtered under nitrogen atmosphere though Celite pad. The filtrate is evaporated under reduced pressure to provide a crude (100 mg) as colorless liquid. The crude is purified by silica gel (60-120) column chromatography with 45% EtOAc in hexane as an eluent to afford the title compound (80 mg; 63%) as an off white solid.
  • Step 8 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5- b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of (7-morpholino-3-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)methanol (280 mg, 0.59 mmol, 1 eq.), in DCM (6 mL) at 0°C is added SOCl 2 (0.2 mL).
  • Step 9 4-(2-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-3H- imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (30 mg, 1 eq) in THF (20 vol) at room temperature is added 1-(methylsulfonyl)piperazine (1.5 eq) followed by K 2 CO 3 (3 eq).
  • reaction mixture is heated to 70-80°C for 8 to 12 h. Progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After starting material consumption, the reaction mixture is diluted with water (10 vol) and extracted twice with EtOAc (2 x10 vol). Combined organic fractions are dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain crude product (45 mg) which is purified by RP flash column chromatography (C18-6 g) eluting at 52% acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (15 mg; 38%) as an off white solid.
  • Example 28 Step 9: N,N-dimethyl-1-((7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-3H- imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-amine: Following the general procedure of Example 27, 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (40 mg) is reacted with N,N- dimethylpiperidine-4-amine (1.5 eq.) to provide a crude product (50 mg) which is purified by RP flash column chromatography (C18-6 g), eluting with 65% of acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (18 mg; 37%) as an off white solid.
  • Example 29 Step 9: 4-((4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6- yl)methyl)morpholine: Following the general procedure of Example 18, 4-(6-(chloromethyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (50 mg) is treated with morpholine (20 mg) to obtain crude (58 mg) as an off white solid. The crude compound is purified by flash RP chromatography, eluting with 70-75% acetonitrile/water.
  • Example 30 Step 6: 4-((7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazolyl)thiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidin-2- yl)methyl)morpholine: Following the general procedure of Example 9, 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine (60 mg) is reacted with morpholine (24 mg) and the resulting crude (68 mg) is purified by Flash RP chromatography (C18, 6 g column) eluting with 70-75% ACN/water to afford the title compound (11 mg; 16%) as a white solid.
  • Example 31 Step 5: 4-(6-((4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)methyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno [3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine: Following the general procedure of Example 18, 4-(6-(chloromethyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (50 mg) is treated with 1-methyl- piperazine (24 mg) to obtain crude (56 mg) as an off white solid.
  • Example 32 Step 5: N,N-dimethyl-1-((4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methyl)azetidin-3-amine: Following the general procedure of Example 18, 4-(6-(chloromethyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (50 mg) is treated with N,N- dimethyl-azetidine-3-amine (23.5 mg) to obtain crude (54 mg) as an off-white solid.
  • Example 33 Step 5: 4-(1-((4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin- 6-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)morpholine: Following the general procedure of Example 18, 4-(6-(chloromethyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (50 mg) is treated with 4- (piperidin-4-yl)morpholine (39.9 mg) to obtain crude (69 mg) as an off white solid.
  • Example 34 Step 6: 4-(2-((4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)methyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine: Following the general procedure of Example 9, 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine (40 mg) is reacted with 1- methylpiperazine (19 mg) and the resulting crude is purified by Flash RP chromatography (C18, 6 g column) eluting with 75-80% acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (13 mg; 28%) as a white solid.
  • Example 35 Step 6: 4-(8-((4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)methyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H- purin-6-yl)morpholine: Following the general procedure of Example 15, 4-(8-(chloromethyl)-9-methyl-2-(3-(m- tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-6-yl)morpholine (30 mg) is reacted with 1- methylpiperazine (27 mg) and the resulting crude product is purified by Prep HPLC (Method-B: Kinetix, EVO, C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 ⁇ m; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/20, 15/55, 20/70, 21/95.), eluting with 60% acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (4 mg; 20%) as a white solid.
  • Method-B
  • Example 36 Step 6: 4-(8-((3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)azetidin-1-yl)methyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)-9H-purin-6-yl)morpholine: Following the general procedure of Example 15, 4-(8-(chloromethyl)-9-methyl-2-(3-(m- tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-6-yl)morpholine (30 mg) is reacted with 3-(pyrrolidine- 1-yl)azetidine (32 mg) and the resulting crude product is purified by Prep HPLC (Method-B: Kinetix, EVO, C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 ⁇ m; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/20, 15/55, 20/70, 21/95.) eluting with 60% acetonitrile/water to
  • Example 37 Step 1: 4-(2-chloro-6-iodothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 4-(2-chlorothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (500 mg, 1.96 mmol, 1 eq.) in THF (8 mL) at -78°C is added n-BuLi (1.0 M in THF) (2.94 mL, 2.94 mmol, 1.5 eq) and stirred for 15 min, then iodochloroethane (2.94 mL, 2.94 mmol, 1.5 eq) is added at the same temperature.
  • n-BuLi 1.0 M in THF
  • reaction temperature is allowed to reach room temperature and it is stirred for an additional 4h.
  • the reaction is monitored by TLC, and after completion of the reaction, it is quenched with saturated NH4Cl solution (25 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 60 mL). The organic layer is dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and evaporated under vacuum to obtain the crude as a sticky liquid which is purified by silica gel chromatography (60-120 mesh) eluting with 10-15% EtOAc/hexane, to afford the title compound (300 mg; 40%) as an off white solid.
  • Step 2 4-(2-chloro-6-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl) morpholine: To a stirred solution of 4-(2-chloro-6-iodothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (100 mg, 0.26 mmol, 1 eq.), 1-methyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1H- pyrazole (82 mg, 0.39 mmol, 1.5 eq.) in a mixture 1,4-dioxane: water (1:1) (5 mL) is added Pd2(dba)3 (12 mg, 0.013 mmol, 0.05 eq.), and tri-tert-butyl-phosphonium tetrafluoroborate (7 mg, 0.023 mmol, 0.09 eq.), followed by K 3 PO 4 (111 mg, 0.52
  • reaction mixture is stirred at 80°C for 1h under microwave conditions. TLC monitoring confirms the complete consumption of the starting material.
  • the reaction mixture is filtered through a Celite pad to remove the catalyst impurities and the filtrate is diluted with EtOAc (30 mL) then washed with water (10 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and evaporated under vacuum to produce a sticky liquid. Purification of the crude using silica gel chromatography eluting with 35%-40% EtOAc/hexane affords the title compound (70 mg; 19%) as an off white solid.
  • Step 3 4-(6-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 4-(2-chloro-6-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin- 4-yl)morpholine (70 mg, 0.20 mmol,1 eq.), and 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (49 mg, 0.31mmoL, 1.5 eq.) dissolved in a mixture of toluene: 1,4-dioxane (1:1) (4 mL) is added Pd 2 (dba) 3 (19 mg, 0.02 mmol, 0.1 eq.), and t-Bu-XPhos (18 mg, 0.04 mmol, 0.2 eq.), followed by K 3 PO 4 (88 mg, 0.
  • reaction mixture is stirred at 120°C for 6h. Progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After complete consumption of the starting material, the reaction mixture is filtered through a celite pad and the filtrate is diluted with EtOAc (30 mL), washed with water (10 mL), dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a brown liquid.
  • EtOAc EtOAc
  • the crude product is purified by Flash (C18 reverse phase 12g column) eluting with 60-70% acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (20 mg; 21%) as an off white solid.
  • Example 38 Step 9: 4-((7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin- 2-yl)methyl)morpholine: Following the general procedure of Example 27, 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (35 mg) is reacted with morpholine (1.5 eq.) to provide a crude product (42 mg) which is purified by RP flash column chromatography (C18-6 g) eluting with 70% of acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (15 mg; 38%) as an off white solid.
  • Example 39 Step 9: 4-(2-((4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)methyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-3H- imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine: Following the general procedure of Example 27, 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (35 mg) is reacted with 1- methylpiperazine (1.5 eq.) to provide a crude product (42 mg) which is purified by RP flash column chromatography (C18-6 g), eluting with 75% acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (12 mg; 30%) as an off white solid.
  • Example 40 Step 6: 4-(8-((4-isopropylpiperazin-1-yl)methyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H- purin-6-yl)morpholine: Following the general procedure of Example 15, 4-(8-(chloromethyl)-9-methyl-2-(3-(m- tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-6-yl)morpholine (40 mg) is reacted with 1- isopropylpiperazine (25 mg) and the resulting crude product is purified by Flash RP chromatography (C18, 6 g column) eluting with 75% acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (7 mg; 14%) as a white solid.
  • Example 41 Step 9: (R)-N,N-dimethyl-1-((7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-3H- imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-amine: Following the general procedure of Example 27, 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (30 mg) is reacted with (R)- N,N-dimethylpyrrolidin-3-amine (1.5 eq.) to provide a crude product (32 mg) which is subjected to Prep HPLC purification (Column: Kinetex EVO, C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 ⁇ m; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/15, 12/40, 15/50
  • Example 42 Step 9: 4-(1-((7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5- b]pyridin-2-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)morpholine: Following the general procedure of Example 27, 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (30mg) is reacted with 4- (piperidin-4-yl)morpholine (1.5 eq.) to provide a crude product (36 mg) which is purified by Prep HPLC (Column: Gemini C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 ⁇ m; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/40, 14/55, 25/90, 26/95.), to afford the title compound (5 mg;
  • Example 43 Step 6: 4-(8-((4-(azetidin-1-yl)-3-fluoropiperidin-1-yl)methyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-6-yl)morpholine: Following the general procedure of Example 15, 4-(8-(chloromethyl)-9-methyl-2-(3-(m- tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-6-yl)morpholine (40 mg) is reacted with 4-(azetidin-1- yl)-3-fluoropiperidine (30.9 mg) and the resulting crude is purified by Prep HPLC (Method-B: Kinetix, EVO, C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 ⁇ m; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/20, 15/55, 20/70, 21/95.) eluting with 5
  • Example 44 Step 1: 4-(2-chloro-8-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-9H- purin-6-yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 4-(2-chloro-8-iodo-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-9H-purin-6- yl)morpholine (200 mg, 0.445 mmol, 1 eq.) and 1-methyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2- dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole (80 mg, 0.40 mmol, 0.9 eq) dissolved in a mixture of 1,4-dioxane: water (4:1) is added Pd(dppf)Cl 2 -DCM (32 mg, 0.044 mmol, 0.1 eq.), followed by K 2 CO 3 (112 mg, 0.89 mmol, 2 e
  • reaction mixture is stirred at 80°C for 3h. Progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC and after complete consumption of the starting material, it is filtered through a Celite pad and the resulting filtrate is diluted with ethyl acetate (20 mL) and washed with water (10 mL). Finally, the organic layer is dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a brown liquid which is purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with 35% - 40% EtOAc / petroleum ether to afford the title compound (100 mg; 55%) as an off-white solid.
  • Step 2 4-(8-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-2-(3-(m- tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-6-yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 4-(2-chloro-8-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-9-(tetrahydro-2H- pyran-2-yl)-9H-purin-6-yl)morpholine (100 mg, 0.24 mmol,1 eq.), and 3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazole (58 mg, 0.37 mmol, 1.5 eq.) in a mixture of toluene: 1,4-dioxane (1:1) (5 mL) is added Pd2(dba)3 (22 mg, 0.02 mmol, 0.1 eq.), and t-Bu-XPhos (21 mg
  • the reaction mixture is stirred at 120°C for 5h and progress is monitored by TLC. After complete consumption of the starting material, the mixture is filtered through a Celite bed. The filtrate is diluted with EtOAc (20 mL), washed with water (10 mL), dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a brown liquid.
  • the crude compound is purified using silica gel chromatography (60- 120 mesh) eluting with 50-55 % ethyl acetate/petroleum ether to afford the title compound (60 mg; 46%) as an off white solid.
  • Step 3 4-(8-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-6- yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 4-(8-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-2- (3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-6-yl)morpholine (60 mg, 0.11 mmol, 1 eq.) in 1,4-dioxane (2 mL) at 0°C is added 4 M HCl in 1,4-dioxane (3 mL).
  • reaction mixture is brought to room temperature and stirred for another 4h.
  • the progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC, and after completion of the reaction, it is evaporated under vacuum to obtain a sticky liquid which is purified by Flash chromatography (C18 reverse phase 12g column) eluting with 65-70% acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (10 mg; 20%) as an off-white solid.
  • Example 45 Step 5: 4-(1-((4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin- 6-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)morpholine: Following the general procedure of Example 18, 4-(6-(chloromethyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (40 mg, 1 eq.) in IPA (4 mL) is treated with 4-(azetidin-1-yl)-3-fluoropiperidine (29.5 mg, 2 eq.) and DIPEA (36 mg, 0.28 mmol, 3 eq) at room temperature.
  • reaction mixture is refluxed for 6-8h, progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, it is diluted with ethyl acetate (2 x10 mL) and washed with water (10 mL). Finally, the organic layers are dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product (55 mg) as an off-white solid.
  • the crude compound is purified by Prep HPLC (Method-B: Kinetex, EVO, C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 ⁇ m; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/15, 12/40, 15/50, 17/95.), which after lyophilization affords the title compound (8 mg; 16%) as an off-white solid.
  • Method-B Kinetex, EVO, C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 ⁇ m; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/15, 12/40, 15/50, 17/95.
  • Example 46 Step 9: (S)-N,N-dimethyl-1-((7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-3H- imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-amine: Following the general procedure of Example 27, 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (30 mg) is reacted with (S)- N,N-dimethylpyrrolidin-3-amine (1.5 eq.) to provide a crude product (34 mg) which is subjected to Prep HPLC purification (Column: Kinetex, EVO, C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 ⁇ m; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/15, 12/40, 15/
  • Example 47 Step 6: 4-(2-((4-(azetidin-1-yl)-3-fluoropiperidin-1-yl)methyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine: Following the general procedure of Example 9, 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine (40 mg) is reacted with 4- (azetidin-1-yl)-3-fluoropiperidine (30 mg) and the resulting crude is purified by Prep HPLC (Method-B: X-Bridge-C18, 250 x 19.1 mm, 5 ⁇ m; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/20, 15/50, 25/60, 26/
  • Example 48 Step 9: N,N-dimethyl-1-((7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-3H- imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)methyl)azetidin-3-amine: Following the general procedure of Example 27, 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (30 mg) is reacted with N,N- dimethylazetidin-3-amine (1.5 eq.) to provide a crude product (34 mg) which is purified by Prep HPLC (Column: Gemini C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 ⁇ m; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/40, 14/55, 20/80, 26/95.) to afford the title compound (2 mg
  • Example 49 Step 1: 4-(5-chloro-2-iodothiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 4-(5-chlorothiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine (100 mg, 0.39 mmol, 1 eq.) in THF (8 mL) at -78°C is added n-BuLi (1.0 M in THF) (0.7 mL, 0.78 mmol, 2 eq) followed by iodochloroethane (0.2 mL, 0.39 mmol, 1 eq). Then the reaction is warmed to room temperature and the reaction is stirred for 4h.
  • Step 2 4-(5-chloro-2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)thiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidin-7- yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 4-(5-chloro-2-iodothiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine (75 mg, 0.19 mmol, 1 eq.), and 1-methyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1H- pyrazole (36 mg, 0.19 mmol, 1 eq.) in a mixture of 1,4-dioxane : water (4:1) (5 mL) is added Pd(dppf)Cl 2 -DCM (15 mg, 0.019 mmol, 0.1 eq.), followed by K 2 CO 3 (34 mg, 0.38 mmol, 2 eq.), and the mixture is degassed for 20 min.
  • the reaction mixture is stirred at 80°C for 16h. Progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After complete consumption of the starting material, the mixture is filtered through a Celite pad. The filtrate is diluted with ethyl acetate (20 mL), and washed with water (10 mL). Finally, the organic layer is dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and evaporated under vacuum to obtain a sticky liquid which after purification by silica gel chromatography (60-120 mesh) eluting with 35-40% EtOAc/hexane affords the title compound (50 mg; 76%) as an off white solid.
  • Step 3 4-(2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazolo[5,4- d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 4-(5-chloro-2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)thiazolo[5,4- d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine (50 mg, 0.14 mmol,1 eq.), and 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (20 mg, 0.14 mmol, 1 eq.) in a mixture of toluene: 1,4-dioxane (1:1) (6 mL) is added Pd 2 (dba) 3 (27 mg, 0.02 mmol, 0.2 eq.), and t-Bu-XPhos (25 mg, 0.05 mmol, 0.2 eq.), followed by K 3 PO 4 (
  • reaction mixture is stirred at 100°C for 6h, cooled to room temperature and passed through a Celite pad.
  • the filtrate is diluted with EtOAc (20 mL) and washed with water (10 mL). Finally, the organic layer is dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a brown liquid which is purified by Flash chromatography (C18 reverse phase 12g column) eluting with 65-70% acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (22 mg; 32%) as an off-white solid.
  • Example 50 Step 5: 6-fluoro-8-((4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno [3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methyl)-1,4-dioxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]decane: Following the general procedure of Example 45, 4-(6-(chloromethyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (50 mg) is treated with 6-fluoro- 1,4-dioxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]decane (37.4 mg) to obtain crude (62 mg) as an off-white solid.
  • the crude compound is purified by flash RP column chromatography (C18, 6 g column), product is eluting with 65-70% acetonitrile/water and after lyophilization affords the title compound (15 mg; 26%) as an off-white solid.
  • Example 51 Step 5: 3-fluoro-N,N-dimethyl-1-((4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-amine: Following the general procedure of Example 45, 4-(6-(chloromethyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (25 mg) is treated with 3-fluoro- N,N-dimethylpiperidin-4-amine (17.5 mg) to obtain crude (40 mg) as an off-white solid.
  • the crude compound is purified by Prep HPLC (Method-B: Kinetex, EVO, C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 ⁇ m; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/10, 12/35, 15/60, 20/95.), and after lyophilization affords the title compound (2.4 mg) as off- white solid.
  • Method-B Kinetex, EVO, C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 ⁇ m; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/10, 12/35, 15/60, 20/95.
  • Example 52 Step 9: 3-fluoro-N,N-dimethyl-1-((7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-3H- imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-amine: Following the procedure of Example 27 for steps 1 to 8, to a stirred solution of 4-(2- (chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7- yl)morpholine (50 mg, 0.12 mmol, 1 eq.) in IPA (5 mL) is added 3-fluoro-N,N- dimethylpiperidin-4-amine (27 mg, 0.18 mmol, 1.5 eq) and DIPEA (47 mg, 0.36 mmol, 3 eq) at room temperature.
  • the reaction mixture is heated at reflux for 16h and progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, it is diluted with EtOAc (30 mL) and washed with water (10 mL). Finally, the organic layer is dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain crude as an off white solid.
  • the crude product is purified by Prep HPLC (Method-B: Kinetex, EVO, C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 ⁇ m; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/15, 12/40, 15/50, 17/95.), and after lyophilization affords the title compound (9.5 mg;15%) as an off-white solid.
  • Example 53 Step 1: 7-bromothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine-2,4(1H,3H)-dione: To a solution of thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine-2,4(1H,3H)-dione (12 g, 71.42 mmol, 1 eq) in AcOH (150 mL) at 25°C is added bromine (11 mL). The temperature of the reaction is raised to 80°C and stirred for 16h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC.
  • Step 3 4-(7-bromo-2-chlorothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine: To a solution of 7-bromo-2,4-dichlorothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine (2 g, 7.09 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH (20 mL) is added morpholine (1 mL, 7.09 mmol, 1 eq) at room temperature and the reaction is stirred for an additional 3h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion, the reaction mixture is filtered and washed with MeOH (10 mL). The resulting solid is dried under vacuum to afford the title compound (1.5g; 65%) as a pale brown solid.
  • Step 4 4-(2-chloro-7-methylthieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine: To a degassed solution of 4-(7-bromo-2-chlorothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (6.5 g, 19.51 mmol, 1 eq) in 1,4-dioxane: water (8:2) (20 mL), is added methylboronic acid (2.3 g, 39.03 mmol, 2 eq), and K 2 CO 3 (5.3 g, 39.03 mmol, 3 eq), followed by Pd(dppf)Cl 2 (2.8 g, 3.90 mmol, 0.2 eq) in 1,4-dioxane : water (1:4; 100 mL).
  • methylboronic acid 2.3 g, 39.03 mmol, 2 eq
  • K 2 CO 3 5.3 g, 39.03 mmol, 3 eq
  • the reaction temperature is raised to 100°C and the reaction is stirred for 16h.
  • the progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC.
  • After completion of the reaction it is cooled to room temperature.
  • the reaction is filtered through a Celite pad and washed with ethyl acetate.
  • the filtrate is evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product (5 g) as a brown gummy liquid.
  • the crude product is purified by chromatography on a silica gel column (60-120 mesh) eluting with 15-20% EtOAc in hexane. Selected product fractions are combined and concentrated to afford the title compound (2.6g; 49%) as a white solid.
  • Step 5 2-chloro-7-methyl-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine-6-carbaldehyde: To a solution of 4-(2-chloro-7-methylthieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (1.5 g, 5.57 mmol, 1 eq) in dry THF (30 ml), is added n-BuLi (2.5 M in hexane) (5 mL, 11.15 mmol, 2 eq) at -78°C and the solution is stirred for 1h, then DMF (3 mL, 33.4 mmol, 6 eq) is added at -78°C. The reaction mixture is stirred at the same temperature for another 2h.
  • n-BuLi 2.5 M in hexane
  • Step 6 (2-chloro-7-methyl-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methanol:# To a solution of 2-chloro-7-methyl-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine-6-carbaldehyde (1.5 g, 5.38 mmol, 1 eq) in dry THF and MeOH (30 ml), is added NaBH4 (0.4 mg, 10.77 mmol, 2 eq) at 0°C. The reaction mixture is stirred at the same temperature for 2h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion, the reaction mixture is quenched with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL).
  • Step 7 (7-methyl-4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d] pyrimidin-6-yl)methanol: To a solution of compound (2-chloro-7-methyl-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6- yl)methanol (1.2 g, 4.013 mmol, 1 eq) in a (1:1) mixture of 1,4-dioxane : toluene (20 mL), is added 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (0.634 g, 4.013 mmol, 1 eq), and K 3 PO 4 (1.7 g, 8.026 mmol, 2 eq).
  • the reaction mixture is degassed for 10 min under nitrogen followed by the addition of Pd2(dba)3 (0.37 g, 0.401 mmol, 0.1 eq) and t-bu-XPhos (0.802 g, 0.802 mmol, 0.2 eq) at room temperature.
  • the reaction mixture temperature is raised to 100°C and stirred for 18h.
  • the progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC.
  • the reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature and filtered through a Celite pad, washed with ethyl acetate, and the filtrate is evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a brown gum (1.2g).
  • Example 54 Step 8: 4-(6-(chloromethyl)-7-methyl-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine: Continuing the synthetic scheme from Example 53, to a solution of 7-methyl-4- morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methanol (70 mg, 0.16 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (5 mL) is added thionyl chloride (0.2 mL) at 0°C. The reaction mixture is stirred at 0°C for 2h.
  • Step 9 4-(7-methyl-6-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 4-(6-(chloromethyl)-7-methyl-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (40 mg) in IPA (4 mL) is added 1- (methylsulfonyl)piperazine (30 mg, 2 eq.) and DIPEA (5 eq) at RT.
  • reaction temperature is raised to 80°C and stirred for 16 to 24h. Progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After complete consumption of the starting material, the reaction mixture is brought to room temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with water. The organic layers are dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to obtain crude product (50 mg) as a brown solid. The crude material is purified by RP flash column chromatography (C18-6 g RP column), the product eluting at 75% acetonitrile/water. Product containing fractions are combined and lyophilized to afford the title compound (14 mg; 27%) as an off white solid.
  • Example 55 Step 9: 3-fluoro-N,N-dimethyl-1-((7-methyl-4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-amine: Following the procedure according to Example 54, 4-(6-(chloromethyl)-7-methyl-2-(3- (m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (70 mg) is reacted with 4-(dimethylamino)-3-fluoropiperidine (47mg) to provide a crude solid which is purified by RP flash column chromatography (C18-6g), eluting at 82% acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (11 mg; 12%) as an off white solid.
  • Example 56 Step 1: 2,6-dichloro-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-9H-purine: To a solution of 2,6-dichloro-9H-purine (10 g, 52.91 mmol, 1 eq) in ethyl acetate (10 vol), is added PTSA (91 mg, 0.5291 mmol, 0.01 eq) at room temperature, then DHP (15.4 mL, 84.65 mmol, 1.6 eq) is added. The resulting reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 18h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC.
  • reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a solid (12 g), which is triturated with 20% ethyl acetate in hexane to afford the title compound (6.5 g; 46%) as an off-white solid.
  • Step 2 4-(2-chloro-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-9H-purin-6-yl)morpholine: To a solution of 2,6-dichloro-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-9H-purine (5 g, 18.38 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH (30 mL) is added morpholine (1.6 g, 18.38 mmol, 1eq) at 0°C. The reaction mixture is brought to room temperature and stirred for 4h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC.
  • Step 3 2-chloro-6-morpholino-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-9H-purine-8- carbaldehyde: To a solution of 4-(2-chloro-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-9H-purin-6-yl)morpholine (1.8 g, 5.57 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (20 mL) is added n-BuLi (2.5 M in hexane) (4.5 mL, 11.14 mmol, 2 eq) at -78°C and the solution is stirred at -78°C for 1h, then DMF (2.5 mL, 33.43 mmol, 6 eq) is added at -78°C and the reaction mixture is stirred at same temperature for 3h.
  • n-BuLi 2.5 M in hexane
  • reaction mixture is quenched with saturated ammonium chloride solution (50 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mLx2). The combined organic layer is washed with brine solution (20 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated to obtain brown solid (2.1 g), which is triturated with diethyl ether to afford the title compound (1.2 g; 63%) as a yellow solid.
  • Step 4 (2-chloro-6-morpholino-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-9H-purin-8- yl)methanol: To a solution of 2-chloro-6-morpholino-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-9H-purine-8- carbaldehyde (1.2 g, 3.41 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (10 mL) is added NaBH 4 (260 mg, 6.83 mmol, 2 eq) at 0°C, and the reaction temperature is raised to RT and stirred for 5h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC.
  • reaction mixture is diluted with ethyl acetate (20 mL) and washed with water (10 mL). The organic layer is dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated to obtain a brown solid, which is triturated with n-pentane to afford the title compound (1 g; 83%) as a white solid.
  • Step 5 (2-chloro-6-morpholino-9H-purin-8-yl)methanol: To a solution of (2-chloro-6-morpholino-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-9H-purin-8-yl) methanol (800 mg, 2.26 mmol, 1 eq) in 1,4-dioxane (5 mL) is added 4N HCl in 1,4- dioxane (5 mL) at 0°C, and the reaction mixture temperature is raised to room temperature and stirred for 4h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion, the reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain the title compound (600 mg; 98%) as a white solid.
  • Step 6 4-(8-(((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)methyl)-2-chloro-9H-purin-6- yl)morpholine: To a solution of (2-chloro-6-morpholino-9H-purin-8-yl)methanol (600 mg, 2.23 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (5 mL) is added imidazole (455 mg, 6.69 mmol, 3eq), and TBDMS-Cl (370 mg, 2.45 mmol, 1.1 eq) at 0°C, and the reaction temperature is raised to 25°C and stirred for 12h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC.
  • reaction mixture is diluted with water (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2x 20 mL). The organic layer is dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated to obtain crude (600 mg) as an off white solid.
  • the crude product is purified by silica gel column chromatography (60-120 Mesh) eluting with 15% ethyl acetate in hexane to afford the title compound (400 mg; 47%) as a white solid.
  • Step 7 4-(8-(((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)methyl)-2-chloro-9-methyl-9H-purin-6- yl)morpholine): To a solution of 4-(8-(((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)methyl)-2-chloro-9H-purin-6- yl)morpholine (400 mg, 1.04 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (5 mL) is added sodium hydride (60%) (90 mg, 2.08 mmol, 2 eq) at 0°C and stirred for 30 minutes. Then methyl iodide (1 ml, 1.56 mmol, 1.5eq) is added at 0°C.
  • reaction temperature is raised to 25°C and stirred for 16h.
  • the progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC.
  • the reaction mixture is quenched with water (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2x20 mL).
  • the combined organic layers are washed with brine solution (10 mL) and dried over Na 2 SO 4, filtered and concentrated to obtain crude solid (400 mg), which is further purified by silica gel column chromatography (60-120 mesh), eluting with 15% ethyl acetate in hexane to afford the title compound (300 mg; 72%) as a white solid.
  • Step 8 (2-chloro-9-methyl-6-morpholino-9H-purin-8-yl)methanol: To a solution of 4-(8-(((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)methyl)-2-chloro-9-methyl-9H-purin- 6-yl)morpholine (600 mg, 1.50 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (10 mL) is added TBAF (1M in THF, 3 mL, 3.01 mmol, 2 eq) at 0°C, then the reaction temperature is raised to 25°C and stirred for 4h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC.
  • Step 9 (9-methyl-6-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-8- yl)methanol: To a solution of (2-chloro-9-methyl-6-morpholino-9H-purin-8-yl)methanol (350 mg, 1.23 mmol, 1 eq) in 1,4-dioxane: toluene (4:1) (10 mL) is added 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (200 mg, 1.23 mmol, 1 eq), and K 3 PO 4 (530 mg, 2.47 mmol, 2 eq).
  • the resulting reaction mixture is degassed for 10 minutes under nitrogen, followed by addition of Pd 2 (dba) 3 (226 mg, 0.24 mmol, 0.2 eq) and t-Bu-XPhos (0.210 g, 0.49 mmol, 0.4 eq) at room temperature. Then the reaction temperature is raised to 100°C and stirred for 18h. After the reaction is complete, it is cooled to room temperature, filtered through a Celite pad and washed with ethyl acetate (10 mL). The filtrate is concentrated to obtain a crude product as a brown gummy liquid (400 mg).
  • Step 10 4-(8-(chloromethyl)-9-methyl-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-6- yl)morpholine: To a solution of (9-methyl-6-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-8- yl)methanol (100 mg, 0.17 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (5 mL) is added SOCl 2 (0.2 mL) at 0°C, and the reaction temperature is raised to 25°C and stirred for 2h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC.
  • Step 11 4-((9-methyl-6-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-8- yl)methyl)morpholine: To a solution of 4-(8-(chloromethyl)-9-methyl-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin- 6-yl)morpholine (30 mg, 1 eq) in IPA (3 mL) is added morpholine (12 mg, 2 eq.) and DIPEA (3 eq) at room temperature, then the reaction mixture is heated to 80° for 16h.
  • reaction mixture is quenched with cold water (5 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2x 15 mL). The organic layers are combined and dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to obtain a crude (32 mg) which is purified by Flash RP chromatography (C18, 6 g column) using water/acetonitrile as solvent system. The product elutes at 65- 70% acetonitrile/water and after lyophilization affords the title product (10 mg; 30%) as a white solid.
  • Example 57 Step 11: 4-(9-methyl-8-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-6-yl)morpholine: According to the procedure of Example 56, 4-(8-(chloromethyl)-9-methyl-2-(3-(m-tolyl)- 1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-6-yl)morpholine (30 mg) is treated with 1- (methylsulfonyl)piperazine (23 mg) and the obtained crude (36 mg) is purified by Flash RP chromatography (C18, 6 g column) using water/acetonitrile as solvent system.
  • Example 58 Step 9: 4-(6-((4-(azetidin-1-yl)-3-fluoropiperidin-1-yl)methyl)-7-methyl-2-(3-(m- tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine: Following the procedure according to Example 54, 4-(6-(chloromethyl)-7-methyl-2-(3- (m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl) (75 mg) is reacted with 4-(1- azetidinyl)-3-fluoropiperidine (54 mg) and the resulting solid is purified by RP flash column chromatography (C18-6 g) eluting at 68% acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (8 mg; 8%) as an off white solid.
  • Example 59 Step 8: 7-methyl-4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d] pyrimidine-6-carboxylic acid: Continuing the synthetic scheme from Example 53, to a solution of (7-methyl-4- morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methanol (100 mg, 0.23 mmol, 1 eq) in acetone (5 mL) is added Jones reagent (3 mL) at 0°. The reaction temperature is raised to 25°C and stirred for 2h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC.
  • Step 9 (7-methyl-4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)methanone: To a solution of 7-methyl-4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidine-6-carboxylic acid (30 mg, 1 eq) in DMF (5 mL) is added 1- methylpiperazine (2 eq), DIPEA (3 eq), and HATU (1.5 eq) at RT.
  • the resulting reaction mixture is stirred at 25°C for 16h, and the progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After complete consumption of starting material, the reaction mixture is quenched with cold water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layers are dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to obtain a crude product (34 mg) which is purified by RP flash column chromatography (C18-6 g), the product eluting at 75-80% acetonitrile/water. Product fractions are lyophilized, to afford the title product (15 mg; 50%) as an off white solid.
  • Example 60 Step 9: (R)-(3-(dimethylamino)pyrrolidin-1-yl)(7-methyl-4-morpholino-2-(3-(m- tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methanone: Following the procedure according to Example 59, 7-methyl-4-morpholino-2-(3-(m- tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine-6-carboxylic acid (50 mg) and (R)-N,N- dimethylpyrrolidin-3-amine (2 eq.) are reacted to give a crude product (54 mg) which is purified by RP flash column chromatography (C18-6 g), eluting at 75-80% acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (8 mg; 20%) as an off white solid.
  • Example 61 Step 9: (4-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)piperidin-1-yl)(7-methyl-4-morpholino-2-(3-(m- tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methanone: Following the procedure according to Example 59, 7-methyl-4-morpholino-2-(3-(m- tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine-6-carboxylic acid is reacted with 2- (piperidin-4-yl)propan-2-ol (2 eq.) to give a crude solid (45 mg) which is purified by RP flash column chromatography (C18-6 g) eluting at 70-75% acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (4 mg; 10%) as an off white solid.
  • Example 62 Step 11: 2-(1-((9-methyl-6-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-8- yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)propan-2-ol: According to the procedure of Example 56, 4-(8-(chloromethyl)-9-methyl-2-(3-(m-tolyl)- 1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-6-yl)morpholine (50 mg) is treated with 2-(piperidin-4- yl)propan-2-ol (20 mg) and the obtained crude (64 mg) is purified by Flash RP chromatography (C18, 6 g column) using water/acetonitrile as solvent system.
  • Example 63 Step 9: 4-(7-methyl-6-((3-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)azetidin-1-yl)methyl)-2-(3-(m- t 1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine: Following the procedure according to Example 54, 4-(6-(chloromethyl)-7-methyl-2-(3- (m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (75 mg) and 3- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)azetidine (48 mg) are reacted to give crude solid (80 mg) which is purified by RP flash column chromatography (C18-6 g) eluting at 55% acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (23 mg; 46%) as an off white solid.
  • Example 64 Step 1: 2-(2-chloro-7-methyl-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)propan-2-ol: ⁇ To a solution of 4-(2-chloro-7-methylthieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (200 mg, 0.74 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (4 mL) is added n-BuLi (2.5 M in hexane) (1 mL, 2.97 mmol, 4 eq) at -78°C. After stirring for 1h at -78°C, acetone (0.3 mL, 2.97 mmol, 4 eq) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred at the same temperature for 3h.
  • n-BuLi 2.5 M in hexane
  • the reaction mixture is quenched with saturated ammonium chloride solution (6 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL x 2).
  • the combined organic layers are washed with saturated brine solution (20 mL) and dried over Na 2 SO 4, filtered and concentrated to obtain a brown gummy liquid (210 mg).
  • the crude compound is purified by flash chromatography eluting with 25-30% of ethyl acetate in hexane, to afford the title compound (100 mg; 41%) as a pale-yellow solid.
  • Step 2 4-(2-chloro-6-(2-methoxypropan-2-yl)-7-methylthieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)morpholine: To a solution of 2-(2-chloro-7-methyl-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)propan- 2-ol (50 mg, 0.15 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (5 mL) is added sodium hydride (60%) (14 mg, 0.22 mmol, 1.5 eq) at 0°C.
  • reaction mixture is stirred at 0°C for 30 min and then methyl iodide (64 mg, 0.30 mmol, 2 eq) is added at 0°C, and the reaction mixture is slowly brought to room temperature and stirred for 3h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After complete consumption of the starting material, the reaction mixture is concentrated to obtain a crude solid which is triturated with n-pentane to afford the title compound (45 mg; 86%) as a pale-yellow solid.
  • Step 3 4-(6-(2-methoxypropan-2-yl)-7-methyl-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno [3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine: To a solution of 4-(2-chloro-6-(2-methoxypropan-2-yl)-7-methylthieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin- 4-yl)morpholine (50 mg, 0.14 mmol, 1 eq) and 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (23 mg, 0.14 mmol, 1 eq) in 1,4-dioxane: toluene (5 mL) is added K 3 PO 4 (28 mg, 0.29 mmol, 2eq), and the resulting solution is degassed for 20 minutes.
  • the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a brown gummy liquid (50 mg) which is purified by Prep HPLC (Column: Gemini C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 ⁇ m; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/40, 14/55, 25/90, 26/95.) to afford the title compound (8 mg; 11%) as an off-white solid.
  • Prep HPLC Column: Gemini C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 ⁇ m; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/40, 14/55, 25/90, 26/95.
  • Example 65 Step 1: (3-(2-chloro-7-methyl-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)oxetan-3-ol: To a solution of 4-(2-chloro-7-methylthieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (200 mg, 0.74 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (5 mL) is added n-BuLi (2.5 M in hexane) (1 mL, 2.97 mmol, 4 eq) at -78°C, and the solution is stirred for 1h, then 3-oxetanone (212 mg, 2.97 mmol, 4 eq) is added, and the reaction mixture is stirred at same temperature for another 3h.
  • n-BuLi 2.5 M in hexane
  • Step 2 4-(2-chloro-6-(3-methoxyoxetan-3-yl)-7-methylthieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)morpholine: To a solution of (3-(2-chloro-7-methyl-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)oxetan- 3-ol (90 mg, 0.26 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (5 mL), is added sodium hydride (60%) (20 mg, 0.39 mmol, 1.5 eq) at 0°C.
  • reaction mixture is stirred at 0°C for 30 min, then methyl iodide (75 mg, 0.52 mmol, 2 eq) is added at 0°C and the reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 3h.
  • the progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC and, after completion of the reaction, it is quenched with ice cold water (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2x 20 mL). The organic layers are dried with Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to obtain a crude compound which is triturated with n-pentane to afford the title compound (65 mg; 69%) as pale brown solid.
  • Step 3 4-(6-(3-methoxyoxetan-3-yl)-7-methyl-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine: To a solution of 4-(2-chloro-6-(3-methoxyoxetan-3-yl)-7-methylthieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin- 4-yl)morpholine (30 mg, 0.08 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (5 mL) is added sodium hydride (60%) (12 mg, 0.16 mmol, 2 eq) at 0°C.
  • reaction mixture is stirred at 0°C for 20 minutes then 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (14 mg, 0.08 mmol, 1 eq) is added at 0°C.
  • the temperature is raised to 100°C for 16h.
  • the progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC.
  • the reaction mixture is quenched with cold water (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2x 20 mL).
  • Example 66 Step 1: 4-(5-chlorothieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine: To a solution of 5,7-dichlorothieno[3,2-b]pyridine (3.0 g, 14.85 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in ethylene glycol (10 mL) at RT is added morpholine (2.5 mL, 29.7 mmol, 2.0 eq.) followed by TEA (4.0 mL, 29.7 mmol, 2.0 eq.). The reaction temperature is raised to 120 °C and stirred for 16h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC.
  • Step 2 5-chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carbaldehyde:# To a stirred solution of dry THF (30 mL) is added n-BuLi (2.5 M in hexane) (12 mL, 29.52 mmol, 2.5 eq.), followed by a solution of 4-(5-chlorothieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7- yl)morpholine (3.0 g; 11.8 mmol, 1.0 eq.) dissolved in THF (10 mL) added dropwise at - 78 °C and the resulting mixture is allowed to stir for 45 min at -78 °C.
  • n-BuLi 2.5 M in hexane
  • 4-(5-chlorothieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7- yl)morpholine 3.0 g; 11.8 mmol, 1.0 eq.
  • Step 3 5-chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridin-2-yl)methanol: To a stirred solution of 5-chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carbaldehyde (2.0 g, 7.06 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in a (1:1) mixture of MeOH: DCM (20 mL) is added NaBH4 (0.54 g, 14.13 mmol, 2.0 eq.) at 0°C. The resulting mixture is allowed to stir at RT for 3h. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), it is diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL).
  • Step 4 7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-2-yl) methanol: To a stirred solution of 5-chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridin-2-yl)methanol (0.5 g, 1.75 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (0.27 g, 1.75 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in (1:1) mixture of 1,4-dioxane : toluene (10 mL) is added K 3 PO 4 (0.74 g, 3.50 mmol, 2.0 eq.).
  • the reaction mixture is degassed for 15 min and Pd 2 (dba) 3 (0.32 g, 0.35 mmol, 0.2 eq.) is added, followed by t-Bu-XPhos (0.3 g, 0.70 mmol, 0.4 eq.).
  • the resulting reaction mixture is allowed to stir at 120 °C for 16 h. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), it is diluted with EtOAc, dried, filtered, and concentrated. The resulting residue is purified by reverse phase flash purification (C18, 12 g column), eluting with 50% to 60% acetonitrile/water, to afford the title compound (0.2 g, 28%) as white solid.
  • Step 5 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7- yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-b] pyridin-2-yl)methanol (0.15 g, 0.36 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in DCM (5 mL) is added SOCl 2 (0.13 g, 1.10 mmol, 3.0 eq.) at 0°C. The reaction mixture is stirred at RT for 4h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC.
  • Step 6 4-((7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno [3,2-b]pyridin-2-yl) methyl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (50 mg, 1.0 eq.) in THF (10 vol) at room temperature is added morpholine (20.5 mg, 2.0 eq.), followed by K 2 CO 3 (2.5 eq.). The reaction mixture temperature is heated to 80°C and stirred for 16h.
  • Example 67 Step 6: 4-(2-((4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)methyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno [3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine: According to the procedure of Example 66, 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (50 mg) and 1-methylpiperazine (23.5 mg) are reacted to obtain a crude product which is then purified by Flash RP chromatography (C18, 12 g column), eluting with 30-40% acetonitrile/water, to afford the title compound (10 mg; 20%) as an off-white solid.
  • Example 67 Step 6: 4-(2-((4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)methyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-y
  • Example 68 Step 6: 4-(2-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine: According to the procedure of Example 66, 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (50 mg) and 1-(methylsulfonyl) piperazine (38.5 mg) are reacted to obtain a crude product, which is then purified by Flash RP chromatography (C18, 12 g column), eluting with 30-40% acetonitrile/water, to afford the title compound (12 mg; 18%) as an off-white solid.
  • Example 69 Step 6: 3-fluoro-N,N-dimethyl-1-((7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-2-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-amine: Following the first five steps of Example 66, to a stirred solution of 4-(2-(chloromethyl)- 5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (100 mg, 1.0 eq.) in IPA (10 vol) at room temperature is added 3-fluoro-N,N-dimethyl-piperidin-4-amine (35.4 mg, 2 eq.), followed by DIPEA (2.0 eq).
  • the reaction mixture is allowed to stir at 80°C for 16h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion, it is concentrated under reduced pressure, diluted with water (10 vol), and extracted with EtOAc (2x10 vol). The combined organic layers are dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which is then purified by Flash RP chromatography (C18, 12 g column), eluting with 30-40% acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (8 mg; 8%) as an off-white solid.
  • Example 70 Step 6: 4-(2-((4-(azetidin-1-yl)-3-fluoropiperidin-1-yl)methyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine: According to the procedure of Example 69, 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (100 mg) and 4-(azetidin-1-yl)-3- fluoropiperidine (35.2 mg) aare reacted to obtain a crude product, which is purified by Flash RP chromatography (C18, 12 g column), eluting with 50-55% acetonitrile/water, to afford the title compound (10 mg; 10% ) as an off-white solid.
  • Example 71 Step 1: 2,4-dichlorothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine: A stirred solution of thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine-2,4(1H,3H)-dione (10 g, 59.52 mmol, 1 eq) in POCl3 (60 mL, 6 vol) is heated at 100°C for 16h. The reaction solution is cooled to room temperature and evaporated in vacuo to provide a brown gummy residue which is diluted with ice cold water and stirred for 30 min, and the resulting precipitate is filtered and dried under vacuum to afford the title compound (10 g; 83%) as a pale brown solid.
  • Step 3 2-chloro-4-(methylthio)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine-6-carbaldehyde: To a solution of 2-chloro-4-(methylthio)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine (6 g, 5.57 mmol, 1 eq) in dry THF (40 ml) is added n-BuLi (2.5 M in hexane) (20 mL, 11.15 mmol, 2 eq) at - 78°C, and the solution is stirred for 1h. DMF (2.61 mL, 33.4 mmol, 6 eq) is then added at -78°C and the reaction mixture is stirred at the same temperature for an additional 2h.
  • n-BuLi 2.5 M in hexane
  • Step 4 2,4-dichlorothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine-6-carbaldehyde: To a solution of 2-chloro-4-(methylthio)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine-6-carbaldehyde (4 g, 16.39 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (40 ml) is added SOCl 2 (20 mL, 32.78 mmol, 2 eq) at 0°C. The reaction temperature is allowed to reach room temperature and then the reaction is stirred for 2h. On completion of the reaction, it is quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 solution (40 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 55 mL).
  • Step 5 (2,4-dichlorothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methanol: To a solution of 2,4-dichlorothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine-6-carbaldehyde (1 g, 4.32 mmol, 1 eq) in dry THF (15 ml) is added NaBH4 (329 mg, 8.65 mmol, 2 eq) at 0°C. The reaction mixture is stirred at the same temperature for 2h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion, the reaction mixture is quenched with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 35 mL).
  • Step 6 (2-chloro-4-(1,4-oxazepan-4-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methanol: To a stirred solution of (2,4-dichlorothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methanol (100 mg, 0.42 mmol, 1 eq.) in IPA (4 mL) is added 1,4-oxazepane (64 mg, 0.64 mmol, 1.5 eq) and DIPEA (0.15 mL, 0.85 mmol, 2 eq) at room temperature. The reaction mixture is heated to 80°C and maintain for 12h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC.
  • Step 7 (4-(1,4-oxazepan-4-yl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methanol: To a solution of (2-chloro-4-(1,4-oxazepan-4-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methanol (85 mg 0.28 mmol, 1 eq) in a (1:1) mixture of 1,4-dioxane: toluene (3 mL), is added 3- (m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (45 mg, 0.28 mmol, 1 eq), and K 3 PO 4 (120 mg, 0.56 mmol, 2 eq).
  • reaction mixture is degassed for 10 min under nitrogen followed by addition of Pd 2 (dba) 3 (26 mg, 0.028 mmol, 0.1 eq) and t-Bu-XPhos (24 mg, 0.056 mmol, 0.2 eq) at room temperature.
  • the reaction temperature is raised to 120°C and stirred for 6h.
  • the progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC and after completion, it is diluted with EtOAc (2x40 mL) and washed with water (15 mL).
  • Step 8 4-(6-(chloromethyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin- 4-yl)-1,4-oxazepane: To a stirred solution of (4-(1,4-oxazepan-4-yl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl) thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methanol (25 mg, 0.06 mmol, 1 eq.), in DCM (5 mL) at 0°C is added SOCl 2 (0.05 mL). The reaction is warmed to room temperature and stirred for 2h.
  • Step 9 4-(6-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-1,4-oxazepane: To a stirred solution of 4-(6-(chloromethyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-1,4-oxazepane (25 mg, 0.05 mmol, 1 eq.) in IPA (3 mL) is added 1- (methylsulfonyl)piperazine (14 mg, 0.085 mmol, 1.5 eq) and DIPEA (0.02 mL, 0.11 mmol, 2 eq) at room temperature.
  • reaction mixture is heated to 80°C and maintained for 12h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, it is diluted with EtOAc (2x20 mL) and washed with water (10 mL). Finally, the organic layer is dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to provide a solid which is purified by RP Flash column chromatography (C18- 6g RP column) using water/acetonitrile eluting with 50-55% acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (10 mg; 31%) as an off-white solid.
  • Example 72 Step 8: 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7- yl)morpholine: Following step 7 of the procedure for Example 75, to a stirred solution of (3-methyl-7- morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)methanol (350 mg, 0.86 mmol, 1.0 equiv.) in THF (10 mL) is added SOCl 2 (0.2 mL, 2.59 mmol, 3.0 equiv.) at 0°C.
  • reaction mixture is stirred at 70°C for 16h and then it is diluted with water (10 vol) and extracted with EtOAc (2x10 vol). The combined organic layers are dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain solid is purified by silica gel column chromatography (60-120 mesh) eluting with 2-5% MeOH/ DCM, to afford the title compound (15 mg; 25%) as an off white solid.
  • Example 73 Step 6: (2-chloro-4-(3,6-dihydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6- yl)methanol: Following Step 5 of Example 71, to a stirred solution of (2,4-dichlorothieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methanol (100 mg, 0.42 mmol, 1 eq.) in IPA (4 mL) is added 2-oxa-5- azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane (63 mg, 0.64 mmol, 1.5 eq) and DIPEA (0.15 mL, 0.85 mmol, 2 eq) at room temperature.
  • reaction mixture is heated to 80°C and maintained for 12h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, it is diluted with EtOAc (2x30 mL) and washed with water (10 mL). Finally, the organic layer is dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to provide a crude product which is triturated with diethyl ether to afford the title compound (100 mg; 78%) as an off-white solid.
  • Step 7 5-(2-chloro-6-(chloromethyl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo [2.2.1]heptane: To a stirred solution of (4-(2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl)-2-chlorothieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methanol (100 mg, 0.29 mmol, 1 eq.), in DCM (5 mL) at 0°C is added SOCl 2 (0.1 mL). The reaction is allowed to warm to room temperature and then it is stirred for 2h.
  • Step 8 5-(2-chloro-6-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane: To a stirred solution of 5-(2-chloro-6-(chloromethyl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-2-oxa- 5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane (50 mg, 0.15 mmol, 1 eq.) in IPA (3 mL) is added 1- (methylsulfonyl)piperazine (39 mg, 0.23 mmol, 1.5 eq.) and DIPEA (0.06 mL, 0.39 mmol, 2 eq) at room temperature.
  • the reaction is heated to 80°C and maintained for 12h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, it is diluted with EtOAc (2x25 mL) and washed with water (10 mL). Finally, the organic layer is dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to provide a crude product which is purified by silica gel column chromatography (60-120 mesh) eluting with 40-50% EtOAc in hexane to afford the title compound (40 mg; 57%) as an off-white solid.
  • Step 9 5-(6-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane: To a solution of 5-(2-chloro-6-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane (40 mg 0.09 mmol, 1 eq) in a (1:1) mixture of 1,4-dioxane : toluene (3 mL) is added 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (14 mg, 0.09 mmol, 1 eq), and K 3 PO 4 (38 mg, 0.18 mmol, 2 eq
  • reaction mixture is degassed for 10 min under nitrogen, followed by the addition of Pd2(dba)3 (8 mg, 0.009 mmol, 0.1 eq) and t-Bu-XPhos (8 mg, 0.018 mmol, 0.2 eq) at room temperature.
  • Pd2(dba)3 8 mg, 0.009 mmol, 0.1 eq
  • t-Bu-XPhos 8 mg, 0.018 mmol, 0.2 eq
  • the reaction temperature is raised to 120°C and the reaction is stirred for 6h.
  • the progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC and after completion, it is diluted with EtOAc (25 mL) and washed with water (10 mL).
  • Example 74 Step 9: 4-(3-methyl-2-(morpholinomethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-3H- imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine: According to the procedure of Example 72, 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (50 mg) is reacted with morpholine (2 eq.) to provide a solid which is purified by silica gel column chromatography (60-120 mesh) eluting with 15-20% ethyl acetate / hexane, to afford the title compound (20 mg; 40%) as an off-white solid.
  • Example 75 Step 1: 4,6-dichloro-3-nitropyridin-2-amine: To conc. H 2 SO 4 (25 mL, 10 vol.) is added 4,6-dichloropyridin-2-amine (5 g, 30.86 mmol, 1.0 eq) portion-wise at -5°C, and the reaction is allowed to reach room temperature, then it is stirred for 30 min. The reaction is re-cooled to -5°C, and then concentrated nitric acid (2 ml) is added dropwise. The reaction mixture is allowed to warm to room temperature and it is stirred for an additional 1h. After completion, the mixture is slowly poured into crushed ice, followed by adjustment of the pH to ⁇ 8 using a saturated NaHCO 3 solution.
  • Step 2 4,6-dichloropyridine-2,3-diamine: To a stirred solution of 4,6-dichloro-3-nitropyridin-2-amine (4 g, 19.41 mmol, 1.0 equiv.) in IPA (40 mL) is added iron powder (3.2 g, 58.2 mmol, 3.0 equiv.) and the mixture is stirred for 5 min. To this mixture is added 6 N HCl (16 mL, 4 vol.) dropwise at 0 °C. The reaction mixture is allowed to reach room temperature and is then stirred for 4h. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 solution is added until the pH is about 8.
  • Step 3 2-((benzyloxy)methyl)-5,7-dichloro-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine: A stirred mixture of 4,6-dichloropyridine-2,3-diamine (4 g, 22.4 mmol, 1.0 equiv.) and 2- (benzyloxy)acetic acid (7.4 g, 44.9 mmol, 2.0 equiv.) is heated at 150°C for 16h. After consumption of the diamine (monitored by TLC), the reaction is diluted with EtOAc (100 mL) and washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 (50 ml) and then with brine (50 mL).
  • Step 4 4-(2-((benzyloxy)methyl)-5-chloro-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7- yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 2-((benzyloxy)methyl)-5,7-dichloro-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine (1.0 g, 3.24 mmol, 1.0 equiv.) in ethylene glycol (5 mL) at RT is added morpholine (0.7 mL, 8.11 mmol, 2.5 equiv.) followed by triethylamine (0.9 mL, 6.49 mmol, 2.0 equiv.). The mixture is heated to 120°C and stirred for 16h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC.
  • Step 5 4-(2-((benzyloxy)methyl)-5-chloro-3-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7- yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 4-(2-((benzyloxy)methyl)-5-chloro-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7- yl)morpholine (2.0 g, 5.57 mmol, 1.0 equiv.) in THF/ DMF (1:1) (20 mL) is added sodium hydride (0.5 g, 13.96 mmol, 2.5 equiv.) portion-wise at 0°C and stirred for 30 min.
  • Methyl iodide (0.9 mL, 13.92 mmol, 2.5 eq.) is added dropwise at 0°C and the reaction mixture is allowed to warm to RT and is stirred at RT for 4h. The reaction is quenched with cold water and the resulting solid is filtered, washed with water and dried. The solid is triturated with n-pentane to afford the title compound (1.7 g, 82%) as an off white solid.
  • Step 6 4-(2-((benzyloxy)methyl)-3-methyl-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-3H- imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 4-(2-((benzyloxy)methyl)-5-chloro-3-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5- b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (2.0 g, 5.36 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (1.27 g, 8.04 mmol, 1.5 eq.) in 1,4-dioxane : toluene (1:1) (20 mL) is added K 3 PO 4 (2.2 g, 10.7 mmol, 2.0 equiv.), and the reaction mixture is degassed for 15 min.
  • Example 77 Step 6: (4-(2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl)-2-chlorothieno [3,2-d]pyrimidin-6- yl)methanol (Compound-73-1a): Following Step 5 of Example 71, to a stirred solution of (2,4-dichlorothieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methanol (150 mg, 0.64 mmol, 1 eq.) in 1,4-dioxane : water (9:1) (3 mL) is added (3,6-dihydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)boronic acid (74 mg, 0.576 mmol, 0.9 eq), and Pd(dppf)Cl 2 -DCM (47 mg, 0.064 mmol, 0.1 eq) followed by K 2 CO 3 (178 mg, 1.28 mmol, 2 eq).
  • reaction mixture is degassed for 20 min under nitrogen at room temperature and then is stirred for 12h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, it is diluted with EtOAc (2x40 mL) and washed with water (20 mL). Finally, the organic layer is dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to provide a crude product which is purified by silica gel (60-120 mesh) column chromatography eluting with 30-35% EtOAc in hexane to afford the title compound (85 mg; 47%) as an off-white solid.
  • Step 7 2-chloro-6-(chloromethyl)-4-(3,6-dihydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidine: To a stirred solution of (2-chloro-4-(3,6-dihydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin- 6-yl)methanol (85 mg, 0.30 mmol, 1 eq.), in DCM (5 mL) at 0 °C is added SOCl 2 (0.1 mL). The reaction is allowed to warm to room temperature and then it is stirred for 2h.
  • Step 8 2-chloro-4-(3,6-dihydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)-6-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1- yl)methyl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine: To a stirred solution of 2-chloro-6-(chloromethyl)-4-(3,6-dihydro-2H-pyran-4- yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine (55 mg, 0.18 mmol, 1 eq.) in IPA (3 mL) is added 1- (methylsulfonyl)piperazine (45 mg, 0.27 mmol, 1.5 eq) and DIPEA (0.07 mL, 0.36 mmol, 2 eq) at room temperature.
  • Step 9 4-(3,6-dihydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)-6-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)- 2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine: To a solution of 2-chloro-4-(3,6-dihydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)-6-((4- (methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine (40 mg 0.09 mmol, 1 eq) in a (1:1) mixture of 1,4-dioxane: toluene (3 mL) is added 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (15 mg, 0.09 mmol, 1 eq), and K 3 PO 4 (39 mg, 0.18 mmol, 2 eq).
  • reaction mixture is degassed for 10 min under nitrogen followed by the addition of Pd 2 (dba) 3 (8 mg, 0.009 mmol, 0.1 eq) and t-butyl-XPhos (8 mg, 0.018 mmol, 0.2 eq) at room temperature.
  • Pd 2 (dba) 3 8 mg, 0.009 mmol, 0.1 eq
  • t-butyl-XPhos 8 mg, 0.018 mmol, 0.2 eq
  • the reaction temperature is raised to 120°C and it is stirred for 6h.
  • the progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC and after completion, it is diluted with EtOAc (2X30 mL) and washed with water (10 mL).
  • Example 78 Step 1: (6-morpholino-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)-9H-purin-8-yl)methanol: To a stirred solution of (2-chloro-6-morpholino-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-9H-purin- 8-yl)methanol (0.450 g, 1.27 mmol, 1 eq.), and 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (0.201 g, 1.27 mmol, 1 eq.) dissolved in a mixture of 1,4-dioxane : toluene (1:1) (10 mL) is added Pd 2 (dba) 3 (0.116 g, 0.12 mmol, 0.1 eq.), and t-Bu-XPhos (0.108 g, 0.25 mmol, 0.2 eq.),
  • the reaction mixture is stirred at 110°C for 16h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After complete consumption of the starting material, the catalyst impurities are filtered by passing the reaction mixture through a Celite pad. The filtrate is diluted with EtOAc (20 mL), washed with water (10 mL), and the organic layer is dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a brown liquid. The crude compound is purified by Flash (C18 reverse phase 12g column) eluting with 70-80 % acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (180 mg; 28%) as an off white solid.
  • Step 2 (6-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-8-yl)methanol: To a stirred solution of (6-morpholino-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-8-yl)methanol (80 mg, 0.16 mmol, 1 eq.) in 1,4-dioxane (2 mL), is added 4M HCl in 1,4-dioxane (2 mL) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture is stirred at 0°C for 2h.
  • Step 3 6-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purine-8-carboxylic acid: To a stirred solution of (6-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-8-yl) methanol (100 mg, 0.25 mmol, 1 eq.) in water (1 mL) at room temperature, is added 1N NaOH (0.5 mL) followed by the addition of KMnO 4 (60 mg, 0.38 mmol, 1.5 eq) at the same temperature. The resulting reaction mixture is stirred at 90°C for 16h.
  • reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature and its pH is adjusted up to 5 using acetic acid.
  • the reaction mass is passed through a Celite pad and the filtrate is extracted with EtOAc (2 x 20 mL).
  • EtOAc 2 x 20 mL
  • the organic layer is dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product which is triturated with n-pentane to afford the title compound (55 mg; 53%) as a brown solid.
  • Step 4 (4-(methylsulfonyl)piperidin-1-yl)(6-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol- 1-yl)-9H-purin-8-yl)methanone: To a stirred solution of 6-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purine-8- carboxylic acid (30 mg, 0.04 mmol, 1 eq.) in DCM (1 mL), is added 1- (methylsulfonyl)piperazine (13 mg, 0.05 mmol, 1.2 eq), propylphosphonic anhydride (50% in EtOAc) (72 mg, 0.09 mmol, 2 eq), and triethylamine (12 mg, 0.09 mmol, 2 eq) at 0°C, then the reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 12 h.
  • 1- (methylsulfonyl)piperazine 13 mg,
  • Example 79 Step 9: 4-(2-((4-isopropylpiperazin-1-yl)methyl)-3-methyl-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol- 1-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine: According to the procedure of Example 72, 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (50 mg) is reacted with 1- isopropylpiperazine (2 eq.) to provide a solid which is purified by silica gel column chromatography (60-120 mesh) eluting with 2-5% MeOH/ DCM, to afford the title compound (18 mg; 32%) as an off-white solid.
  • Example 82 Step 9: 3-fluoro-N,N-dimethyl-1-((3-methyl-7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-amine: According to the procedure of Example 72, 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (100 mg) is reacted with 3-fluoro- N,N-dimethylpiperidin-4-amine (2 eq.) to provide a solid which is purified by silica gel column chromatography, to afford the title compound (20 mg; 15%) as an off-white solid.
  • Example 84 Step 4: (4-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)piperidin-1-yl)(6-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-8-yl)methanone: According to the procedure of Example 78, 6-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)-9H-purine-8-carboxylic acid (20 mg, 0.04 mmol, 0.1 eq.) is reacted with 2-(piperidin- 4-yl)propan-2-ol (9.8 mg, 0.05 mmol, 1.2 eq), propylphosphonic anhydride (50% in EtOAc) (62 mg, 0.09 mmol, 2 eq), and triethylamine (10 mg, 0.09 mmol, 2 eq), to provide a solid which is purified by Flash RP (C18 reverse phase 6g column) eluting with 55-60%
  • Example 85 Step 4: (4-(Azetidin-1-yl)-3-fluoropiperidin-1-yl)(6-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-8-yl)methanone: According to the procedure of Example 78, 6-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)-9H-purine-8-carboxylic acid (35 mg, 0.086 mmol) in DCM (1 mL), is treated with 4- (azetidin-1-yl)-3-fluoropiperidine (9.8 mg, 0.10 mmol, 1.2 eq), propylphosphonic anhydride (50% in EtOAc) (62 mg, 0.17 mmol, 2 eq), and triethylamine (10 mg, 0.17 mmol, 2 eq), to provide a solid which is purified by Flash RP (C18 reverse phase 6g column)
  • Example 86 Step 4: 4-Isopropylpiperazin-1-yl)(6-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)- 9H-purin-8-yl)methanone: According to the procedure of Example 78, 6-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)-9H-purine-8-carboxylic acid (50 mg, 0.1 mmol) in DCM (1 mL), is treated with 1- isopropylpiperazine (20 mg, 0.12 mmol, 1.2 eq), propylphosphonic anhydride (50% in EtOAc) (62 mg, 0.09 mmol, 2 eq), and triethylamine (0.1 mL, 0.09 mmol, 2 eq), to provide a solid which is purified by Flash RP (C18 reverse phase 6g column) using acetonitrile/water as an eluent to afford the
  • Example 129 Step 6: (2-chloro-4-(1,4-dioxa-7-azaspiro[4.4]nonan-7-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6- yl)methanol: To a stirred solution of (2,4-dichlorothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methanol (100 mg, 0.39 mmol, 1 eq.) in IPA (4 mL) is added 1,4-dioxa-7-azaspiro[4.4]nonane (63 mg, 0.58 mmol, 1.5 eq) and DIPEA (0.15 mL, 0.85 mmol, 2 eq) at room temperature.
  • reaction mixture is heated to 80 °C and maintained for 12h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, it is diluted with EtOAc (2x30 mL) and washed with water (10 mL). Finally, the organic layer is dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a solid which was triturated with diethyl ether to afford the title compound (100 mg; 78%) as an off-white solid.
  • Step 7 7-(2-chloro-6-(chloromethyl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-1,4-dioxa-7- azaspiro[4.4]nonane: To a stirred solution of (2-chloro-4-(1,4-dioxa-7-azaspiro[4.4]nonan-7-yl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methanol (100 mg, 0.31 mmol), in DCM (5 mL) at 0°C is added SOCl 2 (0.1 mL). The reaction mass is allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 2h.
  • Step 8 7-(2-chloro-6-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-1,4-dioxa-7-azaspiro[4.4]nonane: To a stirred solution of 7-(2-chloro-6-(chloromethyl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-1,4- dioxa-7-azaspiro[4.4]nonane (50 mg, 0.15 mmol) in IPA (3 mL) is added 1- (methylsulfonyl)piperazine (39 mg, 0.23 mmol, 1.5 eq) and DIPEA (0.06 mL, 0.39 mmol, 2 eq) at room temperature.
  • 1- (methylsulfonyl)piperazine 39 mg, 0.23 mmol, 1.5 eq
  • DIPEA 0.06 mL, 0.39 mmol, 2
  • reaction mixture is heated to 80°C and maintained for 12h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, it is diluted with EtOAc (2x25 mL) and washed with water (10 mL). Finally, the organic layer is dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a solid residue which is purified by a silica gel column chromatography (60-120 mesh) eluted with 40-50% EtOAc in hexane to afford the title compound (40 mg; 58%) as an off-white solid.
  • Step 9 7-(6-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-1,4-dioxa-7-azaspiro[4.4]nonane: To a solution of 7-(2-chloro-6-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-1,4-dioxa-7-azaspiro[4.4]nonane (40 mg 0.09 mmol) in (1:1) mixture of 1,4-dioxane: toluene (3 mL), is added 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (14 mg, 0.09 mmol, 1 eq), and K 3 PO 4 (38 mg, 0.18 mmol, 2 eq
  • reaction mixture is degassed for 10 min under nitrogen, followed by the addition of Pd 2 (dba) 3 (8 mg, 0.009 mmol, 0.1 eq) and t Bu-XPhos (8 mg, 0.018 mmol, 0.2 eq) at room temperature.
  • Pd 2 (dba) 3 8 mg, 0.009 mmol, 0.1 eq
  • t Bu-XPhos 8 mg, 0.018 mmol, 0.2 eq
  • the reaction temperature is raised to 120°C and stirred for 6h.
  • the progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC and after completion, it is diluted with EtOAc (25 mL) and washed with water (10 mL).
  • Step 10 1-(6-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol- 1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)pyrrolidin-3-one: A solution of 7-(6-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-1,4-dioxa-7-azaspiro[4.4]nonane (20 mg 0.036 mmol) in 0.4 mL dioxane at 0 o C is added a solution of 4N HCl in dioxane (0.5 mL) and the resulting mixture is brought to room temperature and stirred for 4h.
  • Example 132 Step 2: 4-(2-((4-Isopropylpiperazin-1-yl)methyl)-3-methyl-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine
  • 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-3-methyl-5-(3- (m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (40 mg) is reacted with 1-isopropylpiperazine (17 mg) to afford the title compound (21 mg; 40%) as an off-white solid.
  • Example 165 Step 1: 4-(2-chloro-6-iodothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 4-(2-chlorothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (500 mg, 1.96 mmol) in THF (8 mL) at -78°C is added n-BuLi (1.0 M in THF; 2.94 mL, 2.94 mmol, 1.5 eq) and the reaction is stirred for 15 min, followed by the addition of iodochloroethane (2.94 mL, 2.94 mmol, 1.5 eq) at the same temperature. The reaction mixture is then brought to room temperature and stirred for another 4h.
  • n-BuLi 1.0 M in THF
  • iodochloroethane 2.94 mL, 2.94 mmol, 1.5 eq
  • Step 2 4-(2-chloro-6-(4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 4-(2-chloro-6-iodothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (200 mg, 0.52 mmol) and 1-(methylsulfonyl)piperazine (172 mg, 1.04 mmol, 2.0 eq.) in dry DMF is added Cs 2 CO 3 (164 mg, 0.46 mmol, 0.9 eq.).
  • reaction mixture is degassed for 15 min and then Pd 2 (dba) 3 (91 mg, 0.1 mmol, 0.2 eq.) is added followed by Xantphos (115 mg, 0.2 mmol, 0.4 eq.).
  • the resulting reaction mixture is allowed to stir at 110°C for 12 h.
  • the reaction mixture is diluted with EtOAc filtered and filtrate is concentrated.
  • the obtained residue is purified by reverse phase flash chromatography (used C18, 12 g column) eluting with 50% to 60% acetonitrile in water to afford the title compound (55 mg; 25%) as an off-white solid.
  • Step 3 4-(6-(4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 4-(2-chloro-6-(4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (45 mg, 0.11 mmol), and 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (25 mg, 0.16 mmol, 1.5 eq.) dissolved in a mixture of toluene and dioxane (1:1, 4 mL) is added Pd 2 (dba) 3 (9.2 mg, 0.01 mmol, 0.1 eq.), tBu-XPhos (8.5 mg, 0.02 mmol, 0.2 eq.), and then K 3 PO 4 (46 mg
  • reaction mixture is then stirred at 120 °C for 6h. Progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After complete consumption of the starting material, the solids are filtered by passing the reaction mixture through a bed of celite. The filtrate is diluted with EtOAc (20 mL), and washed with water (10 mL). Finally, the organic layer is dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product as a brown liquid which is purified by silica gel chromatography (60- 120 mesh) using 60%-65 % ethyl acetate/petroleum ether as eluent to afford the title compound (10 mg; 53%) as an off white solid.
  • Example 166 Step 1: Ethyl-5,7-dihydroxy-3-methylthieno[3,2-b]pyridine-6-carboxylate: To a stirred solution of methyl 3-amino-4-methylthiophene-2-carboxylate (10 g, 58.47 mmol) in DCM (100 mL) is added triethylamine (11 mL, 76.03 mmol, 1.2 eq) and ethyl malonyl chloride (10 mL, 70.17 mmol, 1.3 eq) at room temperature and the reaction is stirred for 1h. The reaction mixture is diluted with DCM (50 mL) and washed with brine solution (50 mL).
  • Step 2 3-Methylthieno[3,2-b]pyridine-5,7-diol
  • ethyl 5,7-dihydroxy-3-methylthieno[3,2-b]pyridine-6-carboxylate 15 g, 59.28 mmol
  • EtOH 60 mL
  • sodium ethoxide 1.2 g, 17.78 mmol, 0.3 eq
  • 40% aqueous NaOH 100 mL
  • the reaction mixture is heated to 80°C and stirred for 16h.
  • the reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature and the pH is adjusted up to 3 using 2N aqueous HCl.
  • the reaction mixture is stirred at 110°C for 16h.
  • the reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature, diluted with EtOAc and washed with water.
  • the organic layer is dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and evaporated under vacuum to obtain a crude solid which is purified by silica gel column chromatography (60-120 mesh) eluting with 8-10 % EtOAc/hexane to afford the title compound (3.2 g; 53%) as a pale-yellow solid.
  • Step 5 5-Chloro-3-methyl-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carbaldehyde: To a stirred solution of 4-(5-chloro-3-methylthieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (3.5 g, 13.05 mmol) in dry THF (30 mL) is cooled to -78°C and n-BuLi (2.5 M in THF) (10.4 mL, 26.11 mmol, 2 eq) added followed by DMF (6 mL, 78.35 mmol, 6 eq). The reaction mixture is stirred at -78°C for an additional 3h.
  • Step 6 (5-Chloro-3-methyl-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridin-2-yl)methanol: To a stirred solution of 5-chloro-3-methyl-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2- carbaldehyde (3 g, 10.13 mmol) in THF (30 mL) at 0°C is added NaBH4 (0.770 g, 20.27 mmol, 2 eq) and the reaction is stirred for 2h. The reaction mixture is quenched with cold water (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL).
  • Step 7 (3-Methyl-7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- b]pyridin-2-yl)methanol: To a stirred solution of (5-chloro-3-methyl-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridin-2- yl)methanol (1 g, 3.34 mmol), and 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (0.530 g, 3.34 mmol, 1 eq.) in a mixture of toluene and dioxane (1:1) (10mL) is added Pd2(dba)3 (0.307 g, 0.03 mmol, 0.1 eq.), t-BuXphos (0.284 g, 0.668 mmol, 0.2 eq.), and then K 3 PO 4 (1.4 g, 6.68 mmol, 2 eq.).
  • the mixture is degassed with nitrogen for 30 min, then it is heated to 120 °C and stirred for 16h.
  • the reaction mixture is filtered through a celite pad, and the filtrate is diluted with EtOAc (30 mL).
  • the organic layer is washed with water (10 mL), dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a brown liquid, which is purified by reverse phase chromatography (C18 reverse phase 12g column), using 70-80 % acetonitrile/water as an eluent, to afford the title compound (220 mg; 14%) as an off white solid.
  • Example 167 Step 1: 4-(2-(Chloromethyl)-3-methyl-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine: To (3-methyl-7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-2- yl)methanol (200 mg, 3.34 mmol) at 0°C is added SOCl 2 (0.1 mL), and the reaction is warmed to rt and stirred for 2h.
  • reaction mixture is evaporated under reduced pressure to provide an off-white solid which is purified by flash chromatography (C18 reverse phase 12g column) using 70-80 % acetonitrile/water as an eluent, to afford the title compound (220 mg; 96%) as an off white solid.
  • Step 2 4-(3-Methyl-2-(morpholinomethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine
  • 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-3-methyl-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (30 mg, 1.0 equiv.) in dry THF (10 vol) at room temperature is added morpholine (20.5 mg, 1.5 equiv.) followed by K 2 CO 3 (2.5 equiv.).
  • the reaction mixture is heated to 80°C and allowed to stir for 16h.
  • the progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC.
  • the reaction is then diluted with water (10 vol) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2x10 vol).
  • the combined organic layers are dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product which is purified by flash RP column chromatography using water/acetonitrile or by recrystallization to provide the title compound (13 mg; 40%) as an off-white solid.
  • Example 168 Step 2: 2-(1-((3-Methyl-7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- b]pyridin-2-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)propan-2-ol
  • 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-3-methyl-5-(3- (m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (40 mg) is reacted with 2-(piperidin-4-yl)propan-2-ol (19 mg) to afford the title compound (26 mg; 54%) as an off-white solid.
  • Example 169 Step 2: 4-(3-Methyl-2-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl) morpholine
  • 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-3-methyl-5-(3- (m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (40 mg) is reacted with 1-(methyl sulfonyl) piperazine (22 mg) to afford the title compound (30 mg; 54%) as an off-white solid.
  • Example 170 Step 2: 3-Fluoro-N,N-dimethyl-1-((3-methyl-7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-2-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-amine Following Step 1 of Example 167, 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-3-methyl-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (40 mg, 1.0 equiv.) in IPA (10 vol) at room temperature is added 3-fluoro-N, N-dimethyl-piperidin-4-amine (20 mg, 2.0 eq.) followed by DIPEA (2.0 eq.).
  • reaction mixture is heated to 80 °C and stirred for 16h.
  • the reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure, diluted with water (10 vol), and extracted with EtOAc (2x10 vol).
  • the combined organic layers are dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude compound which is purified by reverse phase flash chromatography to provide the title compound (26 mg; 50%) as an off-white solid.
  • Example 171 Step 11: 3-fluoro-N,N-dimethyl-1-((9-methyl-6-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-8-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-amine: According to the procedure of Example 56, 4-(8-(chloromethyl)-9-methyl-2-(3-(m-tolyl)- 1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-6-yl)morpholine (30 mg, 0.07 mmol) in IPA (3 mL) is treated with 3-fluoro-N,N-dimethylpiperidin-4-amine (20.6 mg, 0.14 mmol, 2 eq) and DIPEA (530 mg, 0.21 mmol, 3 eq) at room temperature, and the obtained brown gummy solid is purified by flash RP chromatography (C18, 6 g column) using water/acetonitrile as eluent, to afford the title compound
  • Example 172 Step 2: 4-(2-((4-(Azetidin-1-yl)-3-fluoropiperidin-1-yl)methyl)-3-methyl-5-(3-(m- tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine
  • 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-3-methyl-5-(3- (m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine is reacted with 4- (azetidin-1-yl)-3-fluoropiperidine (22 mg) to afford the title compound (15 mg; 34%) as an off-white solid.
  • Example 173 Step 1: 4-(5-Chlorothieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine To a stirred solution of 5,7-dichlorothieno[3,2-b]pyridine (3.0 g, 14.7 mmol) in ethylene glycol (10 mL) is added morpholine (2.5 mL, 29.41 mmol, 2.0 eq.), followed by TEA (4.1 mL, 29.41 mmol, 2.0 eq.), at room temperature and then the reaction is heated to 120 °C and stirred for 16h.
  • morpholine 2.5 mL, 29.41 mmol, 2.0 eq.
  • TEA 4.1 mL, 29.41 mmol, 2.0 eq.
  • Step 2 5-Chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carbaldehyde
  • THF 50 mL
  • n-BuLi 2.5 M
  • 4-(5-chlorothieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine 4.5 g, 17.7 mmol, 1.0 eq.
  • Step 3 (5-Chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridin-2-yl)methanol
  • 5-chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carbaldehyde 3.5 g, 12.41 mmol
  • MeOH: DCM 1:1, 40 mL
  • NaBH 4 1.0 g, 24.8 mmol, 2.0 eq.
  • Step 4 4-(5-Chloro-2-(chloromethyl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine
  • 5-chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridin-2-yl)methanol 2.0 g, 7.04 mmol
  • SOCl 2 2.5 mL, 21.05 mmol, 3.0 equiv.
  • Step 5 4-(5-Chloro-2-(morpholinomethyl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine
  • 4-(5-chloro-2-(chloromethyl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7- yl)morpholine 1.45 mmol
  • THF 20 mL
  • morpholine 1.3 mL, 13.89 mmol, 3.0 eq.
  • K 2 CO 3 1.2 g, 9.26 mmol, 2.0 eq.
  • the reaction temperature is raised to 80 °C and the reaction is stirred for 16h. After completion of the reaction, it is cooled and diluted with water (25 mL).
  • Step 6 4-(5-(3-Bromo-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-2-(morpholinomethyl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin- 7-yl)morpholine
  • 4-(5-chloro-2-(morpholinomethyl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7- yl)morpholine 1.1 g, 3.10 mmol
  • N-methylpyrrolidinone 10 mL
  • bromopyrazole (1.37 g, 9.32 mmol, 3.0 eq.
  • Cs 2 CO 3 2.0 g, 6.21 mmol, 2.0 eq.
  • the reaction is heated to 210 °C and stirred for 20h, then cooled and diluted with ice water and the resulting solid is filtered, washed with cold water and dried under vacuum to obtain a crude product.
  • the crude product is triturated with diethyl ether to afford the title compound (0.75 g, 53%) as a pale brown solid.
  • Example 174 Step 1: 4-(2-Chloro-6-(chloromethyl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of (2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methanol (500 mg, 1.74 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) at 0 °C is added SOCl 2 (0.4 mL). The reaction is allowed to reach room temperature and is stirred for 4h. The reaction mixture is evaporated under reduced pressure to afford the title compound (490 mg; 90%) as a yellow solid.
  • Step 2 4-(2-Chloro-6-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 4-(2-chloro-6-(chloromethyl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)morpholine (490 mg, 1.67 mmol) in IPA (5 mL) is added 1-(methylsulfonyl)piperazine (410 mg, 2.50 mmol, 1.5 eq) and DIPEA (0.6 mL, 3 eq) at room temperature. The reaction mixture is stirred at 80 °C for 12h, monitoring the reaction by TLC.
  • Step 3 4-(6-((4-(Methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)-2-(1H-pyrazol-3- yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 4-(2-chloro-6-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1- yl)methyl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (300 mg, 0.23 mmol) and pyrazole boronic acid ester (150 mg, 0.35 mmol, 1.5 eq.) in mixture of toluene and water (1:1) (4 mL) is added Pd(dppf)Cl 2 (18 mg, 0.02 mmol, 0.1 eq.), followed by K 2 CO 3 (62 mg, 0.46 mmol, 2 eq.) and the mixture is degassed with nitrogen for 30 min.
  • reaction mixture is stirred at 110 °C for 24h. After consumption of the starting material, the reaction mixture is filtered by passing through a celite bed. The filtrate is diluted with EtOAc (20 mL), and washed with water (10 mL). Finally, the organic layer is dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to provide a brown gummy crude product which is purified by Flash chromatography (C18 reverse phase 12g column) using 70-80 % acetonitrile/water as an eluent to afford the title compound (140 mg; 42%) as an off white solid.
  • Step 4 4-(2-(1-(3-Chlorophenyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)-6-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin- 1-yl)methyl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 4-(6-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)-2-(1H-pyrazol-3- yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (30 mg, 0.065 mmol, 1 eq.) in DMF (2 mL), is added m-chlorobenzeneboronic acid (19 mg, 0.065 mmol, 1 eq), pyridine (11 mg, 0.13 mmol, 2 eq) and Cu(OAc)2 (17 mg, 0.095 mmol, 1.5 eq) at RT, and then the reaction temperature is raised to 90 °C and the reaction
  • reaction mixture is diluted with DCM, washed with water, and the organic layer is dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product which is purified by preparative HPLC using acetonitrile and water as eluants to afford the title compound (3.5 mg; 10%) as an off-white solid.
  • Example 177 Step 1: 5-Chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxylic acid: To a stirred solution of 4-(5-chlorothieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (30 mg, 0.118 mmol) in dry THF (5 mL) at -78°C is added n-BuLi (2.5M) (0.07 mL, 0.177 mmol, 2 eq) and the reaction is stirred for 1h, and then dry ice is added. The mixture is stirred for 1h at 0°C, quenched with saturated aqueous NH4Cl (5 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 20 mL).
  • n-BuLi 2.5M
  • Step 2 5-Chloro-7-morpholino-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridine- 2-carboxamide
  • 5-chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxylic acid 50 mg, 1 eq.
  • tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-amine 25 mg, 1.5 eq.
  • DCM 10 vol
  • propylphosphonic anhydride 1.5 eq.
  • triethylamine 2.0 eq.
  • reaction is stirred at room temperature for 18h, then diluted with ethyl acetate (20 vol) and the organic layer is washed with ice cold water (2 x 15 vol), brine solution (20 vol) and finally dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and evaporated under vacuum to provide a crude product, which is purified by silica gel chromatography (60-120 mesh) eluting with 40- 80% EtOAc/hexane to afford the title compound as an off-white solid.
  • Step 3 7-Morpholino-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxamide
  • 5-chloro-7-morpholino-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4- yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxamide 40 mg, 1 eq
  • 1,4 dioxane and toluene (1:1, 20 vol) is added 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (16 mg, 1.0 eq) and K 3 PO 4 (2 eq).
  • reaction mixture is degassed for 15 min under nitrogen followed by the addition of Pd 2 (dba) 3 (0.1 eq) and t-Bu-XPhos (0.2 eq) at room temperature.
  • the reaction temperature is raised to 150 °C and the mixture is stirred for 16h.
  • the progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC.
  • the reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature, and it is filtered through a celite pad, and the pad is washed with ethyl acetate (100 vol).
  • the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure to provide a crude solid which is purified by recrystallization, flash reverse phase chromatography, or preparative HPLC to afford the title compound (4.5 mg; 8%) as an off white solid.
  • Example 178 Step 1: 4-(5-(3-(3-chlorophenyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-2-(morpholinomethyl)thieno[3,2- b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine
  • 4-(5-(3-bromo-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-2-(morpholinomethyl)thieno [3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine 50 mg, 1.0 equiv.) in toluene and EtOH (1:1, 10 vol) is added (3-chlorophenyl)boronic acid (2.0 equiv.), followed by K 2 CO 3 (2.0 equiv.) at room temperature.
  • Example 179 Step 2: 5-Chloro-7-morpholino-N-(oxetan-3-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxamide Following the procedure according to Example 177, 5-chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2- b]pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (50 mg) is treated with oxetan-3-amine (18 mg) to afford the title compound (40 mg; 85%) as an off-white solid.
  • Step 3 7-Morpholino-N-(oxetan-3-yl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- b]pyridine-2-carboxamide
  • 5-chloro-7-morpholino-N-(oxetan-3- yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxamide 40 mg
  • 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole 18 mg
  • Step 1 3-(2-Chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)prop-2-yn-1-ol: To a stirred solution of 4-(2-chloro-6-iodothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (500 mg, 1.315 mmol) in THF (10 mL) is added prop-2-yn-1-ol (88 mg, 1.578 mmol, 1.2 eq), CuI (13 mg, 0.065 mmol, 0.05 eq), triethylamine (8.5 mL, 59.21 mmol, 45 eq) and Pd(dppf)Cl 2 (46 mg, 0.065 mmol, 0.05 eq) at room temperature.
  • 4-(2-chloro-6-iodothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine 500 mg, 1.315 mmol
  • prop-2-yn-1-ol 88
  • the reaction mixture is stirred at the same temperature for 8 h and then it is diluted with EtOAc (30 mL). The organics are washed with water (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to provide a brownish gum. The crude compound is purified by silica gel chromatography to afford the title compound (320 mg; 78%) as an off white solid.
  • Step 2 4-(2-Chloro-6-(3-chloroprop-1-yn-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 3-(2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)prop-2-yn- 1-ol (60 mg, 0.29 mmol) in DCM (3 mL) at 0 °C is added SOCl 2 (0.05 mL) and the reaction is warmed to room temperature and stirred for 4h. The mixture is evaporated under reduced pressure and the resulting solid triturated with diethyl ether (5 mL), to afford the title compound (45 mg; 66%) as an off-white solid.
  • Step 3 4-(3-(2-Chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)prop-2-yn-1- yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 4-(2-chloro-6-(3-chloroprop-1-yn-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)morpholine (45 mg, 1.0 equiv.) in IPA (10 vol) at room temperature is added morpholine (18 mg, 1.5 equiv.) followed by DIPEA (3 equiv.). The reaction mixture is stirred at 80 °C for 12 h, then it is diluted with water (10 vol) and extracted with DCM (2x20 vol).
  • Step 4 To a solution of 4-(3-(2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)prop-2-yn-1- yl)morpholine (40 mg, 1 eq) in a mixture of 1,4-dioxane : toluene (1:1, 20 vol) is added 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (25 mg, 1.5 eq) and K 3 PO 4 (2 eq). The reaction mixture is degassed with nitrogen for 15 min followed by the addition of Pd 2 (dba) 3 (0.1 eq) and t- Bu-XPhos (0.2 eq.) at room temperature. The reaction mixture is heated to 150 °C and stirred for 16h.
  • Step 1 Potassium cyanocarbamodithioate: A solution of cyanamide (5 g, 119.04 mmol) and carbon disulfide (9.9 g, 130.9 mmol, 1.1eq) is stirred at room temperature for 30 min, then cooled to 0°C, followed by the dropwise addition of KOH (13.3 g, 238.09 mmol, 2 eq) in 95% EtOH (50 mL). After the final addition, the reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 15h, filtered and the wet cake is washed with EtOH (10 mL) to afford the title compound (10.2 g; 57%) as an off-white solid.
  • Step 2 Methyl cyanocarbamodithioate: To a solution of potassium cyanocarbamodithioate (10 g, 51.5 mmol) in acetone (40 mL) and water (45 mL) is added dropwise MeI (7.31 g, 51.5 mmol, 1eq) at 0 °C. After completion of the addition, the resulting mixture is stirred at room temperature for 2h and then it is concentrated in vacuo. Acetone (100 mL) is added to the residue and the mixture stirred at room temperature for 30 min, filtered and the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo and the resulting residue is stirred with MTBE (15 mL).
  • Step 3 Ethyl 4-amino-2-(methylthio)thiazole-5-carboxylate: A solution of methyl cyanocarbamodithioate (15 g, 113.63 mmol) and ethyl bromoacetate (13 mL, 79.54 mmol, 1 eq) in EtOH (200 mL) is heated at reflux for 1h, cooled to room temperature and triethylamine (24 mL, 170.45 mmol, 1.5 eq) after which the reaction mixture is heated at reflux for an additional 5h.
  • Step 4 Ethyl 2-(methylthio)-4-ureidothiazole-5-carboxylate To a solution of ethyl 4-amino-2-(methylthio)thiazole-5-carboxylate (5 g, 22.93 mmol) in dry DCM (30 ml) is added chlorosulfonyl isocyanate (1.5 mL, 32.11 mmol, 1.4 eq) at -78 °C, and the solution is stirred for 10 min. The reaction is allowed to warm to 0 °C, stirred for 2h and then quenched with 6N aqueous HCl (10 mL).
  • reaction mixture is then heated to 100 °C and maintained for 3h, then cooled to room temperature and quenched with saturated aqueous sodium carbonate solution (50 mL) to yield a solid which is filtered and dried to afford the title compound (4.8 g; 80%) as a brown solid.
  • Step 6 5,7-Dichloro-2-(methylthio)thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidine A solution of 2-(methylthio)thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidine-5,7-(4H,6H)-dione (2 g, 9.30 mmol) in neat POCl 3 (20 mL) is heated at 100 °C. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. Upon complete consumption of the starting material, the reaction is cooled to room temperature and the solvent is evaporated to provide a brown gummy solid. Ice-cold water is added to the gummy solid and it is stirred for 15 min to provide a precipitate which is filtered and dried to afford the title compound (1.6 g; 69%) as an off white solid.
  • Step 7 4-(5-Chloro-2-(methylthio)thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine To a solution of 5,7-dichloro-2-(methylthio)thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidine (1.5 g, 5.97 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) is added morpholine (0.52 mL, 5.97 mmol, 1 eq) at RT and the mixture is stirred for 8h.
  • Step 8 4-(5-Chloro-2-(methylsulfonyl)thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine
  • 4-(5-chloro-2-(methylthio)thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine 500 mg, 1.65 mmol
  • MeOH/water 9:1, 12 mL
  • Oxone 2.5 g, 4.13 mmol, 2.5 eq
  • the reaction mixture is filterered and the solid is washed with DCM (20 mL).
  • Step 9 4,4'-(5-Chlorothiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidine-2,7-diyl)dimorpholine
  • 4-(5-chloro-2-(methylsulfonyl)thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-7- yl)morpholine 100 mg, 1.0 equiv.
  • THF 10 vol
  • morpholine 36 mg, 1.4 equiv.
  • triethylamine 1.4 equiv.
  • Step 10 4,4'-(5-(3-(m-Tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidine-2,7- diyl)dimorpholine
  • 4-4'-(5-chlorothiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidine-2,7-diyl)dimorpholine 40 mg, 1 eq
  • 3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazole (20 mg, 1 eq) and K 3 PO 4 (2 eq) at room temperature and the mixture is degassed with nitrogen for 15 min.
  • Example 183 Step 2: 5-Chloro-N-cyclopropyl-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxamide: Following the procedure according to Example 177, 5-chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2- b]pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (60 mg) is treated with cyclopropanamine (17 mg) to afford the title compound (40 mg; 60%) as an off-white solid.
  • Step 3 N-cyclopropyl-7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- b]pyridine-2-carboxamide: Following the procedure according to Example 177, 5-chloro-N-cyclopropyl-7- morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxamide (40 mg) and 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (18 mg) were reacted to afford the title compound (14 mg; 26%) as an off-white solid.
  • Example 184 1-(3-(1-(7-Morpholino-2-(morpholinomethyl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol- 3-yl)phenyl)ethan-1-one: Following the procedure according to Example 178, 4-(5-(3-bromo-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-2- (morpholinomethyl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (80 mg) is reacted with (3- acetylphenyl)boronic acid to afford the title compound (25 mg, 38%) as a grey solid.
  • Example 185 Step 2: 5-Chloro-N-(1-cyclopropylethyl)-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2- carboxamide Following the procedure according to Example 177, 5-chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2- b]pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (80 mg) is treated with 1-cyclopropylethan-1-amine (17 mg) to afford the title compound (50 mg; 58%) as an off-white solid.
  • Step 3 N-(1-Cyclopropylethyl)-7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxamide
  • 5-chloro-N-(1-cyclopropylethyl)-7- morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxamide 50 mg
  • 19 mg of 3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazole (19 mg) are reacted to afford the title compound (14 mg; 22%) as an off white solid.
  • Example 186 Step 2: 5-Chloro-N-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yl)-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2- carboxamide Following the procedure according to Example 177, 5-chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2- b]pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (80 mg) is treated with 1-methylpiperidin-4-amine (45 mg) to afford the title compound (55 mg; 52%) as an off-white solid.
  • Example 187 Step 2: 5-Chloro-N-(1-methylpiperidin-3-yl)-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2- carboxamide Following the procedure according to Example 177, 5-chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2- b]pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (80 mg) is treated with 1-methylpiperidin-3-amine (45 mg) to afford the title compound (70 mg; 66%) as an off-white solid.
  • Step 3 N-(1-Methylpiperidin-3-yl)-7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxamide
  • 5-chloro-N-(1-methylpiperidin-3- yl)-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxamide 70 mg
  • 28 mg of 3-(m-tolyl)- 1H-pyrazole 28 mg
  • Example 188 Step 3: 4-(2-Chloro-6-(3-(4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)prop-1-yn-1- yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine Following the procedure according to Example 181, 4-(2-chloro-6-(3-chloroprop-1-yn-1- yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (60 mg) is reacted with 1-(methylsulfonyl) piperazine (45 mg) to afford the title compound (48 mg; 65%) as an off-white solid.
  • Step 4 4-(6-(3-(4-(Methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)prop-1-yn-1-yl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine
  • 4-(2-chloro-6-(3-(4- (methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)prop-1-yn-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine 60 mg
  • 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole 31 mg
  • Example 189 (3-(1-(7-Morpholino-2-(morpholinomethyl)thieno[3,2-b] pyridin-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-3- yl)phenyl)methanol: Following the procedure according to Example 178, 4-(5-(3-bromo-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-2- (morpholinomethyl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (80 mg) is reacted with (3- (hydroxymethyl)phenyl)boronic acid to afford the title compound (4 mg, 6%) as an off white solid.
  • Example 190 4-(5-(3-(2-Methylpyridin-4-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-2-(morpholinomethyl)thieno[3,2-b] pyridin-7-yl) morpholine: Following the procedure according to Example 178, 4-(5-(3-bromo-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-2- (morpholinomethyl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (80 mg) is reacted with (2- methylpyridin-4-yl)boronic acid to afford the title compound (25 mg, 30%) as off white solid.
  • Example 191 4-(5-(3-(4-Fluoro-3-methylphenyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-2-(morpholinomethyl)- thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine: Following the procedure according to Example 178, 4-(5-(3-bromo-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-2- (morpholinomethyl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (80 mg) is reacted with (4- fluoro-3-methylphenyl)boronic acid to afford the title compound (40 mg, 47%) as an off white solid.
  • Example 192 4-(5-(3-(3-(Difluoromethoxy)phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-2-(morpholinomethyl)thieno [3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine: Following the procedure according to Example 178, 4-(5-(3-bromo-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-2- (morpholinomethyl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (80 mg) is reacted with (3- (difluoromethoxy)phenyl)boronic acid to afford the title compound (35 mg, 38%) as an off white solid.
  • Example 193 1-(3-(1-(7-Morpholino-2-(morpholinomethyl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol- 3-yl)phenyl)ethan-1-ol: Following the procedure according to Example 178, 4-(5-(3-bromo-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-2- (morpholinomethyl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (80 mg) is reacted with (3-(1- hydroxyethyl)phenyl)boronic acid to afford the title compound (17 mg, 19%) as an off white solid.
  • Step 3 2-(1-(3-(2-Chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)prop-2-yn-1- yl)piperidin-4-yl)propan-2-ol: Following the procedure according to Example 181, 4-(2-chloro-6-(3-chloroprop-1-yn-1- yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (75 mg) is reacted with 2-(piperidin-4- yl)propan-2-ol (49 mg) to afford the title compound (70 mg; 70%) as an off-white solid.
  • Step 4 2-(1-(3-(4-Morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)prop-2-yn-1-yl)piperidin-4-yl)propan-2-ol: Following the procedure according to Example 181, 2-(1-(3-(2-chloro-4- morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)prop-2-yn-1-yl)piperidin-4-yl)propan-2-ol (70 mg) is reacted with 38 mg of 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (38 mg) to afford the title compound (35 mg; 39%) as an off-white solid.
  • Example 195 Step 9: 4-(5-Chloro-2-(4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)thiazolo [4,5-d]pyrimidin-7- yl)morpholine Following the procedure according to Example 182, 4-(5-chloro-2- (methylsulfonyl)thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine (80 mg) and 1- (methylsulfonyl)piperazine (54 mg) are reacted to afford the title compound (65 mg; 65%) as an off-white solid.
  • Step 10 4-(2-(4-(Methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine
  • 4-(5-chloro-2-(4- (methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)thiazolo [4,5-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine (30 mg) and 3- (m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (11 mg) ae reacted to afford the title compound (2 mg; 5%) as an off-white solid.
  • Example 196 Step 9: 1-(5-Chloro-7-morpholinothiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2-yl)-N,N-dimethyl piperidin-4-amine Following the procedure according to Example 182, 4-(5-chloro-2- (methylsulfonyl)thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine (100 mg) is reacted N,N- dimethylpiperidin-4-amine (54 mg) to afford the title compound (80 mg; 70%) as an off- white solid.
  • Step 10 Following the procedure according to Example 182, 1-(5-chloro-7- morpholinothiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2-yl)-N,N-dimethylpiperidin-4-amine (70 mg) and 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (29 mg) were reacted to afford the title compound (12 mg; 13%) as an off white solid.
  • Example 197 Step 9: 4-(5-Chloro-2-(4-isopropylpiperazin-1-yl)thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-7- yl)morpholine Following the procedure according to Example 182, 4-(5-chloro-2- (methylsulfonyl)thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine (100 mg) and 1- isopropylpiperazine (53 mg) are to afford the title compound (85 mg; 74%) as an off- white solid.
  • Step 10 4-(2-(4-Isopropylpiperazin-1-yl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine
  • 4-(5-chloro-2-(4-isopropylpiperazin- 1-yl)thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine (60 mg) and 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (25 mg) were reacted to afford the title compound (25 mg; 32%) as an off white solid.
  • Example 198 Step 2: 5-Chloro-7-morpholino-N-(pyridin-3-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2- carboxamide Following the procedure according to Example 177, 5-chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2- b]pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (100 mg) is treated with pyridin-3-amine (47 mg) to afford the title compound (80 mg; 64%) as an off-white solid.
  • Step 3 7-Morpholino-N-(pyridin-3-yl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- b]pyridine-2-carboxamide
  • 5-chloro-7-morpholino-N-(pyridin- 3-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxamide (80 mg) and 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (34 mg) are reacted to give to afford the title compound (32 mg; 30%) as an off white solid.
  • Example 199 S 5-Chloro-7-morpholino-N-(pyridin-4-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2- carboxamide Following the procedure according to Example 177, 5-chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2- b]pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (80 mg) is treated with pyridin-4-amine (37 mg) to afford the title compound (60 mg; 60%) as an off-white solid.
  • Step 3 7-Morpholino-N-(pyridin-4-yl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- b]pyridine-2-carboxamide
  • 5-chloro-7-morpholino-N-(pyridin- 4-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxamide 60 mg
  • 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole 25 mg
  • Example 200 Step 2: 5-Chloro-N-(1-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2- carboxamide Following the procedure according to Example 177, 5-chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2- b]pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (60 mg) is treated with 1-methylpyrrolidin-3-amine (30 mg) to afford the title compound (60 mg; 79%) as an off-white solid.
  • Step 3 N-(1-Methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)-7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxamide
  • 5-chloro-N-(1-methylpyrrolidin-3- yl)-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxamide 60 mg
  • 25 mg of 3-(m-tolyl)- 1H-pyrazole were reacted to afford the title compound (35 mg; 44%) as an off white solid.
  • Example 201 Step 2: 5-Chloro-N-(1-methylazetidin-3-yl)-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2- carboxamide Following the procedure according to Example 177, 5-chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2- b]pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (60 mg) is treated with 1-methylazetidin-3-amine (26 mg) to afford the title compound (60 mg; 82%) as an off-white solid.
  • Step 3 N-(1-Methylazetidin-3-yl)-7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxamide
  • 5-chloro-N-(1-methylazetidin-3-yl)- 7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxamide 60 mg
  • 26 mg of 3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazole 26 mg
  • Example 202 Step 9: 5-Chloro-7-morpholino-N-(2-morpholinoethyl)thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2- amine Following the procedure according to Example 182, 4-(5-chloro-2- (methylsulfonyl)thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine (80 mg) is reacted with 2- morpholinoethan-1-amine (43 mg) to afford the title compound (70 mg; 76%) as an off- white solid.
  • Step 10 7-Morpholino-N-(2-morpholinoethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thiazolo- [4,5-d]pyrimidin-2-amine
  • 5-chloro-7-morpholino-N-(2- morpholinoethyl)thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2-amine 70 mg
  • 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole 29 mg
  • Example 203 Step 9: 2-(4-(5-Chloro-7-morpholinothiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1- yl)ethan-1-ol
  • 4-(5-chloro-2- (methylsulfonyl)thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine (80 mg) is reacted 2- (piperazin-1-yl)ethan-1-ol (44 mg) to afford the title compound (65 mg; 70%) as an off- white solid.
  • Step 10 2-(4-(7-Morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazolo[4,5- d]pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)ethan-1-ol
  • 2-(4-(5-chloro-7- morpholinothiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)ethan-1-ol 60 mg
  • 3-(m- tolyl)-1H-pyrazole 25 mg
  • Example 204 Step 3: N-(3-(2-Chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)prop-2-yn-1- yl)oxetan-3-amine: Following the procedure according to Example 181, 4-(2-chloro-6-(3-chloroprop-1-yn-1- yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (50 mg) is reacted with oxetan-3-amine (17 mg) to afford the title compound (35 mg; 63%) as an off-white solid.
  • Step 4 N-(3-(4-Morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin- 6-yl)prop-2-yn-1-yl)oxetan-3-amine
  • N-(3-(2-chloro-4- morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)prop-2-yn-1-yl)oxetan-3-amine 35 mg
  • 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole 23 mg
  • Example 205 Step 3: N-(3-(2-Chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)prop-2-yn-1- yl)cyclopropanamine: Following the procedure according to Example 181, 4-(2-chloro-6-(3-chloroprop-1-yn-1- yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (100 mg) is reacted with cyclopropylamine (16 mg) to afford the title compound (48 mg; 45%) as an off-white solid.
  • Step 4 Following the procedure according to Example 181, N-(3-(2-chloro-4- morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)prop-2-yn-1-yl)cyclopropanamine (48 mg) is reacted with 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (32 mg) to afford the title compound (6 mg; 19%) as an off-white solid.
  • Example 206 Step 3: 4-(2-Chloro-6-(3-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)prop-1-yn-1-yl)thieno [3,2- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine: Following the procedure according to Example 181, 4-(2-chloro-6-(3-chloroprop-1-yn-1- yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (80 mg) is reacted with 1-methylpiperazine (36 mg) to afford the title compound (50 mg; 75%) as an off-white solid.
  • Step 4 4-(6-(3-(4-Methylpiperazin-1-yl)prop-1-yn-1-yl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine
  • 4-(2-chloro-6-(3-(4-methylpiperazin- 1-yl)prop-1-yn-1-yl)thieno [3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine 50 mg
  • 3- (m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (30 mg)
  • Step 3 3-(2-Chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)-N,N-dimethylprop-2- yn-1-amine: Following the procedure according to Example 181, 4-(2-chloro-6-(3-chloroprop-1-yn-1- yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (70 mg) is reacted with dimethylamine (22 mg) to afford the title compound (42 mg; 58%) as an off-white solid.
  • Step 4 N,N-Dimethyl-3-(4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)prop-2-yn-1-amine: Following the procedure according to Example 181, 3-(2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)-N,N-dimethylprop-2-yn-1-amine (42 mg) is reacted with 3-(m-tolyl)- 1H-pyrazole (30 mg) to afford the title compound (22 mg; 38%) as an off white solid.
  • Example 208 Step 9: 5-Chloro-N-methyl-N-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yl)-7-morpholino thiazolo[4,5- d]pyrimidin-2-amine Following the procedure according to Example 182, 4-(5-chloro-2- (methylsulfonyl)thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine (80 mg) is reacted with N,1- dimethylpiperidin-4-amine (43 mg) to afford the title compound (40 mg; 44%) as an off- white solid.
  • Step 10 N-Methyl-N-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yl)-7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2-amine
  • 5-chloro-N-methyl-N-(1- methylpiperidin-4-yl)-7-morpholino thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2-amine (40 mg) and 3-(m- tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (17 mg) are reacted to afford the title compound (21 mg; 36%) as an off white solid.
  • Example 209 Step 9: 5-Chloro-N-(2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-7-morpholino thiazolo[4,5- d]pyrimidin-2-amine Following the procedure according to Example 182, 4-(5-chloro-2- (methylsulfonyl)thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine (80 mg) is reacted with 2- (methylsulfonyl)ethan-1-amine (52 mg) to afford the title compound (50 mg; 55%) as an off-white solid.
  • Step 10 N-(2-(Methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2-amine
  • 5-chloro-N-(2- (methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-7-morpholino thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2-amine 50 mg
  • 3- (m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole 21 mg
  • Example 210 4-(5-(3-(3-(Methoxymethyl)phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-2-(morpholinomethyl)- thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 4-(5-(3-bromo-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-2- (morpholinomethyl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (80 mg, 1.0 equiv.) in a mixture of toluene and ethanol (1:1) (10 vol) at rt is added (3- (methoxymethyl)phenyl)boronic acid (2.0 equiv.) followed by K 2 CO 3 (2.0 equiv.) and the mixture is degassed with nitrogen for 15 min.
  • Example 211 Step 1: N-(Prop-2-yn-1-yl) acetamide: To a stirred solution of prop-2-yn-1-amine (1 g, 18.18 mmol) in DCM (10 mL), cooled to 0°C, is added triethylamine (3.7 mL, 27.27 mmol, 1.5 eq) and acetyl chloride (2.2 mL, 36.36 mmol, 2 eq). The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 3h and then it is diluted with EtOAc (30 mL).
  • Step 2 N-(3-(2-Chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)prop-2-yn-1- yl)acetamide: To a stirred solution of 4-(2-chloro-6-iodothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (200 mg, 0.52 mmol) in THF (10 mL) is added N-(prop-2-yn-1-yl) acetamide (76 mg, 0.78 mmol, 1.5 eq), CuI (5 mg, 0.026 mmol, 0.05 eq), and triethylamine (3.4 mL, 23.67 mmol, 45 eq), followed by Pd(dppf)Cl 2 (18 mg, 0.026 mmol, 0.05 eq) at room temperature.
  • 4-(2-chloro-6-iodothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine 200 mg, 0.52 mmol
  • Step 3 4-(3-(4-Morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6- yl)prop-2-yn-1-yl)morpholine: To a solution of compound N-(3-(2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6- yl)prop-2-yn-1-yl)acetamide (100 mg, 0.28 mmol, 1 eq) in a mixture of 1,4-dioxane and toluene (1:1, 5 mL), is added 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (67 mg, 0.428 mmol, 1.5 eq) and K 3 PO 4 (121 mg, 0.57 mmol, 2 eq).
  • the reaction mixture is degassed with nitrogen for 15 min followed by the addition of Pd2(dba)3 (26 mg, 0.028 mmol, 0.1 eq) and t Bu-XPhos (24 mg, 0.057 mmol, 0.2 eq) at room temperature.
  • the reaction mixture is heated to 150 °C and stirred for 16h.
  • the reaction is cooled to room temperature, filtered through a celite pad, and the pad is washed with ethyl acetate.
  • the filtrate is evaporated under reduced pressure and the resulting brown gum is purified by preparative HPLC purification eluting with acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (26 mg; 19%) as an off white solid.
  • Examples 212 and 213 4-(5-(3-(3-(1-methoxyethyl)phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-2- (morpholinomethyl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (two enantiomers): Following the procedure according to Example 210, 4-(5-(3-bromo-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-2- (morpholinomethyl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine is reacted with (3-(1- methoxyethyl)phenyl)boronic acid to provide a crude solid which purified by silica gel (using 60-120 mesh) column eluting with 2% MeOH/DCM to afford a racemic product.
  • the racemic product is further purified by chiral separation (ChiralPak-IG (4.6 x 250mm), 5 micron; eluting with 0.1% TFA-hexane/ethanol 70:30 v/v at 1.5 mL/min) to afford the title compound as Isomer 1 (Ex.212) (43 mg) and Isomer 2 (Ex.213) (43 mg) as solids.
  • Example 216 4-(5-(3-(3-(Difluoromethyl)phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-2-(morpholino- methyl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine: Following the procedure according to Example 210, 4-(5-(3-bromo-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-2- (morpholinomethyl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (80 mg) is reacted with (3- (difluoromethyl)phenyl)boronic acid to provide a crude solid which is purified by preparative HPLC eluting with acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (31 mg, 35%) as an off white solid.
  • Step 2 (4-Methylpiperazin-1-yl)(7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-2-yl)methanone
  • (5-chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2- b]pyridin-2-yl)(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)methanone and of 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole are reacted to afford the title compound.
  • Example 217 Step 1: 4-(5-Chlorothieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 5,7-dichlorothieno[3,2-b]pyridine (4.0 g, 19.80 mmol) in ethylene glycol (20 mL) is added morpholine (3.4 mL, 39.6 mmol, 2.0 eq.) followed by triethylamine (5.7 mL, 39.6 mmol, 2.0 eq.). The reaction temperature is raised to 120 °C and stirred for 8h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC.
  • Step 2 5-Chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxylic acid: To a stirred solution of 4-(5-chlorothieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (2.0 g, 7.87 mmol) in THF (30 mL) is added n-BuLi (2.5M) (6.3 mL, 15.74 mmol, 2 eq) at -78 °C. The reaction mixture is stirred for 1h at -78°C then the reaction mass is quenched with dry ice and stirred for 30 min at 0°C. Progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC.
  • Step 3 (5-Chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridin-2-yl)(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl) methanone: To a stirred solution of 5-chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (200 mg, 0.67 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) is added N-methylpiperazine (80 mg, 0.80 mmol, 1.2 eq) followed by HATU (380 mg, 1.05 mmol, 1.5 eq) and DIPEA (0.25 mL, 1.34 mmol, 2.0 eq.) at room temperature. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 16h and the progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC.
  • N-methylpiperazine 80 mg, 0.80 mmol, 1.2 eq
  • HATU 380 mg, 1.05 mmol, 1.5 eq
  • DIPEA 0.25 mL, 1.34 mmol, 2.0 eq.
  • reaction is diluted with DCM, washed with water (5 mL), and brine solution (5 mL), and the organics are dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and evaporated under vacuum to provide a crude compound, which is purified on silica gel (60-120 mesh) eluting with 40-60% EtOAc/hexane to afford the title compound (120 mg, 47%) as an off-white solid.
  • Step 4 (4-Methylpiperazin-1-yl)(7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl) thieno[3,2-b] pyridin-2-yl)methanone: To a stirred solution of (5-chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridin-2-yl)(4- methylpiperazin-1-yl)methanone (80 mg, 0.21 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane: toluene (2 mL, 1:1) is added 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (40 mg, 0.25 mmol, 1.2 eq), and K 3 PO 4 (90 mg, 0.42 mmol, 2 eq) at room temperature.
  • reaction mixture is degassed for 15 min with nitrogen followed by the addition of Pd 2 (dba) 3 (20 mg, 0.021 mmol, 0.1 eq) and t-Butyl- XPhos (18 mg, 0.042 mmol, 0.2 eq), and the reaction is degassed again for 15 min with nitrogen.
  • the reaction temperature is raised to 120 °C and it is stirred for 16h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC.
  • reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature and filtered through a celite pad, the pad is washed with ethyl acetate (5 mL) and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure to provide a crude solid which is purified by Preparative HPLC (Method-: X-BRIDGE C18 (250 x 21.22 mm) 5 ⁇ m; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.15% of TFA in Water]; time/B%: 0/20, 20/60, 21/60), Flow rate: 14 mL/min) to afford the title compound (18 mg, 17%) as an off-white solid.
  • Preparative HPLC Method-: X-BRIDGE C18 (250 x 21.22 mm) 5 ⁇ m; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.15% of TFA in Water]; time/B%: 0/20, 20/60, 21/60), Flow rate: 14 mL/min
  • Example 218 Step 1: 5-Chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxylic acid: To a stirred solution of 4-(5-chlorothieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (30 mg, 0.118 mmol) in dry THF (5 mL) at -78°C is added n-BuLi (2.5M in hexane) (0.07 mL, 0.177 mmol, 2 eq) and the reaction is stirred for 1h.
  • n-BuLi 2.5M in hexane
  • Step 2 tert-Butyl (5-chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridin-2-yl) carbamate
  • 5-chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxylic acid 900 mg, 3.02 mmol
  • diphenylphosphoryl azide 1.66 g, 6.04 mmol, 1 eq.
  • triethylamine 0.9 mL, 6.04 mmol, 1 eq.
  • the reaction mixture is stirred at 80 °C for 12h.
  • the reaction solvent is evaporated and the obtained residue is diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL).
  • Step 3 tert-Butyl (7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- b]pyridin-2-yl)carbamate
  • tert-butyl (5-chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridin-2- yl)carbamate 400 mg, 1.08 mmol
  • 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole 170 mg, 1.08 mmoL, 1.0 eq.) in a mixture of toluene and 1,4-dioxane (1:1, 6 mL) is added Pd2(dba)3 (99 mg, 0.108 mmol, 0.1 eq.), and tBu-XPhos (92 mg, 0.216 mmol, 0.2 eq.), followed by K 3 PO 4 (450 mg, 2.16 mmol, 2 eq.), and the reaction is degassed
  • reaction mixture is then heated to 140 °C for 24h.
  • the progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC.
  • the solids are filtered, and the filtrate is diluted with EtOAc (30 mL).
  • the organic layer is washed with water (10 mL), dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to provide a light brown liquid which is purified by reverse phase flash chromatography (C18) eluting with 35-45% acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (80 mg; 15%) as an off white solid.
  • Step 4 7-Morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-2-amine
  • tert-butyl (7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-2-yl)carbamate 150 mg, 0.305 mmol
  • DCM 5 mL
  • TFA 0.12 mL, 1.52 mmol, 5 eq
  • reaction mixture is warmed to room temperature and stirred for 4h, and then it is quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 solution (10 mL).
  • the mixture is extracted with EtOAc (2 x 20 mL), and the organic layer is dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to provide a crude off-white sticky solid.
  • crude product is purified by reverse phase flash chromatography (C18 column, 6g) eluting with 25-35% acetonitrile/water to affor the title compound (80 mg; 67%) as an off-white solid.
  • Step 5 N-(7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-2- yl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxamide
  • To a stirred solution of 7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- b]pyridin-2-amine (50 mg, 0.127 mmol, 1 eq.) in DCM (2 mL) is added triethylamine (0.04 mL, 0.255 mmol, 2 eq.) at 0 °C followed by a solution of tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4- carbonyl chloride (37 mg, 0.255 mmol, 2 eq.) dissolved in DCM (4 mL).
  • the reaction temperature is warmed to room temperature and stirred for 5h.
  • the reaction is quenched with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (30 mL).
  • the organic layer is dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to provide an off- white sticky gel.
  • the crude product is purified by preparative HPLC eluting with acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (19 mg; 30%) as an off white solid.
  • Example 268 Step 1: 5-Chloro-N-(3-methyloxetan-3-yl)-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2- carboxamide: To a stirred solution of 5-chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (80 mg, 1 eq.), is added oxetane-3-amine (35 mg, 1.5 eq.) in DCM (10 vol), followed by T3P (1.5 eq.) and triethylamine (2.0 eq.). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 18h and the progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC.
  • Step 2 N-(3-methyloxetan-3-yl)-7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxamide: To a solution of 5-chloro-N-(3-methyloxetan-3-yl)-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2- carboxamide (40 mg, 1 eq) in a mixture of 1,4-dioxane: toluene (20 vol, 1:1) is added 3- (m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (17 mg, 1.0 eq), K 3 PO 4 (2 eq).
  • the reaction mixture is degassed for 15 min under nitrogen followed by the addition of Pd2(dba)3 (0.1 eq) and t-Bu-XPhos (0.2 eq) at room temperature.
  • the reaction temperature is raised to 150 °C and it is stirred for 24h.
  • the progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC.
  • After completion of the reaction it is cooled down to room temperature and filtered through a celite pad, and the pad is washed with ethyl acetate (100 vol).
  • the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure to provide a brown gummy solid residue which is purified by reverse phase flash chromatography eluting with 55-60% acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (17 mg; 32%) as an off white solid.
  • Step 2 N-(2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)-7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxamide: Following the procedure according to Example 268, 5-chloro-N-(2- (dimethylamino)ethyl)-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxamide (55mg) is reacted with 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (23 mg) to provide a brown gummy solid, which is purified by preparative HPLC to afford the title compound (30 mg; 41%) as an off white solid.
  • Examples 91-128, 130, 131, 133-136, 138-142, 144-164, 223-231, 233, 250, 251, 253, 254, 262, 267, and 351-397 may be made according to similar procedures as the foregoing.
  • the following exemplary synthetic schemes may be followed:
  • Step 1 1-(methylsulfonyl)piperazine, DIPEA, DCM;
  • Step 2 KCN, DMSO, heat;
  • Step 3 K 2 CO 3 , NH 2 OH, EtOH;
  • Step 4 3-methylbenzoyl chloride, pyridine/toluene, reflux.
  • Step 1 3-bromopyrazole, Cs 2 CO 3 , NMP, heat; Step 2: Pd/C, H 2 , MeOH; Step 3: SOCl 2 , DCM; Step 4: 1-(methylsulfonyl)piperazine, DIPEA, DCM; Step 5: 3- chlorophenylboronic acid or 3-d 3 -methylphenylboronic acid, K 3 PO 4 , Pd(Ph 3 ) 4 .
  • M O 2,2-d2-2-benzyloxyacetic acid (neat), 150 C; Steps 2-5: As described above.
  • Step 1 (a) KCN, EtOH, H 2 O; (b) K 2 CO 3 , H 2 O 2 , DMSO, H 2 O.
  • Me ’ M Step 1: Hydrazine, dioxane, heat: Step 2: Methyl 3-(m-tolyl)-3-oxopropanoate, EtOH, AcOH, heat; Step 3: Pd/C, H 2 , MeOH; Step 4: SOCl 2 , DCM; Step 5: Amine NRR’, DIPEA, DCM.
  • Example 398 In vitro inhibitory activity Compounds are tested for PIKFYVE inhibitory activity using the KINOMEscan TM Kinase Assay (Eurofins).
  • Kinase-tagged T7 phage strains are prepared in an E. coli host derived from the BL21 strain. E. coli are grown to log-phase and infected with T7 phage, and incubated with shaking at 32 °C until lysis. The lysates are centrifuged and filtered to remove cell debris. Alternatively, some kinases are produced in HEK-293 cells and subsequently tagged with DNA for qPCR detection.
  • Streptavidin-coated magnetic beads are treated with biotinylated small molecule ligands for 30 minutes at room temperature to generate affinity resins for kinase assays.
  • the liganded beads are blocked with excess biotin and washed with blocking buffer (Sea Block, 1% BSA, 0.05% Tween-20, 1 mM DTT) to remove unbound ligand and to reduce non-specific binding.
  • Binding reactions are assembled by combining kinases, liganded affinity beads, and test compounds in 1x binding buffer (20% Sea Block, 0.17x PBS, 0.05% Tween-20, 6mM DTT). Test compounds are prepared as 111x stocks in DMSO.
  • Kd values are determined using an 11-point, 3-fold compound dilution series with three DMSO control points.
  • Compounds are distributed by non-contact acoustic transfer and are then directly diluted into the assay for a final concentration of DMSO of 0.9%, with a final volume in each well of 0.02 mL.
  • Assay plates are incubated at room temperature with shaking for one hour, and the affinity beads are then washed with wash buffer (1% PBS, 0.05% Tween-20). The beads are then resuspended in elution buffer (1x PBS, 0.05% Tween-20, 0.05 ⁇ M non-biotinylated affinity ligand) and incubated with shaking for 30 minutes.
  • Binding constants are calculated with a standard dose-response curve using the Hill equation, fitted using non-linear least squares fit with the Levenberg-Marquedt algorithm.
  • the KINOMEscan TM experiments provide the following results:
  • Example 399 Anti-viral activity Selected compounds are evaluated for their inhibitory activity against SARS-CoV-2, influenza A, Ebola, and Marburg using the immunofluorescence assay (IFA).
  • SARS-CoV-2 IFA Test compounds are solubilized in DMSO to prepare 20 mg/mL stock solutions. Compounds are then serially diluted using eight half-log dilutions in test media so that the starting (high) test concentration is 100 ⁇ g/mL. Each dilution is added to 5 wells of a 96-well plate with 80-100% confluent MDCK cells.
  • virus strain USA-WA1/2020 or Delta strain B.1.617
  • two wells remain uninfected as toxicity controls.
  • virus controls six wells are infected but untreated, and as cell controls, six wells are uninfected and untreated.
  • Each virus is prepared to achieve an MOI (multiplicity of infection) of 0.001.
  • MOI multipleplicity of infection
  • a positive control compound is tested in parallel. Plates are incubated at 37 °C under 5% CO2 atmosphere. On day 3 post-infection (once untreated virus control cells reached maximum cytopathic effect, CPE), plates are stained with neutral red dye for 2 hours. Supernatant dye is removed and the wells are rinsed with PBS.
  • the incorporated dye is extracted using 50:50 Sorensen citrate buffer/ethanol for at least 30 minutes, and the optical density is read at 450 nM on a spectrophotometer. Optical densities are converted to percent of cell controls and normalized to virus control, then the concentration of test compound required to inhibit CPE by 50% (EC50) is calculated by regression analysis. The concentration of compound that causes 50% cell death in the absence of virus is also calculated (CC 50 ). The selectivity index (SI) is calculated as CC 50 divided by EC 50 .
  • Influenza A The procedure above is followed using influenza A strain California/07/09 (H1N1)pdm09.
  • Test compound is solubilized to form a 2 mg/mL DMSO stock solution; serial dilutions are prepared using a starting (high) test concentration of 10 ⁇ g/mL; maximum CPE is reached on day 5 post-infection.
  • Ebola and Marburg Neutralization activity (IC 50 ) is evaluated against the Ebola virus (Mayinga strain) and Marburg virus (Angola strain) glycoproteins using an rVSV- pseudotype-based neutralization assay in Vero cells, with cytotoxicity run in parallel. The assays are performed in serum-free medium (GIBCO VP-SFM # 11681-020).
  • the neutralization assays are luciferase-based microneutralization assays. Vero cells are seeded in black 96-well plates on day -1 at 50,000 cells per well. Eight semi-log serial dilutions are prepared and incubated for 1-hour with approximately 30,000 RLU of rVSV-EBOV-GP or rVSV-MARV-GP. Virus-only and cells-only are added as controls for calculation, as well as an internal assay control for assay validation. The test article formulation is 330 ⁇ M in DMSO. The test article/virus mixture is then added in triplicate to the Vero cells and the plates are incubated for 24-hours at 37°C.
  • Firefly Luciferase activity is detected using the Bright-GloTM Assay System kit (Promega). Fifty percent inhibition concentration (IC50) is calculated using XLfit dose response model.
  • IC50 percent inhibition concentration
  • Vero cells are seeded in black 96-well plates on day -1 at 50,000 cells per well. The same dilutions of the TAs are prepared in triplicate and added to Vero cells for one-day incubation at 37°C; cells-only and medium-only wells are also tested in parallel. On Day 1, cells are lysed for evaluation of the ATP content using Promega’s CellTiter-Glo® kit.
  • Luciferase luminescence in relative light unit (RLU) is read and 50% cytotoxicity concentration (CC50) is calculated using the XLFit dose response model.
  • RLU relative light unit
  • CC50 50% cytotoxicity concentration
  • the results are summarized in the table below, with comparison to the reference compound remdesivir for the SARS-CoV2 assay (remdesivir EC505.6 ⁇ M and CC50 > 100 ⁇ M), and ribavirin for the influenza A assay (ribavirin EC503.8 ⁇ M and CC50 > 1000 ⁇ M):
  • Example 400 Anti-proliferative activity Selected compounds are evaluated for their anti-proliferative activity against human cutaneous T-cell lymphoma and multiple myeloma cell lines.
  • HuT-78 (T cell lymphoma) cells or JJN3 (multiple myeloma) cells are cultured in RPMI- 1640 with 10% FBS and 1% penicillin/streptomycin.45 ⁇ L suspensions of cells are transferred to the wells of 384-well plate for a density of 1,000 cells per well. The plates are incubated overnight at 37 °C under 5% CO 2 atmosphere.
  • Test compounds are dissolved in 100% DMSO at a 2 mM concentration, then diluted 20x in assay medium for to provide a 5% DMSO concentration and 100 ⁇ M compound concentration.5 ⁇ L of this compound solution is added to the 45 ⁇ L cell suspension in the assay plate for a top plate concentration of 10 ⁇ M and 0.5% DMSO concentration. For positive controls, 10 ⁇ M APY0201 is added instead of the compound solution. After spinning at 1000 rpm for 1 minutes, the cell plate is placed in the incubator overnight at 37 °C under 5% CO 2 atmosphere.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

The invention relates to novel inhibitors of the PIKFYVE, a phosphoinositide kinase, useful for the treatment of diseases or disorders characterized by dysregulation of phosphoinositide-mediated signal transduction pathways, including hyperproliferative diseases (such as MET or RAS dependent cancers), autoimmune diseases, Crohn's disease, psoriasis, neurological diseases, diabetes, corneal fleck dystrophy, and viral infection (including HIV, Ebola, and coronavirus infections). The invention further relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising PIKFYVE inhibitors and methods of treatment of such diseases and disorders.

Description

NOVEL INHIBITORS OF PIKFYVE AND METHODS USING SAME CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS This application is an international PCT application which claims priority to, and the benefit of, U.S. Provisional Application Ser. No.63/495,752, filed on April 12, 2023, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. FIELD OF THE INVENTION The present disclosure relates to novel inhibitors of the PIKFYVE, a phosphoinositide kinase, useful for the treatment of diseases or disorders characterized by dysregulation of phosphoinositide-mediated signal transduction pathways, including hyperproliferative diseases (such as MET or RAS dependent cancers, including prostate cancer), autoimmune diseases, Crohn’s disease, psoriasis, neurological diseases, diabetes, corneal fleck dystrophy, and viral infection (including HIV, Ebola, and coronavirus infections). The invention further relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising PIKFYVE inhibitors and methods of treatment of such diseases and disorders. BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION Protein kinases represent a large family of proteins which play a variety of crucial roles in the regulation of a wide range of cellular processes. Such kinases include lipid kinases, serine-threonine protein kinases, tyrosine protein kinases, and other kinases. Inhibition of various protein kinases, especially selective inhibition, has become an important strategy in treating many diseases and disorders. PIKFYVE (or PIKfyve) is a phosphoinositide kinase whose primary function is the phosphorylation of phosphoinositide-3-phosphate (PtdIns3P or PI3P) to form phosphoinositide-3,5-diphosphate (PtdIns(3,5)P2 or PI(3,5P)2). PIKFYVE also phosphorylates phosphoinositide to form phosphoinositide-5-phosphate (PtdIns5P or PI5P). PIKFYVE includes an FYVE-finger domain, a zinc-finger domain, which is responsible for binding of the protein to PI3P. PI3P is a membrane bound lipid, and binding of PIKFYVE to PI3P can result in insertion of the kinase into cellular membranes, such as endosomes, vacuoles and other intracellular vesicles. PI(3,5)P2 is one of seven phosphoinositides found in eukaryotic cell membranes, along with the more abundant PI3P, PI4P (phosphoinositide-4-phosphate), PI5P, PI(4,5)P2 (phosphoinositide-4,5-diphosphate), and PIP3 (phosphoinositide-3,4,5-triphosphate). Phosphoinositides are membrane-bound regulatory lipids, and they participate in signaling events that control cytoskeletal dynamics, intracellular membrane trafficking, cell proliferation, and many other cellular functions. Like other phosphoinositides, PI(3,5)P2 acts as a signaling molecule in various cellular signaling pathways, as well as being a precursor for the synthesis of PI5P. PI(3,5)P2 is present at the lowest concentration of the phosphoinositides and after formation is it is rapidly dephosphorylated back to PI3P by the phosphatase Sac3. PIKFYVE is the only kinase which forms PI(3,5)P2 and unusually, PIKFYVE exists in a large multi-protein complex, the PAS complex, also comprising Sac3. The presence of a kinase and a phosphatase with opposite activities in the same complex suggests the critical importance of the concentration of PI(3,5)P2 to normal cell functioning. In addition to PIKFYVE and Sac1, the PAS complex also contains ArPIKFYVE, a regulatory protein which scaffolds the complex. Studies show that in most eukaryotic organisms, silencing or knockout of PIKFYVE function (or its equivalent) is lethal during embryonic development, further suggesting the critical importance of this protein and its product PI(3,5)P2. PI(3,5)P2 helps regulate endosomal operations, such as membrane fission and fusion, that maintain endosomal homeostasis and support trafficking pathways throughout cells. Inhibition of PIKFYVE function in in-vitro cell studies shows the formation of numerous cytosolic vacuoles which grow larger over time, but such defects are shown to be reversible upon resupply of PI(3,5)P2 or functioning PIKFYVE. While homozygous knockout models of PIKFYVE are lethal, heterozygous knockout it not. This as well as other studies suggest that PIKFYVE activity, and consequently PI(3,5)P2 cellular concentration, is normally in excess of that required for normal cell functioning. Under the sustained activation of glutamate receptors, PIKFYVE has also been shown to facilitate the lysosomal degradation of type 1.2 voltage-dependent calcium channels in neurons. This helps protect neurons from excitotoxicity, and suggests a role in treating or preventing central nervous system dysfunction. In neuroendocrine cells, PIKFYVE also negatively regulates calcium-dependent exocytosis. In addition, PIKFYVE has also been shown to phosphorylate Transcription Factor EB (TFEB), which may be related to the activity of PIKFYVE inhibitors in treating multiple myeloma. PIKFYVE and PI(3,5)P2 have been linked to the pathogenesis of several diseases and disorders. PIKFYVE mutations are found in 8 out of 10 families with Francois-Neetens corneal fleck dystrophy. Interference with PIKFYVE function is associated with impaired glucose uptake. Studies in mice show that selective PIKFYVE disruption in skeletal muscle cells results in systemic insulin resistance, glucose intolerance, hyperinsulinemia and increased adiposity, all of which are signs of prediabetes in humans. This is further supported by studies showing that acute insulin treatment results in increases in PI(3,5)P2 concentration in adipocytes, and this promotes increased GLUT4 translocation and surface expression, increasing glucose transport into cells. In various other cell and animal models, PI(3,5)P2 has been shown to be elevated by hyperosmotic shock in adipocytes, mitogenic signals (such as IL-2 and UV light in lymphocytes), protein kinase C activation in platelets, and epidermal growth factor stimulation of COS cells. Several small molecule inhibitors of PIKFYVE have recently been reported, including Apilimod. Apilimod, studied as an autoimmune disease treatment (Crohn’s disease, rheumatoid arthritis) was originally identified as an inhibitor of IL-12 and IL-23 synthesis, but was later found to also have potent PIKFYVE inhibitory activity. It is suspected that Apilimod’s activity may have been due to PIKFYVE inhibition rather than interreference with IL-12 and IL-23. PIKFYVE inhibitors have also shown promise as cancer therapies, in particular, for the treatment of non-Hodgkin lymphoma, multiple myeloma, melanoma, liver cancer, and glioblastoma. PIKFYVE inhibition has also shown promise as a therapy for amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS) and fronto-temporal dementia (FTD), in particular ALS and FTD marked by repeat expansions of the C9ORF72 gene (C9FTD/ALS). PIKFYVE inhibition has also been suggested to be useful in the downstream inhibition of RANK signaling (receptor activator of nuclear factor kappa N), which plays an important role in bone remodeling and may be useful in treating bone resorption in multiple myeloma, prostate cancer and breast cancer patients. Because of the critical role of intracellular vesicle trafficking in the life cycle of some eukaryotic viruses, PIKFYVE inhibitors also have been found effective in inhibiting viral infection. Enveloped viruses have a life cycle that begins with binding of a viral surface protein to a specific extracellular membrane protein on the target cell. For some viruses, such as HIV, receptor binding triggers fusion of the viral envelope with the cell membrane, resulting in deposition of the viral nucleoprotein complex into the cytoplasm. However, for other viruses, including Ebola, influenza A, vesicular stomatitis virus, Lassa fever virus, lymphocytic choriomeningitis virus, and coronaviruses (including MERS-CoV, SARS-CoV and SARS-CoV-2), receptor binding triggers endocytosis of the entire viral particle. The resulting endosome is transported within the cell until something triggers fusion of the viral envelope with the endosome membrane, resulting in deposition of the viral nucleoprotein complex into the cytoplasm. The triggering event can be acidification of the endosome or proteolysis of viral surface proteins. Apilimod and other PIKFYVE inhibitors have been found to prevent infection by some of these enveloped viruses, either by interfering with endosome formation or by blocking endosome trafficking or otherwise preventing the triggering of endosome-viral envelope fusion. There continues to be a need for new, selective inhibitors of PIKFYVE. The present disclosure provides novel, highly effective small-molecule inhibitors of PIKFYVE. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION Therefore, first aspect, the invention provides a compound of Formula I: in free or pharmaceutically acceptable salt form, wherein (i) X is selected from -CH-, -CR3-, -S-, -O-, -N-, -NH-, and -NR3-; (ii) Y is selected from -C- and -N-; (iii) Z is selected from -CH-, -CR3-, -S-, -O-, -N-, -NH-, and -NR3-; (iv) W is -CH-, -CR4-, or -N-; (v) A is an optionally substituted heteroaryl (e.g., 5-membered heteroaryl), heterocycloalkyl (e.g., 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl), or 5-oxo-4,5-dihydro- 1H-pyrazol-1-yl; (vi) B is halo, an optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted C3-6cycloalkyl, optionally substituted 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted 3-to 6-membered heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-6alkenyl (e.g., vinyl), - N(Ra)-R2, -O-R2, -(CO)-R2, -(CO)-O-R2, -(CO)-N(Ra)-R2, -O-(CO)-R2, -N(Ra)- (CO)-R2, -(CO)-N(Ra)-(CO)-R2, N(Ra)-(CO)-N(Ra)-R2, optionally substituted – ( C1-6alkyl)-(3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl), optionally substituted -(C1- 6alkyl)-(C3-6cycloalkyl), optionally substituted –(C2-6alkenyl)-(3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl), optionally substituted -(C2-6alkenyl)-(C3-6cycloalkyl), optionally substituted –(C2-6alkynyl)-(3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl), optionally substituted -(C2-6alkynyl)-(C3-6cycloalkyl), optionally substituted -(C1- 6alkyl)-N(Ra)-R2, optionally substituted -(C1-6alkyl)-O-R2, optionally substituted - (C2-6alkenyl)-N(Ra)-R2, optionally substituted -(C2-6alkenyl)-O-R2, optionally substituted -(C2-6alkenyl)-N(Ra)(CO)-R2, optionally substituted -(C2-6alkenyl)- O(CO)-R2, optionally substituted -(C2-6alkynyl)-N(Ra)-R2, optionally substituted - (C2-6alkynyl)-O-R2, optionally substituted -(C2-6alkynyl)-N(Ra)(CO)-R2, optionally substituted -(C2-6alkynyl)-O(CO)-R2, optionally substituted -(C1- 6alkyl)-(CO)-N(Ra)-R2, optionally substituted -O-(C1-6alkyl)-R2, optionally substituted -N(Ra)-(C1-6alkyl)-R2, optionally substituted -CH2-(3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl), optionally substituted -CH2-(C3-6cycloalkyl), optionally substituted -CH2-N(Ra)-R2, optionally substituted -CH2-O-R2, or optionally substituted -CH2-(CO)-N(Ra)-R2; optionally substituted –(CO)-(3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl), optionally substituted –(CO)-(C3-6cycloalkyl), optionally substituted (6- to 12-membered bicyclic heterocycloalkyl), optionally substituted - CH2-(6- to 12-membered bicyclic heterocycloalkyl), or optionally substituted – (CO)-(6- to 12-membered bicyclic heterocycloalkyl); (vii) R1 is an optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, optionally substituted C3-6cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C1-6alkoxy, optionally substituted 3- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted 6- to 12-membered bicyclic heterocycloalkyl), -C(O)-R2, -C(O)O-R2, -OC(O)-R2, -C(O)N(Ra)-R2, - N(Ra)C(O)-R2, -N(Ra)-R2, or -O-R2; (viii) Ra is H, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, or optionally substituted C3-6cycloalkyl; and (ix) R2 is H, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, optionally substituted C3-6cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C1-6alkoxy, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally substituted 3- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl; (x) R3 is H, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl (e.g., methyl), optionally substituted C3- 6cycloalkyl, optionally substituted haloC1-6alkyl (e.g., CF3), or optionally substituted 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl; and (xi) R4 is halogen (e.g., fluoro), -OH, -NH2, C1-6alkyl (e.g., methyl), C3-6cycloalkyl (e.g., isopropyl), haloC1-6alkyl (e.g., CF3), C1-6alkoxy (e.g., methoxy), -NH(C1- 6alkyl) (e.g., methylamino), or -N(C1-6alkyl)(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., dimethylamino); provided that: (a) when A is an optionally substituted pyrazole, said pyrazole is substituted by at least one optionally substituted aryl (e.g., phenyl) ring; (b) when A is optionally substituted pyrazol-1-yl, X is not O when Y is - CH- and Z is -CH-; (c) when A is optionally substituted pyrazol-1-yl, and X is -CH-, Y is -C-, and Z is -O-, B is not pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, any 5-membered heteroaromatic ring (e.g., thiazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl or imidazolyl), or -(CO)-N(Ra)-R2; (d) when A is 3-(m-tolyl)-pyrazol-1-yl, and X is -CH-, Y is -C-, and Z is - O-, and B is –(CO)-(6-12 membered heterocycloalkyl), said heterocycloalkyl in group B is not unsubstituted morpholine, unsubstituted piperidine, unsubstituted pyrrolidine, unsubstituted piperazine, or 4-methylpiperazine; (e) when B is W is -N-, X is -N-, -NH-, or -NCH3-, or Z is -N-, -NH-, or - NCH3-, and Y is -C-, then B is not pyridyl, unsubstituted pyrrolidinyl, unsubstituted piperidinyl, 1-methyl-4-piperidinyl, 2-methyl-4- piperidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dihydropyranyl, 1-tert-butoxycarbonyl- 4-azetidinyl, 1-methyl-4-azetidinyl, 4-azetidinyl, 1,2-dihydroxy-1- ethyl; (f) when W is -CH-, X is -CH- and Y is -N-, B is not 2-(1-methyl- pyrazol-3-yl)ethyl; (g) when B is pyrid-4-yl, R1 is morpholin-4-yl, X is -CH-, Y is -C-, and Z is -S-, A is not 3-(3-methylphenyl)-5-hydroxy-pyrazol-1-yl, 3-(3- methoxyphenyl)-5-hydroxy-pyrazol-1-yl, or 3-(3-isopropoxyphenyl)- 5-hydroxy-pyrazol-1-yl; and (h) when B is phenyl, R1 is N-cyclohexylamino, X is -O-, Y is -C-, and Z is -CH-, A is not 3,5-diphenyl-pyrazol-1-yl, 3-methyl-5-phenyl- pyrazol-1-yl, 3-trifluoromethyl-5-phenyl-pyrazol-1-yl, or 3,5- dimethyl-4-phenyl-pyrazol-1-yl; (i) when W is -N-, X is -CH- or -C(Me)-, Y is -C-, Z is -S- or -O-, and R1 is 4-morpholinyl, then A is not 1H-indazol-4-yl, 1H-indol-4-yl, 1H- pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl, or 2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5]pyridin-6-yl; (j) when W is -N-, X is -S- or -O-, Y is -C-, Z is -CH- or -C(Me)-, and R1 is 4-morpholinyl, then A is not 1H-indazol-4-yl, 1H-indol-4-yl, 1H- pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl, or 2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5]pyridin-6-yl; (k) when W is -N-, X is -CH- or -C(Me)-, Y is -C-, Z is -S- or -O-, B is H or optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, and R1 is 4-morpholinyl, then A is not 2-oxoindolin-4-yl, 1-acetylindolin-4-yl, 1H-indazol-6-yl, 1H- indol-5-yl, 1H-indol-6-yl, or quinolin-3-yl; (l) when W is -N-, X is -S- or -O-, Y is -C-, Z is -CH- or -C(Me)-, B is H or optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, and R1 is 4-morpholinyl, then A is not 2-oxoindolin-4-yl, 1-acetylindolin-4-yl, 1H-indazol-6-yl, 1H- indol-5-yl, 1H-indol-6-yl, or quinolin-3-yl; (m) when W is -N-, X is -S-, Z is -N-, Y is -C-, and R1 is 4-morpholinyl, then A is not optionally substituted pyrid-3-yl, optionally substituted pyrimidin-5-yl, unsubstituted quinolin-3-yl, unsubstituted 1H-indazol- 4-yl, unsubstituted 1H-indol-4-yl, or unsubstituted 1H-pyrrolo[2,3- b]pyridin-5-yl; (n) when W is -N-, X is -N-, Z is -S-, Y is -C-, and R1 is 4-morpholinyl, then A is not optionally substituted pyrid-3-yl, optionally substituted pyrimidin-5-yl, unsubstituted quinolin-3-yl, unsubstituted 1H-indazol- 4-yl, unsubstituted 1H-indol-4-yl, or unsubstituted 1H-pyrrolo[2,3- b]pyridin-5-yl, (o) when W is -N-, X is -S-, Z is -N-, Y is -C-, and A is unsubstituted indolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, or triazolyl, then R1 is not 3- methylmorpholin-4-yl (p) when W is -N-, X is -NR3-,R3 is selected from methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, and cyclopentyl, Z is -N-, Y is -C-, and R1 is 4-morpholinyl, then A is not benzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl, pyrimidin-5-yl, 2- aminopyrimidin-5-yl, pyridin-3-yl, 6-aminopyridin-3-yl, 6- methoxypyridin-3-yl, quinolin-3-yl, or pyridin-4-yl; (q) when W is -N-, X is -NR3-, R3 is 1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl, Z is -CH-, Y is -N-, and R1 is 4-morpholinyl, then A is not pyridin-3-yl, pyridin-4- yl, quinolin-3-yl, quinolin-6-yl, 1H-indol-2-yl, 1H-indol-5-yl, 1H- indol-6-yl, 1H-indol-7-yl, 1-methyl-indol-5-yl, or 2-oxo-2,3-dihydro- 1H-benzo[d]imidazol-5-yl; (r) when W is -N-, X is -CH- or -C(Me)-, Y is -C-, Z is -S- or -O-, and R1 is 4-morpholinyl, then A is not 2-aminopyrimidin-5-yl; (s) when W is -N-, Y is -C-, and R1 is 4-morpholinyl, A is not 2-methyl- 1H-benzo[d]imidazole-1-yl or 2-ethyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-1-yl; (t) when W is -N-, X is -NR3-, R3 is methyl, Z is -N-, Y is -C-, and B is optionally substituted -CH2-piperidine, optionally substituted -CH2- piperazine, -CH2-azetidine, or 2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl, then A is not 2-methyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-1-yl or 2-ethyl-1H- benzo[d]imidazol-1-yl; (u) when W is -N-, X is -CH-, Y is -C-, Z is -S-, and R1 is 4-morpholinyl, then A is not 5-fluoro-1H-indol-4-yl, 6-fluoro-1H-indol-4-yl, 6-cyano- 1H-indol-4-yl, 5,7-difluoro-1H-indol-4-yl, 2-methyl-1H-indol-4-yl, 1- methyl-1H-indol-4-yl, 1H-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridin-4-yl, 1H-pyrrolo[2,3- b]pyridin-4-yl, 2-oxo-1H-indolin-4-yl, imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-5-yl, 2- methyl-quinolin-5-yl, 2-methylbenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl, 1H-indazol-3- yl, 1H-indol-3-yl, 1H-benzo[d]imidazole-1-yl, 1H-indazol-1-yl, 1H- indol-1-yl, 2-methyl-benzo[d]imidazole-1-yl, or 3- methylbenzo[d]imidazole-1-yl; (v) when W is -N-, X is -CH- or -C(Me)-, Y is -C-, Z is -S- or -O-, and R1 is 4-morpholinyl, then A is not optionally substituted 1H- benzo[d]imidazol-1-yl, optionally substituted quinolin-5-yl, optionally substituted 1H-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridin-4-yl, optionally substituted 1H- pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridin-3-yl, optionally substituted 1H-pyrrolo[3,2- c]pyridin-4-yl, optionally substituted isoquinolin-8-yl, optionally substituted isoquinolin-4-yl, optionally substituted isoquinolin-5-yl, optionally substituted 1H-indazol-1-yl, optionally substituted 1H- indazol-3-yl, optionally substituted benzofuran-3-yl, optionally substituted 1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl, optionally substituted 1H- pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl, optionally substituted 1H-pyrrolo[2,3- b]pyridin-4-yl, optionally substituted benzo[b]thiophen-3-yl, optionally substituted 1H-pyrolo[3,2-c]-pyridin-1-yl, 2-oxo-1H- benzo[d]imidazol-1-yl, optionally substituted 1H-benzo[d]imidazol-1- yl, optionally substituted 2H-indazol-3-yl, 2-oxo-1-indolin-1-yl, optionally substituted 2H-indazol-3-yl, optionally substituted imidazo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl, optionally substituted imidazo[1,5- a]pyridin-8-yl, optionally substituted imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-5-yl, optionally substituted imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-1-yl, optionally substituted imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-3-yl, 1-oxo-1,2-dihydroisoquinolin- 4-yl, 2-methyl-3-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-indazol-1-yl, [1,2,4]- triazolo[4,3-a]pyridin-5-yl, cinnolin-4-yl, or benzo[d]isothiazol-3-yl; (w) when W is -N-, X is -S-, -NH- or -N(Me)-, Y is -C-, Z is -N-, and R1 is 4-morpholinyl, then A is not optionally substituted 1H- benzo[d]imidazol-1-yl, optionally substituted quinolin-5-yl, optionally substituted 1H-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridin-4-yl, optionally substituted 1H- pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridin-3-yl, optionally substituted 1H-pyrrolo[3,2- c]pyridin-4-yl, optionally substituted isoquinolin-8-yl, optionally substituted isoquinolin-4-yl, optionally substituted isoquinolin-5-yl, optionally substituted 1H-indazol-1-yl, optionally substituted 1H- indazol-3-yl, optionally substituted benzofuran-3-yl, optionally substituted 1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl, optionally substituted 1H- pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl, optionally substituted 1H-pyrrolo[2,3- b]pyridin-4-yl, optionally substituted benzo[b]thiophen-3-yl, optionally substituted 1H-pyrolo[3,2-c]-pyridin-1-yl, 2-oxo-1H- benzo[d]imidazol-1-yl, optionally substituted 1H-benzo[d]imidazol-1- yl, optionally substituted 2H-indazol-3-yl, 2-oxo-1-indolin-1-yl, optionally substituted 2H-indazol-3-yl, optionally substituted imidazo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl, optionally substituted imidazo[1,5- a]pyridin-8-yl, optionally substituted imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-5-yl, optionally substituted imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-1-yl, optionally substituted imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-3-yl, 1-oxo-1,2-dihydroisoquinolin- 4-yl, 2-methyl-3-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-indazol-1-yl, [1,2,4]- triazolo[4,3-a]pyridin-5-yl, cinnolin-4-yl, or benzo[d]isothiazol-3-yl; (x) when W is -N-, X is -NH-, Y is -C-, Z is -S-, and R1 is 4-morpholinyl, then A is not optionally substituted 1H-benzo[d]imidazol-1-yl, optionally substituted quinolin-5-yl, optionally substituted 1H- pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridin-4-yl, optionally substituted 1H-pyrrolo[2,3- c]pyridin-3-yl, optionally substituted 1H-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridin-4-yl, optionally substituted isoquinolin-8-yl, optionally substituted isoquinolin-4-yl, optionally substituted isoquinolin-5-yl, optionally substituted 1H-indazol-1-yl, optionally substituted 1H-indazol-3-yl, optionally substituted benzofuran-3-yl, optionally substituted 1H- pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl, optionally substituted 1H-pyrrolo[2,3- b]pyridin-5-yl, optionally substituted 1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-4-yl, optionally substituted benzo[b]thiophen-3-yl, optionally substituted 1H-pyrolo[3,2-c]-pyridin-1-yl, 2-oxo-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-1-yl, optionally substituted 1H-benzo[d]imidazol-1-yl, optionally substituted 2H-indazol-3-yl, 2-oxo-1-indolin-1-yl, optionally substituted 2H-indazol-3-yl, optionally substituted imidazo[3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl, optionally substituted imidazo[1,5-a]pyridin-8-yl, optionally substituted imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-5-yl, optionally substituted imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-1-yl, optionally substituted imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-3-yl, 1-oxo-1,2-dihydroisoquinolin-4-yl, 2- methyl-3-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-indazol-1-yl, [1,2,4]-triazolo[4,3- a]pyridin-5-yl, cinnolin-4-yl, or benzo[d]isothiazol-3-yl; (y) when W is -N-, X is -N-, -NH- or -N(CH2CH2OH)-, Z is -N-, Y is -C-, and R1 is 4-morpholinyl, then A is not 1H-indol-4-yl or 5-fluoro-1H- indol-4-yl; (z) when W is -N- or -CH-, X is -NH-, -N(Me)-, -N(Et)-, or -N(CH2- cyclopropyl)-, Y is -C-, Z is -N-, and R1 is 4-morpholinyl, then A is not an unsubstituted pyrazol-4-yl or a pyrazol-4-yl substituted by one or more groups selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, and trifluoromethyl; (aa) when W is -N-, X is -NH-, Y is -C-, Z is -CH- or -N-, and R1 is 4- morpholinyl, 3-methylmorpholin-4-yl, 3,3-dimethylmorpholin-4-yl, 2- oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-yl, or 3-oxa-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-8- yl, then A is not 4-morpholinyl, 3-methylmorpholin-4-yl, piperidin-1- yl, 4-hydroxypiperidin-1-yl, 4-methoxypiperidin-1-yl, 4,4- difluoropiperidin-1-yl, or 8-oxa-3-azabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-3-yl; (bb) when W is -CH-, X is -S-, Y is -C-, and X is -CH-, B is not pyrazol-5-yl when A is pyrrolidine-1-yl; and wherein the compound of Formula I is not: 4-(2-methyl-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-1H-pyrrolo[3,2-b]pyridin-7- yl)morpholine, 2-(2-(2-aminopyrimidin-5-yl)-9-(2-hydroxyethyl)-6-morpholino-9H-purin-8- yl)propan-2-ol, 1-ethyl-3-(5-(6-(3-ethylmorpholino)-7-methyl-7H-purin-2-yl)pyrimidin-2-yl)urea, or 5-pyrrolidino-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-2H-[1,2,3]triazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-7-one or a tautomer thereof. In a second aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of Formula I, in free or pharmaceutically acceptable salt form, in admixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier. In a third aspect, the invention provides a method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a disease or disorder characterized by dysregulation of phosphoinositide-mediated signal transduction pathways or which may be ameliorated by modulating (e.g., inhibiting) PIKFYVE-dependent signaling pathways or by modulating (e.g., inhibiting) endosome formation or trafficking, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of the compound of Formula I, in free or pharmaceutically acceptable salt form. DETAILED DESCRIPTION In a first aspect, the invention provides a compound of Formula I: in free or pharmaceutically acceptable salt form, wherein (i) X is selected from -CH-, -CR3-, -S-, -O-, -N-, -NH-, and -NR3-; (ii) Y is selected from -C- and -N-; (iii) Z is selected from -CH-, -CR3-, -S-, -O-, -N-, -NH-, and -NR3-; (iv) W is -CH-, -CR4-, or -N-; (v) A is an optionally substituted heteroaryl (e.g., 5-membered heteroaryl), heterocycloalkyl (e.g., 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl), or 5-oxo-4,5-dihydro- 1H-pyrazol-1-yl; (vi) B is halo, an optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted C3-6cycloalkyl, optionally substituted 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted 3-to 6-membered heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-6alkenyl (e.g., vinyl), - N(Ra)-R2, -O-R2, -(CO)-R2, -(CO)-O-R2, -(CO)-N(Ra)-R2, -O-(CO)-R2, -N(Ra)- (CO)-R2, -(CO)-N(Ra)-(CO)-R2, N(Ra)-(CO)-N(Ra)-R2, optionally substituted – (C1-6alkyl)-(3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl), optionally substituted -(C1- 6alkyl)-(C3-6cycloalkyl), optionally substituted –(C2-6alkenyl)-(3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl), optionally substituted -(C2-6alkenyl)-(C3-6cycloalkyl), optionally substituted –(C2-6alkynyl)-(3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl), optionally substituted -(C2-6alkynyl)-(C3-6cycloalkyl), optionally substituted -(C1- 6alkyl)-N(Ra)-R2, optionally substituted -(C1-6alkyl)-O-R2, optionally substituted - (C2-6alkenyl)-N(Ra)-R2, optionally substituted -(C2-6alkenyl)-O-R2, optionally substituted -(C2-6alkenyl)-N(Ra)(CO)-R2, optionally substituted -(C2-6alkenyl)- O(CO)-R2, optionally substituted -(C2-6alkynyl)-N(Ra)-R2, optionally substituted - (C2-6alkynyl)-O-R2, optionally substituted -(C2-6alkynyl)-N(Ra)(CO)-R2, optionally substituted -(C2-6alkynyl)-O(CO)-R2, optionally substituted -(C1- 6alkyl)-(CO)-N(Ra)-R2, optionally substituted -O-(C1-6alkyl)-R2, optionally substituted -N(Ra)-(C1-6alkyl)-R2, optionally substituted -CH2-(3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl), optionally substituted -CH2-(C3-6cycloalkyl), optionally substituted -CH2-N(Ra)-R2, optionally substituted -CH2-O-R2, optionally substituted -CH2-(CO)-N(Ra)-R2, optionally substituted –(CO)-(3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl), optionally substituted –(CO)-(C3-6cycloalkyl), optionally substituted (6- to 12-membered bicyclic heterocycloalkyl), optionally substituted - CH2-(6- to 12-membered bicyclic heterocycloalkyl), or optionally substituted – (CO)-(6- to 12-membered bicyclic heterocycloalkyl); (vii) R1 is an optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, optionally substituted C3-6cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C1-6alkoxy, optionally substituted 3- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted 6- to 12-membered bicyclic heterocycloalkyl), -C(O)-R2, -C(O)O-R2, -OC(O)-R2, -C(O)N(Ra)-R2, - N(Ra)C(O)-R2, -N(Ra)-R2, or -O-R2; (viii) Ra is H, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, or optionally substituted C3-6cycloalkyl; and (ix) R2 is H, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, optionally substituted C3-6cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C1-6alkoxy, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally substituted 3- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl; (x) R3 is H, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl (e.g., methyl), optionally substituted C3- 6cycloalkyl, optionally substituted haloC1-6alkyl (e.g., CF3), or optionally substituted 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl; and (xi) R4 is halogen (e.g., fluoro), -OH, -NH2, C1-6alkyl (e.g., methyl), C3-6cycloalkyl (e.g., isopropyl), haloC1-6alkyl (e.g., CF3), C1-6alkoxy (e.g., methoxy), -NH(C1- 6alkyl) (e.g., methylamino), or -N(C1-6alkyl)(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., dimethylamino); provided that: (a) when A is an optionally substituted pyrazole, said pyrazole is substituted by at least one optionally substituted aryl (e.g., phenyl) ring; (b) when A is optionally substituted pyrazol-1-yl, X is not O when Y is - CH- and Z is -CH-; (c) when A is optionally substituted pyrazol-1-yl, and X is -CH-, Y is -C-, and Z is -O-, B is not pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, any 5-membered heteroaromatic ring (e.g., thiazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl or imidazolyl), or -(CO)-N(Ra)-R2; (d) when A is 3-(m-tolyl)-pyrazol-1-yl, and X is -CH-, Y is -C-, and Z is - O-, and B is –(CO)-(6-12 membered heterocycloalkyl), said heterocycloalkyl in group B is not unsubstituted morpholine, unsubstituted piperidine, unsubstituted pyrrolidine, unsubstituted piperazine, or 4-methylpiperazine; (e) when W is -N-, X is -N-, -NH-, or -NCH3-, or Z is -N-, -NH-, or - NCH3-, and Y is -C-, then B is not pyridyl, unsubstituted pyrrolidinyl, unsubstituted piperidinyl, 1-methyl-4-piperidinyl, 2-methyl-4- piperidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dihydropyranyl, 1-tert-butoxycarbonyl- 4-azetidinyl, 1-methyl-4-azetidinyl, 4-azetidinyl, 1,2-dihydroxy-1- ethyl; (f) when W is -CH-, X is -CH- and Y is -N-, B is not 2-(1-methyl- pyrazol-3-yl)ethyl; (g) when B is pyrid-4-yl, R1 is morpholin-4-yl, X is -CH-, Y is -C-, and Z is -S-, A is not 3-(3-methylphenyl)-5-hydroxy-pyrazol-1-yl, 3-(3- methoxyphenyl)-5-hydroxy-pyrazol-1-yl, or 3-(3-isopropoxyphenyl)- 5-hydroxy-pyrazol-1-yl; and (h) when B is phenyl, R1 is N-cyclohexylamino, X is -O-, Y is -C-, and Z is -CH-, A is not 3,5-diphenyl-pyrazol-1-yl, 3-methyl-5-phenyl- pyrazol-1-yl, 3-trifluoromethyl-5-phenyl-pyrazol-1-yl, or 3,5- dimethyl-4-phenyl-pyrazol-1-yl; (i) when W is -N-, X is -CH- or -C(Me)-, Y is -C-, Z is -S- or -O-, and R1 is 4-morpholinyl, then A is not 1H-indazol-4-yl, 1H-indol-4-yl, 1H- pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl, or 2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5]pyridin-6-yl; (j) when W is -N-, X is -S- or -O-, Y is -C-, Z is -CH- or -C(Me)-, and R1 is 4-morpholinyl, then A is not 1H-indazol-4-yl, 1H-indol-4-yl, 1H- pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl, or 2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5]pyridin-6-yl; (k) when W is -N-, X is -CH- or -C(Me)-, Y is -C-, Z is -S- or -O-, B is H or optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, and R1 is 4-morpholinyl, then A is not 2-oxoindolin-4-yl, 1-acetylindolin-4-yl, 1H-indazol-6-yl, 1H- indol-5-yl, 1H-indol-6-yl, or quinolin-3-yl; (l) when W is -N-, X is -S- or -O-, Y is -C-, Z is -CH- or -C(Me)-, B is H or optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, and R1 is 4-morpholinyl, then A is not 2-oxoindolin-4-yl, 1-acetylindolin-4-yl, 1H-indazol-6-yl, 1H- indol-5-yl, 1H-indol-6-yl, or quinolin-3-yl; (m) when W is -N-, X is -S-, Z is -N-, Y is -C-, and R1 is 4-morpholinyl, then A is not optionally substituted pyrid-3-yl, optionally substituted pyrimidin-5-yl, unsubstituted quinolin-3-yl, unsubstituted 1H-indazol- 4-yl, unsubstituted 1H-indol-4-yl, or unsubstituted 1H-pyrrolo[2,3- b]pyridin-5-yl; (n) when W is -N-, X is -N-, Z is -S-, Y is -C-, and R1 is 4-morpholinyl, then A is not optionally substituted pyrid-3-yl, optionally substituted pyrimidin-5-yl, unsubstituted quinolin-3-yl, unsubstituted 1H-indazol- 4-yl, unsubstituted 1H-indol-4-yl, or unsubstituted 1H-pyrrolo[2,3- b]pyridin-5-yl, (o) when W is -N-, X is -S-, Z is -N-, Y is -C-, and A is unsubstituted indolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, or triazolyl, then R1 is not 3- methylmorpholin-4-yl (p) when W is -N-, X is -NR3-, R3 is selected from methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, and cyclopentyl, Z is -N-, Y is -C-, and R1 is 4-morpholinyl, then A is not benzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl, pyrimidin-5-yl, 2- aminopyrimidin-5-yl, pyridin-3-yl, 6-aminopyridin-3-yl, 6- methoxypyridin-3-yl, quinolin-3-yl, or pyridin-4-yl; (q) when W is -N-, X is -NR3-, R3 is 1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl, Z is -CH-, Y is -N-, and R1 is 4-morpholinyl, then A is not pyridin-3-yl, pyridin-4- yl, quinolin-3-yl, quinolin-6-yl, 1H-indol-2-yl, 1H-indol-5-yl, 1H- indol-6-yl, 1H-indol-7-yl, 1-methyl-indol-5-yl, or 2-oxo-2,3-dihydro- 1H-benzo[d]imidazol-5-yl; (r) when W is -N-, X is -CH- or -C(Me)-, Y is -C-, Z is -S- or -O-, and R1 is 4-morpholinyl, then A is not 2-aminopyrimidin-5-yl; (s) when W is -N-, Y is -C-, and R1 is 4-morpholinyl, A is not 2-methyl- 1H-benzo[d]imidazole-1-yl or 2-ethyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-1-yl; (t) when W is -N-, X is -NR3-, R3 is methyl, Z is -N-, Y is -C-, and B is optionally substituted -CH2-piperidine, optionally substituted -CH2- piperazine, -CH2-azetidine, or 2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl, then A is not 2-methyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-1-yl or 2-ethyl-1H- benzo[d]imidazol-1-yl; (u) when W is -N-, X is -CH-, Y is -C-, Z is -S-, and R1 is 4-morpholinyl, then A is not 5-fluoro-1H-indol-4-yl, 6-fluoro-1H-indol-4-yl, 6-cyano- 1H-indol-4-yl, 5,7-difluoro-1H-indol-4-yl, 2-methyl-1H-indol-4-yl, 1- methyl-1H-indol-4-yl, 1H-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridin-4-yl, 1H-pyrrolo[2,3- b]pyridin-4-yl, 2-oxo-1H-indolin-4-yl, imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-5-yl, 2- methyl-quinolin-5-yl, 2-methylbenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl, 1H-indazol-3- yl, 1H-indol-3-yl, 1H-benzo[d]imidazole-1-yl, 1H-indazol-1-yl, 1H- indol-1-yl, 2-methyl-benzo[d]imidazole-1-yl, or 3- methylbenzo[d]imidazole-1-yl; (v) when W is -N-, X is -CH- or -C(Me)-, Y is -C-, Z is -S- or -O-, and R1 is 4-morpholinyl, then A is not optionally substituted 1H- benzo[d]imidazol-1-yl, optionally substituted quinolin-5-yl, optionally substituted 1H-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridin-4-yl, optionally substituted 1H- pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridin-3-yl, optionally substituted 1H-pyrrolo[3,2- c]pyridin-4-yl, optionally substituted isoquinolin-8-yl, optionally substituted isoquinolin-4-yl, optionally substituted isoquinolin-5-yl, optionally substituted 1H-indazol-1-yl, optionally substituted 1H- indazol-3-yl, optionally substituted benzofuran-3-yl, optionally substituted 1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl, optionally substituted 1H- pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl, optionally substituted 1H-pyrrolo[2,3- b]pyridin-4-yl, optionally substituted benzo[b]thiophen-3-yl, optionally substituted 1H-pyrolo[3,2-c]-pyridin-1-yl, 2-oxo-1H- benzo[d]imidazol-1-yl, optionally substituted 1H-benzo[d]imidazol-1- yl, optionally substituted 2H-indazol-3-yl, 2-oxo-1-indolin-1-yl, optionally substituted 2H-indazol-3-yl, optionally substituted imidazo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl, optionally substituted imidazo[1,5- a]pyridin-8-yl, optionally substituted imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-5-yl, optionally substituted imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-1-yl, optionally substituted imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-3-yl, 1-oxo-1,2-dihydroisoquinolin- 4-yl, 2-methyl-3-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-indazol-1-yl, [1,2,4]- triazolo[4,3-a]pyridin-5-yl, cinnolin-4-yl, or benzo[d]isothiazol-3-yl; (w) when W is -N-, X is -S-, -NH- or -N(Me)-, Y is -C-, Z is -N-, and R1 is 4-morpholinyl, then A is not optionally substituted 1H- benzo[d]imidazol-1-yl, optionally substituted quinolin-5-yl, optionally substituted 1H-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridin-4-yl, optionally substituted 1H- pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridin-3-yl, optionally substituted 1H-pyrrolo[3,2- c]pyridin-4-yl, optionally substituted isoquinolin-8-yl, optionally substituted isoquinolin-4-yl, optionally substituted isoquinolin-5-yl, optionally substituted 1H-indazol-1-yl, optionally substituted 1H- indazol-3-yl, optionally substituted benzofuran-3-yl, optionally substituted 1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl, optionally substituted 1H- pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl, optionally substituted 1H-pyrrolo[2,3- b]pyridin-4-yl, optionally substituted benzo[b]thiophen-3-yl, optionally substituted 1H-pyrolo[3,2-c]-pyridin-1-yl, 2-oxo-1H- benzo[d]imidazol-1-yl, optionally substituted 1H-benzo[d]imidazol-1- yl, optionally substituted 2H-indazol-3-yl, 2-oxo-1-indolin-1-yl, optionally substituted 2H-indazol-3-yl, optionally substituted imidazo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl, optionally substituted imidazo[1,5- a]pyridin-8-yl, optionally substituted imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-5-yl, optionally substituted imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-1-yl, optionally substituted imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-3-yl, 1-oxo-1,2-dihydroisoquinolin- 4-yl, 2-methyl-3-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-indazol-1-yl, [1,2,4]- triazolo[4,3-a]pyridin-5-yl, cinnolin-4-yl, or benzo[d]isothiazol-3-yl; (x) when W is -N-, X is -NH-, Y is -C-, Z is -S-, and R1 is 4-morpholinyl, then A is not optionally substituted 1H-benzo[d]imidazol-1-yl, optionally substituted quinolin-5-yl, optionally substituted 1H- pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridin-4-yl, optionally substituted 1H-pyrrolo[2,3- c]pyridin-3-yl, optionally substituted 1H-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridin-4-yl, optionally substituted isoquinolin-8-yl, optionally substituted isoquinolin-4-yl, optionally substituted isoquinolin-5-yl, optionally substituted 1H-indazol-1-yl, optionally substituted 1H-indazol-3-yl, optionally substituted benzofuran-3-yl, optionally substituted 1H- pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl, optionally substituted 1H-pyrrolo[2,3- b]pyridin-5-yl, optionally substituted 1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-4-yl, optionally substituted benzo[b]thiophen-3-yl, optionally substituted 1H-pyrolo[3,2-c]-pyridin-1-yl, 2-oxo-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-1-yl, optionally substituted 1H-benzo[d]imidazol-1-yl, optionally substituted 2H-indazol-3-yl, 2-oxo-1-indolin-1-yl, optionally substituted 2H-indazol-3-yl, optionally substituted imidazo[3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl, optionally substituted imidazo[1,5-a]pyridin-8-yl, optionally substituted imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-5-yl, optionally substituted imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-1-yl, optionally substituted imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-3-yl, 1-oxo-1,2-dihydroisoquinolin-4-yl, 2- methyl-3-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-indazol-1-yl, [1,2,4]-triazolo[4,3- a]pyridin-5-yl, cinnolin-4-yl, or benzo[d]isothiazol-3-yl; (y) when W is -N-, X is -N-, -NH- or -N(CH2CH2OH)-, Z is -N-, Y is -C-, and R1 is 4-morpholinyl, then A is not 1H-indol-4-yl or 5-fluoro-1H- indol-4-yl; (z) when W is -N- or -CH-, X is -NH-, -N(Me)-, -N(Et)-, or -N(CH2- cyclopropyl)-, Y is -C-, Z is -N-, and R1 is 4-morpholinyl, then A is not an unsubstituted pyrazol-4-yl or a pyrazol-4-yl substituted by one or more groups selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, and trifluoromethyl; (aa) when W is -N-, X is -NH-, Y is -C-, Z is -CH- or -N-, and R1 is 4- morpholinyl, 3-methylmorpholin-4-yl, 3,3-dimethylmorpholin-4-yl, 2- oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-yl, or 3-oxa-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-8- yl, then A is not 4-morpholinyl, 3-methylmorpholin-4-yl, piperidin-1- yl, 4-hydroxypiperidin-1-yl, 4-methoxypiperidin-1-yl, 4,4- difluoropiperidin-1-yl, or 8-oxa-3-azabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-3-yl; (bb) when W is -CH-, X is -S-, Y is -C-, and X is -CH-, B is not pyrazol-5-yl when A is pyrrolidine-1-yl; and wherein the compound of Formula I is not: 4-(2-methyl-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-1H-pyrrolo[3,2-b]pyridin-7- yl)morpholine, 2-(2-(2-aminopyrimidin-5-yl)-9-(2-hydroxyethyl)-6-morpholino-9H-purin-8- yl)propan-2-ol, 1-ethyl-3-(5-(6-(3-ethylmorpholino)-7-methyl-7H-purin-2-yl)pyrimidin-2-yl)urea, or 5-pyrrolidino-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-2H-[1,2,3]triazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-7-one or a tautomer thereof. In particular embodiments, the invention provides a compound according to the following Formulas: 1.1 The compound of Formula I, wherein X is -S-, Z is -CH- or -CR3-, and Y is -C-; 1.2 The compound of Formula I, wherein X is -CH- or -CR3-, Z is -S-, and Y is -C-; 1.3 The compound of Formula I, wherein X is -O-, Z is -CH- or -CR3-, and Y is -C-; 1.4 The compound of Formula I, wherein X is -CH- or -CR3-, Z is -O-, and Y is -C-; 1.5 The compound of Formula I, wherein X is -NH-, Z is -CH- or -CR3-, and Y is -C-; 1.6 The compound of Formula I, wherein X is -CH- or -CR3-, Z is -NH-, and Y is -C-; 1.7 The compound of Formula I, wherein X is -NR3-, Z is -CH- or -CR3-, and Y is -C-; 1.8 The compound of Formula I, wherein X is -CH- or -CR3-, Z is -NR3-, and Y is -C-; 1.9 The compound of Formula I, wherein X and Z are -CH- or -CR3-, and Y is -N-; 1.10 The compound of Formula I, wherein X is -S-, Z is -N-, and Y is -C-; 1.11 The compound of Formula I, wherein X is -N-, Z is -S-, and Y is -C-; 1.12 The compound of Formula I, wherein X is -O-, Z is -N-, and Y is -C-; 1.13 The compound of Formula I, wherein X is -N-, Z is -O-, and Y is -C-; 1.14 The compound of Formula I, wherein X is -NH-, Z is -N-, and Y is -C-; 1.15 The compound of Formula I, wherein X is -N-, Z is -NH-, and Y is -C-; 1.16 The compound of Formula I, wherein X is -NR3-, Z is -N-, and Y is -C-; 1.17 The compound of Formula I, wherein X is -N-, Z is -NR3-, and Y is -C-; 1.18 The compound of Formula I, wherein X is -N-, Z is -CH- or -CR3-, and Y is -N-; 1.19 The compound of Formula I, wherein X is -CH- or -CR3-, Z is -N-, and Y is -N-; 1.20 The compound of Formula I, wherein X and Z are -N-, and Y is -N-; 1.21 The compound of Formula I or any of 1.1-1.20, wherein X or Z is -CH-; 1.22 The compound of Formula I, or any of 1.1-1.21, wherein R3 is H; 1.23 The compound of Formula I, or any of 1.1-1.21, wherein R3 is C1-6alkyl (e.g., methyl); 1.24 The compound of Formula I or any of 1.1-1.23, wherein W is -CH- or - CR4-, optionally wherein R4 is fluoro, -OH, -NH2, methyl, CF3, methoxy, methylamino, or dimethylamino; 1.25 The compound of Formula I or any of 1.1-1.23, wherein W is -N-; 1.26 The compound of Formula I, wherein the compound of Formula I has a core structure selected from any of the following: , wherein A, B and R1 are as defined for the Compound of Formula I above; 1.27 The compound of Formula I, wherein the compound of Formula I has a core structure selected from any of the following:
, wherein A, B and R1 are as defined for the Compound of Formula I above; 1.28 The compound of Formula I, wherein the compound of Formula I has a core structure selected from any of the following:
, wherein A, B and R1 are as defined for the Compound of Formula I above; 1.29 The compound of Formula I, wherein the compound of Formula I has a core structure selected from: wherein A, B and R1 are as defined for the Compound of Formula I above; 1.30 The compound of Formula I, or any of 1.1-1.29, wherein A is an optionally substituted heteroaryl; 1.31 The compound of Formula 1.30, wherein A is a heteroaryl selected from pyridine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, pyrazine, triazine, indole, benzimidazole, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, indazole, benzisoxazole, and benzisothiazole; 1.32 The compound of Formula 1.30, wherein A is a 5-membered heteroaryl, e.g., selected from thiophene, furan, pyrrole, oxazole, imidazole, thiazole, pyrazole, isoxazole, isothiazole, triazole (e.g., 1,2,3-triazole, or 1,2,4- triazole), oxadiazole (e.g., 1,2,3-oxadiazole, or 1,2,4-oxadiazole), thiadiazole (e.g., 1,2,3-thiadiazole, or 1,2,4-thiadiazole), and tetrazole (e.g., 1,2,3,4-tetrazole); 1.33 The compound of Formula 1.32, wherein said heteroaryl is selected from oxazole, imidazole, thiazole, pyrazole, isoxazole, isothiazole, and triazole (e.g., 1,2,3-triazole); 1.34 The compound of Formula 1.33, wherein said heteroaryl is pyrazole (e.g., 3-substituted-pyrazol-1-yl, 1-substituted-pyrazol-3-yl, 2-substituted- pyrazol-4-yl, 4-substituted-pyrazol-1-yl, 1-substituted-pyrazol-5-yl, or 5- substituted-pyrazol-3-yl); 1.35 The compound of Formula 1.34, wherein said heteroaryl is 3-substituted- pyrazol-1-yl; 1.36 The compound of Formula 1.33, wherein said heteroaryl is thiazole (e.g., 2-substituted-thiazol-4-yl, 2-substituted-thiazol-5-yl, 4-substituted-thiazol- 2-yl, or 5-substituted-thiazol-2-yl); 1.37 The compound of Formula 1.33, wherein said heteroaryl is oxazole (e.g., 2-substituted-oxazol-4-yl, 2-substituted-oxazol-5-yl, 4-substituted-oxazol- 2-yl, or 5-substituted-oxazol-2-yl); 1.38 The compound of Formula 1.33, wherein said heteroaryl is imidazole (e.g., 2-substituted-imidazol-4-yl, 4-substituted-imidazol-2-yl, 2- substituted-imidazol-5-yl, 5-substituted-imidazol-2-yl, 4-substituted- imidazol-1-yl, or 1-substituted-imidazol-4-yl); 1.39 The compound of Formula 1.33, wherein said heteroaryl is triazole (e.g., 4-substituted-1,2,3-triazol-2-yl or 2-substituted-1,2,3-triazol-4-yl); 1.40 Any of Compounds 1.30-1.39, wherein said heteroaryl is substituted with one or more groups selected from OH, CN, C1-6alkyl (e.g., methyl), halogen (e.g., F), C1-6alkoxy (e.g., methoxy), haloC1-6alkyl (e.g., CF3), carboxy (COOH), aryl, heteroaryl, C3-6cycloalkyl, and 3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl or heterocycloalkenyl (e.g., 3- to 6- membered heterocycloalkyl or heterocycloalkenyl, such as 1-piperidinyl, 3- piperidinyl, 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridin-1-yl or 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridin-3- yl), wherein said alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkenyl, is each optionally independently substituted with one or more groups selected from OH, CN, C1-6alkyl (e.g., methyl or t-butyl), halogen (e.g., F or Br), C1-6alkoxy (e.g., methoxy, ethoxy), haloC1-6alkyl (e.g., CF3), haloC1-6alkoxy (e.g., OCF3), carboxy (COOH), C3-6cycloalkyl, and 5- or 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, and wherein said alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkyl, is each optionally independently substituted with one or more groups selected from OH, CN, C1-6alkyl (e.g., methyl), halogen (e.g., F or Br), C1-6alkoxy (e.g., methoxy), haloC1-6alkyl (e.g., CF3), haloC1-6alkoxy (e.g., OCF3), and C3-6cycloalkyl; 1.41 The compound of Formula 1.40, wherein said heteroaryl is substituted with a 5- or 6-membered heterocycloalkyl or heterocycloalkenyl, e.g., selected from piperidinyl (e.g., piperidin-1-yl, or piperidin-3-yl) and 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridine (e.g., 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridin-1-yl or 1,2,3,6- tetrahydropyridin-3-yl); 1.42 The compound of Formula 1.40, wherein said heteroaryl is substituted with aryl (e.g., phenyl) or heteroaryl (e.g., pyridyl or pyrimidinyl), wherein said aryl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from OH, CN, C1-6alkyl (e.g., methyl or t-butyl), halogen (e.g., F or Br), C1-6alkoxy (e.g., methoxy or ethoxy), haloC1-6alkoxy (e.g., OCF3, OCHF2), haloC1-6alkyl (e.g., CF3, CHF2), hydroxyC1-6alkyl (e.g., hydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl), C1-6alkoxyC1-6alkyl (e.g., methoxymethyl, 1-methoxyethyl), and -C(O)-C1-6alkyl (e.g., acetyl); 1.43 The compound of Formula 1.40, wherein said heteroaryl is substituted with an optionally substituted heteroaryl selected from pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, indolyl (e.g., indol-1-yl, or indol-3- yl), indazolyl (e.g., indazol-1-yl, or indazol-3-yl), benzimidazolyl (e.g., benzimidazol-1-yl, or benzimidazol-2-yl), benzisoxazolyl (e.g., benzisoxazol-3-yl), benzisothiazolyl (e.g., benzisothiazol-3-yl), benzoxazolyl (e.g., benzoxazol-2-yl), benzothiazolyl (e.g., benzothiazol-2- yl); 1.44 The compound of Formula 1.40, wherein said heteroaryl is substituted with unsubstituted phenyl or C1-6alkyl (e.g., methyl or t-butyl); 1.45 The compound of Formula 1.40, wherein said heteroaryl is substituted with phenyl substituted with one, two or three groups independently selected from OH, CN, C1-6alkyl (e.g., methyl or t-butyl), halogen (e.g., F or Br), C1-6alkoxy (e.g., methoxy or ethoxy), haloC1-6alkoxy (e.g., OCF3, OCHF2), haloC1-6alkyl (e.g., CF3, CHF2), C3-6cycloalkyl, -C(O)-C1-6alkyl (e.g., acetyl), and 5- or 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, and wherein said alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkyl, is each optionally independently substituted with one or more groups selected from OH, CN, C1-6alkyl (e.g., methyl), halogen (e.g., F or Br), C1-6alkoxy (e.g., methoxy), haloC1-6alkyl (e.g., CF3), haloC1-6alkoxy (e.g., OCF3), and C3-6cycloalkyl; 1.46 The compound Formula 1.45, wherein said heteroaryl is 3-substituted- pyrazol-1-yl, and said substituent is phenyl substituted with one, two or three groups independently selected from CN, C1-6alkyl (e.g., methyl or t- butyl), halogen (e.g., F or Br), C1-6alkoxy (e.g., methoxy or ethoxy), haloC1-6alkoxy (e.g., OCF3), haloC1-6alkyl (e.g., CF3), C3-6cycloalkyl, and 5- or 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, and wherein said alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkyl, is each optionally independently substituted with one or more groups selected from OH, CN, C1-6alkyl (e.g., methyl), halogen (e.g., F or Br), C1-6alkoxy (e.g., methoxy), haloC1-6alkyl (e.g., CF3), haloC1-6alkoxy (e.g., OCF3), and C3-6cycloalkyl; 1.47 The compound Formula 1.45, wherein said heteroaryl is 3-substituted- pyrazol-1-yl, and said substituent is phenyl substituted with one group selected from CN, C1-6alkyl (e.g., methyl or t-butyl), halogen (e.g., F or Br), C1-6alkoxy (e.g., methoxy or ethoxy), haloC1-6alkoxy (e.g., OCF3), and haloC1-6alkyl (e.g., CF3), wherein said alkyl or alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from OH, CN, C1-6alkyl (e.g., methyl), and C1-6alkoxy (e.g., methoxy); 1.48 The compound of Formula 1.47, wherein said phenyl is meta-substituted; 1.49 The compound of Formula 1.47 or 1.48, wherein said phenyl is substituted with one group selected from methyl, bromo, methoxy, ethoxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, hydroxymethyl, methoxymethyl, 1- hydroxyethyl, and 1-methoxyethyl; 1.50 The compound Formula 1.46, wherein said heteroaryl is 2-substituted- thiazol-4-yl, 2-substituted imidazole-4-yl, 2-substituted oxazol-4-yl, 4- substituted imidazole-2-yl, 4-substituted-1,2,3-triazol-2-yl, or 2- substituted-1,2,3-triazol-4-yl, and said substituent is phenyl substituted with one group selected from CN, C1-6alkyl (e.g., methyl or t-butyl), halogen (e.g., F or Br), C1-6alkoxy (e.g., methoxy or ethoxy), haloC1- 6alkoxy (e.g., OCF3), and haloC1-6alkyl (e.g., CF3), wherein said alkyl or alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from OH, CN, C1-6alkyl (e.g., methyl), and C1-6alkoxy (e.g., methoxy); 1.51 The compound of Formula 1.50, wherein said phenyl is meta-substituted; 1.52 The compound of Formula 1.50 or 1.51, wherein said phenyl is substituted with one group selected from methyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, methoxy, ethoxy, trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, hydroxymethyl, methoxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 1- methoxyethyl, and acetyl; 1.53 The compound of Formula 1.52, wherein said phenyl is substituted with methyl; 1.54 The compound of any of Formulas 1.38-1.49, wherein said heteroaryl is an imidazolyl, and in addition to being substituted with said heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl, aryl (e.g., phenyl) or heteroaryl, said imidazolyl is also N-substituted with a C1-6alkyl (e.g., methyl); 1.55 The compound of Formula 1.30, wherein substituent A is selected from the following:
; 1.56 The compound of Formula 1.30, wherein substituent A is selected from: ; 1.57 The compound of Formula 1.30, wherein substituent A is selected from: ; 1.58 The compound of Formula I or any of 1.1-1.29, wherein A is an optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl; 1.59 The compound of Formula 1.58, wherein said heterocycloalkyl is selected from aziridine, azetidine, oxetane, pyrrolidine, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydropyran, morpholine, piperidine, and piperazine; 1.60 The compound of Formula 1.58, wherein said heterocycloalkyl is pyrrolidine; 1.61 Any of Compounds 1.58-1.60, wherein said heterocycloalkyl is substituted with one or more groups selected from OH, CN, C1-6alkyl (e.g., methyl), halogen (e.g., F), C1-6alkoxy (e.g., methoxy), haloC1-6alkyl (e.g., CF3), carboxy (COOH), aryl, heteroaryl, C3-6cycloalkyl, and 3- to 6- membered heterocycloalkyl, wherein said alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl is each optionally independently substituted with one or more groups selected from OH, CN, C1-6alkyl (e.g., methyl or t-butyl), halogen (e.g., F or Br), C1-6alkoxy (e.g., methoxy), haloC1-6alkyl (e.g., CF3), carboxy (COOH), C3-6cycloalkyl, and 5- or 6- membered heterocycloalkyl; 1.62 The compound of Formula 1.61, wherein said heterocycloalkyl is substituted with aryl (e.g., phenyl) or heteroaryl (e.g., pyridyl or pyrimidinyl), wherein said aryl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from OH, CN, C1-6alkyl (e.g., methyl or t- butyl), halogen (e.g., F or Br), C1-6alkoxy (e.g., methoxy), and haloC1- 6alkyl (e.g., CF3); 1.63 The compound of Formula 1.62, wherein said heterocycloalkyl is substituted with unsubstituted phenyl; 1.64 The compound of Formula 1.62, wherein said heterocycloalkyl is substituted with phenyl substituted with one, two or three groups independently selected from CN, C1-6alkyl (e.g., methyl or t-butyl), halogen (e.g., F or Br), C1-6alkoxy (e.g., methoxy), and haloC1-6alkyl (e.g., CF3); 1.65 The compound of Formula I, or any of 1.1-1.29, wherein A is: 1.66 The compound of Formula I, or any of 1.1-1.65, wherein B is optionally substituted aryl or optionally substituted heteroaryl; 1.67 The compound of Formula 1.66, wherein B is selected from halo (e.g., bromo), phenyl, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, pyrazine, triazine, tetrazine, thiophene, furan, pyrrole, oxazole, imidazole, thiazole, pyrazole, isoxazole, isothiazole, indole, indazole, benzimidazole, benzisoxazole, benzisothiazole, benzoxazole, and benzothiazole, each optionally an N- oxide thereof (e.g., pyridyl-N-oxide), and each optionally substituted; 1.68 The compound of Formula 1.66, wherein B is selected from phenyl, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, and pyrazine, each optionally substituted; 1.69 The compound of Formula 1.66, wherein B is selected from pyridine and pyrimidine, each optionally substituted; 1.70 The compound of Formula 1.66, wherein B is optionally substituted pyrazole (e.g., 1-substituted 4-pyrazolyl); 1.71 The compound of Formula 1.69, wherein B is pyridine, e.g., 2-pyridinyl, 3-pyridinyl, or 4-pyridinyl, or 4-pyridinyl-N-oxide, each optionally substituted; 1.72 The compound of Formula 1.66, wherein B is pyrazole substituted with C1-6alkyl, e.g., 1-methyl-4-pyrazolyl; 1.73 The compound of Formula I, or any of 1.1-1.65, wherein B is optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl or heterocycloalkenyl; 1.74 The compound of Formula 1.73, wherein B is selected from morpholine, piperidine, 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridinyl, piperazine, tetrahydropyran, pyrrolidine, tetrahydrofuran, oxetane, azetidine, oxirane, and aziridine, e.g., each optionally substituted with halo (e.g., F), C1-6alkyl (e.g., N- substituted, e.g., N-methyl or N-isopropyl), C3-6cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl), -NH(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., N-methylamino, N- methylcyclopropylamino), -NH(C3-6cycloalkyl), (e.g., N- cyclopropylamino), C1-6alkoxy (e.g., methoxy), -N(C1-6alkyl)(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., dimethylamino), -C(O)(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., acetyl), -C(O)NH2, - C(O)NH(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., C(O)NH(Me)), -C(O)N(C1-6alkyl)(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., C(O)NMe2), -C(O)NH(C3-6cycloalkyl), -C(O)N(C1-6alkyl)(C3- 6cycloalkyl), -NHC(O)(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., NHC(O)Me), -NHC(O)(C3- 6cycloalkyl), -N(C1-6alkyl)C(O)(C1-6alkyl), -SO2-C1-6alkyl (e.g., methylsulfonyl), -SO2-C3-6cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropylsulfonyl), or - S(O)(NH)-C1-6alkyl (e.g., -S(O)(NH)-CH3); 1.75 The compound of Formula 1.74, wherein B is selected from 3-methoxy-3- oxetanyl, 4-(dimethylamino)-1-piperidinyl, 3-(dimethylamino)-1- pyrrolidinyl, 4-methyl-1-piperazinyl, 4-isopropyl-1-piperazinyl, 4- morpholinyl, and 4-(methylsulfonyl)-1-piperazinyl; 1.76 The compound of Formula I, or any of 1.1-1.65, wherein B is optionally substituted -CH2-(3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl); 1.77 The compound of Formula 1.76, wherein B is -CH2-(3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl) and said heterocycloalkyl is selected from morpholine, piperidine, piperazine, tetrahydropyran, pyrrolidine, tetrahydrofuran, oxetane, azetidine, oxirane, and aziridine, each optionally substituted, for example, by halo (e.g., F), C1-6alkyl (e.g., methyl, isopropyl), C3- 6cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl), -NH(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., N- methylamino, N-methylcyclopropylamino), -NH(C3-6cycloalkyl), (e.g., N- cyclopropylamino), -N(C1-6alkyl)(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., dimethylamino), C1- 6alkoxy (e.g., methoxy), -C(O)(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., acetyl), -C(O)NH2, - C(O)NH(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., C(O)NH(Me)), -C(O)N(C1-6alkyl)(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., C(O)NMe2), -C(O)NH(C3-6cycloalkyl), -C(O)N(C1-6alkyl)(C3- 6cycloalkyl), -NHC(O)(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., NHC(O)Me), -NHC(O)(C3- 6cycloalkyl), -N(C1-6alkyl)C(O)(C1-6alkyl), -SO2-C1-6alkyl (e.g., methylsulfonyl), -SO2-C3-6cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropylsulfonyl), - S(O)(NH)-C1-6alkyl (e.g., -S(O)(NH)-CH3), hydroxy(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., 2- hydroxy-2-propyl), -N(C1-6alkyl)(SO2-C1-6alkyl) (e.g., N-methyl-N- (methylsulfonyl)amino), -N(C1-6alkyl)(CO-C1-6alkyl) (e.g., N-methyl-N- (acetyl)amino), or heterocycloalkyl (e.g., 4-morpholinyl, 1-pyrrolidinyl, 1- azetidinyl, 1,3-dioxolan-2-yl, 4-tetrahydropyranyl), or a combination thereof; 1.78 The compound of Formula 1.77, wherein B is selected from -CH2- (morpholine), -CH2-(piperidine), -CH2-(piperazine), and -CH2- (pyrrolidine), each optionally substituted, for example, by halo (e.g., F), C1-6alkyl (e.g., methyl, isopropyl), C3-6cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl), -NH(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., N-methylamino, N- methylcyclopropylamino), -NH(C3-6cycloalkyl), (e.g., N- cyclopropylamino), -N(C1-6alkyl)(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., dimethylamino), C1- 6alkoxy (e.g., methoxy), -C(O)(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., acetyl), -C(O)NH2, - C(O)NH(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., C(O)NH(Me)), -C(O)N(C1-6alkyl)(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., C(O)NMe2), -C(O)NH(C3-6cycloalkyl), -C(O)N(C1-6alkyl)(C3- 6cycloalkyl), -NHC(O)(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., NHC(O)Me), -NHC(O)(C3- 6cycloalkyl), -N(C1-6alkyl)C(O)(C1-6alkyl), -SO2-C1-6alkyl (e.g., methylsulfonyl), -SO2-C3-6cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropylsulfonyl), - S(O)(NH)-C1-6alkyl (e.g., -S(O)(NH)-CH3), hydroxy(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., 2- hydroxy-2-propyl), -N(C1-6alkyl)(SO2-C1-6alkyl) (e.g., N-methyl-N- (methylsulfonyl)amino), -N(C1-6alkyl)(CO-C1-6alkyl) (e.g., N-methyl-N-( acetyl)amino), or heterocycloalkyl (e.g., 4-morpholinyl, 1-pyrrolidinyl, 1- azetidinyl, 1,3-dioxolan-2-yl, 4-tetrahydropyranyl), or a combination thereof; 1.79 The compound of Formula 1.77 or 1.78, wherein the -CH2- of the CH2-(3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl) is substituted by a methyl group, i.e., it is a -CH(CH3)-(3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl) (e.g., CH(CH3)- (piperidine), CH(CH3)-(piperazine), or CH(CH3)-(pyrrolidine), each optionally further substituted as set forth above; 1.80 The compound of Formula I, or any of 1.1-1.65, wherein B is optionally substituted –(CO)-(3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl); 1.81 The compound of Formula 1.80, wherein B is –(CO)-(3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl) and said heterocycloalkyl is selected from morpholine, piperidine, piperazine, tetrahydropyran, pyrrolidine, tetrahydrofuran, oxetane, azetidine, oxirane, and aziridine, each optionally substituted, for example, by halo (e.g., F), C1-6alkyl (e.g., methyl, isopropyl), C3- 6cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl), -NH(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., N- methylamino, N-methylcyclopropylamino), -NH(C3-6cycloalkyl), (e.g., N- cyclopropylamino), -N(C1-6alkyl)(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., dimethylamino), C1- 6alkoxy (e.g., methoxy), -C(O)(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., acetyl), -C(O)NH2, - C(O)NH(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., C(O)NH(Me)), -C(O)N(C1-6alkyl)(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., C(O)NMe2), -C(O)NH(C3-6cycloalkyl), -C(O)N(C1-6alkyl)(C3- 6cycloalkyl), -NHC(O)(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., NHC(O)Me), -NHC(O)(C3- 6cycloalkyl), -N(C1-6alkyl)C(O)(C1-6alkyl),-SO2-C1-6alkyl (e.g., methylsulfonyl), -SO2-C3-6cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropylsulfonyl), - S(O)(NH)-C1-6alkyl (e.g., -S(O)(NH)-CH3), hydroxy(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., 2- hydroxy-2-propyl), -N(C1-6alkyl)(SO2-C1-6alkyl) (e.g., N-methyl-N- (methylsulfonyl)amino), -N(C1-6alkyl)(CO-C1-6alkyl) (e.g., N-methyl-N-( acetyl)amino), or heterocycloalkyl (e.g., 4-morpholinyl, 1-pyrrolidinyl, 1- azetidinyl, 1,3-dioxolan-2-yl, 4-tetrahydropyranyl), or a combination thereof; 1.82 The compound of Formula 1.81, wherein B is selected from -(CO)- (morpholine), -(CO)-(piperidine), -(CO)-(piperazine), and -(CO)- (pyrrolidine), each optionally substituted, for example, by halo (e.g., F), C1-6alkyl (e.g., methyl, isopropyl), C3-6cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl), -NH(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., N-methylamino, N- methylcyclopropylamino), -NH(C3-6cycloalkyl), (e.g., N- cyclopropylamino), -N(C1-6alkyl)(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., dimethylamino), C1- 6alkoxy (e.g., methoxy), -C(O)(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., acetyl), -C(O)NH2, - C(O)NH(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., C(O)NH(Me)), -C(O)N(C1-6alkyl)(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., C(O)NMe2), -C(O)NH(C3-6cycloalkyl), -C(O)N(C1-6alkyl)(C3- 6cycloalkyl), -NHC(O)(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., NHC(O)Me), -NHC(O)(C3- 6cycloalkyl), -N(C1-6alkyl)C(O)(C1-6alkyl), -SO2-C1-6alkyl (e.g., methylsulfonyl), -SO2-C3-6cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropylsulfonyl), - S(O)(NH)-C1-6alkyl (e.g., -S(O)(NH)-CH3), hydroxy(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., 2- hydroxy-2-propyl), -N(C1-6alkyl)(SO2-C1-6alkyl) (e.g., N-methyl-N- (methylsulfonyl)amino), -N(C1-6alkyl)(CO-C1-6alkyl) (e.g., N-methyl-N-( acetyl)amino), or heterocycloalkyl (e.g., 4-morpholinyl, 1-pyrrolidinyl, 1- azetidinyl, 1,3-dioxolan-2-yl, 4-tetrahydropyranyl), or a combination thereof; 1.83 The compound of Formula I, or any of 1.1-1.65, wherein B is optionally substituted C1-6alkyl (e.g., wherein B is methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl n- butyl, s-butyl, or t-butyl, optionally further substituted by methyl, ethyl, etc.), for example, substituted by OH, C3-6cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl), -NH(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., N-methylamino, N- methylcyclopropylamino), -NH(C3-6cycloalkyl), (e.g., N- cyclopropylamino), -N(C1-6alkyl)(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., dimethylamino), C1- 6alkoxy (e.g., methoxy), -C(O)(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., acetyl), -C(O)NH2, - C(O)NH(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., C(O)NH(Me)), -C(O)N(C1-6alkyl)(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., C(O)NMe2), -C(O)NH(C3-6cycloalkyl), -C(O)N(C1-6alkyl)(C3- 6cycloalkyl), -NHC(O)(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., NHC(O)Me), -NHC(O)(C3- 6cycloalkyl), -N(C1-6alkyl)C(O)(C1-6alkyl), -SO2-C1-6alkyl (e.g., methylsulfonyl), -SO2-C3-6cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropylsulfonyl), - S(O)(NH)-C1-6alkyl (e.g., -S(O)(NH)-CH3), hydroxy(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., 2- hydroxy-2-propyl), -N(C1-6alkyl)(SO2-C1-6alkyl) (e.g., N-methyl-N- (methylsulfonyl)amino), -N(C1-6alkyl)(CO-C1-6alkyl) (e.g., N-methyl-N-( acetyl)amino), or heterocycloalkyl (e.g., 4-morpholinyl, 1-pyrrolidinyl, 1- azetidinyl, 1,3-dioxolan-2-yl, 4-tetrahydropyranyl); 1.84 The compound of Formula I, or any of 1.1-1.65, wherein B is optionally substituted C3-6cycloalkyl (e.g., wherein B is cyclopropyl, or cyclobutyl), for example, substituted by OH, C1-6alkyl (e.g., methyl), C3-6cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl), -NH(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., N-methylamino, N- methylcyclopropylamino), -NH(C3-6cycloalkyl), (e.g., N- cyclopropylamino), -N(C1-6alkyl)(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., dimethylamino), C1- 6alkoxy (e.g., methoxy), -C(O)(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., acetyl), -C(O)NH2, - C(O)NH(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., C(O)NH(Me)), -C(O)N(C1-6alkyl)(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., C(O)NMe2), -C(O)NH(C3-6cycloalkyl), -C(O)N(C1-6alkyl)(C3- 6cycloalkyl), -NHC(O)(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., NHC(O)Me), -NHC(O)(C3- 6cycloalkyl), -N(C1-6alkyl)C(O)(C1-6alkyl), -SO2-C1-6alkyl (e.g., methylsulfonyl), -SO2-C3-6cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropylsulfonyl), - S(O)(NH)-C1-6alkyl (e.g., -S(O)(NH)-CH3), hydroxy(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., 2- hydroxy-2-propyl), -N(C1-6alkyl)(SO2-C1-6alkyl) (e.g., N-methyl-N- (methylsulfonyl)amino), -N(C1-6alkyl)(CO-C1-6alkyl) (e.g., N-methyl-N-( acetyl)amino), or heterocycloalkyl (e.g., 4-morpholinyl, 1-pyrrolidinyl, 1- azetidinyl, 1,3-dioxolan-2-yl, 4-tetrahydropyranyl); 1.85 The compound of Formula I, or any of 1.1-1.65, wherein B is optionally substituted -CH2-(6- to 12-membered bicyclic heterocycloalkyl); 1.86 The compound of Formula I, or any of 1.1-1.65, wherein B is optionally substituted –(CO)-(6- to 12-membered bicyclic heterocycloalkyl); 1.87 The compound of Formula 1.85 or 1.86, wherein said bicyclic heterocycloalkyl is a bridged heterocycloalkyl, for example, selected from: r 1.88 The compound of Formula 1.85 or 1.86, wherein said bicyclic heterocycloalkyl is a spiro heterocycloalkyl, for example, selected from: ; 1.89 The compound of Formula 1.85 or 1.86, wherein said bicyclic heterocycloalkyl is a fused heterocycloalkyl, for example, selected from: 1.90 The compound of Formula 1.87, 1.88, or 1.89, wherein the ring -NH- is substituted by a C1-6alkyl (e.g., methyl) and/or wherein a ring carbon is substituted by a -N(C1-6alkyl)(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., -NMe2); 1.91 The compound of Formula I, or any of Compounds 1.1-1.90, wherein substituent B is substituted with one or more groups selected from OH, CN, C1-6alkyl (e.g., methyl, isopropyl, 2-hydroxy-2-propyl), halogen (e.g., F), C1-6alkoxy (e.g., methoxy), haloC1-6alkyl (e.g., CF3), carboxy (COOH), -NH(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., N-methylamino, N-methylcyclopropylamino), - NH(C3-6cycloalkyl) (e.g., N-cyclopropylamino), -N(C1-6alkyl)(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., dimethylamino), -C(O)(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., acetyl), -C(O)NH2, - C(O)NH(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., C(O)NH(Me)), -C(O)N(C1-6alkyl)(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., C(O)NMe2), -C(O)NH(C3-6cycloalkyl), -C(O)N(C1-6alkyl)(C3- 6cycloalkyl), -NHC(O)(C3-6cycloalkyl), -N(C1-6alkyl)C(O)(C1-6alkyl), - SO-C1-6alkyl(e.g., methylsulfonyl), -SO2-C1-6alkyl, -NH-SO2-(C1-6alkyl), - SO2-C3-6cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropylsulfonyl), -S(O)(NH)-C1-6alkyl (e.g., -S(O)(NH)-CH3), -N(C1-6alkyl)-SO2-(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., N-methyl-N- (methylsulfonyl)amino), -NH-C(O)-(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., N-acetylamino), - N(C1-6alkyl)-C(O)-(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., N-methyl-N-(acetyl)amino), aryl, heteroaryl, C3-6cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl), and 3- to 6- membered heterocycloalkyl (e.g., 4-morpholinyl, 1-pyrrolidinyl, 1- azetidinyl, 1,3-dioxolan-2-yl, 4-tetrahydropyranyl), or a combination thereof, wherein said alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl is each optionally independently substituted with one or more groups selected from OH, CN, C1-6alkyl (e.g., methyl or t-butyl), halogen (e.g., F or Br), C1-6alkoxy (e.g., methoxy), haloC1-6alkyl (e.g., CF3), carboxy (COOH), C3-6cycloalkyl, and 5- or 6-membered heterocycloalkyl; 1.92 The compound of Formula 1.91, wherein substituent B is substituted with one or two groups selected from halogen (e.g., F), C1-6alkyl (e.g., methyl, isopropyl, 2-hydroxy-2-propyl), C3-6cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl), -NH(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., N-methylamino, N- methylcyclopropylamino), -NH(C3-6cycloalkyl) (e.g., N- cyclopropylamino), -N(C1-6alkyl)(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., dimethylamino), -SO- C1-6alkyl (e.g., methylsulfonyl), -SO2-C1-6alkyl, -NH-SO2-(C1-6alkyl), - N(C1-6alkyl)-SO2-(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., N-methyl-N-(methylsulfonyl)amino), - NH-C(O)-(C1-6alkyl), -N(C1-6alkyl)-C(O)-(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., N-methyl-N- acetylamino), and 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl (e.g., 4- morpholinyl, 1-pyrrolidinyl, 1-azetidinyl, 1,3-dioxolan-2-yl, 4- tetrahydropyranyl), wherein said alkyl is optionally independently substituted with one or more groups selected from OH and halogen; 1.93 The compound of Formula 1.92, wherein each of said C1-6alkyl is methyl or ethyl; 1.94 The compound of Formula I, or any one of Formulas 1.1-1.93, wherein group B is -CH2-(piperidine), -CH2-(piperazine), -CH2-(pyrrolidine), - CH2-(azetidine), -(CO)-(piperidine), -(CO)-(piperazine), or -(CO)- (pyrrolidine), substituted by one or two groups selected from the group consisting of fluoro, C1-6alkyl (e.g., methyl), -N(C1-6alkyl)(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., -NMe2), -SO2-C1-6alkyl (e.g., -SO2-Me), -N(C1-6alkyl)-SO2-(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., -N(Me)-SO2-Me), -N(C1-6alkyl)-C(O)-(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., -N(Me)- C(O)-Me), azetidinyl (e.g.,1-azetidinyl), pyrrolidinyl (e.g., 1-pyrrolidinyl), and C1-6alkyl substituted by OH (e.g., -C(Me)2OH), or wherein group B is unsubstituted -CH2-(morpholine); 1.95 The compound of Formula 1.94, wherein said group B is substituted by a single one of said groups; 1.96 The compound of Formula 1.94, said group B is substituted by one fluoro and one group selected from -N(C1-6alkyl)(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., -NMe2), - C(O)NH2, -C(O)NH(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., C(O)NH(Me)), -C(O)N(C1- 6alkyl)(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., C(O)NMe2), -C(O)NH(C3-6cycloalkyl), - C(O)N(C1-6alkyl)(C3-6cycloalkyl), -NHC(O)(C3-6cycloalkyl), -N(C1- 6alkyl)C(O)(C1-6alkyl), azetidinyl (e.g.,1-azetidinyl), and pyrrolidinyl (e.g., 1-pyrrolidinyl); 1.97 The compound of any of Formulas 1.94-1.96, wherein the -CH2- of the CH2-(3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl) is substituted by a methyl group, i.e., it is a -CH(CH3)-(piperidine), CH(CH3)-(piperazine), or CH(CH3)-(pyrrolidine), each optionally further substituted as set forth above; 1.98 The compound of Formula I, or any one of Formulas 1.1-1.93, wherein group B is -(CO)-N(Ra)-R2, optionally wherein Ra is H or methyl, and R2 is optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, optionally substituted C3-6cycloalkyl, or optionally substituted 3- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl; 1.99 Compound 1.98, wherein Ra is H and R2 is tetrahydropyranyl, oxetanyl, cyclopropyl, 1-(cyclopropyl)ethyl, piperidinyl, 1-methyl-4-piperidinyl, 1- methyl-3-piperidinyl, pyridyl, 1-methyl-3-pyrrolidinyl, or 1-methyl-3- azetidinyl; 1.100 The compound of Formula I, or any one of Formulas 1.1-1.93, wherein group B is N(Ra)-R2, optionally wherein Ra is H or methyl, and R2 is optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, optionally substituted C3-6cycloalkyl, or optionally substituted 3- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl; 1.101 Compound 1.100, wherein Ra is H or methyl, and R2 is 1-methyl-4- piperidinyl or 2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl; 1.102 The compound of Formula I, or any one of Formulas 1.1-1.93, wherein B is N(Ra)-(CO)-R2, optionally wherein Ra is H or methyl, and R2 is optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, optionally substituted C3-6cycloalkyl, or optionally substituted 3- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl; 1.103 Compound 1.102, wherein Ra is H and R2 is tetrahydropyranyl or morpholinyl; 1.104 The compound of Formula I, or any of 1.1-1.103, wherein group B is selected from the group consisting of: 1.105 The compound of Formula I, or any of 1.1-1.103, wherein group B is selected from the group consisting of:
1.106 The compound of Formula I, or any of 1.1-1.103, wherein group B is selected from the group consisting of: 1.107 The compound of Formula I, or any of 1.1-1.103, wherein group B is selected from the group consisting of: 1.108 The compound of Formula I, or any of 1.1-1.103, wherein group B is selected from the group consisting of:
10 1.110 The compound of Formula I, or any of 1.1-1.103, wherein group B is selected from the group consisting of: 1.111 The compound of Formula I, or any of 1.1-1.103, wherein group B is selected from the group consisting of: 1.112 The compound of Formula I, or any of 1.1-1.103, wherein group B is selected from the group consisting of: 1.113 The compound of Formula I, or any of 1.1-1.103, wherein group B is selected from the group consisting of:
1.114 The compound of Formula I, or any of 1.1-1.103, wherein group B is selected from the group consisting of: 1.115 The compound of Formula I, or any of 1.1-1.103, wherein group B is selected from the group consisting of:
1.116 The compound of Formula I, or any of 1.1-1.103, wherein group B is selected from the group consisting of: 1.117 The compound of Formula I, or any of 1.1-1.103, wherein group B is selected from the group consisting of: 1.118 The compound of Formula I, or any of 1.1-1.103, wherein group B is selected from the group consisting of:
1.120 The compound of Formula I, or any of 1.1-1.103, wherein group B is selected from the group consisting of:
1.121 The compound of Formula I, or any of 1.1-1.103, wherein group B is selected from the group consisting of: 1.122 The compound of Formula I, or any of 1.1-1.103, wherein group B is selected from the group consisting of:
1.123 The compound of Formula I, or any of 1.1-1.103, wherein group B is selected from the group consisting of: 1.124 The compound of Formula I, or any of Compounds 1.1-1.123, wherein substituent B is unsubstituted; 1.125 The compound of Formula I, or any of Compounds 1.1-1.124, wherein R1 is C1-6alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, or C1-6alkoxy, each substituted with an optionally substituted 3- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl; 1.126 The compound of Formula I, or any of Compounds 1.1-1.124, wherein R1 is -C(O)-R2, -C(O)O-R2, -OC(O)-R2, -C(O)N(Ra)-R2, -N(Ra)C(O)-R2, - N(Ra)-R2, or -O-R2; and wherein R2 is an optionally substituted 3- to 7- membered heterocycloalkyl; 1.127 The compound of Formula I, or any of Compounds 1.1-1.124, wherein R1 is an optionally substituted 3- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl; 1.128 The compound of any of Formulas 1.125-1.127, wherein said heterocycloalkyl is selected from aziridine, azetidine, oxirane, oxetane, pyrrolidine (e.g., 3,3-difluoropyrrolidin-1-yl), pyrrolidinone (e.g., 1- pyrrolidin-3-one), tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydropyran (e.g., tetrahydropyran- 4-yl), dihydropyran (e.g., 3,6-dihydropyran-4-yl), morpholine, piperidine, piperazine, and oxa-azaspiro[3.3]heptane (e.g., 2-oxa-6- azaspiro[3.3]heptan-6-yl), 1,4-oxazepan-4-yl, 3-oxa-6- azabicyclo[3.1.1]heptan-6-yl, and 2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl, wherein each said heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted; 1.129 The compound of Formula 1.128, wherein said heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted morpholine (e.g., 2-methylmorpholin-4-yl, or 3- methylmorpholin-4-yl, or morpholin-4-yl (i.e., N-morpholinyl)); 1.130 The compound of Formula 1.128, wherein said heterocycloalkyl is selected from (e.g., 3,3-difluoropyrrolidin-1-yl), 1-pyrrolidin-3-one, and 2- oxa-6-azaspiro[3.3]heptan-6-yl; 1.131 The compound of any of Formulas 1.113-1.118, wherein said heterocycloalkyl is substituted with one or more groups selected from OH, CN, C1-6alkyl (e.g., methyl), halogen (e.g., F), C1-6alkoxy (e.g., methoxy), haloC1-6alkyl (e.g., CF3), and carboxy (COOH); 1.132 The compound of any of Formulas 1.125-1.131, wherein said heterocycloalkyl is unsubstituted (e.g., unsubstituted morpholin-4-yl); 1.133 The compound according to Formula I or any of Formulas 1.1-1.132, wherein the compound is selected from: ; 1.134 The compound according to Formula I or any of Formulas 1.1-1.132, wherein the compound is selected from the compounds listed in Table 1 below; 1.135 The compound according to Formula I or any of Formulas 1.1-1.132, wherein the compound is selected from the compounds listed in Table 2 below; 1.136 The compound according to Formula I or any of Formulas 1.1-1.135, wherein the compound is in free base form; 1.137 The compound according to Formula I or any of Formulas 1.1-1.135, wherein the compound is in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt (e.g., hydrochloride); 1.138 The compound according to Formula I or any of Formulas 1.1-1.137, wherein the compound is an inhibitor of PIKFYVE (e.g., the compound having a Ki or IC50 of less than 10 μM, or less than 1 μM, or less than 100 nM, or less than 50 nM, or less than 25 nM, or less than 10 nM; and/or the compound provides >50% inhibition at a concentration of 1 μM, or > 75%, or > 85% or > 90% inhibition at said concentration; in free or pharmaceutically acceptable salt form. In some embodiments, it is further provided that the compound of Formula I as hereinbefore defined does not include in its scope any compound, in free or any salt form, specifically disclosed in any of the following references: WO 2007/127183, WO 2009/013545, WO 2009/042607, WO 2009/053716, WO 2010/138589, WO 2012/104776, WO 2016/157074, WO 2019/113523, WO2021/057256 (Chinese), WO 2023/055181 (Chinese), U.S. Patents 7,750,556, and 8,044,068. In a second aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of Formula I or any of 1.1-1.138 as described herein, in free or pharmaceutically acceptable salt form, in admixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier. In some embodiments, the composition is a composition for oral administration, such as a tablet or capsule. In some embodiments, such an oral dosage form is an immediate-release composition, or a delayed release composition, or a sustained release composition. In other embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is an injectable composition, such as for intravenous, intramuscular, intrathecal, intraabdominal, intraperitoneal, or subcutaneous injection. In other embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition may be an inhalational composition, including powdered and aerosol compositions (i.e., gas liquid/emulsions), such as an intranasal composition (e.g., spray) or an intrapulmonary composition (e.g., metered dose inhaler). Pharmaceutical compositions include all compositions wherein the compounds of the present invention are contained in an amount that is effective to achieve its intended purpose. While individual needs vary, determination of optimal ranges of effective amounts of each component is within the skill of the art. Typically, the compounds may be administered to mammals, e.g., humans, orally at a dose of 0.0025 to 50 mg/kg, or an equivalent amount of the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, per day of the body weight of the mammal being treated for insomnia. For intramuscular injection, the dose is generally about one-half of the oral dose. The unit oral dose may comprise from about 0.01 to about 1000 mg, preferably about 0.1 to about 100 mg of the compound, or 0.1 to 50 mg. The unit dose may be administered one or more times daily as needed to achieve the desired intended daily dosage. The compounds of Formula I or any of 1.1-1.138 as described herein are highly effective inhibitors of PIKFYVE, preferably producing inhibition at nanomolar concentrations. In some embodiments the compounds are selective PIKFYVE inhibitors, e.g., the compounds have little or no inhibitory activity of other kinases, for example, other lipid kinases (e.g., other phosphoinositide kinases, such as phosphoinositide 3-kinases, phosphoinositide 4-kinases, phosphoinositide 5-kinases, phosphoinositide-5-phosphate 4- kinases, and phosphatidyl inositol 4-phosphate 5-kinases), and protein kinases (e.g., tyrosine kinases and serine-threonine kinases). In some embodiments, the compounds have a Kd or IC50 of greater than 100 nM, or greater than 500 nM, or greater than 1000 nM, or greater than 10,000 nM, or greater than 50,000 nM against one or more of these other kinases, and/or the compound provides <50% inhibition at a concentration of 1 μM, or <25%, or <10%% or <5%, or < 1% inhibition at said concentration against one or more of these other kinases. PIKFYVE inhibitors according to the invention are therefore useful for treatment and prophylaxis of diseases and disorders which may be ameliorated by modulating (e.g., inhibiting) PIKFYVE-dependent signaling pathways or by modulating (e.g., inhibiting) endosome formation or trafficking. Therefore, in the third aspect, the invention provides a method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a disease or disorder characterized by dysregulation of phosphoinositide- mediated signal transduction pathways or which may be ameliorated by modulating (e.g., inhibiting) PIKFYVE-dependent signaling pathways or by modulating (e.g., inhibiting) endosome formation or trafficking, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of the compound of Formula I, or any of formulae 1.1-1.138 as described herein, in free or pharmaceutically acceptable salt form. In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is a hyperproliferative disease (e.g., cancer, such as MET- or RAS- dependent cancers), an autoimmune disease (such as Crohn’s disease or rheumatoid arthritis), a neurological disease (such as amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS) and fronto-temporal dementia (FTD), and in particular C9FTD/ALS), diabetes or prediabetes, or Francois-Neetens corneal fleck dystrophy. In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is a cancer, such as a cancer having a genotype or phenotype indicative of PIKFYVE overactivity or Sac1 underactivity. Cancer which may be amenable to treatment with a PIKFYVE inhibitor include, but are not limited to, non- Hodgkin lymphoma, multiple myeloma, melanoma, liver cancer, glioblastoma, multiple myeloma, prostate cancer and breast cancer. In particular embodiments, the cancer is castration-resistant prostate cancer. In particular embodiments, the cancer having activated MET or RAS signaling pathways. In some embodiments the disease or disorder is infection by an enveloped virus, such as a virus which gains cellular entry by endocytosis. Such viruses include, but are not limited to, Ebola, influenza A, vesicular stomatitis virus, Lassa fever virus, lymphocytic choriomeningitis virus, and coronaviruses (including MERS-CoV, SARS-CoV and SARS-CoV-2). Thus, in another embodiment, the present disclosure provides a method for treating or preventing a viral infection by an enveloped virus, such as Ebola, influenza A, vesicular stomatitis virus, Lassa fever virus, lymphocytic choriomeningitis virus, and coronaviruses (including MERS-CoV, SARS- CoV and SARS-CoV-2). The PIKFYVE inhibitor compounds described herein for the treatment or prophylaxis of a disease or disorder according to the foregoing methods may be used as a sole therapeutic agent or may be used in combination with one or more other therapeutic agents useful for the treatment of said diseases or disorders. Such other agents include inhibitors of other protein kinases or other proteins associated with cancer development (for example, serine-threonine kinases, tyrosine kinases, growth factor receptors), traditional cytotoxic anticancer agents (e.g., DNA alkylating agents, antimetabolites, anti-microtubule agents, topoisomerase inhibitors, and cytotoxic antibiotics), and monoclonal antibody therapies (e.g., pembrolizumab, rituximab, trastuzumab, alemtuzumab, cetuximab, panitumumab, bevacizumab, and ipilimumab). Small molecule targeted therapies include inhibitors of such proteins as Bcr-Abl kinase, PDGFR, EGFR, VEGFR, RAF kinases, Ras-kinases, c-Kit, Src kinase, ephrin receptors, HER2/neu (ErbB2), proteasomes, estrogen receptors, JAK kinase, ALK, Bcl-2, PARP, PI3K, Braf, MEK, MAPK, CDK, HSP90, mTOR, inhibitors of checkpoint proteins (e.g., PD1, PDL1 and CTLA inhibitors), and modulators of the adaptive and innate immune system. Examples of these small molecule inhibitors include imatinib, gefitinib, erlotinib, sorafenib, sunitinib, dasatinib, lapatinib, nilotinib, bortezomib, tamoxifen, tofacitinib, crizotinib, obatoclax, navitoclax, gossypol, iniparib, olaparib, perifosine, apatinib, vemurafenib, dabrafenib, trametinib, CDK inhibitors, temsirolimus, everolimus, vemurafenib, and trametinib. Cytotoxic chemotherapeutic agents include cyclophosphamide, chlormethine, uramustine, melphalan, chlorambucil, ifosfamide, bendamustine, carmustine, lomustine, streptozotocin, busulfan, cisplatin, carboplatin, dicycloplatin, eptaplatin, lobaplatin, miriplatin, nedaplatin, oxaliplatin, picoplatin, satraplatin, triplatin, procarbazine, altretamine, dacarbazine, temozolomide, 5- fluorouracil, 6-mercaptopurine, thioguanine, capecitabine, azacytidine, decitabine, nelarabine, cladribine, clofarabine, cytarabine, floxuridine, fludarabine, gemcitabine, pentostatin, hydroxycarbamide, methotrexate, pemetrexed, daunorubicin, doxorubicin, epirubicin, idarubicin, actinomycin-D, bleomycin, mitomycin-C, mitoxantrone, vincristine, vinblastine, vinorelbine, vindesine, vinflunine, paclitaxel, docetaxel, etoposide, teniposide, irinotecan, topotecan, novobiocin, aclarubicin, pirarubicin, and aclarubicin. In some embodiments, particularly for the treatment of a cancer having activated MET or RAS signaling pathways, the compounds of the present disclosure are combined with compounds which inhibit MET activity or inhibit RAS activity, or inhibit upstream or downstream effectors in the MET or RAS signaling pathways, such as salirasib, tipifarnib, lonafarnib, crizotinib, cabozanitib, tivantinib, and tepotinib. In a particular embodiment, the cancer to be treated is a prostate cancer (e.g., a castration- resistant prostate cancer and the compound of the present disclosure is combined with an anti-PD-1 antibody or a PD-1 inhibitor, such as pembrolizumab. Such other agents also include small-molecule antiviral agents, such entry inhibitors, uncoating inhibitors, transcription or reverse transcription inhibitors, integrase inhibitors, translation inhibitors, protease inhibitors, assembly inhibitors, release inhibitors, and immune system stimulants (e.g., interferons). Examples of such agents include: abacavir, acyclovir, adefovir, amantadine, ampligen, amprenavir, arbidol umfenovir, atazanavir, atripla, baloxavir marboxil, biktarvy, boceprevir, bulevirtide, cidofovir, cobicistat, combivir, daclatasvir, darunavir, delavirdine, descovy, didanosine, docosanol, dolutegravir, doravirine, edoxudine, efavirenz, elvitegravir, emtricitabine, enfuvirtide, entecavir, etravirine, famciclovir, favipiravir, fomivirsen, fosamprenavir, foscarnet, ganciclovir, ibacitabine, ibalizumab, idoxuridine, imiquimod, imunovir, indinavir, lamivudine, letermovir, lopinavir, lopinavir/ritonavir combination, loviride, maraviroc, methisazone, molnupiravir, moroxydine, nelfinavir, nevirapine, nexavir, nirmatrelvir, nirmatrelvir/ritonavir combination, nitazoxanide, norvir, oseltamivir, penciclovir, peramivir, pleconaril, raltegravir, remdesivir, ribavirin, rifampicin, rimantadine, ritonavir, saquinavir, simeprevir, sofosbuvir, stavudine, taribavirin, telaprevir, telbivudine, tenofovir, tenofovir alafenamide, tenofovir disoproxil, tipranavir, trifluridine, trizivir, tromantadine, Truvada (emtricitabine/tenofovir combination), umfenovir, valaciclovir, valganciclovir, vicriviroc, vidarabine, zalcitabine, zanamivir, and zidovudine. In a preferred embodiment, especially when the treatment is directed to a coronavirus infection, the other agents may be selected from lopinavir, molnupiravir, nirmatrelvir, remdesivir, ritonavir, tenofovir, lopinavir/ritonavir combination, and nirmatrelvir/ritonavir combination. Other agents that might be combined with the compounds of the present invention include: corticosteroids, methotrexate, thiopurine, chloroquine, hydroxychloroquine, sulfasalazine, leflunomide, certolizumab, infliximab, etanercept, abatacept, anakinra, rituximab, tocilizumab, cyclosporin, golimumab, adalimumab, insulin, exenatide, liraglutide, pramlintide, metformin, phenformin, buformin, rosiglitazone, pioglitazone, troglitazone, tolbutamide, acetohexamide, tolazamide, chlorpropamide, glipizide, glyburide, glimepiride, gliclazide, glyclopyramide, gliquidone, meglitinide, repaglinide, nateglinide, miglitol, acarbose, voglibose, taspoglutide, lixisenatide, semaglutide, dulaglutide, vildagliptin, sitagliptin, saxagliptin, linagliptin, alogliptin, septagliptin, teneligliptin, gemigliptin, dapagliflozin, canagliflozin, empagliflozin, and remogliflozin, In another aspect, the invention provides the following: (i) the compound of Formula I or any of 1.1-1.138 as described herein, in free or pharmaceutically acceptable salt form, for use in any of the methods or in the treatment or prophylaxis of any disease or disorder as set forth herein, (ii) a combination as described hereinbefore, comprising a compound of Formula I or any of 1.1-1.138 as described herein, in free or pharmaceutically acceptable salt form and a second therapeutic agent useful for the treatment or prophylaxis of any disease or disorder set forth herein; (iii) use of the compound of Formula I or any of 1.1-1.138, in free or pharmaceutically acceptable salt form, or the combination described herein, (in the manufacture of a medicament) for the treatment or prophylaxis of any disease or condition as set forth herein, (iv) the compound of Formula I or any of 1.1-1.138, in free or pharmaceutically acceptable salt form, the combination described herein or the pharmaceutical composition of the invention as hereinbefore described for use in the treatment or prophylaxis of any disease or condition as set forth herein. If not otherwise specified or clear from context, the following terms herein have the following meanings: (a) “Alkyl” as used herein is a saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon moiety, preferably saturated, preferably having one to six carbon atoms, in some embodiments, one to four carbon atoms, which may be linear or branched, and may be optionally mono-, di- or tri- substituted, e.g., with halogen (e.g., chloro or fluoro) or hydroxy. Exemplary “C1-6 alkyl” groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, etc. Of course, other “C1-6 alkyl” groups will be readily apparent to those of skill in the art given the benefit of the present disclosure. (b) “Aryl” as used herein means any carbocyclic aromatic ring system, i.e., any aromatic ring system comprising only carbon atoms as ring atoms. This includes 6-membered monocyclic aryl ring systems and 9-membered or 10-membered fused bicyclic aryl ring systems, and larger fused ring systems, as long such ring systems comprise at least one 6-membered aromatic carbocyclic ring (i.e., a benzene ring) within the fused ring system, and as long as no ring-atoms are heteroatoms. Aryl includes phenyl and napthyl. (c) “Heteroaryl” as used herein means any cyclic heteroaromatic ring system, i.e., any aromatic ring system comprising at least one heteroatom (e.g., N, S, or O) ring atom. This includes 5-membered and 6-membered monocyclic heteroaryl ring systems and 9-membered or 10-membered fused bicyclic heteroaryl ring systems, and larger fused ring systems, as long such ring systems comprise at least one aromatic carbocyclic or aromatic heterocyclic ring within the fused ring system and at least one heteroatom (e.g., N, S or O) ring-atom within the fused ring system (either in an aromatic ring or non-aromatic ring). Heteroaryl therefore includes bicyclic fused ring system selected from aromatic-heteroaromatic, aromatic-heterocyclic, heteroaromatic-carbocyclic, heterocyclic-aromatic, and heteroaromatic-heteroaromatic, as well as larger fused ring systems comprising some combination of benzene, cycloalkane, heterocycloalkane and heteroaromatic rings. Exemplary heteroaryl groups include furyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyrrolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, imidazolyl, 1,3,5-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,3-oxadiazolyl, 1,3,5-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,3-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, 1,2,4-triazinyl, 1,2,3- triazinyl, 1,3,5-triazinyl, pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridinyl, cinnolinyl, pteridinyl, purinyl, 6,7-dihydro-5H-[1 ]pyridinyl, benzo[b]thiophenyl, 5,6,7,8- tetrahydro-quinolin-3-yl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzimidazolyl, thianapthenyl, isothianapthenyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, isoindolyl, indolyl, indolizinyl, indazolyl, isoquinolyl, quinolyl, phthalazinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl and benzoxazinyl, etc. It is understood that for heteroaryl systems in which the both ring carbon atoms and ring heteroatoms have open valencies, bonds can be formed to either such atom types (e.g., C-linked or N-linked). For example, where a pyrazolyl moiety is the group A, substituted at one atom to connect to the core of the compound of Formula I, and substituted at one or more other atoms with other substituent groups, either the core of the Compound of Formula I or any one or more other substituents may be attached to either a pyrazole ring nitrogen atom (N-linked) or a pyrazole ring carbon atom (C-linked). (d) “Heterocycloalkyl” means any cyclic nonaromatic ring system comprising at least one heteroatom (e.g., N, S, or O) ring atom. This includes 3- to 12- membered monocyclic and fused bicyclic ring systems, and any larger multi-ring fused ring systems, as long such ring systems do not comprise any aromatic carbocyclic or aromatic heterocyclic ring. Exemplary heterocycloalkyl groups include pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, pyranyl, thiopyranyl, azindinyl, azetidinyl, oxiranyl, methylenedioxyl, chromenyl, barbituryl, isoxazolidinyl, 1,3-oxazolidin-3-yl, isothiazolidinyl, 1,3-thiazolidin-3-yl, 1,2-pyrazolidin-2-yl, 1,3-pyrazolidin-1-yl, piperidinyl, thiomorpholinyl, 1,2-tetrahydrothiazin-2-yl, 1,3-tetrahydrothiazin-3-yl, tetrahydrothiadiazinyl, morpholinyl, 1,2-tetrahydrodiazin-2-yl, 1,3- tetrahydrodiazin-1-yl, tetrahydroazepinyl, piperazinyl, piperizin-2-onyl, piperizin-3-onyl, chromanyl, 2-pyrrolinyl, 3-pyrrolinyl, imidazolidinyl, 2- imidazolidinyl, 1,4-dioxanyl, 8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octanyl, 3- azabicyclo[3.2.1]octanyl, 3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octanyl, 2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl, 2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octanyl, octahydro- 2H-pyrido[1 ,2-a]pyrazinyl, 3-azabicyclo[4.1.0]heptanyl, 3- azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexanyl, 2-azaspiro[4.4]nonanyl, 7-oxa-1-aza- spiro[4.4]nonanyl, 7-azabicyclo[2.2.2]heptanyl, octahydro-1H-indolyl, etc. In general, the heterocycloalkyl group typically is attached to the main structure via a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom. Of course, other heterocycloalkyl groups will be readily apparent to those of skill in the art given the benefit of the present disclosure. (e) “Cycloalkyl” means a nonaromatic saturated or unsaturated free radical forming at least one ring consisting essentially of 3 to 10 carbon atoms and a corresponding number of hydrogen atoms. The term “cycloalkyl” therefore includes cycloalkenyl groups, as further defined below. As such, cycloalkyl groups can be monocyclic or polycyclic. Individual rings of such polycyclic cycloalkyl groups can have different connectivities, e.g., fused, bridged, spiro, etc., in addition to covalent bond substitution. Exemplary cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, norbornanyl, bicyclo[3.2.1 ]octanyl, octahydro- pentalenyl, spiro[4.5]decanyl, cyclopropyl, adamantyl, substituted with cyclobutyl, cyclobutyl substituted with cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl substituted with cyclopropyl, etc. Of course, other cycloalkyl groups will be readily apparent to those of skill in the art given the benefit of the present disclosure. It is understood that when describing the substituents attached in various positions to the core structure of Formula I, including substituents attached to substituents, in some cases, the substituent may be referred to using the name of the corresponding chemical compound, especially in the case of rings, whereas in some cases the same substituent may be referred to using the name of the corresponding chemical radical (e.g., having an “-yl” suffix), but these terms are interchangeable. For example, when referring to the substituent B, or a heteroaryl ring attached to a substituent A, the terms “pyridine” and “pyridyl” are equivalent, as are the terms “morpholine” and “morpholinyl.” The skilled artisan will recognize that such terms are used to denote attachment of, for example, pyridine or morpholine ring at the designated position, thus converting said ring to a pyridyl or morpholinyl substituent respectively. Absent an indication otherwise, such attachments may be made at any chemically permissible location of the attached ring. Compounds of the Invention, e.g., the compound of Formula I or any of formulae 1.1- 1.138 as described herein, may exist in free or salt form, e.g., as acid addition salts (e.g., hydrochloride). In this specification unless otherwise indicated, language such as “Compounds of the Invention” is to be understood as embracing the compounds in any form, for example free or acid addition salt form, or where the compounds contain acidic substituents, in base addition salt form. The Compounds of the Invention are intended for use as pharmaceuticals, therefore pharmaceutically acceptable salts are preferred. Salts which are unsuitable for pharmaceutical uses may be useful, for example, for the isolation or purification of free Compounds of the Invention or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, are therefore also included. The Compounds of the Invention include their enantiomers, diastereomers and racemates, as well as their polymorphs, hydrates, solvates and complexes. Some individual compounds within the scope of this invention may contain double bonds. Representations of double bonds in this invention are meant to include both the E and the Z isomer of the double bond. In addition, some compounds within the scope of this invention may contain one or more asymmetric centers. This invention includes the use of any of the optically pure stereoisomers as well as any combination of stereoisomers. The Compounds of the present disclosure may comprise one or more chiral carbon atoms. The compounds thus exist in individual isomeric, e.g., enantiomeric or diastereomeric form or as mixtures of individual forms, e.g., racemic/diastereomeric mixtures. Any isomer may be present in which the asymmetric center is in the (R)-, (S)-, or (R,S)- configuration. The invention is to be understood as embracing both individual optically active isomers as well as mixtures (e.g., racemic/diastereomeric mixtures) thereof. Accordingly, where a Compound of the Invention can exist in the form of enantiomers, the Compounds of the Invention may be a racemic mixture or it may be predominantly, e.g., in pure, or substantially pure, enantiomeric form, e.g., greater than 70% enantiomeric excess (“ee”), preferably greater than 80% ee, more preferably greater than 90% ee, most preferably greater than 95% ee. Likewise, Accordingly, where a Compound of the Invention can exist in the form of one or more diastereomers, the Compounds of the Invention may an equal mixture of one or more diastereomers, or it may be predominantly, e.g., in pure, or substantially pure, diastereomeric form, e.g., greater than 70% diastereomeric excess (“de”), preferably greater than 80% de, more preferably greater than 90% de, most preferably greater than 95% de. The purification of said isomers and the separation of said isomeric mixtures may be accomplished by standard techniques known in the art (e.g., column chromatography, preparative TLC, preparative HPLC, simulated moving bed and the like). It is also intended that the Compounds of the Invention encompass their stable and unstable isotopes. Stable isotopes are nonradioactive isotopes which contain one additional neutron compared to the abundant nuclides of the same species (i.e., element). It is expected that the activity of compounds comprising such isotopes would be retained, and such compound would also have utility for measuring pharmacokinetics of the non- isotopic analogs. For example, the hydrogen atom at a certain position on the Compounds of the Invention may be replaced with deuterium (a stable isotope which is non-radioactive). Examples of known stable isotopes include, but are not limited to, deuterium (2H), 13 C, 15 N, 18 O. Alternatively, unstable isotopes, which are radioactive isotopes which contain additional neutrons compared to the abundant nuclides of the same species (i.e., element), e.g., 123I, 131I, 125I, 14C, 18F, may replace the corresponding abundant species of I, C and F. Another example of useful isotope of the compound of the invention is the 11C isotope. These radio isotopes are useful for radio-imaging and/or pharmacokinetic studies of the compounds of the invention. Melting points are uncorrected and (dec) indicates decomposition. Temperatures are given in degrees Celsius ( ^C); unless otherwise stated, operations are carried out at room or ambient temperature, that is, at a temperature in the range of 18-25 ^C. Chromatography means flash chromatography on silica gel; thin layer chromatography (TLC) is carried out on silica gel plates. NMR data is in the delta values of major diagnostic protons, given in parts per million (ppm) relative to tetramethylsilane (TMS) as an internal standard. Conventional abbreviations for signal shape are used. Coupling constants (J) are given in Hz. For mass spectra (MS), the lowest mass major ion is reported for molecules where isotope splitting results in multiple mass spectral peaks Solvent mixture compositions are given as volume percentages or volume ratios. In cases where the NMR spectra are complex, only diagnostic signals are reported. The words “treatment” and “treating” are to be understood accordingly as embracing treatment or amelioration of symptoms of disease as well as treatment of the cause of the disease. For methods of treatment, the word “effective amount” is intended to encompass a therapeutically effective amount to treat a specific disease or disorder. The term “patient” includes human and non-human (i.e., animal) patients. In particular embodiments, the invention encompasses both human and nonhuman patients. In another embodiment, the invention encompasses non-human patients. In other embodiment, the term encompasses human patients. The term “comprising” as used in this disclosure is intended to be open-ended and does not exclude additional, unrecited elements or method steps. Compounds of the Invention, e.g., compounds of Formula I or any of formulas 1.1-1.138 as hereinbefore described, in free or pharmaceutically acceptable salt form, may be used as a sole therapeutic agent, but may also be used in combination or for co-administration with other active agents. Dosages employed in practicing the methods of present invention will of course vary depending, e.g., on the particular disease or condition to be treated, the particular compound used, the mode of administration, and the therapy desired. The compound may be administered by any suitable route, including orally, parenterally, transdermally, or by inhalation, but are preferably administered orally. In general, satisfactory results, e.g., for the treatment of diseases as hereinbefore set forth are indicated to be obtained on oral administration at dosages of the order from about 0.01 to 2.0 mg/kg. In larger mammals, for example humans, an indicated daily dosage for oral administration will accordingly be in the range of from about 0.75 to 1000 mg, conveniently administered once, or in divided doses 2 to 4 times, daily or in sustained release form. Unit dosage forms for oral administration thus for example may comprise from about 0.2 to 75 or 150 mg or 300 mg, e.g., from about 0.2 or 2.0 to 10, 25, 50, 75, 100, 150, 200 or 300 mg of the compound disclosed herein, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier therefor. The term “pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier” is intended to mean diluents and carriers that are useful in pharmaceutical preparations, and that are free of substances that are allergenic, pyrogenic or pathogenic, and that are known to potentially cause or promote illness. Pharmaceutically acceptable diluents or carriers thus exclude bodily fluids such as example blood, urine, spinal fluid, saliva, and the like, as well as their constituent components such as blood cells and circulating proteins. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable diluents and carriers can be found in any of several well- known treatises on pharmaceutical formulations, for example Anderson, Philip O.; Knoben, James E.; Troutman, William G, eds., Handbook of Clinical Drug Data, Tenth Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2002; Pratt and Taylor, eds., Principles of Drug Action, Third Edition, Churchill Livingston, New York, 1990; Katzung, ed., Basic and Clinical Pharmacology, Ninth Edition, McGraw Hill, 20037ybg; Goodman and Gilman, eds., The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, Tenth Edition, McGraw Hill, 2001; Remington’s Pharmaceutical Sciences, 20th Ed., Lippincott Williams & Wilkins., 2000; and Martindale, The Extra Pharmacopoeia, Thirty-Second Edition (The Pharmaceutical Press, London, 1999); all of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety. All numerical designations, e.g., pH, temperature, time, concentration, molecular weight, including ranges, are approximations which are varied ( + ) or ( ̶ ) by increments of 0.1 or 1.0, where appropriate. It is to be understood, although not always explicitly stated, that all numerical designations are preceded by the term “about.” It also is to be understood, although not always explicitly stated, that the reagents described herein are merely exemplary and that equivalents of such are known in the art. Pharmaceutical compositions comprising Compounds of the Invention may be prepared using conventional diluents or excipients and techniques known in the galenic art. Thus, oral dosage forms may include tablets, capsules, solutions, suspensions and the like. Methods of Making Compounds of the Invention The Compounds of the Invention and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts may be made using the methods as described and exemplified herein and/or by methods similar thereto and/or by methods known in the chemical art. Such methods include, but not limited to, those described below. If not commercially available, starting materials for these processes may be made by procedures, which are selected from the chemical art using techniques which are similar or analogous to the synthesis of known compounds. Compounds of the present disclosure may be prepared according to the general procedures known in the art, including those found in the following references, which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties: WO 2007/127183, WO 2009/013545, WO 2009/042607, WO 2009/053716, WO 2010/138589, WO 2012/104776, WO2013/076182, WO 2016/157074, WO 2019/113523, WO 2020/123850, WO2020/168927 (Chinese) and US US2022/0056043, WO2021/057256 (Chinese), WO 2023/055181 (Chinese), U.S. Patents 7,750,556, and 8,044,068. Further relevant synthetic procedures may be found in Barnes et al., J. Med. Chem.59: 10402-10422 (2019), Bonazzi et al., J. Med. Chem.63: 1068-1083 (2020), Chen et al., J. Med. Chem. 59: 5488-5504 (2016), Folkes et al., J. Med. Chem.51: 5522-5532 (2008), Heffron et al., J. Med. Chem.55: 8007-8020 (2012), Koehler et al., J. Med. Chem.55: 10958-10971 (2012), Murray et al., J. Med. Chem.55: 7686-7695 (2012), Nowak et al., J. Med. Chem. 52: 7081-7089 (2009); Safina et al., J. Med. Chem.55: 5887-5900 (2012), Sutherlin et al., J. Med. Chem.54: 7579-7587 (2011), and Zhang et al., Bioorg. & Med. Chem. Lett.27: 3395-3398 (2017). As an example, compounds of the present disclosure having a thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine core, can be prepared according to the synthetic scheme provided below, and as further shown in the Examples section below. Terms and abbreviations: AcOH: Acetic acid ACN: Acetonitrile dba: dibenzylideneacetone dppf: 1,1’-Bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene DBU: 1,8-Diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene DCE: Dichloroethane DCM: Dichloromethane DHP: 3,4-Dihydropyran DIPEA: N,N-diisopropyl-N-ethylamine DMF: Dimethylformamide DMSO: Dimethylsulfoxide DMTMM: 4-(4,6-Dimethoxy[1,3,5]triazin-2-yl)-4-methylmorpholinium chloride EtOAc: Ethyl acetate h: hour(s) HATU: 1-[Bis(dimethylamino)methylene]-1H-1,2,3-triazolo[4,5-b]pyridinium-3- oxide hexafluorophosphate IPA: Isopropanol LiHMDS: Lithium hexamethyldisilazide (Lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide) MeOH: Methanol min: minute(s) n-BuLi: n-butyllithium NaOH: Sodium hydroxide NMR: Nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy PTSA: para-Toluenesulfonic acid RP: Reverse phase RT: Room temperature t-BuXPhos: 2-Di-tert-butylphosphino-2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl TBSCl: tert-butyldimethylsilyl chloride TBAF: Tetra-n-butylammonium fluoride TEA: Triethylamine T3P: Propylphosphonic anhydride THF: Tetrahydrofuran TLC: Thin-layer chromatography EXAMPLES The compounds of Table 1 and Table 2 are or can be prepared according to the synthetic methods detailed hereinbelow. GENERAL SCHEMES The compounds of Examples 1-7 are prepared according to the following scheme: The compounds of Examples 9, 16, 30, 34, and 47 are prepared according to the following scheme: The compounds of Examples 10, 11, 13, and 14, are prepared according to the following scheme: The compounds of Examples 15, 35, 36, 40, and 43, are prepared according to the following scheme:
The compound of Example 12 is prepared according to the following scheme: The compounds of Examples 17 and 26, are prepared according to the following scheme:
The compounds of Examples 18, 19, 20, 29, 31, 32, 33, 45, 50, and 51, are prepared according to the following scheme: The compounds of Examples 21, 22, 23, 24, and 25, are prepared according to the following scheme: The compounds of Examples 27, 28, 38, 39, 41, 42, 46, 48, and 52, are prepared according to the following schemes:
The compound of Example 37 is prepared according to the following scheme: The compound of Example 44 is prepared according to the following scheme: The compound of Example 49 is prepared according to the following scheme: The compounds of Examples 53, 54, 55, 58, and 63, are prepared according to the following scheme: The compounds of Examples 56, 57, 62, and 171 are prepared according to the following scheme:
THP The compounds of Examples 59, 60, and 61, are prepared according to the following scheme: The compound of Example 64 is prepared according to the following scheme: The compound of Example 65 is prepared according to the following scheme: O The compounds of Examples 66, 67, 68, 69, and 70, are prepared according to the following scheme: H ’ The compounds of Examples 72, 74, 75, 76, 79, 82, and 83 are prepared according to the following scheme: NH NH C Examples 72, 74, 76, 79, 82, 83 The compound of Example 73 is prepared according to the following scheme, which begins from the product of Step 5 of the scheme for Example 71: The compound of Example 77 is prepared according to the following scheme, which begins from the product of Step 5 of the scheme for Example 71:
The compounds of Examples 78, 84, 85, and 86 are prepared according to the following scheme: C O The compound of Example 129 is prepared according to the following scheme, which begins from the product of Step 5 of the scheme for Example 71:
Cl The compound of Example 165 is prepared according to the following scheme: The compound of Example 166 is prepared according to the following scheme: From the compound of Example 166, the compounds of Examples 132, 167, 168, 169, 170, and 172 are prepared according to the following scheme: The compound of Example 173 is prepared according to the following scheme: From the compound of Example 173, the compounds of Examples 178, 184, 189, 190, 191, 192 and 193, are prepared according to the following scheme: The compounds of Examples 174, 175, and 176, are prepared according to the following scheme:
The compounds of Examples 177, 179, 183, 185, 186, 187, 198, 199, 200, and 201 are prepared according to the following scheme: The compounds of Examples 181, 188, 194, 204, 205, 206, and 207, are prepared according to the following scheme: The compounds of Examples 182, 195, 196, 197, 202, 203, 208, and 209, are prepared according to the following scheme:
The compounds of Examples 210, 212, 213, 214, 215, and 216, are prepared according to the following scheme: The compound of Example 211 is prepared according to the following scheme: The compound of Example 217 is prepared according to the following scheme: O ’ The compound of Example 218 is prepared according to the following scheme: The compounds of Example 263 and 264 may be prepared according to the following scheme: The compounds of Example 265 and 266 may be prepared according to the following scheme: O O R O R C The compounds of Example 268 and 269 may be prepared according to the following scheme: The compounds of Examples 87-131, 133-142, 144-164, 219-262, and 267 may be prepared according to analogous procedures to those set forth above and herein below. Example 1: Step 1: 4-(2-chloro-6-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)thieno[3,2-d] pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine-6-carbaldehyde (200 mg, 0.704 mmol, 1 eq.) in chloroform (10 ml) cooled to 0 °C is added 1- (methylsulfonyl)piperazine (230 mg, 1.409 mmol, 2 eq.) followed by titanium tetraisopropoxide (0.6 ml, 1.056 mmol, 1.5 eq) and the reaction is allowed to stir at 65 °C for 12 hours (imine formation is monitored by TLC). The reaction mixture is evaporated under reduced pressure, and the obtained residue is re-dissolved in dichloroethane (DCE) (15 ml) and sodium cyanoborohydride is added (70 mg, 1.056 mmol, 1.5 eq.) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is filtered through a Celite pad, washed with water (10 mL) and extracted with DCM (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic layer is washed with brine solution (40 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated under vacuum to obtain a crude product, which is further purified by silica gel (60-120 mesh) column chromatography using 3-5% MeOH:DCM as an eluents to afford the title product as a white solid (210 mg, 69%). 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): δ 7.19 (s, 1H), 3.99-3.97 (m, 4H), 3.85-3.82 (m, 6H), 3.29 (t, J= 4.8 Hz, 4H), 2.80 (s, 3H), 2.66 (t, J= 4.8 Hz, 4H). Mass (m/z): 432.0 [M+H] +. Step 2: 4-(2-(3-(3-bromophenyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-6-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1- yl)methyl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine: To a stirred suspension of sodium hydride (57-63%) (7 mg, 0.174 mmol, 1.5 eq.) in THF (6 mL) is added 3-(3- bromophenyl)-1H-pyrazole (28 mg, 0.127 mmol, 1.1 eq.) at 0 °C under nitrogen atmosphere, and the mixture is stirred at the same temperature for 30 min. To this mixture, is added 4-(2-chloro-6-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (50 mg, 0.116 mmol, 1 eq.) and the reaction is allowed to stir at 120 °C under microwave conditions (MW) for 2 hours. After completion, the reaction mixture is quenched with ice-cold water (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic layer is washed brine solution (10 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain the crude residue, which is purified from by preparative HPLC to give the product as a white fluffy solid (6 mg, 5%). 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 8.76 (d, J= 2.8 Hz,1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 7.98 (d, J= 8 Hz,1H), 7.58 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.47-7.42 (m, 2H), 7.14 (d, J= 2.8 Hz, 1H), 4.01 (t, J= 2.8 Hz, 4H), 3.95 (s, 2H), 3.80 (t, J= 4.8 Hz, 4H), 3.19-3.13 (m, 4H), 2.90 (s, 3H), 2.63-2.59 (m, 4H). Mass (m/z): 619.9 [M+H] +. Example 2: Step 2: 4-(6-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine: To a stirred suspension of sodium hydride (57-63%) (5.5 mg, 0.139 mmol, 1.5 eq.) in THF (5 mL) is added 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (16 mg, 0.102 mmol, 1.1 eq.) at 0 °C under nitrogen atmosphere and stirred at the same temperature for 30 minutes. Then 4-(2- chloro-6-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)morpholine (40 mg, 0.09 mmol, 1 eq.) is added, and the reaction mixture is allowed to stir at 120 °C under microwave (MW) conditions for 2 hours. After completion, the reaction mixture is quenched with ice-cold water (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic layer is washed brine solution (10 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated under reduced pressure to give the crude product, which is purified by preparative HPLC to give the product as a white fluffy solid (11 mg, 22%). 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): δ 8.73 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.75 (d, J= 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (s, 1H), 7.36 (t, J= 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (d, J= 2.8 Hz, 1H), 4.01 (t, J=4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.95 (s, 2H), 3.80 (t, J= 4.8 Hz, 4H), 3.18-3.11 (m, 4H), 2.90 (s, 3H), 2.54-2.47 (m, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H). Mass (m/z): 554.0 [M+H] +. Example 3: Step 2: 4-(2-(3-(3-methoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-6-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin- 1-yl)methyl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine: To a stirred suspension of sodium hydride (57-63%) (7 mg, 0.174 mmol, 1.5 eq.) in THF (7 mL) is added 3-(3-methoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazole (23 mg, 0.127 mmol, 1.1 eq.) at 0 °C under nitrogen atmosphere and stirred at the same temperature for 30 min. Then 4-(2- chloro-6-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)morpholine (50 mg, 0.116 mmol, 1 eq.) is added, and the reaction is allowed to stir at 120 °C under microwave (MW) conditions for 2 hours. After completion, the reaction mixture is quenched with ice-cold water (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 30 mL). The combined organic layer is washed with brine solution (30 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain the crude residue, which is purified by preparative HPLC to give the product as a white solid (12 mg, 18%). 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 8.73 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.49-7.48 (m, 1H), 7.44 (s, 1H), 7.39 (t, J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1H), 6.96 (dd, J=8.0, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.01 (t, J=4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.95 (s, 2H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.81 (t, J=4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.16 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 4H), 2.90 (s, 3H), 2.61 (t, J=4.4 Hz, 4H). Mass (m/z): 570.0 [M+H] +. Example 4: Step 1: 1-((2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methyl)-N,N-dimethyl piperidin-4-amine: To a stirred solution of 2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d] pyrimidine-6-carbaldehyde (50 mg, 0.176 mmol, 1 eq) in chloroform (5 ml) at 0 °C is added N,N-dimethylpiperidin- 4-amine (46 mg, 0.353 mmol, 2 eq) followed by titanium isopropoxide (60 µL, 0.264 mmol, 1.5 eq). The reaction mixture is stirred at 65 °C for 12 hours. After completion of the reaction, it is evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude compound. This is dissolved in dichloroethane (DCE) (10 ml), and then sodium cyanoborohydride (13 mg, 0.264 mmol, 1.5 eq) is added at 0°C. The reaction mixture is allowed to warm to room temperature and it is stirred for 12 hours. After completion of the reaction, it is filtered through a Celite pad, followed by washing of the celite pad with DCM (50 mL). The filtrate is washed with water (10 mL). The organic layer is washed with brine (10 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain the crude title compound as a brown syrup. Mass (m/z): 396.2 [M+H] +. Step 2: N, N-dimethyl-1-((4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-amine: To a stirred suspension of sodium hydride (57-63%) (3.5 mg, 0.094 mmol, 1.5 eq) in THF (7 mL) is added 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (10 mg, 0.063 mmol, 1.1 eq) at 0 °C under nitrogen atmosphere and the mixture is stirred for 30 minutes. Then 1-((2-chloro-4- morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methyl)-N, N-dimethylpiperidin-4-amine (25 mg, 0.063 mmol, 1 eq) is added at the same temperature. The reaction mixture is stirred at 120°C under microwave irradiation for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, it is quenched with ice-cold water (5 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 10 mL). The combined organic layers are washed with brine solution (5 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to provide a crude product, which is purified by preparative HPLC to give the title compound as a white fluffy solid.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.72 (d, J=4 Hz,1H), 7.79 (bs, 1H), 7.75 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (s, 1H), 7.37 (t, J=15.2 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1H), 4.01-3.99 (m, 4H), 3.83-3.79 (m, 6H), 2.95-2.92 (b s, 1H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.17(s, 6H), 2.10 (t, J=10.8 Hz, 3H), 1.75-1.72 (d, J=11.2 Hz, 2H), 1.45-1.40 (m, 2H). Mass (m/z): 518.2 [M+H] +. Example 5: Step 1: 2-(1-((2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methyl)piperidin- 4-yl)propan-2-ol: The title compound is made according to the procedure used for Example 1, with 2- (piperidin-4-yl)propan-2-ol in place of 1-(methylsulfonyl)piperazine. Step 2: 2-(1-((4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin- 6-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)propan-2-ol: According to the procedure used for Example 1, 2-(1-((2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)propan-2-ol (25 mg) is reacted with 3-(m-tolyl)- 1H-pyrazole (8 mg) to obtain the title compound (8 mg; 25%) as a white solid. Mass [m/z] = 533.3 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): δ 8.71 (d, J= 2.4 Hz,1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.73 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (s, 1H), 7.35 (t, J= 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (d, J= 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H) 4.06 (s, 1H), 4.00 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 3.79-3.81 (m, 4H), 2.97 (d, J = 10.8 Hz, 2H), 2.97 (s, 3H), 1.98 (t, J = 11.6 Hz, 2H), 1.65 (d, J = 11.6 Hz, 2H), 1.20-1.29 (m, 4H), 1.04 (s, 5H). Example 6:
Step 1: N-(1-((2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methyl)piperidin- 4-yl)-N-methylmethanesulfonamide: The title compound is made according to the procedure used for Example 1, with N-(4- piperidinyl)-N-methylmethanesulfonamide in place of 1-(methylsulfonyl)piperazine. Step 2: N-methyl-N-(1-((4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methanesulfonamide: According to the procedure used for Example 1, N-(1-((2-chloro-4- morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)-N- methylmethanesulfonamide (30 mg) is reacted with 10 mg of 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (10 mg)e to obtain the title compound (9 mg; 24%) as a white solid. Mass [m/z] = 533.3 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 8.72 (d, J= 2.8 Hz,1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.73 (d, J= 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (s, 1H), 7.35 (t, J= 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H) 4.00 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 3.87 (s, 2H), 3.79-3.80 (t, J = 3.6 Hz, 4H), 3.56- 3.62 (m, 1H), 2.97 (d, J = 12.8 Hz, 2H), 2.90 (s, 3H), 2.71 (s, 3H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.17 (t, J = 12.8, 2H), 1.73-1.77 (dd, J = 11.6 Hz, 8.8 Hz, 2H), 1.60 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H). Example 7:
Step 1: N-(1-((2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methyl)piperidin- 4-yl)-N-methylacetamide: The title compound is made according to the procedure used for Example 1, with N-(4- piperidinyl)-N-methylacetamide in place of 1-(methylsulfonyl)piperazine. Step 2: N-methyl-N-(1-((4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)acetamide: According to the procedure used for Example 1, 25 mg of N-(1-((2-chloro-4- morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)-N-methylacetamide (25 mg) is reacted with 14 mg of 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (14 mg) to obtain the title compound (4 mg; 12%) as a white solid. Mass [m/z] = 546.2 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): δ 8.75 (d, J= 2.8 Hz,1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.74 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (t, J= 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, 1H), 7.05 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 4.68-4.72 (br s, 2H), 4.04 (t, 4H), 3.82 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 2.68 (s, 3H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.04 (s, 2H), 1.99 (s, 3H), 1.72 (br s, 1H). Example 9: Step 1: 4-(5-chlorothiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 5,7-dichlorothiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidine (200 mg, 0.97 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH (6 mL) is added morpholine (127 mg, 1.46 mmol, 1.5eq) at 0°C. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture is filtered and the resulting solid washed with water (3 mL) and dried to give the title compound (200 mg; 80%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] 257 [M+H]+. Step 2: 5-chloro-7-morpholinothiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidine-2-carbaldehyde: To a stirred solution of 4-(5-chlorothiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine (200 mg, 0.78 mmol, 1 eq.) in THF (5 mL) at -78°C is added LiHMDS (1.5 mL, 1.56 mmol, 2 eq). The reaction mixture is stirred at same temperature for 30 min. DMF (0.2 mL, 2.35 mmol, 3eq.) is added and stirred for an additional 2h. The reaction is quenched with saturated NH4Cl solution (15 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 30 mL). Finally, the combined organic layers are washed with water (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to afford the title compound (210 mg; 94%) as an off while solid. Mass [m/z] 285.1 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 9.97 (s, 1H), 4.74 (br s, 2H), 4.14-4.09 (m, 2H), 3.89-3.84 (m, 4H). Step 3: (5-chloro-7-morpholinothiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidin-2-yl)methanol: To a stirred solution of 5-chloro-7-morpholinothiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidine-2-carbaldehyde (210 mg, 0.74 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (10 mL) is added NaBH4 (56 mg, 1.48 mmol, 2 eq) at 0°C. The reaction temperature is raised to room temperature and stirred for an additional 5h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After complete consumption of starting material, the reaction mixture is diluted with ethyl acetate (25 mL) and washed with water (10 mL). The organic layer is dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to obtain a brown solid that is triturated with n-pentane to afford the title compound (180 mg; 85%) as a white solid, this is used as such for the next reaction. Mass [m/z] 287.1 [M+H]+. Step 4: (7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidin-2- yl)methanol: To a stirred solution of 5-chloro-7-morpholinothiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidin-2-yl)methanol (180 mg, 0.62 mmol, 1 eq) in 1,4-dioxane: toluene (4:1) (4 mL) is added 3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazole (99 mg, 0.62 mmol, 1 eq), K3PO4 (266 mg, 1.25 mmol, 2 eq). The resulting reaction mixture is degassed for 15 minutes under nitrogen, followed by addition of Pd2(dba)3 (115 mg, 0.12 mmol, 0.2 eq) and t-Bu-XPhos (106 mg, 0.25 mmol, 0.4 eq) at room temperature. The reaction temperature is raised to 120°C and stirred for 6h. After completion, the reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature, filtered through celite pad, and washed with ethyl acetate (10 mL). The filtrate is concentrated to obtain a crude brown gummy liquid which is purified by silica gel chromatography (60-120 mesh) eluting with 5% MeOH/DCM to afford the title compound (110 mg; 43%) as an off-white solid. This is directly taken forward to next step. Mass [m/z] 409.1 [M+H]+. Step 5: 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidin- 7-yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of (7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazolo[5,4- d]pyrimidin-2-yl)methanol (110 mg, 0.27 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (5 mL) is added SOCl2 (0.2 mL) at 0°C, the reaction temperature is raised to room temperature and stirred for 2h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion, the reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude solid which is triturated with diethyl ether to afford the title compound (100 mg; 87%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 427.1 [M+H]+. This compound is used to prepare the compounds of Examples 9, 16, 30, 31, 34, and 47. Step 6: 4-(2-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine: To the solution of 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazolo[5,4- d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine (20 mg, 1 eq) in THF (20 vol) is added 1- (methylsulfonyl)piperazine (8mg, 2 eq) and K2CO3 (3 eq) at room temperature, then the reaction mixture is heated to 80°C and stirred for 16h. The reaction mixture is quenched with cold water (10 vol) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2x 20 mL). The organic layer is dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to obtain a brown gummy solid which is purified by Prep HPLC (Method-B: GEMINI-C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 µm; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/40, 20/65, 21/95), to afford the title compound (2.2 mg; 8%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] 555.2 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.75 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.76 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 4.35 (br s, 4H), 4.01 (s, 2H), 3.79 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 3.19 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 2.93(s, 3H), 2.68 (br s, 2H), 2.46 (br s, 2H), 2.39 (s, 3H). Example 10: Step 1: 4-(2-chloro-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-9H-purin-6-yl)morpholine: To a solution of 2,6-dichloro-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-9H-purine (2 g, 7.35 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH (20 mL) is added morpholine (959 mg, 11.02 mmol, 1.5eq) at 0°C. The reaction mixture is brought to room temperature and stirred for 3h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion, the reaction mixture is filtered, and the solid washed with water (15 mL) and dried to obtain the title compound (1.2 g; 52%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 324.2 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 7.91 (s, 1H), 5.71 (dd, J=2 Hz, J= 10.4 Hz, 1H), 4.29-4.12 (m, 4H), 3.83-3.79 (m, 4H), 3.76-3.73 (m, 1H), 2.1-2.02 (m, 2H), 1.91-1.87 (m, 1H), 1.79-1.61 (m, 3H). Step 2: 2-chloro-6-morpholino-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-9H-purine-8- carbaldehyde: To a stirred solution of 4-(2-chloro-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-9H-purin-6-yl) morpholine (1.2 g, 0.78 mmol, 1 eq.) in THF (5 mL) at -78°C is added LiHMDS (1.5 mL, 1.56 mmol, 2 eq), and the reaction is stirred for 30 min, then DMF (0.2 mL, 2.35 mmol, 3 eq.) is added and the reaction stirred for an additional 2h at the same temperature. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, it is quenched with saturated NH4Cl solution (30 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL). Finally, the combined organic layers are washed with water (25 mL) dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to afford the title compound (900 mg; 69%) as a sticky solid. Mass [m/z] 352.2 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 9.95 (s, 1H), 6.22-6.25 (dd, J = 2.4, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 4.65 (Br s, 2H), 4.00- 4.20 (m, 3H), 3.894 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H).3.70-3.78 (dt, J = 2.4, 12 Hz, 1H), 3.2 – 3.35 (m, 1H), 2.04-2.09 (m, 1H), 1.58-1.87 (m, 6H). Step 3: (2-chloro-6-morpholino-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-9H-purin-8- yl)methanol: To a solution of 2-chloro-6-morpholino-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-9H-purine-8- carbaldehyde (1.3 g, 3.70 mmol, 1 eq.) in THF (10 mL) is added NaBH4 (281 mg, 7.40 mmol, 2 eq) at 0°C the reaction temperature is raised to RT and stirred for 5h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After complete consumption of starting material, the reaction is diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL) and the organic layer washed with water (25 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to obtain a crude off white solid. The crude product is purified by silica gel column (60-120 mesh) eluting with 40-45% EtOAc/hexane to afford the title compound (900 mg; 69%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 354.1 [M+H]+; Step 4: 4-(2-chloro-8-(chloromethyl)-9H-purin-6-yl)morpholine: To a solution of (2-chloro-6-morpholino-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-9H-purin-8- yl)methanol (500 mg, 1.41 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (10 mL) is added SOCl2 (0.3 mL, 4.23 mmol, 3 eq) at 0°C then the reaction temperature is raised to 25°C and stirred for an additional 4h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion, the reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the title compound (520 mg; 52%) as a yellowish solid which is directly taken forward to the next step. Mass [m/z] 288.1 [M+H]+. Step 5: 4-(2-chloro-8-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)-9H-purin-6- yl)morpholine: 4-(2-chloro-8-(chloromethyl)-9H-purin-6-yl)morpholine (50 mg) is reacted with 1- (methylsulfonyl)piperazine (42 mg, 1.5 eq.) in THF (20 vol) at room temperature, followed by K2CO3 (2 eq). The reaction mixture is heated to 70-80°C for 10-16 h. Progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After starting material consumption, the reaction mixture is diluted with water (10 vol) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x10 vol). The combined organics are dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product which is purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with 20% ethyl acetate/hexanes, to provide the title compound (42 mg; 58%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 416.1 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 13.18 (br s, 1H), 4.15 (br s, 4H), 3.72 (m, 7H), 3.12 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 2.87 (s, 3H). Step 6: 4-(8-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)-9H-purin-6-yl)morpholine: 4-(2-chloro-8-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)-9H-purin-6-yl)morpholine (40 mg) and 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (24 mg, 1.5 eq.) are dissolved in a mixture of 1,4- dioxane : toluene: (1:1) (20 vol), to which is added Pd2(dba)3 (0.1 eq.), t-Bu-XPhos (0.2 eq.), followed by K3PO4 (2 eq.), and the mixture is degassed for 30 min. The resulting reaction mixture is stirred at 120°C for 6h, and the reaction monitored by TLC. After complete consumption of the starting material, the reaction mixture is passed through a celite pad and diluted with ethyl acetate (20 vol), and the organics are washed with water (25 vol). Finally, the organic layer is dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product. The resulting crude is purified by flash RP column purification using C18, 6 g column eluting with 65% of acetonitrile/water to give the title compound (15 mg; 23%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] 538.3 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 13.18 (br s, 1H), 8.67 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (s, 1H), 7.71 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (d, J = 2.8 Hz), 4.27 (br s, 4H), 3.74-3.78 (m, 6H), 3.25 (t, J = 9.8 Hz, 4H), 2.88 (s, 3H), 2.66 (m, 4H).2.49 (s, 3H). Example 11: Step 5: N-(1-((2-chloro-6-morpholino-9H-purin-8-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)-N- methylmethanesulfonamide: Following the general procedure of Example 10, 4-(2-chloro-8-(chloromethyl)-9H-purin- 6-yl)morpholine (50 mg) is reacted with N-methyl-N-(piperidin-4-yl)methane sulfonamide (50 mg). The resulting crude is purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with 80% ethyl acetate/hexanes, to give the title compound (40 mg; 42%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 444.9 [M+H]+. Step 6: N-methyl-N-(1-((6-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-8- yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methanesulfonamide Following the general procedure of Example 10, N-(1-((2-chloro-6-morpholino-9H- purin-8-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)-N-methylmethanesulfonamide (40 mg) is reacted with 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (26 mg). The resulting crude is purified by flash RP column chromatography using C18, 6 g column, eluting with 50% of acetonitrile/water to give the title compound (10 mg; 19%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] 566.2 [M+H]+; 1H- NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.64 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (s, 1H), 7.71 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.95 (d, J = 2.4 Hz), 4.25 (Br s, 4H), 3.76(t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.62 (s 2H), 3.48-3.57 (m, 2H), 2.92 (d, J = 12Hz, 2H).2.88 (s, 3H), 2.69 (s, 2H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 2.14 (t, J = 10.8 Hz, 2H), 1.75 (d, J = 7.2Hz, 2H), 1.56 (d, J = 10.4 Hz, 2H). Example 12: Step 1: 5-chloro-7-morpholinothiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidine-2-carbaldehyde: To a stirred solution of 4-(5-chlorothiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine (400 mg, 1.56 mmol, 1 eq.) in THF (5 mL) at -78°C is added LiHMDS (3.1 mL, 3.12 mmol, 2 eq). The reaction mixture is stirred at same temperature for 30 min. DMF (0.38 mL, 4.68 mmol, 3eq.) is added, stirred for another 2h at the same temperature and the progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, it is quenched with saturated NH4Cl solution (15 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 30 mL). Finally, the combined organic layers are washed with water (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to afford a crude compound as a sticky liquid. Then crude compound is purified through silica gel column (60-120 mesh) eluting at 15-20% of EtOAc/hexane to afford the title compound (230 mg; 52%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 284.1 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 9.97 (s, 1H), 4.76 (br s, 2H), 4.13 (br s, 2H), 3.88 (t, J= 4.8 Hz, 4H). Step 2: 1-(5-chloro-7-morpholinothiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidin-2-yl)ethan-1-ol: To a stirred solution of 5-chloro-7-morpholinothiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidine-2-carbaldehyde (230 mg, 0.80 mmol, 1 eq.) in THF (5 mL) at -78°C is added methylmagnesium bromide (2.4 mL, 2.42 mmol, 3 eq). Then reaction mixture is brought to room temperature and stirred for an additional 2h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, it is quenched with saturated NH4Cl solution (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 35 mL). Finally, the combined organic layers are washed with water (10 mL) dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to afford crude compound as a sticky liquid. Then crude compound is purified using silica gel column (60-120 mesh) and product eluting with 25-30% EtOAc / Hexane to afford the title compound (110 mg; 45%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 301.1 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 6.50 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 5.01-4.95 (m, 1H), 4.24 (br s, 4H), 3.73(t, J=4.84H), 1.49(d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H). Step 3: 1-(7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidin-2- yl)ethan-1-ol: To a stirred solution of 1-(5-chloro-7-morpholinothiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidin-2-yl)ethan-1- ol (30 mg, 0.1 mmol, 1 eq.), and 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (24 mg, 0.15mmoL, 1.5 eq.) dissolved in a mixture of solvents 1,4-dioxane : toluene (1:1) (5 mL) is added Pd2(dba)3 (9 mg, 0.01 mmol, 0.1 eq.), and t-Bu-XPhos (8 mg, 0.02 mmol, 0.2 eq.), followed by K3PO4 (42 mg, 0.2 mmol, 2 eq.), and the mixture is degassed for 30 min. The reaction mixture is stirred at 120°C for 6h. Progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After complete consumption of the starting material, the reaction is cooled and filtered through a celite pad to remove catalyst impurities. The filtrate is diluted with EtOAc (20 mL), and the organics are washed with water (8 mL x 2), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude (35 mg) as light brown solid. The crude compound is purified by silica gel (60-120 mesh) and eluting at 45-50% EtOAc / hexane to afford the title compound (20 mg; 47%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 423.2 [M+H]+. Step 4: 4-(2-(1-chloroethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidin- 7-yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 1-(7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazolo[5,4- d]pyrimidin-2-yl)ethan-1-ol (20 mg, 0.42 mmol, 1 eq.), in DCM (5 mL) at 0°C is added SOCl2 (101 mg, 0.85mmol, 2 eq). The reaction temperature is allowed to raise to room temperature and stirred for 2h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC and after completion, it is evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain the title compound (20 mg; 95%) as a yellowish solid. Mass [m/z] 441.1 [M+H]+; Step 5: 4-(2-(1-(4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)ethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 4-(2-(1-chloroethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazolo[5,4- d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine (20 mg, 0.07 mmol, 1 eq.) in THF (4 mL) is added 1- (methylsulfonyl)piperazine (18 mg, 0.11 mmol, 1.5 eq) and K2CO3 (30 mg, 0.22 mmol, 3 eq) at room temperature. The reaction mixture is heated at reflux for 16h, and the progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, it is diluted with ethyl acetate (30 mL) and the organics are washed with water (10 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain an off- white solid. Purification of the crude by RP flash (C18-6g column) eluting with 55-60% of acetonitrile/water affords the title compound (8 mg; 30%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 569.1 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.73 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (br s, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (t, J = 7.6 Hz 1H), 7.21 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.37 (br s, 4H), 4.27-4.24 (m, 1H), 3.79(t, J=4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.19-3.18(m, 4H), 2.92 (s, 3H), 2.69-2.67 (m, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 1.44 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H). Example 13: Step 5: 2-(1-((2-chloro-6-morpholino-9H-purin-8-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)propan-2- ol: Following the general procedure of Example 10, 4-(2-chloro-8-(chloromethyl)-9H-purin- 6-yl)morpholine (50mg) is reacted with 2-(piperidin-4-yl)propan-2-ol (37 mg). The resulting crude is purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with 60% ethyl acetate/hexanes, to give the title compound (50 mg; 44%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 339.9 [M+H]+. Step 6: 2-(1-((6-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-8-yl)methyl) piperidin-4-yl)propan-2-ol: Following the general procedure of Example 10, 2-(1-((2-chloro-6-morpholino-9H-purin- 8-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)propan-2-ol (40 mg) is reacted with 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (24 mg). The resulting crude is purified by flash RP column chromatography using C18, 6 g column, product eluting with 70% of acetonitrile/water to give the title compound (8 mg; 15%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] 517.3 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- d6): 13.18 (br s, 1H), 8.66 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (s, 1H), 7.71 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (d, J = 2.4 Hz), 4.27 (Br s, 4H), 4.05 (s, 1H), 3.77 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 3.62 (s 2H), 2.86 (Br s, 2H), 2.69 (s, 2H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 2.08 (br s, 2H), 1.63 (d, J = 9.6 Hz, 2H), 1.29-1.35 (m, 2H).1.15 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H), 1.02 (s, 6H). Example 14: Step 5: 4-((2-chloro-6-morpholino-9H-purin-8-yl)methyl)morpholine: Following the general procedure of Example 10, 4-(2-chloro-8-(chloromethyl)-9H-purin- 6-yl)morpholine (50 mg) is reacted with 22.5 mg of morpholine (22.5 mg). The resulting crude product is purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with 20% ethyl acetate/hexanes to give the title compound (26 mg; 45%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 339.9 [M+H]+. Step 6: 4-((6-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-8-yl)methyl) morpholine: Following the general procedure of Example 10, 4-((2-chloro-6-morpholino-9H-purin-8- yl)methyl)morpholine (30 mg) is reacted with 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (14 mg). The resulting crude is purified by flash RP column chromatography using C18, 6 g column, product eluting with 75% of acetonitrile/water to give the title compound (3 mg; 8%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] 459.1 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 13.20 (br s, 1H), 8.66 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (s, 1H), 7.71 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (d, J = 2.8 Hz), 4.23 (Br s, 4H), 3.77 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.66 (s, 2H), 3.60 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 2.45 (m, 4H).2.38 (s, 3H). Example 15: Step 4: (6-morpholino-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)-9H-purin-8-yl)methanol: Following the first three steps of the procedure according to Example 10, to a solution of (2-chloro-6-morpholino-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-9H-purin-8-yl)methanol (500 mg, 1.41 mmol, 1 eq) in 1,4-dioxane : toluene (4:1) (5 mL) is added 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (268 mg, 1.69 mmol, 1.2 eq), K3PO4 (600 mg, 2.83 mmol, 2 eq). The resulting reaction mixture is degassed for 10 minutes under nitrogen, followed by the addition of Pd2(dba)3 (129 mg, 0.141 mmol, 0.2 eq) and t-Bu-XPhos (120 mg, 0.283 mmol, 0.4 eq) at room temperature. The reaction temperature is then raised to 120°C and mixture stirred for 6h. After completion, the reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature, filtered through a celite pad and washed with ethyl acetate (10 mL) and the filtrate is concentrated to obtain a crude brown gummy liquid. The crude product is purified by silica gel column (60-120 mesh) eluting with 2-5% MeOH/DCM to obtain the title compound (350 mg; 52%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 476.3 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.59 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (br s, 1H), 7.76 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.77 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1H), 6.1-6.07 (m, 1H), 5.0 (d, J=14 Hz, 1H), 4.86 (d, J=14.4 Hz, 1H), 4.37 (br s, 3H), 4.21-4.20 (m, 1H), 3.90-3.84 (m, 5H), 3.48 (br s, 1H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.07-2.04 (m, 3H), 1.92-1.7 (m, 3H). Step 5: 4-(8-(chloromethyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-6-yl) morpholine: To a solution of (6-morpholino-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol- 1-yl)-9H-purin-8-yl)methanol (350 mg, 0.73 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (5 mL) is added SOCl2 (0.2 mL) at 0°C and then the reaction temperature is raised to 25°C and stirred for an additional 2h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion, the reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the title compound (290 mg; 96%) as a yellowish solid. Mass [m/z] 410.1 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- d6): 13.58 (Br s, 1H), 8.69 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (Br s, 1H), 7.74 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.2 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1H), 4.88 (s, 2H), 4.28 (t, J=7.6, 1H), 3.78 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 2.39 (s, 3H). Step 6: N,N-dimethyl-1-((6-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-8- yl)methyl)piperidin-4-amine To a solution of 4-(8-(chloromethyl)-9-methyl-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin- 6-yl)morpholine (30 mg, 1 eq.) in THF (3 mL) is added N,N-dimethylpiperidin-4-amine (17 mg, 2 eq.) and K2CO3 (3 eq) at room temperature, then the reaction mixture is heated to 80°C and stirred for 16h. The reaction mixture is quenched with cold water (20 vol) and extracted with ethyl acetate (20 vol x 2). The organic layer is dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to obtain a crude which is purified by Prep HPLC (Method-B: Kinetix, EVO, C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 µm; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/20, 15/55, 20/70, 21/95) eluting with 65-70% ACN/water to afford the title compound (8 mg); 22%) as a white solid. Mass [m/z] 502.4 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.67 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.71 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.27 (br s, 4H), 3.77 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.68 (s, 3H), 2.84 (d, J = 12 Hz, 2H), 2.33 (s, 4H), 2.18 (s, 6H), 2.04 (t, J = 11.6 Hz, 3H), 1.70 (d, J = 12.4 Hz, 2H), 1.42 (m, 2H). Example 16: Step 6: N,N-dimethyl-1-((7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazolo[5,4- d]pyrimidin-2-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-amine: Following the general procedure of Example 9, 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine (40 mg) is reacted with N,N- dimethylpiperidin-4-amine (24 mg) and the resulting crude is purified by Prep HPLC (Method-B: GEMINI-C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 µm; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/25, 10/55, 20/95), to afford the title compound (10 mg; 10%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 519.1 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.73 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.35 (br s, 4H), 3.88 (s, 2H), 3.78 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 1H), 2.98 (d, J = 11.6 Hz, 1H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.08 (s, 6H), 1.77 (d, J=12.4 Hz, 2H), 1.45-1.43 (m, 2H), 1.23 (s, 1H). Example 17: Step 1: 2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine-6-carbaldehyde: To a stirred solution of 4-(2-chlorothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (200 mg, 0.78 mmol, 1 eq.) in THF (5 mL) at -78°C is added LiHMDS (1.5 mL, 1.56 mmol, 2 eq). The reaction mixture is stirred at same temperature for 30 min and then DMF (0.2 mL, 2.35 mmol, 3 eq.) is added at same temperature for 2h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, it is quenched with saturated NH4Cl solution (15 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 30 mL). Finally, the combined organic layer is washed with water (20 mL) dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to afford a crude compound as a sticky liquid. The crude product is purified by silica gel column chromatography (60-120 mesh) eluting at 15-20% EtOAc/hexane, and the product fractions are evaporated to afford the title compound (120 mg, 54%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 284.1 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 10.17 (s, 1H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 4.06 (t, J= 4.08 Hz, 4H), 3.86(t, 5.0Hz, 4H). Step 2: 1-(2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)ethan-1-ol: To a stirred solution of 2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine-6-carbaldehyde (350 mg, 1.23 mmol, 1 eq.) in THF (5 mL) at -78°C is added methylmagnesium bromide (3.7 mL, 3.71 mmol, 3 eq). The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 2h, and the progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, it is quenched with saturated NH4Cl solution (15 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 30 mL). Finally, the combined organic layers are washed with water (10 mL) dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to afford the crude compound as a sticky liquid. The crude is purified by silica gel column chromatography (60-120 mesh) eluting at 20-25% EtOAc/hexane to afford the title compound (250 mg; 68%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 300.1 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 7.164 (s, 1H), 5.27-5.21 (m, 1H), 4.01-3.98 (m, 4H), 3.85-3.82(m, 4H), 2.26(d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 1.66 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H). Step 3: 1-(4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6- yl)ethan-1-ol: To a stirred solution of 1-(2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)ethan-1-ol (250 mg, 0.83 mmol, 1 eq.) and 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (198 mg, 1.25mmoL, 1.5 eq.) dissolved in a mixture of toluene: 1,4-dioxane (1:1) (5 mL) is added Pd2(dba)3 (77 mg, 0.083 mmol, 0.1 eq.), and t-Bu-XPhos (71 mg, 0.16 mmol, 0.2 eq.), followed by K3PO4 (353 mg, 0.19 mmol, 2 eq.), and the mixture is degassed for 30 min. The reaction mixture is stirred at 120°C for 6h. Progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After complete consumption of the starting material, the catalyst is filtered and the filtrate is diluted with EtOAc (30 mL), and washed with water (10 mL). Finally, the organic layer is dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain crude product (260 mg) as a light brown solid. The crude is purified by silica gel column chromatography (60-120 mesh) eluting at 40% EtOAc/hexane, to afford the title compound (180 mg; 51%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] 422.1 [M+H]+; Step 4: 4-(6-(1-chloroethyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 1-(4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)ethan-1-ol (180 mg, 0.42 mmol, 1 eq.), in DCM (5 mL) at 0°C is added SOCl2 (101 mg, 0.85mmol, 2eq). The reaction temperature is raised to room temperature and stirred for 2h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC and after completion, it is evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain the title compound (180 mg; 95%) as a white solid. Mass [m/z] 440.2 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.76 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.8 (Brs, 1H), 7.76 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (s, 1H), 7.35 (t, J = 7.6 Hz 1H), 7.2 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.85-5.83(m, 1H), 4.04-4.02 (m, 4H), 3.81-3.78(m, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 1.96 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H). Step 5: N,N-dimethyl-1-(1-(4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)ethyl)piperidin-4-amine: To a solution of 4-(6-(1-chloroethyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (50 mg, 1 eq.) in 1,4-dioxane (0.5 mL) is added N,N- dimethylpiperidin-4-amine (22 mg, 1.5 eq.) at room temperature and stirred at 150°C for 3h in a microwave vial. After completion, the reaction mixture is quenched with cold water (5 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2x 15 mL). The organic layer is dried over Na2SO4 filtered and concentrated to obtain a crude off white solid (58 mg) which is purified by Prep HPLC (Method-B: Kinetex, EVO, C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 µm; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/10, 12/35, 15/60, 20/95.), which after lyophilization affords the title compound (15 mg; 25%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 440.2 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 9.70 (br s, 1H), 8.74 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (br s, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (s, 1H), 7.36 (t, J = 7.6 Hz 1H), 7.21 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.99-4.97 (m, 1H), 4.01-4.10 (m, 4H), 3.91-3.85(m, 4H), 3.75-3.5(m, 2H), 3.31-3.40 (m, 1H), 2.95-2.92 (m, 2H), 2.76 (s, 6H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.27-2.17 (m, 2H), 1.93-1.81 (m, 2H), 1.77 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H). Example 18: Step 1: 2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine-6-carbaldehyde: To a stirred solution of 4-(2-chlorothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (200 mg, 0.78 mmol, 1 eq.) in THF (5 mL) at -78°C is added LiHMDS (1.5 mL, 1.56 mmol, 2 eq). The reaction mixture is stirred at the same temperature for 30 min, then DMF (0.2 mL, 2.35 mmol, 3 eq.) is added and stirred for another 2 hours at the same temperature. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC, after completion of the reaction, it is quenched with saturated NH4Cl solution (15 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 30 mL). Finally, the combined organic layers are washed with water (20 mL) and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to afford crude compound as a sticky liquid. The crude compound is purified by silica gel (60-120 mesh) column chromatography, eluting at 15-20% of EtOAc/hexane to afford the title compound (120 mg; 120 mg; 54%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 284.1 [M+H]+; 1H- NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 10.17 (s, 1H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 4.06 (t, J= 4.08 Hz, 4H), 3.86(t, 5.0Hz, 4H). Step 2: (2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methanol: To a stirred solution of 2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine-6-carbaldehyde (1.5 g, 5.3 mmol, 1 eq.) in MeOH (20 mL) at 0°C is added NaBH4 (402 mg, 10.6 mmol, 2 eq). The reaction mixture is allowed to reach room temperature and stirred for 4h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, it is quenched with saturated NH4Cl solution (30 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL). Finally, the combined organic layers are washed with water (20 mL) dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to afford crude compound as a sticky liquid. The crude compound is triturated with diethyl ether (2x10 mL) to afford the title compound (1.1 g; 73%) as a light brown solid. Mass [m/z] 286 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 7.20 (t, J = 1.2 Hz, 1H), 4.98 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 2H), 4.0-3.98 (m, 4H), 3.85-3.82(m, 4H), 2.32 (br s, 1H). Step 3: (4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6- yl)methanol: To a stirred solution of (2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methanol (34-6) (1.1 g, 0.28 mmol,1 eq.), and 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (550 mg, 1.5 eq.) in a mixture of toluene: dioxane (1:1) (3 mL) is added Pd2(dba)3 (640 mg, 0.028 mmol, 0.1 eq.), and t-Bu-XPhos (600 mg, 0.056 mmol, 0.2 eq.), followed by K3PO4 (1.5 g, 0.56 mmol, 2 eq.), and the reaction is degassed for 30 min. The reaction mixture is stirred at 120°C for 6h. Progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, the catalyst is filtered and the filtrate is diluted with EtOAc (100 mL), and washed with water (30 mL). Finally, the organic layer is dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude (1.4 g) light brown solid. The crude is purified by flash RP using water/ACN as eluting at 55-60% ACN/water followed by lyophilization to afford the title compound (350 mg; 22%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] 408.2 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.73 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (br s, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (t, J = 7.6 Hz 1H), 7.2 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.94 (t, J= 5.6, 1H), 4.85-4.83 (m, 2H), 4.03-4.0 (m, 4H), 3.81-3.79(m, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H). Step 4: 4-(6-(chloromethyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of (4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methanol (200 mg, 0.49 mmol, 1 eq.), in DCM (5 mL) at 0°C is added SOCl2 (116 mg, 0.98mmol, 2eq). The reaction is allowed to warm to room temperature and it is then stirred for 2h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC and after completion, it is evaporated under reduced pressure to afford the title compound (200 mg; 96%) as a white solid. Mass [m/z] 426.1 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.65 (s, 1H), 8.47 (s, 1H), 7.95 (m, 2H), 7.38 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.86 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.18 (brs, 4H), 3.94 (brs, 4H), 2.44 (s, 3H). Step 5: (R)-N,N-dimethyl-1-((4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno [3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-amine To a stirred solution of 4-(6-(chloromethyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (50 mg, 1 eq) in THF (20 vol) at room temperature is added (R)-N,N-dimethylpyrrolidin-3-amine (26.6 mg) followed by K2CO3 (3 eq). The reaction mixture is heated to 70-80°C for 8 to 12 h. Progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After starting material consumption, the reaction mixture is diluted with water (10 vol) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x10 vol). Combined organic fractions are dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to provide a crude product (65 mg) as an off white solid. The crude compound is purified by Prep HPLC (Method-B: Kinetex, EVO, C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 µm; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/10, 12/35, 15/60, 20/95.), and after lyophilization affords the title compound (10 mg; 17%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 504.3 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.72 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (Brs, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (s, 1H), 7.35 (t, J = 7.6 Hz 1H), 7.2 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.01-3.97 (m, 4H), 3.88 (s, 2H), 3.81-3.78(m, 4H), 2.81-2.55(m, 4H), 2.43 (Brs, 1H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.12 (s, 6H), 1.85-1.95 (m, 1H), 1.7-1.66 (m, 1H). Example 19: Step 5: (S)-N,N-dimethyl-1-((4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno [3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-amine: Following the general procedure of Example 18, 4-(6-(chloromethyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (50 mg) is treated with (S)-N,N- dimethylpyrrolidin-3-amine (26.6 mg) to obtain crude (62 mg) as an off white solid. The crude compound is purified by Prep HPLC (Method-B: Kinetex, EVO, C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 µm; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/10, 12/35, 15/60, 20/95.), and after lyophilization affords the title product (12 mg; 20%) as an off- white solid. Mass [m/z] 504.3 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.72 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (Brs, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (s, 1H), 7.35 (t, J = 7.6 Hz 1H), 7.2 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.01-3.97 (m, 4H), 3.88 (s, 2H), 3.81- 3.78(m, 4H), 2.81-2.58(m, 4H), 2.44-2.41 (m, 2H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.11 (s, 6H), 1.85-1.95 (m, 1H), 1.7-1.66 (m, 1H). Example 20: Step 5: N,N-dimethyl-3-((4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methyl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-amine: Following the general procedure of Example 18, 4-(6-(chloromethyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (50 mg) is treated with N,N- dimethyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-amine (29.6 mg) to obtain crude (69 mg) as an off white solid. The crude compound is purified by Prep HPLC (Method-B: Kinetex, EVO, C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 µm; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/10, 10/30, 15/55, 18/95.), and after lyophilization affords the title compound (8 mg; 14%) as off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 516.1 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- d6)): 8.72 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (Brs, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (s, 1H), 7.35 (t, J = 7.6 Hz 1H), 7.2 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.01-3.99 (m, 4H), 3.92 (s, 2H), 3.81-3.79(m, 4H), 3.33-2.3 (m,, 2H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.36-2.32 (m, 2H), 2.22 (s, 4H), 2.19 (s, 2H), 1.66 (br s, 2H). Example 21: Step 1: 2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine-6-carboxylic acid: To a stirred solution of 4-(2-chlorothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (200 mg, 0.78 mmol, 1 eq.) in THF (5 mL) at -78°C is added LiHMDS (1.5 mL, 1.56 mmol, 2 eq). The reaction mixture is allowed to warm to room temperature and is stirred for 1h and the progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion, the reaction is cooled to 0°C, dry ice is added and the reaction is stirred for 1h. The reaction is quenched with saturated NH4Cl solution (10 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 30 mL). The organic layer is dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to afford the title compound (180 mg, 76%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 300.1 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 7.25 (s, 1H), 3.90 (t, J=4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.74 (t, J= 5.2 Hz, 4H). Step 2: (R)-(2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)(3-(dimethylamino) pyrrolidin-1-yl)methanone: To a stirred solution of 2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine-6-carboxylic acid (40 mg, 1 eq.) in DMF (10 vol) is added (R)-N,N-dimethylpyrrolidin-3-amine (23 mg), HATU (1.5 eq.) and DIPEA (3.0 eq.). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 18h and the progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion, it is diluted with ethyl acetate (20 vol), washed with ice cold water (2 X 15 vol) and brine solution (20 vol). Finally, the organic layers are dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under vacuum to obtain a crude product which is purified by silica gel chromatography with 60% EtOAc/hexane gave the title compound (50 mg; 96%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 396.2 [M+H]+. Step 3: (R)-(3-(dimethylamino)pyrrolidin-1-yl)(4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methanone To a stirred solution of (R)-(2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)(3- (dimethylamino)pyrrolidin-1-yl)methanone (40 mg, 1 eq.), and 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (24 mg, 1.5 eq.) dissolved in mixture of toluene: 1,4-dioxane (1:1) (3 mL) is added Pd2(dba)3 (0.1 eq.), and t-Bu-XPhos (0.2 eq.), followed by K3PO4 (2 eq.), and the mixture is degassed for 30 min. The reaction is heated at 120°C for 6h and progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After complete consumption of the starting material, the reaction mixture is passed through a Celite pad and diluted with ethyl acetate (20 vol), and the organics are washed with water (15 vol), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude solid is purified by Prep HPLC (Method-B: GEMINI-C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 µm; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/25, 10/65, 15/95) to afford the title compound (10 mg; 19%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] 518.2 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.73 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (br s, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (t, J = 7.6 Hz 1H), 7.2 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.94 (t, J= 5.6, 1H), 4.85-4.83 (m, 2H), 4.03-4.0 (m, 4H), 3.81-3.79(m, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H). Example 22: Step 2: (2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)(4-(2-hydroxypropan-2- yl)piperidin-1-yl)methanone: Following the general procedure of Example 21, 2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d] pyrimidine-6-carboxylic acid (40 mg) is reacted with 2-(piperidin-4-yl)propan-2-ol (28 mg) to provide the crude (49 mg) as a sticky liquid. The crude is purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting at 60% EtOAc/hexane to afford the title compound (40 mg; 71%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 425 [M+H]+. Step 3: (4-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)piperidin-1-yl)(4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methanone: Following the general procedure of Example 21, (2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)(4-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)piperidin-1-yl)methanone (40 mg) is reacted with 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (22 mg). The resulting crude is purified by Prep HPLC (Method-B: GEMINI-C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 µm; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/45, 10/65, 25/95) to afford the title compound (10 mg; 19% ) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] 547.3 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.76 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (br s, 1H), 7.76 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (t, J = 11 Hz 1H), 7.21 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 4.55 (t, J= 5.6, 1H), 4.19(s, 1H), 4.05-4.31 (m, 2H), 3.83-3.81 (m, 4H), 3.5-3.4(m, 4H), 2.49 (s, 3H), 1.85-1.75(m,2H), 1.2-1.3(br s, 3H),1.07(s, 6H). Example 23: Step 2: (2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)(4- (dimethylamino)piperidin-1-yl)methanone: Following the general procedure of Example 21, 2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d] pyrimidine-6-carboxylic acid (50 mg) is reacted with N,N-dimethylpiperidin-4-amine (32 mg). The crude is purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with 70% EtOAc/hexane to afford the title compound (35 mg; 51%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 382.1 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 7.41 (s, 1H), 4.01 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 3.85 (t, J = 5.2 Hz, 4H), 2.28 (s, 6H), 1.93 (br s, 2H), 1.25(br s, 7H), 0.92-0.82 (m, 4H). Step 3: (4-(dimethylamino)piperidin-1-yl)(4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol- 1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methanone: Following the general procedure of Example 21, (2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)(4-(dimethylamino)piperidin-1-yl)methanone (35 mg) is reacted with 3- (m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (20 mg). The resulting crude is purified by Prep HPLC (Method- B: Kinetix, EVO, C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 µm; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/20, 15/55, 20/70, 21/95) to afford the title product (5 mg; 11%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] 547.3 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.76 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.8 (br s, 1H), 7.77-7.72 (m, 2H), 7.36 (t, J = 7.6 Hz 1H), 7.2 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.03 (t, J = 4.6 Hz, 1H), 3.81 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 2.49 (s, 4H), 2.22 (s, 6H), 1.81-1.86(m, 2H). Example 24: Step 2: (S)-(2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)(3- (dimethylamino)pyrrolidin-1-yl)methanone: Following the general procedure of Example 21, 2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d] pyrimidine-6-carboxylic acid (40 mg) is reacted with (S)-N,N-dimethylpyrrolidin-3- amine (23 mg) which after silica gel chromatography eluting with 60% EtOAc/hexane affords the title compound (45 mg; 86%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 396.2 [M+H]+. Step 3: (S)-(3-(dimethylamino)pyrrolidin-1-yl)(4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methanone: Following the general procedure of Example 21, (S)-(2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)(3-(dimethylamino)pyrrolidin-1-yl)methanone (40 mg) is reacted with 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (22 mg). The resulting crude is purified by Prep HPLC (Method- B: Kinetix, C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 µm; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/25, 20/95) to afford the title compound (10 mg; 19%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] 518.3 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.75 (s, 1H), 7.79 (br s, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (t, J = 11.4 Hz 1H), 7.2 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 4.06 (t, J=7 Hz 4H), 3.829 (t, J= 4.8 Hz, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H) 2.33-2.32 (m, 4H), 1.23 (s, 1H). Example 25: Step 2: (2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)(4-methylpiperazin-1- yl)methanone: Following the general procedure of Example 21, 2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2- d]pyrimidine-6-carboxylic acid (50 mg) is reacted with 1-methylpiperazine (25 mg) which after purification by silica gel chromatography eluting with 45% EtOAc/hexane affords the title compound (50 mg; 79%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 382.1 [M+H]+. Step 3: (4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)(4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methanone: Following the general procedure of Example 21, (2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)methanone (50 mg) is reacted with 3-(m-tolyl)- 1H-pyrazole (31 mg). The resulting crude is purified by Prep HPLC (Method-B: KINETIX EVO, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 µm; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/45, 10/65, 25/95) to afford the title compound (15 mg; 22%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] 504.2 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.75 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (br s, 1H), 7.77-7-73 (m, 2H), 7.36 (t, J = 7.6 Hz 1H), 7.2 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.03 (t, J= 4.8, 4H), 3.81 (t, J= 4.8 Hz, 4H), 3.67(t, J=4.8 Hz, 4H), 2.39 (br s, 7H), 2.22 (s, 3H). Example 26: Step 5: 4-(6-(1-(4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)ethyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine: Following the general procedure of Example 17, 4-(6-(1-chloroethyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine is treated with 1-(methylsulfonyl) piperazine (28 mg) to obtain a crude (55 mg) which is purified by Flash RP chromatography (C18, 6 g column) using water/acetonitrile as solvent system. The product is eluting at 50-55% acetonitrile/water and after evaporation affords the title compound (2 mg; 3%) as a white solid. Mass [m/z] 568.3 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.72 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (br s, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (s, 1H), 7.35 (t, J = 7.6 Hz 1H), 7.20 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.18-4.17 (m, 1H), 3.4.05-3.95 (m, 4H), 3.81-3.72(m, 4H), 3.19-3.10(m, 4H), 2.9 (s, 3H), 2.65-2.57 (m, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 1.46 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H) Example 27: Step 1: 4,6-dichloro-3-nitropyridin-2-amine: To a stirred solution of 4,6-dichloropyridin-2-amine (3 g, 18.5 mmol, 1 eq.) at 0°C is added H2SO4 (16 mL), and the mixture is stirred at the same temperature for 30 min. Then HNO3 (1 mL) is added dropwise at 0°C. The reaction is stirred at the same temperature for 5h. Progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, it is quenched with ice-cold water, the obtained solid is filtered to provide crude (2.8 g) as yellow solid. This crude is purified by silica gel (60-120 mesh) column chromatography using 12% EtOAc in hexane as an eluent to afford the title compound (1.2 g; 31%) as a yellow solid. Mass [m/z] 208.1 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- d6)): 6.83 (s, 1H), 6.29 (brs, 2H). Step 2: 4,6-dichloropyridine-2,3-diamine: To a stirred solution of 4,6-dichloro-3-nitropyridin-2-amine (1.2 g, 5.79 mmol, 1 eq.), dissolved in IPA (36 mL), is added iron (1.6 g, 28.9 mmol, 5 eq.), then the reaction mixture is cooled to 0°C, 6N HCL (6 mL) is added, and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 3h. Progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, the crude is Celite filtered, and the filtrate is quenched with saturated NaHCO3 solution and extracted with EtOAc (80 mL). The organic layers are washed with water (20 mL) and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to provide a crude (980 mg) as brown solid. This crude is purified by using silica gel (60-120 mesh) column chromatography using 45% EtOAc in hexane as an eluent to afford the title compound (750 mg; 75%) as a brown solid. Mass [m/z] 170.0 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 6.756 (s, 1H), 4.46 (brs, 2H), 3.57 (brs, 2H). Step 3: 2-((benzyloxy)methyl)-5,7-dichloro-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine: To a stirred solution of 4,6-dichloropyridine-2,3-diamine (700 mg, 3.95 mmol, 1 eq.), 2- (benzyloxy)acetic acid (1.3 g, 7.91 mmol, 2 eq.) is added, and the neat reaction is stirred at 150°C for 4h. Progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, it is diluted with EtOAc (55 mL). The organic layer is washed with aqueous NaHCO3 (20 mL) first then washed with water (15 mL). Finally, the organic layers are dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain crude (1.1 g) as brown liquid. Crude is purified by using silica gel (60-120 mesh) column chromatography using 25% EtOAc in Hexane as an eluent to afford the title compound (750 mg; 62%) as an ash color solid. Mass [m/z] 308.1 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 13.75 (brs, 1H), 7.56 (s, 1H), 7.41-7-29 (m,5H), 4.77 (s, 2H), 4.62 (s, 1H). Step 4: 2-((benzyloxy)methyl)-5,7-dichloro-3-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-3H- imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine: To a stirred solution of 2-((benzyloxy)methyl)-5,7-dichloro-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine (500 mg, 1.62 mmol, 1 eq.) in DCM (10 mL) is added pyridinium p-toluenesulfonate (PPTS) (41 mg, 0.16 mmol, 0.1 eq) followed by 3,4-dihydropyran (DHP) (0.5 mL, 6.49 mmol, 4 eq). The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 18h. Progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, it is diluted with EtOAc (60 mL). The separated organic layer is washed with aqueous NaHCO3 (20 mL) followed by water (15 mL). Finally, the organic layers are dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to provide a crude (550 mg) as colorless liquid. The crude is purified by silica gel (60-120) column chromatography using 20% EtOAc in hexane as an eluent to afford the title compound (450 mg; 71%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 392.2 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 7.36-7.26 (m, 6H), 5.03 (d, J=12.4 Hz, 1H), 4.86 (d, J = 12.4 Hz 1H), 4.67-4.60 (m, 2H), 4.13-4.09 (m, 1H), 3.64- 3.63 (m, 1H), 2.62-2.70 (m, 1H), 1.63-2.13 (m, 6H). Step 5: 4-(2-((benzyloxy)methyl)-5-chloro-3-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-3H- imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 2-((benzyloxy)methyl)-5,7-dichloro-3-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2- yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine (200 mg, 0.51 mmol, 1 eq.) in methanol (5 mL) is added morpholine (2 mL, 1 vol). The reaction mixture is stirred at 80°C for 12h. Progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, it is diluted with EtOAc (35 mL). The separated organic layer is washed with 1N HCl (15 mL), and washed with water (15 mL). Finally, the organic layer is dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain crude (230 mg) as colorless liquid. Crude is purified by using silica gel (60-120) column chromatography using 15-20% EtOAc in hexane as an eluent to afford the title compound (130 mg; 58%) as a light-yellow solid. Mass [m/z] 443.2 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 7.40-7.29 (m, 5H), 6.59 (s, 1H), 5.69- 5.66 (dd, J = 2 Hz, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.88 (d, 1H), 4.69 (d, 1H), 4.58 (d, J=1.2 Hz, 2H), 4.03-4.0 (m, 1H), 3.91-3.89 (m, 4H), 3.75-3.73 (m, 4H), 3.6-3.58 (m, 1H), 2.56-2.51 (m, 1H), 1.90-1.89 (m, 1H), 1.76-1.72 (m, 1H), 1.50 (brs, 1H).1.26 (s, 2H). Step 6: 4-(2-((benzyloxy)methyl)-3-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine: A solution of t-butyl-XPhos (57 mg, 0.13 mmol, 0.2 eq), and Pd2(dba)3 (62 mg, 0.067 mmol, 0.1 eq) in toluene (3 mL) is degassed for 10 min and heated to 100°C for 5 min until the solution turns clear, then this mixture at 100 oC is added slowly to a degassed mixture of 4-(2-((benzyloxy)methyl)-5-chloro-3-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-3H- imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (300 mg, 0.67 mmol, 1 eq.), 3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazole (160 mg, 1.01 mmol, 1.5 eq), and K3PO4 (430 mg, 1.35 mmol, 2 eq) in 1,4- dioxane (5 mL) taken in another flask (at 100 oC). The resulting reaction mixture is heated to 120°C and stirred for 5h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC and after completion it is diluted with EtOAc (50 mL) and washed with water (20 mL). Finally, the organic layer is dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to provide crude (400 mg) as a brownish gummy material. The crude compound is purified by RP flash purification (C18-6 g column) eluting with 55% acetonitrile/water, to afford the title compound (180 mg; 47%) as an off-white solid; Mass [m/z] 563.3 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.59 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.73 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.4-7.3 (m, 8H), 7.17 (d, J = 7.6 Hz 1H), 6.75 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.83 (dd, J=2.4 Hz, J=11.2 Hz, 1H), 4.94 (d, J=12.4 Hz, 1H), 4.78 (d, J=12 Hz, 1H), 4.63 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1H), 4.16-4.13 (m, 1H), 4.03-4.01 (m, 4H), 3.94-3.92 (m, 4H), 3.66-3.65 (m, 1H), 2.75-2.85 (m, 1H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 2.05 (Brs, 1H), 1.91 (d, J=13.6 Hz, 1H), 1.71 (t, J=8.8 Hz, 2H). Step 7: (7-morpholino-3-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)methanol: To a stirred solution of 4-(2-((benzyloxy)methyl)-3-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-5-(3-(m- tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (150 mg, 0.51 mmol, 1 eq.) in EtOAc (3 mL) is added 10% Pd/C (50% wet) (120 mg). The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 18h under hydrogen atmosphere (30 psi). Progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, it is diluted with EtOAc (35 mL) and filtered under nitrogen atmosphere though Celite pad. The filtrate is evaporated under reduced pressure to provide a crude (100 mg) as colorless liquid. The crude is purified by silica gel (60-120) column chromatography with 45% EtOAc in hexane as an eluent to afford the title compound (80 mg; 63%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] 475.3 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.58 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.73 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.35-7.31 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (d, J = 7.6 Hz 1H), 6.76 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.96 (dd, J=2.4 Hz, J=11.2 Hz, 1H), 5.0 (d, J=12.4 Hz, 1H), 4.89 (m, 1H), 4.27 (d, J=11.6 Hz, 1H), 4.03-4.00 (m, 4H), 3.95-3.92 (m, 4H), 3.81-3.79 (m, 1H), 3.45-3.42 (m, 1H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 1.82-1.76 (m, 3H). Step 8: 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5- b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of (7-morpholino-3-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)methanol (280 mg, 0.59 mmol, 1 eq.), in DCM (6 mL) at 0°C is added SOCl2 (0.2 mL). The reaction mass is allowed to warm to room temperature and it is stirred for 2h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After starting material consumption, it is evaporated under reduced pressure to afford the title compound (220 mg; 91%) as a white solid. Mass [m/z] 409.1 [M+H]+; 1H- NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.79 (brs, 1H), 7.73 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 7.35 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (d, J = 7.6 Hz 1H), 6.87 (brs, 1H), 4.75 (s, 2H), 4.25 (brs, 4H), 3.95 (brs, 4H), 2.45 (s, 3H). Step 9: 4-(2-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-3H- imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (30 mg, 1 eq) in THF (20 vol) at room temperature is added 1-(methylsulfonyl)piperazine (1.5 eq) followed by K2CO3 (3 eq). The reaction mixture is heated to 70-80°C for 8 to 12 h. Progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After starting material consumption, the reaction mixture is diluted with water (10 vol) and extracted twice with EtOAc (2 x10 vol). Combined organic fractions are dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain crude product (45 mg) which is purified by RP flash column chromatography (C18-6 g) eluting at 52% acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (15 mg; 38%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] 409.1 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 12.78 (Brs, 1H), 8.52 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (Brs, 2H), 7.36-7.33 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (d, J = 7.6 Hz 1H), 7.00 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.94 (Brs, 4H), 3.83-3.82 (m, 4H), 3.72 (s, 2H), 3.15 (t, J=4.4 Hz, 4H), 2.88 (s, 3H), 2.67 (Brs, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H). Example 28: Step 9: N,N-dimethyl-1-((7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-3H- imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-amine: Following the general procedure of Example 27, 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (40 mg) is reacted with N,N- dimethylpiperidine-4-amine (1.5 eq.) to provide a crude product (50 mg) which is purified by RP flash column chromatography (C18-6 g), eluting with 65% of acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (18 mg; 37%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] 409.1 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 12.85 (Brs, 1H), 8.51 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (Brs, 2H), 7.35 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J = 7.6 Hz 1H), 7.01 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.94 (Brs, 4H), 3.83-3.82 (m, 4H), 3.68 (s, 2H), 2.98 (d, J = 11.6 Hz 1H), 2.63 (Brs, 6H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.12 (t, J=11.6 Hz, 2H), 1.92 (d, J=10.4 Hz, 2H), 1.61 (m, 2H). Example 29: Step 9: 4-((4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6- yl)methyl)morpholine: Following the general procedure of Example 18, 4-(6-(chloromethyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (50 mg) is treated with morpholine (20 mg) to obtain crude (58 mg) as an off white solid. The crude compound is purified by flash RP chromatography, eluting with 70-75% acetonitrile/water. Product fractions are lyophilized to afford the title compound (15 mg; 27%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 477.3 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.72 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (br s, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (s, 1H), 7.35 (t, J = 7.6 Hz 1H), 7.2 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.01 (t, J=4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.87 (s, 2H), 3.81(t, J=4.8 Hz, 4H), 3.62(t, J=4.4 Hz, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H). Example 30: Step 6: 4-((7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazolyl)thiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidin-2- yl)methyl)morpholine: Following the general procedure of Example 9, 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine (60 mg) is reacted with morpholine (24 mg) and the resulting crude (68 mg) is purified by Flash RP chromatography (C18, 6 g column) eluting with 70-75% ACN/water to afford the title compound (11 mg; 16%) as a white solid. Mass [m/z] 478.3 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.73 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 4.35 (Brs, 4H), 3.92 (s, 2H), 3.79 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 3.64 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 2.57 (t, J = 4 Hz, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H). Example 31: Step 5: 4-(6-((4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)methyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno [3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine: Following the general procedure of Example 18, 4-(6-(chloromethyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (50 mg) is treated with 1-methyl- piperazine (24 mg) to obtain crude (56 mg) as an off white solid. The crude compound is purified by flash RP, eluting with 68% acetonitrile/water which after lyophilization affords the title compound (15 mg; 26%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 490.3 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.72 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (br s, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (s, 1H), 7.35 (t, J = 7.6 Hz 1H), 7.2 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.01-3.99 (m, 4H), 3.86 (s, 2H), 3.81-3.79(m, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.19 (br s, 3H), 1.23 (s, 2H). Example 32: Step 5: N,N-dimethyl-1-((4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methyl)azetidin-3-amine: Following the general procedure of Example 18, 4-(6-(chloromethyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (50 mg) is treated with N,N- dimethyl-azetidine-3-amine (23.5 mg) to obtain crude (54 mg) as an off-white solid. The crude compound is purified by flash RP, eluting with 50-55% acetonitrile/water which after lyophilization affords the title compound (11 mg; 19%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 490.2 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.72 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (Brs, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (s, 1H), 7.35 (t, J = 7.6 Hz 1H), 7.2 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.01-3.99 (m, 4H), 3.95 (s, 2H), 3.81-3.78(m, 4H), 3.5 (Brs, 2H), 2.99-2.92 (m, 2H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.14-1.95 (m, 4H). Example 33: Step 5: 4-(1-((4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin- 6-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)morpholine: Following the general procedure of Example 18, 4-(6-(chloromethyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (50 mg) is treated with 4- (piperidin-4-yl)morpholine (39.9 mg) to obtain crude (69 mg) as an off white solid. The crude compound is purified by flash RP, eluting with 65-70% acetonitrile/water, which after lyophilization affords the title compound (15 mg; 26%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 560.3 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.72 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (Brs, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (s, 1H), 7.35 (t, J = 7.6 Hz 1H), 7.2 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.01-3.99 (m, 4H), 3.95 (s, 2H), 3.81-3.78(m, 4H), 3.55- 3.61 (m, 4H), 2.99-2.92 (m, 2H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.14-1.95 (m, 4H), 1.77-1.75 (m, 1H), 1.47-1..43 (m, 1H). Example 34: Step 6: 4-(2-((4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)methyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine: Following the general procedure of Example 9, 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine (40 mg) is reacted with 1- methylpiperazine (19 mg) and the resulting crude is purified by Flash RP chromatography (C18, 6 g column) eluting with 75-80% acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (13 mg; 28%) as a white solid. Mass [m/z] 491.2 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.73 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 4.35 (br s, 4H), 3.91 (s, 2H), 3.78 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 2.67 (br s, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.22 (s, 4H), 1.23 (s, 3H). Example 35: Step 6: 4-(8-((4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)methyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H- purin-6-yl)morpholine: Following the general procedure of Example 15, 4-(8-(chloromethyl)-9-methyl-2-(3-(m- tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-6-yl)morpholine (30 mg) is reacted with 1- methylpiperazine (27 mg) and the resulting crude product is purified by Prep HPLC (Method-B: Kinetix, EVO, C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 µm; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/20, 15/55, 20/70, 21/95.), eluting with 60% acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (4 mg; 20%) as a white solid. Mass [m/z] 474.3 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 10.00 (br s, 1H), 8.54 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (s, 1H), 7.72 (d, J = 3,2 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (s, 1H), 7.29 (m. 1H), 7.14 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.75 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.38 (br s, 4H), 3.86 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 3.71 (s, 2H), 2.56 (s, 4H), 2.45 (s, 6H), 2.31 (s, 3H). Example 36: Step 6: 4-(8-((3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)azetidin-1-yl)methyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)-9H-purin-6-yl)morpholine: Following the general procedure of Example 15, 4-(8-(chloromethyl)-9-methyl-2-(3-(m- tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-6-yl)morpholine (30 mg) is reacted with 3-(pyrrolidine- 1-yl)azetidine (32 mg) and the resulting crude product is purified by Prep HPLC (Method-B: Kinetix, EVO, C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 µm; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/20, 15/55, 20/70, 21/95.) eluting with 60% acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (5 mg; 30%) as a white solid. Mass [m/z] 500.3 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.50 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.72 (d, J = 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (m, 1H), 7.14 (d, J = 7.8Hz, 1H), 6.74 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.34 (s, 4H), 3.86-3.89 (m, 6H), 3.56 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H), 3.32-3.37 (m, 2H), 2.66 (Br s, 3H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 1.89 (s, 5H). Example 37: Step 1: 4-(2-chloro-6-iodothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 4-(2-chlorothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (500 mg, 1.96 mmol, 1 eq.) in THF (8 mL) at -78°C is added n-BuLi (1.0 M in THF) (2.94 mL, 2.94 mmol, 1.5 eq) and stirred for 15 min, then iodochloroethane (2.94 mL, 2.94 mmol, 1.5 eq) is added at the same temperature. The reaction temperature is allowed to reach room temperature and it is stirred for an additional 4h. The reaction is monitored by TLC, and after completion of the reaction, it is quenched with saturated NH4Cl solution (25 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 60 mL). The organic layer is dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under vacuum to obtain the crude as a sticky liquid which is purified by silica gel chromatography (60-120 mesh) eluting with 10-15% EtOAc/hexane, to afford the title compound (300 mg; 40%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] 382 [M+H]+; 1H- NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 7.25 (s, 1H), 3.90 (t, J=4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.74 (t, J= 5.2 Hz, 4H). Step 2: 4-(2-chloro-6-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl) morpholine: To a stirred solution of 4-(2-chloro-6-iodothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (100 mg, 0.26 mmol, 1 eq.), 1-methyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1H- pyrazole (82 mg, 0.39 mmol, 1.5 eq.) in a mixture 1,4-dioxane: water (1:1) (5 mL) is added Pd2(dba)3 (12 mg, 0.013 mmol, 0.05 eq.), and tri-tert-butyl-phosphonium tetrafluoroborate (7 mg, 0.023 mmol, 0.09 eq.), followed by K3PO4 (111 mg, 0.52 mmol, 2 eq.) and the mixture is degassed for 30 min. The reaction mixture is stirred at 80°C for 1h under microwave conditions. TLC monitoring confirms the complete consumption of the starting material. The reaction mixture is filtered through a Celite pad to remove the catalyst impurities and the filtrate is diluted with EtOAc (30 mL) then washed with water (10 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under vacuum to produce a sticky liquid. Purification of the crude using silica gel chromatography eluting with 35%-40% EtOAc/hexane affords the title compound (70 mg; 19%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] 382 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.75 (s, 1H), 7.79 (br s, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (t, J = 11.4 Hz 1H), 7.2 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 4.06 (t, J=7 Hz, 4H), 3.829 (t, J= 4.8 Hz, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H) 2.33-2.32 (m, 4H), 1.23 (s, 1H). Step 3: 4-(6-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 4-(2-chloro-6-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin- 4-yl)morpholine (70 mg, 0.20 mmol,1 eq.), and 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (49 mg, 0.31mmoL, 1.5 eq.) dissolved in a mixture of toluene: 1,4-dioxane (1:1) (4 mL) is added Pd2(dba)3 (19 mg, 0.02 mmol, 0.1 eq.), and t-Bu-XPhos (18 mg, 0.04 mmol, 0.2 eq.), followed by K3PO4 (88 mg, 0.41 mmol, 2 eq.), and the mixture is degassed for 30 min. The reaction mixture is stirred at 120°C for 6h. Progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After complete consumption of the starting material, the reaction mixture is filtered through a celite pad and the filtrate is diluted with EtOAc (30 mL), washed with water (10 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a brown liquid. The crude product is purified by Flash (C18 reverse phase 12g column) eluting with 60-70% acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (20 mg; 21%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] 458.1 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.75 (s, 1H), 7.79 (br s, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (t, J = 11.4 Hz 1H), 7.2 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 4.06 (t, J=7 Hz 4H), 3.829 (t, J= 4.8 Hz, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H) 2.33-2.32 (m, 4H), 1.23(s, 1H). Example 38: Step 9: 4-((7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin- 2-yl)methyl)morpholine: Following the general procedure of Example 27, 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (35 mg) is reacted with morpholine (1.5 eq.) to provide a crude product (42 mg) which is purified by RP flash column chromatography (C18-6 g) eluting with 70% of acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (15 mg; 38%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] 460.4 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 9.70 (Brs, 1H), 8.48 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (Brs, 1H), 7.73 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.34-7.31 (m, 2H), 7.17 (d, J = 7.6 Hz 1H), 6.76 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.01- 3.99 (m, 4H), 3.95-3.93(m, 4H), 3.75-3.73 (m, 6H), 2.56 (t, J=4.4 Hz, 4H), 2.43 (s, 3H). Example 39: Step 9: 4-(2-((4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)methyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-3H- imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine: Following the general procedure of Example 27, 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (35 mg) is reacted with 1- methylpiperazine (1.5 eq.) to provide a crude product (42 mg) which is purified by RP flash column chromatography (C18-6 g), eluting with 75% acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (12 mg; 30%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] 473.4 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 9.83 (brs, 1H), 8.48 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (brs, 1H), 7.73 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.34-7.31 (m, 2H), 7.17 (d, J = 7.6 Hz 1H), 6.76 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.01- 3.99 (m, 4H), 3.95-3.93(m, 4H), 3.77 (s, 2H), 2.65 (brs, 4H), 2.56 (brs, 3H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 2.37 (s, 3H). Example 40: Step 6: 4-(8-((4-isopropylpiperazin-1-yl)methyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H- purin-6-yl)morpholine: Following the general procedure of Example 15, 4-(8-(chloromethyl)-9-methyl-2-(3-(m- tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-6-yl)morpholine (40 mg) is reacted with 1- isopropylpiperazine (25 mg) and the resulting crude product is purified by Flash RP chromatography (C18, 6 g column) eluting with 75% acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (7 mg; 14%) as a white solid. Mass [m/z] 500.2 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.66 (d, J = 4.0 Hz, 1H), 8.32 (s, 1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.71 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.0 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.27 (Br s, 4H), 3.77 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 3.63 (s, 2H), 2.56-2.63 (m, 3H), 2.45 (s, 6H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 0.94 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 6H). Example 41: Step 9: (R)-N,N-dimethyl-1-((7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-3H- imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-amine: Following the general procedure of Example 27, 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (30 mg) is reacted with (R)- N,N-dimethylpyrrolidin-3-amine (1.5 eq.) to provide a crude product (32 mg) which is subjected to Prep HPLC purification (Column: Kinetex EVO, C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 µm; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/15, 12/40, 15/50, 17/95.), to afford the title compound (3 mg; 8%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 487.5 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.62 (brs, 1H), 8.56 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (brs, 1H), 7.73 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (t, J=7.6, 2H), 7.16 (d, J = 7.6 Hz 1H), 6.74 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.01-4.03 (m, 1H), 3.96-3.92(m, 9H), 3.22-3.09 (m, 3H), 2.76-2.73 (m, 2H), 2.66 (s, 6H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 2.20-2.13 (m, 6H). Example 42: Step 9: 4-(1-((7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5- b]pyridin-2-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)morpholine: Following the general procedure of Example 27, 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (30mg) is reacted with 4- (piperidin-4-yl)morpholine (1.5 eq.) to provide a crude product (36 mg) which is purified by Prep HPLC (Column: Gemini C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 µm; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/40, 14/55, 25/90, 26/95.), to afford the title compound (5 mg; 13%) as off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 543.4 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.65 (brs, 1H), 8.56 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (brs, 1H), 7.73 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (t, J=7.6, 2H), 7.16 (d, J = 7.6 Hz 1H), 6.74 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.06 (m, 1H), 3.95-3.91(m, 7H), 3.22-3.08 (m, 3H), 2.75-2.67 (m, 2H), 2.65 (s, 6H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 2.27-2.12 (m, 2H). Example 43: Step 6: 4-(8-((4-(azetidin-1-yl)-3-fluoropiperidin-1-yl)methyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-6-yl)morpholine: Following the general procedure of Example 15, 4-(8-(chloromethyl)-9-methyl-2-(3-(m- tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-6-yl)morpholine (40 mg) is reacted with 4-(azetidin-1- yl)-3-fluoropiperidine (30.9 mg) and the resulting crude is purified by Prep HPLC (Method-B: Kinetix, EVO, C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 µm; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/20, 15/55, 20/70, 21/95.) eluting with 55% acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (2 mg; 4%) as a white solid. Mass [m/z] 532.4 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 13.18 (br s, 1H), 8.66 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 8.36 (s, 1H), 7.76 (s, 1H), 7.71 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (d, J = 2.8 Hz), 4.54-4.67 (m, 1H), 4.27 (br s, 4H), 3.76-3.78 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 3.70 (s, 2H), 3.10-3.16 (t, J = 9.8 Hz, 4H), 2.92 (m, 1H), 2.65 (m, 1H).2.41 (s, 3H), 2.22 (m, 1H), 2.06 (m, 2H), 1.5 (m, 2H). Example 44: Step 1: 4-(2-chloro-8-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-9H- purin-6-yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 4-(2-chloro-8-iodo-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-9H-purin-6- yl)morpholine (200 mg, 0.445 mmol, 1 eq.) and 1-methyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2- dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole (80 mg, 0.40 mmol, 0.9 eq) dissolved in a mixture of 1,4-dioxane: water (4:1) is added Pd(dppf)Cl2-DCM (32 mg, 0.044 mmol, 0.1 eq.), followed by K2CO3 (112 mg, 0.89 mmol, 2 eq.) and the mixture is degassed for 30 min. The reaction mixture is stirred at 80°C for 3h. Progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC and after complete consumption of the starting material, it is filtered through a Celite pad and the resulting filtrate is diluted with ethyl acetate (20 mL) and washed with water (10 mL). Finally, the organic layer is dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a brown liquid which is purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with 35% - 40% EtOAc / petroleum ether to afford the title compound (100 mg; 55%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 404.1 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.26 (s, 1H), 7.92 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.65 – 5.62 (m, 1H), 4.16 – 4.13 (m, 2H), 4.02 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 3.76 – 3.66 (m, 5H), 2.59 – 2.55 (m, 1H), 1.93 – 190 (m, 1H), 1.70 – 1.64 (m, 3H), 1.61 – 1.56 (m, 2H). Step 2: 4-(8-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-2-(3-(m- tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-6-yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 4-(2-chloro-8-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-9-(tetrahydro-2H- pyran-2-yl)-9H-purin-6-yl)morpholine (100 mg, 0.24 mmol,1 eq.), and 3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazole (58 mg, 0.37 mmol, 1.5 eq.) in a mixture of toluene: 1,4-dioxane (1:1) (5 mL) is added Pd2(dba)3 (22 mg, 0.02 mmol, 0.1 eq.), and t-Bu-XPhos (21 mg, 0.04 mmol, 0.2 eq.), followed by K3PO4 (105 mg, 0.49 mmol, 2 eq.), and the mixture is degassed for 30 min. The reaction mixture is stirred at 120°C for 5h and progress is monitored by TLC. After complete consumption of the starting material, the mixture is filtered through a Celite bed. The filtrate is diluted with EtOAc (20 mL), washed with water (10 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a brown liquid. The crude compound is purified using silica gel chromatography (60- 120 mesh) eluting with 50-55 % ethyl acetate/petroleum ether to afford the title compound (60 mg; 46%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] 526.2 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.71 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.28 (s, 1H), 7.96 (s, 1H), 7.82 – 7.76 (m, 3H), 7.47 – 7.46 (m, 1H), 7.36 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (t, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.78 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H),4.33 (br s, 3H), 4.20 (d, J = 9.6 Hz, 1H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 3.78 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 2.76 – 7.73 (m, 1H), 2.49 (s, 3H), 1.98 (s, 1H), 1.76 – 1.73 (m, 3H), 1.61 (s, 1H). Step 3: 4-(8-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-6- yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 4-(8-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-2- (3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-6-yl)morpholine (60 mg, 0.11 mmol, 1 eq.) in 1,4-dioxane (2 mL) at 0°C is added 4 M HCl in 1,4-dioxane (3 mL). The reaction mixture is brought to room temperature and stirred for another 4h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC, and after completion of the reaction, it is evaporated under vacuum to obtain a sticky liquid which is purified by Flash chromatography (C18 reverse phase 12g column) eluting with 65-70% acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (10 mg; 20%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 442.2 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 13.55 (br s, 1H), 8.67 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 8.29 (s, 1H), 7.99 (s, 1H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.73 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H),7.0 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.31 (br s, 4H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 3.79 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 2.44 (s, 3H). Example 45: Step 5: 4-(1-((4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin- 6-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)morpholine: Following the general procedure of Example 18, 4-(6-(chloromethyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (40 mg, 1 eq.) in IPA (4 mL) is treated with 4-(azetidin-1-yl)-3-fluoropiperidine (29.5 mg, 2 eq.) and DIPEA (36 mg, 0.28 mmol, 3 eq) at room temperature. The reaction mixture is refluxed for 6-8h, progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, it is diluted with ethyl acetate (2 x10 mL) and washed with water (10 mL). Finally, the organic layers are dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product (55 mg) as an off-white solid. The crude compound is purified by Prep HPLC (Method-B: Kinetex, EVO, C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 µm; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/15, 12/40, 15/50, 17/95.), which after lyophilization affords the title compound (8 mg; 16%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 548.4 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.72 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (Brs, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (s, 1H), 7.35 (t, J = 7.6 Hz 1H), 7.2 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.01-3.99 (m, 4H), 3.86 (s, 2H), 3.81-3.79(m, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.19 (Brs, 3H), 1.23 (s, 2H). Example 46: Step 9: (S)-N,N-dimethyl-1-((7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-3H- imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-amine: Following the general procedure of Example 27, 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (30 mg) is reacted with (S)- N,N-dimethylpyrrolidin-3-amine (1.5 eq.) to provide a crude product (34 mg) which is subjected to Prep HPLC purification (Column: Kinetex, EVO, C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 µm; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/15, 12/40, 15/50, 17/95.), to afford the title compound (2.1 mg; 6%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 543.4 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): ): 8.65 (brs, 1H), 8.56 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (brs, 1H), 7.73 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (t, J=7.6, 2H), 7.16 (d, J = 7.6 Hz 1H), 6.74 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.06 (m, 1H), 3.95-3.91(m, 7H), 3.22-3.08 (m, 3H), 2.75-2.67 (m, 2H), 2.65 (s, 6H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 2.27-2.12 (m, 2H). Example 47: Step 6: 4-(2-((4-(azetidin-1-yl)-3-fluoropiperidin-1-yl)methyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine: Following the general procedure of Example 9, 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine (40 mg) is reacted with 4- (azetidin-1-yl)-3-fluoropiperidine (30 mg) and the resulting crude is purified by Prep HPLC (Method-B: X-Bridge-C18, 250 x 19.1 mm, 5 µm; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/20, 15/50, 25/60, 26/95) to afford the title compound (11 mg; 21%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] 549.3 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.75 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 5.12 (d, J=50.41H), 4.34- 4.20 (m, 6H), 4.04 (s, 4H), 3.8-3.78 (m, 6H), 3.41-3.35 (m, 1H), 3.09 (d, J= 11.6, 1H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.33-2.08 (m, 2H), 1.9-1.88 (m, 1H), 1.68-1.64 (m, 1H), 1.23 (s, 1H). Example 48: Step 9: N,N-dimethyl-1-((7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-3H- imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)methyl)azetidin-3-amine: Following the general procedure of Example 27, 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (30 mg) is reacted with N,N- dimethylazetidin-3-amine (1.5 eq.) to provide a crude product (34 mg) which is purified by Prep HPLC (Column: Gemini C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 µm; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/40, 14/55, 20/80, 26/95.) to afford the title compound (2 mg; 6%) as off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 543.4 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.65 (Brs, 1H), 8.56 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (Brs, 1H), 7.73 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (t, J=7.6, 2H), 7.16 (d, J = 7.6 Hz 1H), 6.74 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.06 (m, 1H), 3.95-3.91(m, 7H), 3.22-3.08 (m, 3H), 2.75-2.67 (m, 2H), 2.65 (s, 6H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 2.27-2.12 (m, 2H). Example 49: Step 1: 4-(5-chloro-2-iodothiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 4-(5-chlorothiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine (100 mg, 0.39 mmol, 1 eq.) in THF (8 mL) at -78°C is added n-BuLi (1.0 M in THF) (0.7 mL, 0.78 mmol, 2 eq) followed by iodochloroethane (0.2 mL, 0.39 mmol, 1 eq). Then the reaction is warmed to room temperature and the reaction is stirred for 4h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC and after completion of the reaction, it is quenched with saturated NH4Cl solution (25 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL). The organic layer is dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under vacuum to obtain a sticky liquid which is purified by silica gel column chromatography (60-120 mesh) eluting with 5-10 % EtOAc/hexane to afford the title compound (75 mg; 51%) as a pale-yellow solid. Mass [m/z] 383 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 4.36 (br s, 4H), 3.85 – 3.82 (m, 4H). Step 2: 4-(5-chloro-2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)thiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidin-7- yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 4-(5-chloro-2-iodothiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine (75 mg, 0.19 mmol, 1 eq.), and 1-methyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1H- pyrazole (36 mg, 0.19 mmol, 1 eq.) in a mixture of 1,4-dioxane : water (4:1) (5 mL) is added Pd(dppf)Cl2-DCM (15 mg, 0.019 mmol, 0.1 eq.), followed by K2CO3 (34 mg, 0.38 mmol, 2 eq.), and the mixture is degassed for 20 min. The reaction mixture is stirred at 80°C for 16h. Progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After complete consumption of the starting material, the mixture is filtered through a Celite pad. The filtrate is diluted with ethyl acetate (20 mL), and washed with water (10 mL). Finally, the organic layer is dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under vacuum to obtain a sticky liquid which after purification by silica gel chromatography (60-120 mesh) eluting with 35-40% EtOAc/hexane affords the title compound (50 mg; 76%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] 337.1 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 7.93 (d, J = 4.0 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 4.41 – 4.38 (m, 4H), 3.98 (s, 3H), 3.85 (t, J = 4.8 Hz 4H). Step 3: 4-(2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazolo[5,4- d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 4-(5-chloro-2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)thiazolo[5,4- d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine (50 mg, 0.14 mmol,1 eq.), and 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (20 mg, 0.14 mmol, 1 eq.) in a mixture of toluene: 1,4-dioxane (1:1) (6 mL) is added Pd2(dba)3 (27 mg, 0.02 mmol, 0.2 eq.), and t-Bu-XPhos (25 mg, 0.05 mmol, 0.2 eq.), followed by K3PO4 (63 mg, 0.29 mmol, 2 eq.), and the mixture is degassed for 20 min. The reaction mixture is stirred at 100°C for 6h, cooled to room temperature and passed through a Celite pad. The filtrate is diluted with EtOAc (20 mL) and washed with water (10 mL). Finally, the organic layer is dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a brown liquid which is purified by Flash chromatography (C18 reverse phase 12g column) eluting with 65-70% acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (22 mg; 32%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 459.1 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 8.55 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.95 (d, J = 4.0 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.74 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.78 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 4.47 (br s, 4H), 3.99 (s, 3H), 3.91 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 2.41 (s, 3H). Example 50: Step 5: 6-fluoro-8-((4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno [3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methyl)-1,4-dioxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]decane: Following the general procedure of Example 45, 4-(6-(chloromethyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (50 mg) is treated with 6-fluoro- 1,4-dioxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]decane (37.4 mg) to obtain crude (62 mg) as an off-white solid. The crude compound is purified by flash RP column chromatography (C18, 6 g column), product is eluting with 65-70% acetonitrile/water and after lyophilization affords the title compound (15 mg; 26%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 551.3 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.73 (s, 1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.73 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (s, 1H), 7.35 (t, J = 7.6 Hz 1H), 7.20 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.01-3.80 (m, 10H), 3.93-3.78 (m, 4H), 3.75- 3.73 (m, 6H), 2.85 (br m, 2H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 1.84 (br m, 1H), 1.65 (br m, 1H). Example 51: Step 5: 3-fluoro-N,N-dimethyl-1-((4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-amine: Following the general procedure of Example 45, 4-(6-(chloromethyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (25 mg) is treated with 3-fluoro- N,N-dimethylpiperidin-4-amine (17.5 mg) to obtain crude (40 mg) as an off-white solid. The crude compound is purified by Prep HPLC (Method-B: Kinetex, EVO, C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 µm; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/10, 12/35, 15/60, 20/95.), and after lyophilization affords the title compound (2.4 mg) as off- white solid. Mass [m/z] 536.3 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.73 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (br s, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (s, 1H), 7.35 (t, J = 7.6 Hz 1H), 7.2 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.98-4.86 (m, 1H), 4.01-3.99 (m, 4H), 3.95 (s, 2H), 3.81-3.78 (m, 4H), 3.13-3.33 (m, 1H), 2.99-2.96 (m, 1H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.24 (s, 6H), 2.14-2.22 (m, 2H), 1.8-1.77 (m, 1H), 1.6-1.69(m, 1H). Example 52: Step 9: 3-fluoro-N,N-dimethyl-1-((7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-3H- imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-amine: Following the procedure of Example 27 for steps 1 to 8, to a stirred solution of 4-(2- (chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7- yl)morpholine (50 mg, 0.12 mmol, 1 eq.) in IPA (5 mL) is added 3-fluoro-N,N- dimethylpiperidin-4-amine (27 mg, 0.18 mmol, 1.5 eq) and DIPEA (47 mg, 0.36 mmol, 3 eq) at room temperature. The reaction mixture is heated at reflux for 16h and progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, it is diluted with EtOAc (30 mL) and washed with water (10 mL). Finally, the organic layer is dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain crude as an off white solid. The crude product is purified by Prep HPLC (Method-B: Kinetex, EVO, C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 µm; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/15, 12/40, 15/50, 17/95.), and after lyophilization affords the title compound (9.5 mg;15%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 519.3 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 12.89 (Brs, 1H), 8.52 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (brs, 1H), 7.75 (brs, 1H), 7.35 (t, J=7.6, 2H), 7.19 (d, J = 7.6 Hz 1H), 7.01 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.96 (d, J= 49.6 Hz, 1H), 3.94(Brs, 4H), 3.83-3.82 (m, 4H), 3.67 (s, 2H), 3.08 (t, J=12.4, 1H), 2.94 (d, J=11.2, 1H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 2.22 (s, 6H), 2.19-2.05 (m, 2H), 1.81-1.72 (m, 2H). Example 53: Step 1: 7-bromothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine-2,4(1H,3H)-dione: To a solution of thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine-2,4(1H,3H)-dione (12 g, 71.42 mmol, 1 eq) in AcOH (150 mL) at 25°C is added bromine (11 mL). The temperature of the reaction is raised to 80°C and stirred for 16h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, it is cooled to room temperature and poured into ice cold water (200 mL) and stirred for 15 min, precipitate solid is filtered and first washed with saturated sodium thiosulphate (100 mL) then with saturated sodium bicarbonate (100 mL) and water (100 mL). The obtained solid is vacuum filtered and co-distilled with toluene to obtain the title compound (15 g; 88%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 247.0 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 7.41 (d, J = 1.2 Hz, 1H), 4.0 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 3.86 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 2.42 (s, 3H). Step 2: 7-bromo-2,4-dichlorothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine: A solution of 7-bromothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine-2,4(1H,3H)-dione (5 g, 20.32 mmol, 1 eq) in POCl3 (50 mL) is heated to 100°C and stirred for 16h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After the reaction is completed, it is cooled to room temperature and evaporated to obtain a crude solid (15 g). Ice cold water is added to the brown gummy residue and it is stirred for 15 min. A solid precipitates, which is filtered and dried under vacuum to afford the title compound (4.1g; 71%) as a pale brown solid. Mass [m/z] 284.9 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 8.11 (s, 1H). Step 3: 4-(7-bromo-2-chlorothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine: To a solution of 7-bromo-2,4-dichlorothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine (2 g, 7.09 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH (20 mL) is added morpholine (1 mL, 7.09 mmol, 1 eq) at room temperature and the reaction is stirred for an additional 3h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion, the reaction mixture is filtered and washed with MeOH (10 mL). The resulting solid is dried under vacuum to afford the title compound (1.5g; 65%) as a pale brown solid. Mass [m/z] 336.0 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 7.79 (s, 1H), 4.01 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.86 (t, J = 2.0 Hz, 4H). Step 4: 4-(2-chloro-7-methylthieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine: To a degassed solution of 4-(7-bromo-2-chlorothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (6.5 g, 19.51 mmol, 1 eq) in 1,4-dioxane: water (8:2) (20 mL), is added methylboronic acid (2.3 g, 39.03 mmol, 2 eq), and K2CO3 (5.3 g, 39.03 mmol, 3 eq), followed by Pd(dppf)Cl2 (2.8 g, 3.90 mmol, 0.2 eq) in 1,4-dioxane : water (1:4; 100 mL). The reaction temperature is raised to 100°C and the reaction is stirred for 16h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, it is cooled to room temperature. The reaction is filtered through a Celite pad and washed with ethyl acetate. The filtrate is evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product (5 g) as a brown gummy liquid. The crude product is purified by chromatography on a silica gel column (60-120 mesh) eluting with 15-20% EtOAc in hexane. Selected product fractions are combined and concentrated to afford the title compound (2.6g; 49%) as a white solid. Mass [m/z] 270.0 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 7.41 (d, J = 1.2 Hz, 1H), 4.0 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 3.86 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 2.42 (s, 3H). Step 5: 2-chloro-7-methyl-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine-6-carbaldehyde: To a solution of 4-(2-chloro-7-methylthieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (1.5 g, 5.57 mmol, 1 eq) in dry THF (30 ml), is added n-BuLi (2.5 M in hexane) (5 mL, 11.15 mmol, 2 eq) at -78°C and the solution is stirred for 1h, then DMF (3 mL, 33.4 mmol, 6 eq) is added at -78°C. The reaction mixture is stirred at the same temperature for another 2h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, it is quenched with saturated ammonium chloride solution (50 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL). The organic layer is dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to provide a pale-yellow solid (1.8g) which is triturated with n- pentane to afford the title compound (1.2 g; 75%) as a yellow solid. Mass [m/z] 298.1 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 10.38 (s, 1H), 4.4 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 3.84 (t, J = 2.4 Hz, 4H), 2.76 (s, 3H). Step 6: (2-chloro-7-methyl-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methanol:# To a solution of 2-chloro-7-methyl-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine-6-carbaldehyde (1.5 g, 5.38 mmol, 1 eq) in dry THF and MeOH (30 ml), is added NaBH4 (0.4 mg, 10.77 mmol, 2 eq) at 0°C. The reaction mixture is stirred at the same temperature for 2h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion, the reaction mixture is quenched with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic layer is dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to provide a yellow solid (1.5g), which is triturated with n-pentane to afford the title compound (1.3g; 81%) as a yellow solid. Mass [m/z] 300.1 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 5.91 (s, 1H), 4.80 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 2H), 4.4 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.74 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 2.19 (s, 3H). Step 7: (7-methyl-4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d] pyrimidin-6-yl)methanol: To a solution of compound (2-chloro-7-methyl-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6- yl)methanol (1.2 g, 4.013 mmol, 1 eq) in a (1:1) mixture of 1,4-dioxane : toluene (20 mL), is added 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (0.634 g, 4.013 mmol, 1 eq), and K3PO4 (1.7 g, 8.026 mmol, 2 eq). The reaction mixture is degassed for 10 min under nitrogen followed by the addition of Pd2(dba)3 (0.37 g, 0.401 mmol, 0.1 eq) and t-bu-XPhos (0.802 g, 0.802 mmol, 0.2 eq) at room temperature. The reaction mixture temperature is raised to 100°C and stirred for 18h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion, the reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature and filtered through a Celite pad, washed with ethyl acetate, and the filtrate is evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a brown gum (1.2g). The crude product is purified by silica gel column (60-120) eluting with 30-35% ethyl acetate in hexanes to afford the title compound (240 mg; 15%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] 422.2 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 8.64 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (s, 1H), 7.80 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (m, 1H), 7.18 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.80 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 4.88 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 4.08 (m, 4H), 3.90 (m, 4H), 2.99 (m, 1H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 2.29 (s, 3H). Example 54: Step 8: 4-(6-(chloromethyl)-7-methyl-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine: Continuing the synthetic scheme from Example 53, to a solution of 7-methyl-4- morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methanol (70 mg, 0.16 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (5 mL) is added thionyl chloride (0.2 mL) at 0°C. The reaction mixture is stirred at 0°C for 2h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After complete consumption of starting material, the reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo to obtain a crude compound which is triturated with n-pentane to afford the title compound (65 mg; 89%) as a pale-yellow solid. Mass [m/z] 440.2 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 8.68 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.84 (d, J = 6.0 Hz,1H), 7.34 (m, 1H), 7.20 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (s, 1H), 4.84 (s, 2H), 4.16 (br s, 4H), 3.93 (br s, 4H), 2.59 (s, 3H), 2.43 (s, 3H). Step 9: 4-(7-methyl-6-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 4-(6-(chloromethyl)-7-methyl-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (40 mg) in IPA (4 mL) is added 1- (methylsulfonyl)piperazine (30 mg, 2 eq.) and DIPEA (5 eq) at RT. The reaction temperature is raised to 80°C and stirred for 16 to 24h. Progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After complete consumption of the starting material, the reaction mixture is brought to room temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with water. The organic layers are dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to obtain crude product (50 mg) as a brown solid. The crude material is purified by RP flash column chromatography (C18-6 g RP column), the product eluting at 75% acetonitrile/water. Product containing fractions are combined and lyophilized to afford the title compound (14 mg; 27%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] 568.2 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.75 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (m, 2H), 7.35 (m, 1H), 7.19 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H)), 4.00 (t, 4H), 3.90 (s, 2H), 3.80 (t, 4H), 3.15 (s, 4H), 2.90 (s, 3H), 2.61 (s, 4H), 2.38 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 6H). Example 55: Step 9: 3-fluoro-N,N-dimethyl-1-((7-methyl-4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-amine: Following the procedure according to Example 54, 4-(6-(chloromethyl)-7-methyl-2-(3- (m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (70 mg) is reacted with 4-(dimethylamino)-3-fluoropiperidine (47mg) to provide a crude solid which is purified by RP flash column chromatography (C18-6g), eluting at 82% acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (11 mg; 12%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] 550.3 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.74 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (m, 2H), 7.35 (m, 1H), 7.19 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H)), 4.98 (s, 1H), 4.00 (t, 5H), 3.87 (d, J = 14.8 Hz, 3H), 3.80 (t, 4H), 3.17 (s, 1H), 2.98 (d, J = 10.4 Hz, 1H), 2.37 (d, J = 14.0 Hz, 6H), 2.26 (d, J = 10.8 Hz, 6H), 2.21 – 2.15 (m, 1H), 1.80 – 1.76 (m, 1H), 1.65 – 1.63 (m, 1H). Example 56: Step 1: 2,6-dichloro-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-9H-purine: To a solution of 2,6-dichloro-9H-purine (10 g, 52.91 mmol, 1 eq) in ethyl acetate (10 vol), is added PTSA (91 mg, 0.5291 mmol, 0.01 eq) at room temperature, then DHP (15.4 mL, 84.65 mmol, 1.6 eq) is added. The resulting reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 18h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After complete consumption of starting material, the reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a solid (12 g), which is triturated with 20% ethyl acetate in hexane to afford the title compound (6.5 g; 46%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 473 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 8.32 (s, 1H), 5.76 (dd, J = 2.4, 10.8 Hz, 1H), 4.21 – 4.19 (m, 1H), 3.81 – 3.71 (m, 1H), 2.18 – 2.15 (m, 1H), 2.10 – 2.07 (m, 1H), 1.98 – 1.95 (m, 1H), 1.83 – 1.79 (m, 2H), 1.78 – 1.72 (m,1H). Step 2: 4-(2-chloro-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-9H-purin-6-yl)morpholine: To a solution of 2,6-dichloro-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-9H-purine (5 g, 18.38 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH (30 mL) is added morpholine (1.6 g, 18.38 mmol, 1eq) at 0°C. The reaction mixture is brought to room temperature and stirred for 4h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion, the reaction mixture is filtered, washed with water (1 mL) and dried to afford the title compound (3.5 g; 58%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] 324.2 [M-H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 7.91 (s, 1H), 5.70 (dd, J = 2.0, 10.8 Hz, 1H), 4.29 (s, 3H), 4.16 – 4.12 (m, 1H), 3.82 – 3.79 (m, 5H), 3.76 – 3.73 (m, 1H), 2.99 – 1.91 (m, 2H), 1.90 – 1.79 (m, 1H), 1.78 – 1.71 (m, 2H), 1.70 – 1.63 (m, 1H). Step 3: 2-chloro-6-morpholino-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-9H-purine-8- carbaldehyde: To a solution of 4-(2-chloro-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-9H-purin-6-yl)morpholine (1.8 g, 5.57 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (20 mL) is added n-BuLi (2.5 M in hexane) (4.5 mL, 11.14 mmol, 2 eq) at -78°C and the solution is stirred at -78°C for 1h, then DMF (2.5 mL, 33.43 mmol, 6 eq) is added at -78°C and the reaction mixture is stirred at same temperature for 3h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After complete consumption of starting material, the reaction mixture is quenched with saturated ammonium chloride solution (50 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mLx2). The combined organic layer is washed with brine solution (20 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to obtain brown solid (2.1 g), which is triturated with diethyl ether to afford the title compound (1.2 g; 63%) as a yellow solid. Mass [m/z] 352 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 9.95 (s, 1H), 6.24 (dd, J = 2.4, 11.2 Hz, 1H), 4.67 (s, 2H), 4.18 – 4.11 (m, 1H), 4.04 (s, 2H), 3.85 – 3.80 (m, 4H), 3.78 – 3.71 (m, 1H), 2.78 – 2.74 (m, 1H), 2.09 – 1.87 (m, 1H), 1.87 – 1.85 (m, 1H), 1.84 – 1.74 (m, 2H), 1.75-1.71 (m, 1H). Step 4: (2-chloro-6-morpholino-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-9H-purin-8- yl)methanol: To a solution of 2-chloro-6-morpholino-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-9H-purine-8- carbaldehyde (1.2 g, 3.41 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (10 mL) is added NaBH4 (260 mg, 6.83 mmol, 2 eq) at 0°C, and the reaction temperature is raised to RT and stirred for 5h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After complete consumption of starting material, the reaction mixture is diluted with ethyl acetate (20 mL) and washed with water (10 mL). The organic layer is dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to obtain a brown solid, which is triturated with n-pentane to afford the title compound (1 g; 83%) as a white solid. Mass [m/z] 554.1 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 5.70 – 5.66 (m, 2H), 4.74 – 4.65 (m, 2H), 4.17 – 4.02 (m, 5H), 3.72 – 3.64 (m, 5H), 2.66 – 2.55 (m, 2H), 1.77 (d, J = 11.6 Hz, 1H), 1.69 – 1.55 (m, 3H). Step 5: (2-chloro-6-morpholino-9H-purin-8-yl)methanol: To a solution of (2-chloro-6-morpholino-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-9H-purin-8-yl) methanol (800 mg, 2.26 mmol, 1 eq) in 1,4-dioxane (5 mL) is added 4N HCl in 1,4- dioxane (5 mL) at 0°C, and the reaction mixture temperature is raised to room temperature and stirred for 4h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion, the reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain the title compound (600 mg; 98%) as a white solid. Mass [m/z] 270 [M-H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 4.84 – 4.70 (m, 4H), 4.58 (s, 2H), 4.11 (s, 3H), 3.70 (t, J = 5.2 Hz, 4H), 3.56 (s, 2H). Step 6: 4-(8-(((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)methyl)-2-chloro-9H-purin-6- yl)morpholine: To a solution of (2-chloro-6-morpholino-9H-purin-8-yl)methanol (600 mg, 2.23 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (5 mL) is added imidazole (455 mg, 6.69 mmol, 3eq), and TBDMS-Cl (370 mg, 2.45 mmol, 1.1 eq) at 0°C, and the reaction temperature is raised to 25°C and stirred for 12h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion, the reaction mixture is diluted with water (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2x 20 mL). The organic layer is dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to obtain crude (600 mg) as an off white solid. The crude product is purified by silica gel column chromatography (60-120 Mesh) eluting with 15% ethyl acetate in hexane to afford the title compound (400 mg; 47%) as a white solid. Mass [m/z] 384.3 [M+H]+;1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- d6): 13.24 (s, 1H), 4.76 (s, 2H), 3.15 (br s, 4H), 3.70 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 0.86 (s, 9H), 0.75 (s, 6H). Step 7: 4-(8-(((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)methyl)-2-chloro-9-methyl-9H-purin-6- yl)morpholine): To a solution of 4-(8-(((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)methyl)-2-chloro-9H-purin-6- yl)morpholine (400 mg, 1.04 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (5 mL) is added sodium hydride (60%) (90 mg, 2.08 mmol, 2 eq) at 0°C and stirred for 30 minutes. Then methyl iodide (1 ml, 1.56 mmol, 1.5eq) is added at 0°C. The reaction temperature is raised to 25°C and stirred for 16h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion, the reaction mixture is quenched with water (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2x20 mL). The combined organic layers are washed with brine solution (10 mL) and dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to obtain crude solid (400 mg), which is further purified by silica gel column chromatography (60-120 mesh), eluting with 15% ethyl acetate in hexane to afford the title compound (300 mg; 72%) as a white solid. Mass [m/z] 208 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 4.86 (s, 2H), 4.19 (s, 4H), 3.71 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 0.86 (s, 9H), 0.76 (s, 6H). Step 8: (2-chloro-9-methyl-6-morpholino-9H-purin-8-yl)methanol: To a solution of 4-(8-(((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)methyl)-2-chloro-9-methyl-9H-purin- 6-yl)morpholine (600 mg, 1.50 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (10 mL) is added TBAF (1M in THF, 3 mL, 3.01 mmol, 2 eq) at 0°C, then the reaction temperature is raised to 25°C and stirred for 4h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion, the reaction mixture is quenched with water (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL). The organic layer is washed with brine solution (10 mL) and dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to afford the title compound (350 mg; 82%) as a white solid. Mass [m/z] 284.1 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 5.64 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H), 4.65 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.80 – 4.30 (m, 4H), 3.72 – 3.70 (m, 7H). Step 9: (9-methyl-6-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-8- yl)methanol: To a solution of (2-chloro-9-methyl-6-morpholino-9H-purin-8-yl)methanol (350 mg, 1.23 mmol, 1 eq) in 1,4-dioxane: toluene (4:1) (10 mL) is added 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (200 mg, 1.23 mmol, 1 eq), and K3PO4 (530 mg, 2.47 mmol, 2 eq). The resulting reaction mixture is degassed for 10 minutes under nitrogen, followed by addition of Pd2(dba)3 (226 mg, 0.24 mmol, 0.2 eq) and t-Bu-XPhos (0.210 g, 0.49 mmol, 0.4 eq) at room temperature. Then the reaction temperature is raised to 100°C and stirred for 18h. After the reaction is complete, it is cooled to room temperature, filtered through a Celite pad and washed with ethyl acetate (10 mL). The filtrate is concentrated to obtain a crude product as a brown gummy liquid (400 mg). The crude product is purified by silica gel column chromatography (60-120) eluting with 5% MeOH in DCM to afford the title compound (145 mg; 24%) as a yellow solid. Mass [m/z] 406.2 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.72 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.74 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.64 (t, J = 5.60 Hz, 1H), 4.58 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.29 (s, 3H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 3.78 – 3.71 (m, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 1.98 (s, 1H). Step 10: 4-(8-(chloromethyl)-9-methyl-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-6- yl)morpholine: To a solution of (9-methyl-6-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-8- yl)methanol (100 mg, 0.17 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (5 mL) is added SOCl2 (0.2 mL) at 0°C, and the reaction temperature is raised to 25°C and stirred for 2h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion, the reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a solid (100 mg) which is triturated with n-pentane to afford the title compound (90 mg; 90% ) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] 424.2 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.73 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.74 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.08 (s, 2H), 4.29 (m, 4H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.77 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H). Step 11: 4-((9-methyl-6-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-8- yl)methyl)morpholine: To a solution of 4-(8-(chloromethyl)-9-methyl-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin- 6-yl)morpholine (30 mg, 1 eq) in IPA (3 mL) is added morpholine (12 mg, 2 eq.) and DIPEA (3 eq) at room temperature, then the reaction mixture is heated to 80° for 16h. The reaction mixture is quenched with cold water (5 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2x 15 mL). The organic layers are combined and dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to obtain a crude (32 mg) which is purified by Flash RP chromatography (C18, 6 g column) using water/acetonitrile as solvent system. The product elutes at 65- 70% acetonitrile/water and after lyophilization affords the title product (10 mg; 30%) as a white solid. Mass [m/z] 475.3 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.70 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.74 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 4.27 (br s, 4H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.78 – 3.76 (m, 6H), 3.58 (br s, 4H), 2.45 – 2.44 (m, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H). Example 57: Step 11: 4-(9-methyl-8-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-6-yl)morpholine: According to the procedure of Example 56, 4-(8-(chloromethyl)-9-methyl-2-(3-(m-tolyl)- 1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-6-yl)morpholine (30 mg) is treated with 1- (methylsulfonyl)piperazine (23 mg) and the obtained crude (36 mg) is purified by Flash RP chromatography (C18, 6 g column) using water/acetonitrile as solvent system. The product elutes at 60% acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (10 mg; 30%) as a white solid. Mass [m/z] 552.2 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.70 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (t, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.35 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.28 (s, 4H), 3.83 (s, 5H), 3.78 – 3.76 (m, 4H), 3.12 (s, 4H), 2.86 (s, 3H), 2.56 – 2.55 (m, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H). Example 58: Step 9: 4-(6-((4-(azetidin-1-yl)-3-fluoropiperidin-1-yl)methyl)-7-methyl-2-(3-(m- tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine: Following the procedure according to Example 54, 4-(6-(chloromethyl)-7-methyl-2-(3- (m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl) (75 mg) is reacted with 4-(1- azetidinyl)-3-fluoropiperidine (54 mg) and the resulting solid is purified by RP flash column chromatography (C18-6 g) eluting at 68% acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (8 mg; 8%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] 562.2 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.68 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.82-7.69 (m, 2H), 7.49 (m, 1H), 7.41 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.38-7.33 (m, 1H), 7.21 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 4.18 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 3.83-3.80 (br s, 4H), 3.68-3.62 (br s, 5H), 3.57-3.43 (m, 2H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 1.99 (s, 3H). Example 59: Step 8: 7-methyl-4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d] pyrimidine-6-carboxylic acid: Continuing the synthetic scheme from Example 53, to a solution of (7-methyl-4- morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methanol (100 mg, 0.23 mmol, 1 eq) in acetone (5 mL) is added Jones reagent (3 mL) at 0°. The reaction temperature is raised to 25°C and stirred for 2h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, it is quenched with saturated Na2S2O3 solution (10 mL) and diluted with ethyl acetate and the organic phase is washed with brine solution (10 mL) and dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to afford the title compound (75 mg; 75%) as a brown solid. This is used without any further purification. Mass [m/z] 436.2 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 13.79 (br s, 1H), 8.78 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (m, 2H), 7.36 (m, 1H), 7.20 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.06 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.81 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 2.70 (s, 3H), 2.39 (s, 3H). Step 9: (7-methyl-4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)methanone: To a solution of 7-methyl-4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidine-6-carboxylic acid (30 mg, 1 eq) in DMF (5 mL) is added 1- methylpiperazine (2 eq), DIPEA (3 eq), and HATU (1.5 eq) at RT. The resulting reaction mixture is stirred at 25°C for 16h, and the progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After complete consumption of starting material, the reaction mixture is quenched with cold water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layers are dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to obtain a crude product (34 mg) which is purified by RP flash column chromatography (C18-6 g), the product eluting at 75-80% acetonitrile/water. Product fractions are lyophilized, to afford the title product (15 mg; 50%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] 518.2 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.77 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 4.02 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.80 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 4H), 3.62 (s, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.36 – 2.32 (m, 7H), 2.2 (s, 3H). Example 60: Step 9: (R)-(3-(dimethylamino)pyrrolidin-1-yl)(7-methyl-4-morpholino-2-(3-(m- tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methanone: Following the procedure according to Example 59, 7-methyl-4-morpholino-2-(3-(m- tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine-6-carboxylic acid (50 mg) and (R)-N,N- dimethylpyrrolidin-3-amine (2 eq.) are reacted to give a crude product (54 mg) which is purified by RP flash column chromatography (C18-6 g), eluting at 75-80% acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (8 mg; 20%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] 532.2 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.77 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 4.03 – 4.01 (4H), 3.80 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 3.74 – 3.68 (m, 1H), 3.53 – 3.43 (m, 2H), 3.23 – 3.08 (m, 1H), 2.78 – 2.76 (br m, 1H), 2.39 (s, 6H), 2.19 (s, 3H), 2.10 (s, 3H), 1.75 (s, 1H), 1.23 (s, 2H). Example 61: Step 9: (4-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)piperidin-1-yl)(7-methyl-4-morpholino-2-(3-(m- tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methanone: Following the procedure according to Example 59, 7-methyl-4-morpholino-2-(3-(m- tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine-6-carboxylic acid is reacted with 2- (piperidin-4-yl)propan-2-ol (2 eq.) to give a crude solid (45 mg) which is purified by RP flash column chromatography (C18-6 g) eluting at 70-75% acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (4 mg; 10%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] 560.2 [M+H]+; 1H- NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.77 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.82- 7.69 (m, 2H), 7.49 (m, 1H), 7.41 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.38-7.33 (m, 1H), 7.21 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 4.18 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 3.83-3.80 (br s, 4H), 3.68- 3.62 (br s, 5H), 3.57-3.43 (m, 2H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 1.99 (s, 3H). Example 62: Step 11: 2-(1-((9-methyl-6-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-8- yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)propan-2-ol: According to the procedure of Example 56, 4-(8-(chloromethyl)-9-methyl-2-(3-(m-tolyl)- 1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-6-yl)morpholine (50 mg) is treated with 2-(piperidin-4- yl)propan-2-ol (20 mg) and the obtained crude (64 mg) is purified by Flash RP chromatography (C18, 6 g column) using water/acetonitrile as solvent system. The product elutes at 60-70% acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (11 mg; 17%) as a white solid. Mass [m/z] 531.4 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.71 (d, J = 4.0 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.74 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.0 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.27 (Brs, 4H), 4.01 (s, 1H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.77 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.70 (s, 2H), 3.13 (s, 1H), 2.87 (d, J = 10.4 Hz, 2H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 1.97 (t, J = 10.8 Hz, 2H), 1.65 (d, J = 10.8 Hz, 2H), 1.26 – 1.12 (m, 4H), 1.01 (s, 6H). Example 63: Step 9: 4-(7-methyl-6-((3-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)azetidin-1-yl)methyl)-2-(3-(m- t 1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine: Following the procedure according to Example 54, 4-(6-(chloromethyl)-7-methyl-2-(3- (m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (75 mg) and 3- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)azetidine (48 mg) are reacted to give crude solid (80 mg) which is purified by RP flash column chromatography (C18-6 g) eluting at 55% acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (23 mg; 46%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] 545.3 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.74 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 7.35 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 4.00 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.80 (s, 2H), 3.84 – 3.74 (m, 6H), 3.46 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 3.26 (t, J = 10.0 Hz, 2H), 2.93 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.33 – 2.32 (m, 3H), 2.22 – 2.16 (m, 1H), 1.63 (d, J = 9.6 Hz, 1H), 1.49 (d, J = 12.8 Hz, 2H), 1.10 – 1.01 (m, 2H). Example 64: Step 1: 2-(2-chloro-7-methyl-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)propan-2-ol:^ To a solution of 4-(2-chloro-7-methylthieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (200 mg, 0.74 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (4 mL) is added n-BuLi (2.5 M in hexane) (1 mL, 2.97 mmol, 4 eq) at -78°C. After stirring for 1h at -78°C, acetone (0.3 mL, 2.97 mmol, 4 eq) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred at the same temperature for 3h. The reaction mixture is quenched with saturated ammonium chloride solution (6 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL x 2). The combined organic layers are washed with saturated brine solution (20 mL) and dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to obtain a brown gummy liquid (210 mg). The crude compound is purified by flash chromatography eluting with 25-30% of ethyl acetate in hexane, to afford the title compound (100 mg; 41%) as a pale-yellow solid. Mass [m/z] 318.1 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 6.01 (s, 1H), 3.89 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.73 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 1.57 (s, 6H). Step 2: 4-(2-chloro-6-(2-methoxypropan-2-yl)-7-methylthieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)morpholine: To a solution of 2-(2-chloro-7-methyl-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)propan- 2-ol (50 mg, 0.15 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (5 mL) is added sodium hydride (60%) (14 mg, 0.22 mmol, 1.5 eq) at 0°C. The reaction mixture is stirred at 0°C for 30 min and then methyl iodide (64 mg, 0.30 mmol, 2 eq) is added at 0°C, and the reaction mixture is slowly brought to room temperature and stirred for 3h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After complete consumption of the starting material, the reaction mixture is concentrated to obtain a crude solid which is triturated with n-pentane to afford the title compound (45 mg; 86%) as a pale-yellow solid. Mass [m/z] 342.1 [M+H]+;#1H- NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 3.99 (t, J = 6.4 Hz, 4H), 3.83 (t, J = 5.2 Hz, 4H), 3.23 (s, 3H), 2.48 (s, 3H ), 1.65 (s, 6H). Step 3: 4-(6-(2-methoxypropan-2-yl)-7-methyl-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno [3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine: To a solution of 4-(2-chloro-6-(2-methoxypropan-2-yl)-7-methylthieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin- 4-yl)morpholine (50 mg, 0.14 mmol, 1 eq) and 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (23 mg, 0.14 mmol, 1 eq) in 1,4-dioxane: toluene (5 mL) is added K3PO4 (28 mg, 0.29 mmol, 2eq), and the resulting solution is degassed for 20 minutes. Pd2(dba)3 (14 mg, 0.01 mmol, 0.1 eq), and t-bu-XPhos (12 mg, 0.02 mmol, 0.2eq) are added at room temperature, and then the reaction mixture is stirred at 100°C for 16h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion, the reaction mixture is filtered through a Celite pad and washed with ethyl acetate (10 mL). The filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a brown gummy liquid (50 mg) which is purified by Prep HPLC (Column: Gemini C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 µm; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/40, 14/55, 25/90, 26/95.) to afford the title compound (8 mg; 11%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 464.3[M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.75 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (t, J = 4.0 Hz, 2H) 7.35 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.02 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.80 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 2.50 – 2.49 (m, 3H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 1.63 (s, 6H). Example 65: Step 1: (3-(2-chloro-7-methyl-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)oxetan-3-ol: To a solution of 4-(2-chloro-7-methylthieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (200 mg, 0.74 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (5 mL) is added n-BuLi (2.5 M in hexane) (1 mL, 2.97 mmol, 4 eq) at -78°C, and the solution is stirred for 1h, then 3-oxetanone (212 mg, 2.97 mmol, 4 eq) is added, and the reaction mixture is stirred at same temperature for another 3h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion, the reaction mixture is quenched with saturated ammonium chloride solution (10 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (20mL x 2), and washed with saturated brine solution (20 mL). The organic layers are dried with Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to obtain a brown gummy liquid (210 mg) which is purified by flash chromatography, eluting at 20-25 % ethyl acetate in hexane, to afford the title compound (150 mg; 59%) as a pale-yellow solid. Mass [m/z] 342.0 [M+H]+;#1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 7.13 (s, 1H), 4.94 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.85 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.90 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.74 (t, J = 5.2 Hz, 4H), 2.43 (s, 3H). Step 2: 4-(2-chloro-6-(3-methoxyoxetan-3-yl)-7-methylthieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)morpholine: To a solution of (3-(2-chloro-7-methyl-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)oxetan- 3-ol (90 mg, 0.26 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (5 mL), is added sodium hydride (60%) (20 mg, 0.39 mmol, 1.5 eq) at 0°C. The reaction mixture is stirred at 0°C for 30 min, then methyl iodide (75 mg, 0.52 mmol, 2 eq) is added at 0°C and the reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 3h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC and, after completion of the reaction, it is quenched with ice cold water (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2x 20 mL). The organic layers are dried with Na2SO4 and concentrated to obtain a crude compound which is triturated with n-pentane to afford the title compound (65 mg; 69%) as pale brown solid. Mass [m/z] 356.1 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 5.0 – 4.95 (m, 4H), 4.01 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.84 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 2.36 (s, 3H). Step 3: 4-(6-(3-methoxyoxetan-3-yl)-7-methyl-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine: To a solution of 4-(2-chloro-6-(3-methoxyoxetan-3-yl)-7-methylthieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin- 4-yl)morpholine (30 mg, 0.08 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (5 mL) is added sodium hydride (60%) (12 mg, 0.16 mmol, 2 eq) at 0°C. The reaction mixture is stirred at 0°C for 20 minutes then 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (14 mg, 0.08 mmol, 1 eq) is added at 0°C. The temperature is raised to 100°C for 16h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion, the reaction mixture is quenched with cold water (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2x 20 mL). The organic layers are dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to obtain a crude solid, which is purified by Prep HPLC (Column: Gemini C18, 250 x 21.2 mm, 5 µm; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of Formic acid in Water]; time/B%: 0/40, 14/55, 25/90, 26/95.) to afford the title compound#(9.5 mg; 0.3%) as a white solid. Mass [m/z] 478.2 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.77 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (d, J = 12 Hz, 2H) 7.36 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 4.96 – 4.91 (m, 4H), 4.04 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 3.81 (t, J = 5.2 Hz, 4H), 3.15 (s, 3H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.36 (s, 3H). Example 66: Step 1: 4-(5-chlorothieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine: To a solution of 5,7-dichlorothieno[3,2-b]pyridine (3.0 g, 14.85 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in ethylene glycol (10 mL) at RT is added morpholine (2.5 mL, 29.7 mmol, 2.0 eq.) followed by TEA (4.0 mL, 29.7 mmol, 2.0 eq.). The reaction temperature is raised to 120 °C and stirred for 16h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion, it is diluted with water (30 mL) and the resulting solid is filtered, washed with water, and dried to obtain a brown solid (2.8g), which is triturated with diethyl ether, filtered and dried to afford the title compound (2.5 g, 67%) as brown solid. Mass [m/z] 255 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 7.65 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 6.65 (s, 1H), 3.92 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 3.47 (t, J = 3.2 Hz, 4H). Step 2: 5-chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carbaldehyde:# To a stirred solution of dry THF (30 mL) is added n-BuLi (2.5 M in hexane) (12 mL, 29.52 mmol, 2.5 eq.), followed by a solution of 4-(5-chlorothieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7- yl)morpholine (3.0 g; 11.8 mmol, 1.0 eq.) dissolved in THF (10 mL) added dropwise at - 78 ℃ and the resulting mixture is allowed to stir for 45 min at -78 ℃. Then DMF (5.7 mL, 70.8 mmol, 6.0 eq.) is added at -78 ℃, and the reaction is continued to stir for 20 min at -78℃. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the resulting mixture is allowed to warm to 0℃, it is diluted with water, and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers are washed with 1N HCl (50 mL), followed by brine (50 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide a crude product (2.7 g) as yellow solid. The crude product is triturated with diethyl ether and dried to afford the title compound#(1.7 g, 51%) as a yellow solid. Mass [m/z] 283 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 10.16 (s, 1H), 8.07 (s, 1H), 6.74 (s, 1H), 3.93 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 3.49 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H). Step 3: 5-chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridin-2-yl)methanol: To a stirred solution of 5-chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carbaldehyde (2.0 g, 7.06 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in a (1:1) mixture of MeOH: DCM (20 mL) is added NaBH4 (0.54 g, 14.13 mmol, 2.0 eq.) at 0°C. The resulting mixture is allowed to stir at RT for 3h. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), it is diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers are washed with brine (50 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide a crude product (2.0 g) as brown solid. The crude is triturated with diethyl ether and dried to afford the title compound (1.5 g, 71%) as white solid. Mass [m/z] 285.1 [M+H]+; 1H- NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 7.28 (t, J = 0.8 Hz, 1H), 6.62 (s, 1H), 4.96 (dd, J = 0.8 Hz, 6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.91 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.45 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 2.23 (t, J = 6.4 Hz, 1H). Step 4: 7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-2-yl) methanol: To a stirred solution of 5-chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridin-2-yl)methanol (0.5 g, 1.75 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (0.27 g, 1.75 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in (1:1) mixture of 1,4-dioxane : toluene (10 mL) is added K3PO4 (0.74 g, 3.50 mmol, 2.0 eq.). The reaction mixture is degassed for 15 min and Pd2(dba)3 (0.32 g, 0.35 mmol, 0.2 eq.) is added, followed by t-Bu-XPhos (0.3 g, 0.70 mmol, 0.4 eq.). The resulting reaction mixture is allowed to stir at 120 ℃ for 16 h. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), it is diluted with EtOAc, dried, filtered, and concentrated. The resulting residue is purified by reverse phase flash purification (C18, 12 g column), eluting with 50% to 60% acetonitrile/water, to afford the title compound (0.2 g, 28%) as white solid. Mass [m/z] 407 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 8.65 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.73 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (s, 1H), 7.34 (s, 1H), 7.32 (s, 1H), 7.18 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.77 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 4.98 (dd, J = 0.8 Hz, 6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.95 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 3.56 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 2.44 (s, 3H), 2.04 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H). Step 5: 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7- yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-b] pyridin-2-yl)methanol (0.15 g, 0.36 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in DCM (5 mL) is added SOCl2 (0.13 g, 1.10 mmol, 3.0 eq.) at 0°C. The reaction mixture is stirred at RT for 4h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion, the reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product (0.17g) which is triturated with n-pentane to afford the title compound (0.10 g, 64%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] 425 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 9.74 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.45 (s, 1H), 7.71 (s, 2H), 7.56 (s, 1H), 7.36 (s, 1H), 7.23 (s, 1H), 6.90 (s, 1H), 4.84 (s, 2H), 3.87 – 4.00 (m, 8H), 2.45 (s, 3H). Step 6: 4-((7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno [3,2-b]pyridin-2-yl) methyl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (50 mg, 1.0 eq.) in THF (10 vol) at room temperature is added morpholine (20.5 mg, 2.0 eq.), followed by K2CO3 (2.5 eq.). The reaction mixture temperature is heated to 80℃ and stirred for 16h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion, the reaction is diluted with water (10 vol) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2x10 vol). The combined organics are dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which is then triturated with diethyl ether (10 vol) to afford the title compound (12 mg; 24%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 476 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.67 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.76 ( s, 1H), 7.43 (s, 1H), 7.38 (s, 1H), 7.35 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 3.86 (d, J = 4.4 Hz , 4H), 3.83 (s, 2H), 3.62 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.50 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 2.49 -2.51 (m, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H). Example 67: Step 6: 4-(2-((4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)methyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno [3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine: According to the procedure of Example 66, 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (50 mg) and 1-methylpiperazine (23.5 mg) are reacted to obtain a crude product which is then purified by Flash RP chromatography (C18, 12 g column), eluting with 30-40% acetonitrile/water, to afford the title compound (10 mg; 20%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 489 [M+H]+; 1H- NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.64 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.73 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (s, 1H), 7.33 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (s, 1H), 7.18 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 6.77 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.96 (t, J = 8.4 Hz, 4H), 3.84 (s, 2H), 3.55 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 2.69 (s, 8H), 2.44 (s, 6H). Example 68: Step 6: 4-(2-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine: According to the procedure of Example 66, 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (50 mg) and 1-(methylsulfonyl) piperazine (38.5 mg) are reacted to obtain a crude product, which is then purified by Flash RP chromatography (C18, 12 g column), eluting with 30-40% acetonitrile/water, to afford the title compound (12 mg; 18%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 553 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.67 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.44 (s, 1H), 7.39 (s, 1H), 7.36 (s, 1H), 7.21 (s, 1H), 7.04 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.91 (s, 2H), 3.85 (t, J = 4.0 Hz, 4H), 3.51 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.15 (s, 4H), 2.90 (s, 3H), 2.59 (s, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H). Example 69: Step 6: 3-fluoro-N,N-dimethyl-1-((7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-2-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-amine: Following the first five steps of Example 66, to a stirred solution of 4-(2-(chloromethyl)- 5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (100 mg, 1.0 eq.) in IPA (10 vol) at room temperature is added 3-fluoro-N,N-dimethyl-piperidin-4-amine (35.4 mg, 2 eq.), followed by DIPEA (2.0 eq). The reaction mixture is allowed to stir at 80℃ for 16h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion, it is concentrated under reduced pressure, diluted with water (10 vol), and extracted with EtOAc (2x10 vol). The combined organic layers are dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which is then purified by Flash RP chromatography (C18, 12 g column), eluting with 30-40% acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (8 mg; 8%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 535 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, MeOD): 8.62 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.71 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (s, 1H), 7.34 (s, 1H), 7.30 - 7.32 (m, 1H), 7.19 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.08 (s, 1H), 3.92 - 3.95 (m, 4H), 3.90 (s, 2H), 3.57 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 3.12 - 3.13 (m, 1H), 2.47 (s, 6H), 2.42 (s, 4H), 2.24 - 2.38 (m, 1H), 1.98 - 2.08 (m, 1H), 1.87 - 1.92 (m, 1H). Example 70: Step 6: 4-(2-((4-(azetidin-1-yl)-3-fluoropiperidin-1-yl)methyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine: According to the procedure of Example 69, 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (100 mg) and 4-(azetidin-1-yl)-3- fluoropiperidine (35.2 mg) aare reacted to obtain a crude product, which is purified by Flash RP chromatography (C18, 12 g column), eluting with 50-55% acetonitrile/water, to afford the title compound (10 mg; 10% ) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 547 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, MeOD): 8.61 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.71 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (s, 1H), 7.32 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 7.19 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.96 (s, 1H), 3.91-4.00 (m, 9H), 3.55 - 3.63 (m, 4H), 3.38 (d, J = 11.2 Hz, 1H), 3.09 (d, J = 13.2 Hz, 1H), 2.42 (s, 6H), 2.30 (t, J = 9.6 Hz, 1H), 1.97 (s, 1H), 1.77 – 1.89 (m, 2H). Example 71: Step 1: 2,4-dichlorothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine: A stirred solution of thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine-2,4(1H,3H)-dione (10 g, 59.52 mmol, 1 eq) in POCl3 (60 mL, 6 vol) is heated at 100°C for 16h. The reaction solution is cooled to room temperature and evaporated in vacuo to provide a brown gummy residue which is diluted with ice cold water and stirred for 30 min, and the resulting precipitate is filtered and dried under vacuum to afford the title compound (10 g; 83%) as a pale brown solid. Mass m/z 205 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.71 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.751 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H). Step 2: 2-chloro-4-(methylthio)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine: To a solution of 2,4-dichlorothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine (10 g, 49.01mmol, 1 eq) in THF (20 mL) is added sodium thiomethoxide (3.4 g, 49.01mmol, 1 eq) at 0°C, then the reaction is stirred at room temperature for 8h. The reaction is then quenched with water (50 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL). The organic layer is dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to provide a crude solid which is triturated with n- pentane to afford the title compound (8.2 g; 78%) as an off white solid. Mass m/z 217 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.478 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.607 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 2.74 (s, 3H). Step 3: 2-chloro-4-(methylthio)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine-6-carbaldehyde: To a solution of 2-chloro-4-(methylthio)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine (6 g, 5.57 mmol, 1 eq) in dry THF (40 ml) is added n-BuLi (2.5 M in hexane) (20 mL, 11.15 mmol, 2 eq) at - 78°C, and the solution is stirred for 1h. DMF (2.61 mL, 33.4 mmol, 6 eq) is then added at -78°C and the reaction mixture is stirred at the same temperature for an additional 2h. The reaction is quenched with saturated ammonium chloride solution (35 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic layer is dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to provide a solid which is triturated with diethyl ether to afford the title compound (3.1 g; 67%) as a light brown solid. Mass m/z 245.1 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 10.25 (s, 1H), 8.49 (s, 1H), 2.77 (s, 3H). Step 4: 2,4-dichlorothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine-6-carbaldehyde: To a solution of 2-chloro-4-(methylthio)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine-6-carbaldehyde (4 g, 16.39 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (40 ml) is added SOCl2 (20 mL, 32.78 mmol, 2 eq) at 0°C. The reaction temperature is allowed to reach room temperature and then the reaction is stirred for 2h. On completion of the reaction, it is quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 solution (40 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 55 mL). The organic layer is dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure and the resulting solid is triturated with n-pentane to afford the title compound (2.8 g; 73%) as light brown solid. Mass m/z 233 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 10.28 (s, 1H), 8.61 (s, 1H). Step 5: (2,4-dichlorothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methanol: To a solution of 2,4-dichlorothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine-6-carbaldehyde (1 g, 4.32 mmol, 1 eq) in dry THF (15 ml) is added NaBH4 (329 mg, 8.65 mmol, 2 eq) at 0°C. The reaction mixture is stirred at the same temperature for 2h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion, the reaction mixture is quenched with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 35 mL). The combined organic layer is dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product which is triturated with n-pentane to afford the title compound (650 mg; 65%) as a light brown solid. Mass m/z 234.9 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 7.55 (t, J = 1.6, 1H), 6.23 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 4.92 (dd, J = 1.2 Hz, J=5.6 Hz, 2H). Step 6: (2-chloro-4-(1,4-oxazepan-4-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methanol: To a stirred solution of (2,4-dichlorothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methanol (100 mg, 0.42 mmol, 1 eq.) in IPA (4 mL) is added 1,4-oxazepane (64 mg, 0.64 mmol, 1.5 eq) and DIPEA (0.15 mL, 0.85 mmol, 2 eq) at room temperature. The reaction mixture is heated to 80°C and maintain for 12h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, it is diluted with EtOAc (2X30 mL) and washed with water (10 mL). Finally, the organic layer is dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a solid which is triturated with diethyl ether to afford the title compound (85 mg; 67%) as an off-white solid. Mass m/z 300.1 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 7.2 (t, J = 1.2 Hz, 1H), 5.953 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 4.81 (dd, J = 0.8 Hz, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 4.03-4.00(m, 4H), 3.82 (t, J = 5.0 Hz, 2H), 3.67 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H), 1.97-1.94(m, 2H). Step 7: (4-(1,4-oxazepan-4-yl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methanol: To a solution of (2-chloro-4-(1,4-oxazepan-4-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methanol (85 mg 0.28 mmol, 1 eq) in a (1:1) mixture of 1,4-dioxane: toluene (3 mL), is added 3- (m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (45 mg, 0.28 mmol, 1 eq), and K3PO4 (120 mg, 0.56 mmol, 2 eq). The reaction mixture is degassed for 10 min under nitrogen followed by addition of Pd2(dba)3 (26 mg, 0.028 mmol, 0.1 eq) and t-Bu-XPhos (24 mg, 0.056 mmol, 0.2 eq) at room temperature. The reaction temperature is raised to 120°C and stirred for 6h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC and after completion, it is diluted with EtOAc (2x40 mL) and washed with water (15 mL). Finally, the organic layer is dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to provide a brownish gummy material which is purified by RP Flash column chromatography (C18- 6g RP column) eluted with 50-55% acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (25 mg; 21%) as off-white solid. Mass m/z 422.2 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.68 (d, J = 2.8, 1H), 7.79(br s, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 7.6, 1H), 7.35 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 7.20 (d, J = 7.6, 1H), 7.01 (d, J = 2.4, 1H), 5.92(br s, 1H), 4.83(br s, 1H), 4.15-4.10(m, 4H), 3.87 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H), 3.69 (t, J = 5.2 Hz, 2H), 2.39(s, 3H) 2.08-2.01(m, 2H). Step 8: : 4-(6-(chloromethyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin- 4-yl)-1,4-oxazepane: To a stirred solution of (4-(1,4-oxazepan-4-yl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl) thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methanol (25 mg, 0.06 mmol, 1 eq.), in DCM (5 mL) at 0°C is added SOCl2 (0.05 mL). The reaction is warmed to room temperature and stirred for 2h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC and after completion, it is evaporated under reduced pressure to provide the title compound (25 mg; 96%) as light- yellow solid. Mass m/z 440.1 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.72 (d, J = 2.4, 1H), 7.80 (br s, 1H), 7.76 (d, J = 7.6, 1H), 7.61 (s, 1H), 7.36 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 7.21 (d, J = 7.6, 1H), 7.06 (d, J = 2.4, 1H), 5.21 (s, 2H), 4.17-4.11 (m, 4H), 3.88 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H), 3.71 (t, J = 5.2 Hz, 2H), 2.39 (s, 3H) 2.06-2.00 (m, 2H). Step 9: 4-(6-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-1,4-oxazepane: To a stirred solution of 4-(6-(chloromethyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-1,4-oxazepane (25 mg, 0.05 mmol, 1 eq.) in IPA (3 mL) is added 1- (methylsulfonyl)piperazine (14 mg, 0.085 mmol, 1.5 eq) and DIPEA (0.02 mL, 0.11 mmol, 2 eq) at room temperature. The reaction mixture is heated to 80°C and maintained for 12h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, it is diluted with EtOAc (2x20 mL) and washed with water (10 mL). Finally, the organic layer is dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to provide a solid which is purified by RP Flash column chromatography (C18- 6g RP column) using water/acetonitrile eluting with 50-55% acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (10 mg; 31%) as an off-white solid. Mass m/z 568.2 [M+H] +; 1H- NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.68 (d, J = 2.4, 1H), 7.78(br s, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 7.6, 1H), 7.42(s, 1H), 7.35 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 7.20 (d, J = 7.6, 1H), 7.02 (d, J = 2.4, 1H), 4.15-4.09 (m, 4H), 3.91 (s, 2H), 3.87 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H), 3.70 (t, J = 5.2 Hz, 2H), 3.17 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 2.90 (s, 3H), 2.61 (Br s, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H) 2.05-1.99 (m, 2H). Example 72: Step 8: 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7- yl)morpholine: Following step 7 of the procedure for Example 75, to a stirred solution of (3-methyl-7- morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)methanol (350 mg, 0.86 mmol, 1.0 equiv.) in THF (10 mL) is added SOCl2 (0.2 mL, 2.59 mmol, 3.0 equiv.) at 0°C. The reaction solution is heated to 65℃ and stirred for 3h. The reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure and the resulting solid is triturated with diethyl ether to afford the title compound (300 mg, 83%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] 423 [M+H]+;#1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 8.70 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.76 - 7.79 (m, 2H), 7.35 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (s, 1H), 7.19 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 5.08 (s, 2H), 3.96 - 3.99 (m, 4H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.81 - 3.83 (m, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H).# Step 9: 4-(3-methyl-2-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (50 mg, 1.0 eq.) in THF (10 vol) at RT is added 1- (methylsulfonyl)piperazine (2 eq.) followed by K2CO3 (2.5 equiv.). The reaction mixture is stirred at 70℃ for 16h and then it is diluted with water (10 vol) and extracted with EtOAc (2x10 vol). The combined organic layers are dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain solid is purified by silica gel column chromatography (60-120 mesh) eluting with 2-5% MeOH/ DCM, to afford the title compound (15 mg; 25%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] 551 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 8.68 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.76 - 7.79 (m, 2H), 7.35 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.18 - 7.21 (m, 2H), 7.02 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.94 - 3.96 (m, 4H), 3.81 - 3.84 (m, 9H), 3.12 (br s, 4H), 2.86 (s, 3H), 2.56 (br s, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H). Example 73: Step 6: (2-chloro-4-(3,6-dihydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6- yl)methanol: Following Step 5 of Example 71, to a stirred solution of (2,4-dichlorothieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methanol (100 mg, 0.42 mmol, 1 eq.) in IPA (4 mL) is added 2-oxa-5- azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane (63 mg, 0.64 mmol, 1.5 eq) and DIPEA (0.15 mL, 0.85 mmol, 2 eq) at room temperature. The reaction mixture is heated to 80°C and maintained for 12h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, it is diluted with EtOAc (2x30 mL) and washed with water (10 mL). Finally, the organic layer is dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to provide a crude product which is triturated with diethyl ether to afford the title compound (100 mg; 78%) as an off-white solid. Mass m/z 298 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 7.18(s, 1H), 5.93 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H), 5.16 (s, 1H), 4.80 (dd, J = 1.2 Hz, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H), 4.76(s, 1H), 3.86-3.73(m, 4H),2.0-1.94(m, 2H). Step 7: 5-(2-chloro-6-(chloromethyl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo [2.2.1]heptane: To a stirred solution of (4-(2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl)-2-chlorothieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methanol (100 mg, 0.29 mmol, 1 eq.), in DCM (5 mL) at 0°C is added SOCl2 (0.1 mL). The reaction is allowed to warm to room temperature and then it is stirred for 2h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC and after completion, it is evaporated under reduced pressure to afford the title compound (90 mg; 85%) as an off-white solid. Mass m/z 316 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 7.44 (s, 1H), 5.16 (s, 3H),4.76 (s, 1H), 3.94-3.74 (m, 5H), 2.0-1.94 (m, 2H). Step 8: 5-(2-chloro-6-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane: To a stirred solution of 5-(2-chloro-6-(chloromethyl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-2-oxa- 5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane (50 mg, 0.15 mmol, 1 eq.) in IPA (3 mL) is added 1- (methylsulfonyl)piperazine (39 mg, 0.23 mmol, 1.5 eq.) and DIPEA (0.06 mL, 0.39 mmol, 2 eq) at room temperature. The reaction is heated to 80°C and maintained for 12h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, it is diluted with EtOAc (2x25 mL) and washed with water (10 mL). Finally, the organic layer is dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to provide a crude product which is purified by silica gel column chromatography (60-120 mesh) eluting with 40-50% EtOAc in hexane to afford the title compound (40 mg; 57%) as an off-white solid. Mass m/z 444.1 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 7.16 (s, 1H), 5.90 (br s, 1H), 4.77 (s, 1H), 3.96 - 3.93 (m, 3H), 3.89 (t, J = 9.6 Hz, 1H), 3.84 (s, 2H), 3.28 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 2.80 (s, 3H), 2.65 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 2.05 (d, J = 10.0 Hz, 1H), 1.98 (d, J = 10.0 Hz, 1H). Step 9: 5-(6-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane: To a solution of 5-(2-chloro-6-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane (40 mg 0.09 mmol, 1 eq) in a (1:1) mixture of 1,4-dioxane : toluene (3 mL) is added 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (14 mg, 0.09 mmol, 1 eq), and K3PO4 (38 mg, 0.18 mmol, 2 eq). The reaction mixture is degassed for 10 min under nitrogen, followed by the addition of Pd2(dba)3 (8 mg, 0.009 mmol, 0.1 eq) and t-Bu-XPhos (8 mg, 0.018 mmol, 0.2 eq) at room temperature. The reaction temperature is raised to 120°C and the reaction is stirred for 6h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC and after completion, it is diluted with EtOAc (25 mL) and washed with water (10 mL). Finally, the organic layer is dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to provide a brownish gummy material which is purified by RP Flash column chromatography (C18-6g RP column) eluting with 60-65% acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (14 mg; 27% ) as an off-white solid. Mass m/z 566.2 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.73 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (Br s, 1H), 7.74 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (s, 1H), 7.35 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 5.41 (Br s, 1H), 4.80 (s, 1H), 3.98 – 3.83 (m, 6H), 3.15 (d, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 2.90 (s, 3H), 2.60 (Br s, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.05 (d, J = 9.6 Hz, 1H), 1.98 (s, 1H). Example 74: Step 9: 4-(3-methyl-2-(morpholinomethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-3H- imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine: According to the procedure of Example 72, 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (50 mg) is reacted with morpholine (2 eq.) to provide a solid which is purified by silica gel column chromatography (60-120 mesh) eluting with 15-20% ethyl acetate / hexane, to afford the title compound (20 mg; 40%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 474 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 8.62 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.73 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.31 - 7.34 (m, 2H), 7.16 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.75 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.00 - 4.02 (m, 4H), 3.93 - 3.95 (m, 4H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.75 (s, 2H), 3.71 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 2.54 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 2.43 (s, 3H). Example 75: Step 1: 4,6-dichloro-3-nitropyridin-2-amine: To conc. H2SO4 (25 mL, 10 vol.) is added 4,6-dichloropyridin-2-amine (5 g, 30.86 mmol, 1.0 eq) portion-wise at -5℃, and the reaction is allowed to reach room temperature, then it is stirred for 30 min. The reaction is re-cooled to -5℃, and then concentrated nitric acid (2 ml) is added dropwise. The reaction mixture is allowed to warm to room temperature and it is stirred for an additional 1h. After completion, the mixture is slowly poured into crushed ice, followed by adjustment of the pH to ~8 using a saturated NaHCO3 solution. The resulting solid is filtered and washed with water and dried. The solid is further purified by column chromatography (60-120 mesh silica gel) eluting with 2-5% ethyl acetate in hexane to afford the title compound (3.0 g, 47%) as yellow solid. Mass m/z=206 [M-H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 6.83 (s, 1H), 6.28 (br s, 2H). Step 2: 4,6-dichloropyridine-2,3-diamine: To a stirred solution of 4,6-dichloro-3-nitropyridin-2-amine (4 g, 19.41 mmol, 1.0 equiv.) in IPA (40 mL) is added iron powder (3.2 g, 58.2 mmol, 3.0 equiv.) and the mixture is stirred for 5 min. To this mixture is added 6 N HCl (16 mL, 4 vol.) dropwise at 0 ℃. The reaction mixture is allowed to reach room temperature and is then stirred for 4h. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), saturated aqueous NaHCO3 solution is added until the pH is about 8. The reaction mixture is filtered through Celite and the filtrate is extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic layer is washed with brine (25 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to provide a crude compound which is slurried in diethyl ether, filtered, and dried to afford the title compound (2.0 g, 58%) as a pale brown solid. Mass [m/z] 178 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 6.77 (s, 1H), 4.48 (br s, 2H), 3.59 (br s, 2H). Step 3: 2-((benzyloxy)methyl)-5,7-dichloro-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine: A stirred mixture of 4,6-dichloropyridine-2,3-diamine (4 g, 22.4 mmol, 1.0 equiv.) and 2- (benzyloxy)acetic acid (7.4 g, 44.9 mmol, 2.0 equiv.) is heated at 150℃ for 16h. After consumption of the diamine (monitored by TLC), the reaction is diluted with EtOAc (100 mL) and washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (50 ml) and then with brine (50 mL). The organics are dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide a solid. The crude solid is purified by silica gel (60-120 mesh) column chromatography using 10-15% of EtOAc/ hexane to afford the title compound (3.0 g, 43%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] 308 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 10.28 (s, 1H), 7.32 - 7.38 (m, 5H), 7.31 (s, 1H), 4.86 (s, 2H), 4.67 (s, 2H). Step 4: 4-(2-((benzyloxy)methyl)-5-chloro-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7- yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 2-((benzyloxy)methyl)-5,7-dichloro-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine (1.0 g, 3.24 mmol, 1.0 equiv.) in ethylene glycol (5 mL) at RT is added morpholine (0.7 mL, 8.11 mmol, 2.5 equiv.) followed by triethylamine (0.9 mL, 6.49 mmol, 2.0 equiv.). The mixture is heated to 120°C and stirred for 16h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion, the reaction is diluted with water (30 mL) to obtain a solid, which is filtered, washed with water and dried to obtained a crude product. The solid is washed with diethyl ether to afford the title compound (0.8 g, 69%) as white solid. Mass [m/z] 359 [M+H]+;1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 13.09 (br s, 1H), 7.30 - 7.40 (m, 5H), 6.51 (s, 1H), 4.65 (s, 2H), 4.57 (s, 2H), 3.88 (t, J = 4.0 Hz, 4H), 3.75 (t, J = 5.2 Hz, 4H). Step 5: 4-(2-((benzyloxy)methyl)-5-chloro-3-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7- yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 4-(2-((benzyloxy)methyl)-5-chloro-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7- yl)morpholine (2.0 g, 5.57 mmol, 1.0 equiv.) in THF/ DMF (1:1) (20 mL) is added sodium hydride (0.5 g, 13.96 mmol, 2.5 equiv.) portion-wise at 0°C and stirred for 30 min. Methyl iodide (0.9 mL, 13.92 mmol, 2.5 eq.) is added dropwise at 0°C and the reaction mixture is allowed to warm to RT and is stirred at RT for 4h. The reaction is quenched with cold water and the resulting solid is filtered, washed with water and dried. The solid is triturated with n-pentane to afford the title compound (1.7 g, 82%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] 373 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 7.32 - 7.35 (m, 5H), 6.41 (s, 1H), 4.73 (s, 2H), 4.57 (s, 2H), 3.87 - 3.92 (m, 8H), 3.80 (s, 3H). Step 6: 4-(2-((benzyloxy)methyl)-3-methyl-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-3H- imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 4-(2-((benzyloxy)methyl)-5-chloro-3-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5- b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (2.0 g, 5.36 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (1.27 g, 8.04 mmol, 1.5 eq.) in 1,4-dioxane : toluene (1:1) (20 mL) is added K3PO4 (2.2 g, 10.7 mmol, 2.0 equiv.), and the reaction mixture is degassed for 15 min. Pd2(dba)3 (0.5 g, 0.53 mmol, 0.1 equiv.) is added followed by t-Bu-XPhos (0.45 g, 1.07 mmol, 0.2 equiv.) at RT. The resulting mixture is degassed for 15 min and then it is stirred at 110℃ for 16 h. The reaction mixture is diluted with EtOAc and filtered. The filtrate is evaporated under reduced pressure and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase flash purification (C18, 60 g column) eluting with 50%-60% acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (1.8 g, 69%) as a white solid. Mass [m/z] 495 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 8.62 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.73 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.31 - 7.36 (m, 7H), 7.16 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.76 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.77 (s, 2H), 4.59 (s, 2H), 4.02 - 4.04 (m, 4H), 3.93 - 3.95 (m, 4H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 2.43 (s, 3H).# Step 7: (3-methyl-7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5- b]pyridin-2-yl)methanol:# To a stirred solution of 4-(2-((benzyloxy)methyl)-3-methyl-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (2.3 g, 4.65 mmol, 1.0 eq) in THF (20 mL) is added 10% Pd/C (1.2 g) and the reaction mixture is stirred at RT for 48h under an H2 atmosphere at 30 psi. The reaction mixture is filtered through Celite and washed with THF. The filtrate is evaporated under reduced pressure, and the crude product is triturated with diethyl ether to afford the title compound (1.2 g, 64%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] 405 [M+H]+;#1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 8.58 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (s, 1H), 7.72 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.31 - 7.35 (m, 2H), 7.17 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 4.85 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 2H), 3.93 - 3.99 (m, 8H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 2.92 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 2.44 (s, 3H).# Example 76: Step 9: 2-(1-((3-methyl-7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-3H-imidazo [4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)propan-2-ol: According to the procedure of Example 72, 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (50 mg) is reacted with 2-(piperidin- 4-yl)propan-2-ol (2 eq.) to provide a solid which is purified by silica gel column chromatography (60-120 mesh) eluting with 2-5% MeOH/ DCM, to afford the title compound (12 mg; 20%) as off white solid. Mass [m/z] 530 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 8.68 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.76 - 7.79 (m, 2H), 7.35 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.18 - 7.21 (m, 2H), 7.02 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.05 (s, 1H), 3.94 - 3.95 (m, 4H), 3.83 (s, 8H), 3.71 (s, 2H), 2.88 (d, J = 10.8 Hz, 2H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 1.98 (t, J = 10.8 Hz, 2H), 1.66 (d, J = 10.4 Hz, 2H), 1.18 - 1.26 (m, 2H), 1.02 (s, 6H). Example 77: Step 6: (4-(2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl)-2-chlorothieno [3,2-d]pyrimidin-6- yl)methanol (Compound-73-1a): Following Step 5 of Example 71, to a stirred solution of (2,4-dichlorothieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methanol (150 mg, 0.64 mmol, 1 eq.) in 1,4-dioxane : water (9:1) (3 mL) is added (3,6-dihydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)boronic acid (74 mg, 0.576 mmol, 0.9 eq), and Pd(dppf)Cl2-DCM (47 mg, 0.064 mmol, 0.1 eq) followed by K2CO3 (178 mg, 1.28 mmol, 2 eq). The reaction mixture is degassed for 20 min under nitrogen at room temperature and then is stirred for 12h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, it is diluted with EtOAc (2x40 mL) and washed with water (20 mL). Finally, the organic layer is dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to provide a crude product which is purified by silica gel (60-120 mesh) column chromatography eluting with 30-35% EtOAc in hexane to afford the title compound (85 mg; 47%) as an off-white solid. Mass m/z 283 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 7.45 (s, 1H), 7.08 (t, J = 12.0, 1H), 6.10 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 4.90 (dd, J = 12.0, 5.6 Hz, 2H), 4.39 (q, J = 2.8, 5.6 Hz, 2H), 3.86 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H), 2.67 – 2.66 (m, 2H). Step 7: 2-chloro-6-(chloromethyl)-4-(3,6-dihydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidine: To a stirred solution of (2-chloro-4-(3,6-dihydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin- 6-yl)methanol (85 mg, 0.30 mmol, 1 eq.), in DCM (5 mL) at 0 °C is added SOCl2 (0.1 mL). The reaction is allowed to warm to room temperature and then it is stirred for 2h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC and after completion, it is evaporated under reduced pressure to provide a solid which is triturated with n-pentane to afford the title compound (55 mg; 61%) as a yellow solid. Mass m/z 301 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6: 7.72 (d, J = 4.4, 1H), 7.09 – 7.08 (m, 1H), 5.27 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 4.41 – 4.38 (m, 2H), 3.87 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H), 2.67 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 2H). Step 8: 2-chloro-4-(3,6-dihydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)-6-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1- yl)methyl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine: To a stirred solution of 2-chloro-6-(chloromethyl)-4-(3,6-dihydro-2H-pyran-4- yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine (55 mg, 0.18 mmol, 1 eq.) in IPA (3 mL) is added 1- (methylsulfonyl)piperazine (45 mg, 0.27 mmol, 1.5 eq) and DIPEA (0.07 mL, 0.36 mmol, 2 eq) at room temperature. The reaction mixture is heated to 80°C and it is continued stirring for 12h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, it is diluted with EtOAc (2x30 mL) and washed with water (15 mL). Finally, the organic layer is dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to provide a crude solid which is purified by silica gel column (60-120 mesh) chromatography eluting with 40-50% EtOAc in hexane to afford the title compound (45 mg; 57%) as an off-white solid. Mass m/z 429.1 [M+H] +. Step 9: 4-(3,6-dihydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)-6-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)- 2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine: To a solution of 2-chloro-4-(3,6-dihydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)-6-((4- (methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine (40 mg 0.09 mmol, 1 eq) in a (1:1) mixture of 1,4-dioxane: toluene (3 mL) is added 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (15 mg, 0.09 mmol, 1 eq), and K3PO4 (39 mg, 0.18 mmol, 2 eq). The reaction mixture is degassed for 10 min under nitrogen followed by the addition of Pd2(dba)3 (8 mg, 0.009 mmol, 0.1 eq) and t-butyl-XPhos (8 mg, 0.018 mmol, 0.2 eq) at room temperature. The reaction temperature is raised to 120°C and it is stirred for 6h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC and after completion, it is diluted with EtOAc (2X30 mL) and washed with water (10 mL). Finally, the organic layer is dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to provide a brownish gummy material which is purified by Prep HPLC (Method-B: X-Bridge, C18, 250 x 19.1 mm, 5 µm; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.1% of FA in Water]; time/B%: 0/45, 15/70, 25/90) to afford the title compound (3 mg; 6%) as off-white solid. Mass m/z 551.2 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.82 (d, J = 2.4, 1H), 7.82 (s, 1H), 7.77 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (s. 1H), 7.37 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (s, 1H), 7.10 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 4.43 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 2H), 4.16 (br s, 2H), 3.93 (t, J = 5.2 Hz, 2H), 3.21 (br s, 4H), 2.93 (s, 3H), 2.83 – 2.75 (m, 6H), 2.40 (s, 3H). Example 78: Step 1: (6-morpholino-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)-9H-purin-8-yl)methanol: To a stirred solution of (2-chloro-6-morpholino-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-9H-purin- 8-yl)methanol (0.450 g, 1.27 mmol, 1 eq.), and 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (0.201 g, 1.27 mmol, 1 eq.) dissolved in a mixture of 1,4-dioxane : toluene (1:1) (10 mL) is added Pd2(dba)3 (0.116 g, 0.12 mmol, 0.1 eq.), and t-Bu-XPhos (0.108 g, 0.25 mmol, 0.2 eq.), followed by K3PO4 (0.54 g, 2.54 mmol, 2 eq.) and the reaction mixture is degassed for 30 min. The reaction mixture is stirred at 110°C for 16h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After complete consumption of the starting material, the catalyst impurities are filtered by passing the reaction mixture through a Celite pad. The filtrate is diluted with EtOAc (20 mL), washed with water (10 mL), and the organic layer is dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a brown liquid. The crude compound is purified by Flash (C18 reverse phase 12g column) eluting with 70-80 % acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (180 mg; 28%) as an off white solid. Mass m/z 476.2 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.70 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.78 – 7.75 (m, 2H), 7.36 (t, J = 7.6 Hz 1H) 7.02 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J =2.8 Hz, 1H ), 5.81 (dd, J = 9.2, 11.20 Hz, 1H), 5.66 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H), 4.79 – 4.67 (m, 2H), 4.31 (br s, 4H), 4.09 (d, J = 10.8 Hz, 1H), 3.79 - 3.69 (m, 5H), 2.84 – 2.71 (m, 1H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.04 - 2.01 (m, 1H), 1.84 (d, J = 11.6 Hz, 1H), 1.75 – 1.59 (m, 3H). Step 2: (6-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-8-yl)methanol: To a stirred solution of (6-morpholino-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-8-yl)methanol (80 mg, 0.16 mmol, 1 eq.) in 1,4-dioxane (2 mL), is added 4M HCl in 1,4-dioxane (2 mL) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture is stirred at 0°C for 2h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC, and after completion of the reaction, it is concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a sticky solid which is triturated with n-pentane, filtered, and dried under vacuum to afford the title compound (60 mg; 92%) as an off white solid. Mass m/z 392.2 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.68 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.73 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.61 (br s, 2H), 4.28 (br s, 4H), 3.77 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H). Step 3: 6-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purine-8-carboxylic acid: To a stirred solution of (6-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-8-yl) methanol (100 mg, 0.25 mmol, 1 eq.) in water (1 mL) at room temperature, is added 1N NaOH (0.5 mL) followed by the addition of KMnO4 (60 mg, 0.38 mmol, 1.5 eq) at the same temperature. The resulting reaction mixture is stirred at 90°C for 16h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC, and after completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature and its pH is adjusted up to 5 using acetic acid. The reaction mass is passed through a Celite pad and the filtrate is extracted with EtOAc (2 x 20 mL). The organic layer is dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product which is triturated with n-pentane to afford the title compound (55 mg; 53%) as a brown solid. Mass m/z 406 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 14.09 (br s, 1H), 11.95 (Br s, 1H), 8.70 (d, J = 3.2 Hz, 1H), 7.38-7.36 (m, 2H), 7.3-7.01 (m, 3H), 7.01 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.30 (br s, 4H), 4.28 (br s, 4H), 3.70 (s, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H). Step 4: (4-(methylsulfonyl)piperidin-1-yl)(6-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol- 1-yl)-9H-purin-8-yl)methanone: To a stirred solution of 6-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purine-8- carboxylic acid (30 mg, 0.04 mmol, 1 eq.) in DCM (1 mL), is added 1- (methylsulfonyl)piperazine (13 mg, 0.05 mmol, 1.2 eq), propylphosphonic anhydride (50% in EtOAc) (72 mg, 0.09 mmol, 2 eq), and triethylamine (12 mg, 0.09 mmol, 2 eq) at 0°C, then the reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 12 h. The reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, it is diluted with DCM and washed with water. The organic layer is dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product which is purified by Flash RP (C18 reverse phase 6g column) eluting with 50% acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (8 mg; 20%) as a white solid. Mass m/z 552.2 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 13.86 (br s, 1H), 8.71 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.73 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.02 – 7.0 (m, 1H), 4.37 – 4.30 (br s, 6H), 3.80 – 3.79 (m, 6H), 3.26 (br s, 4H), 2.97 (s, 3H), 2.39 (s, 3H). Example 79: Step 9: 4-(2-((4-isopropylpiperazin-1-yl)methyl)-3-methyl-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol- 1-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine: According to the procedure of Example 72, 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (50 mg) is reacted with 1- isopropylpiperazine (2 eq.) to provide a solid which is purified by silica gel column chromatography (60-120 mesh) eluting with 2-5% MeOH/ DCM, to afford the title compound (18 mg; 32%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] 515 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, MeOH): δ 8.64 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (s, 1H), 7.69 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (s, 1H), 7.18 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.85 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.90 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 12H), 3.82 (d, J = 4.4 Hz, 2H), 2.66 - 2.76 (m, 8H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 1.14 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 6H). Example 82: Step 9: 3-fluoro-N,N-dimethyl-1-((3-methyl-7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-amine: According to the procedure of Example 72, 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (100 mg) is reacted with 3-fluoro- N,N-dimethylpiperidin-4-amine (2 eq.) to provide a solid which is purified by silica gel column chromatography, to afford the title compound (20 mg; 15%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] = 533 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, MeOH): δ 9.67 (s, 1H), 8.68 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.76-7.78 (m, 2H), 7.35 (t, J = 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (s, 1H), 7.18 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 5.19-5.32 (d, J = 50.4 Hz, 1H), 3.95-3.97 (m, 4H), 3.90 (s, 2H), 3.81-3.83 (m, 8 H), 3.01 (d, J = 10.4 Hz, 1H), 2.81-2.86 (m, 6H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.04 (d, J = 12.8 Hz, 1H), 1.83-1.89 (m, 1H) Example 83: Step 9: 4-(2-((4-(azetidin-1-yl)-3-fluoropiperidin-1-yl)methyl)-3-methyl-5-(3-(m- tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine: According to the procedure of Example 72, 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (50 mg) is reacted with 4-(azetidin-1- yl)-3-fluoropiperidine (2 eq.) to provide a solid which is purified by silica gel column chromatography, to afford the title compound (9 mg; 14%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] = 544.7 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 8.62 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.72 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.31 - 7.34 (m, 2H), 7.15 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.75 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.50-4.68 (d, J = 47 Hz), 3.99-4.00 (m, 4H), 3.93 - 3.95 (m, 4H), 3.80 (s, 2H), 3.29 (m, 4H), 3.11 (m, 2H), 2.82 (d, J = 10.8 Hz, 2H), 2.45 (s, 4H), s.24 (d, J = 14.4, 1H), 2.44 (t, J = 11.2 Hz, 2H), 2.12 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 1.72 (d, J = 14.4 Hz, 2H). Example 84: Step 4: (4-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)piperidin-1-yl)(6-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-8-yl)methanone: According to the procedure of Example 78, 6-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)-9H-purine-8-carboxylic acid (20 mg, 0.04 mmol, 0.1 eq.) is reacted with 2-(piperidin- 4-yl)propan-2-ol (9.8 mg, 0.05 mmol, 1.2 eq), propylphosphonic anhydride (50% in EtOAc) (62 mg, 0.09 mmol, 2 eq), and triethylamine (10 mg, 0.09 mmol, 2 eq), to provide a solid which is purified by Flash RP (C18 reverse phase 6g column) eluting with 55-60% acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (5 mg; 19%) as a white solid. Mass m/z 476.2 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 13.86 (br s, 1H), 8.70 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.72 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.04 (d, J = 13.2 Hz, 1H), 4.60 (d, J = 12.8 Hz, 1H), 4.30 (br s, 4H ), 4.15 (s, 1H), 3.78 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 3.09 (t, J = 12.8 Hz, 1H), 2.73 – 2.66 (m, 1H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 1.86 – 1.77 (m, 2H), 1.52 – 1.49 (m, 1H), 1.28 – 1.18 (m, 2H), 1.05 (s, 6H). Example 85: Step 4: (4-(Azetidin-1-yl)-3-fluoropiperidin-1-yl)(6-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-8-yl)methanone: According to the procedure of Example 78, 6-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)-9H-purine-8-carboxylic acid (35 mg, 0.086 mmol) in DCM (1 mL), is treated with 4- (azetidin-1-yl)-3-fluoropiperidine (9.8 mg, 0.10 mmol, 1.2 eq), propylphosphonic anhydride (50% in EtOAc) (62 mg, 0.17 mmol, 2 eq), and triethylamine (10 mg, 0.17 mmol, 2 eq), to provide a solid which is purified by Flash RP (C18 reverse phase 6g column) using 55-60% acetonitrile/water as an eluent to afford the title compound (5 mg; 10%) as a white solid. Mass [m/z] = 392.2 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.65 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (s, 1H), 7.71 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.93 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.1 (d, J = 112 Hz, 1H), 4.30 (s, 2H), 4.19 (t, 4H), 3.81 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 3.36 (br s, 2H), 3.12 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 2.04 (d, 1H), 1.71 (br s, 1H), 1.25 – 1.30 (m, 3H). Example 86: Step 4: 4-Isopropylpiperazin-1-yl)(6-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)- 9H-purin-8-yl)methanone: According to the procedure of Example 78, 6-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)-9H-purine-8-carboxylic acid (50 mg, 0.1 mmol) in DCM (1 mL), is treated with 1- isopropylpiperazine (20 mg, 0.12 mmol, 1.2 eq), propylphosphonic anhydride (50% in EtOAc) (62 mg, 0.09 mmol, 2 eq), and triethylamine (0.1 mL, 0.09 mmol, 2 eq), to provide a solid which is purified by Flash RP (C18 reverse phase 6g column) using acetonitrile/water as an eluent to afford the title compound (4 mg; 14%) as a white solid. Mass [m/z] = 392.2 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 13.86 (br s, 1H), 8.72 (s, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.72 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.38 (br s, 1H), 3.79 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.66 (br s, 2H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 1.02 (s, 6H). Example 129: Step 6: (2-chloro-4-(1,4-dioxa-7-azaspiro[4.4]nonan-7-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6- yl)methanol: To a stirred solution of (2,4-dichlorothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methanol (100 mg, 0.39 mmol, 1 eq.) in IPA (4 mL) is added 1,4-dioxa-7-azaspiro[4.4]nonane (63 mg, 0.58 mmol, 1.5 eq) and DIPEA (0.15 mL, 0.85 mmol, 2 eq) at room temperature. The reaction mixture is heated to 80 °C and maintained for 12h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, it is diluted with EtOAc (2x30 mL) and washed with water (10 mL). Finally, the organic layer is dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a solid which was triturated with diethyl ether to afford the title compound (100 mg; 78%) as an off-white solid. Mass (m/z) = 327.8 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 7.18(s, 1H), 5.93 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H), 4.7-4.80 (m, 2H), 3.96-4.00 (m, 4H), 2.18 (br s, 2H), 1.17 (s, 3H). Step 7: 7-(2-chloro-6-(chloromethyl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-1,4-dioxa-7- azaspiro[4.4]nonane: To a stirred solution of (2-chloro-4-(1,4-dioxa-7-azaspiro[4.4]nonan-7-yl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methanol (100 mg, 0.31 mmol), in DCM (5 mL) at 0°C is added SOCl2 (0.1 mL). The reaction mass is allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 2h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC and after completion, it is evaporated under reduced pressure to afford the title compound (90 mg; 85%) as an off-white solid. Mass (m/z) = 347.1 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 7.44 (s, 1H), 5.16 (s, 3H),4.76 (s, 1H), 3.94-4.0 (m, 4H), 2.19 (br s, 2H), 1.23-1.33 (s, 3H). Step 8: 7-(2-chloro-6-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-1,4-dioxa-7-azaspiro[4.4]nonane: To a stirred solution of 7-(2-chloro-6-(chloromethyl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-1,4- dioxa-7-azaspiro[4.4]nonane (50 mg, 0.15 mmol) in IPA (3 mL) is added 1- (methylsulfonyl)piperazine (39 mg, 0.23 mmol, 1.5 eq) and DIPEA (0.06 mL, 0.39 mmol, 2 eq) at room temperature. The reaction mixture is heated to 80°C and maintained for 12h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, it is diluted with EtOAc (2x25 mL) and washed with water (10 mL). Finally, the organic layer is dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a solid residue which is purified by a silica gel column chromatography (60-120 mesh) eluted with 40-50% EtOAc in hexane to afford the title compound (40 mg; 58%) as an off-white solid. Mass (m/z) = 474.1 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- d6): 7.26 (s, 1H), 5.75 (s, 1H), 4.77 (s, 1H), 3.94 - 3.99 (m, 4H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.78 (m, 2H), 3.14 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 5H), 3.0 (s, 3H), 2.67 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 2.05 (br s, 2H), 1.02 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 1H). Step 9: 7-(6-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-1,4-dioxa-7-azaspiro[4.4]nonane: To a solution of 7-(2-chloro-6-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-1,4-dioxa-7-azaspiro[4.4]nonane (40 mg 0.09 mmol) in (1:1) mixture of 1,4-dioxane: toluene (3 mL), is added 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (14 mg, 0.09 mmol, 1 eq), and K3PO4 (38 mg, 0.18 mmol, 2 eq). The reaction mixture is degassed for 10 min under nitrogen, followed by the addition of Pd2(dba)3 (8 mg, 0.009 mmol, 0.1 eq) and tBu-XPhos (8 mg, 0.018 mmol, 0.2 eq) at room temperature. The reaction temperature is raised to 120°C and stirred for 6h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC and after completion, it is diluted with EtOAc (25 mL) and washed with water (10 mL). Finally, the organic layer is dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a brownish gummy solid which is purified by RP Flash column chromatography (C18-6g RP column) eluting with 60-65% acetonitrile/water, to afford after lyophilization the title compound (14 mg; 28%) as an off-white solid. Mass (m/z) = 596.2 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.70 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (Br s, 1H), 7.74 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (s, 1H), 7.36 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 4.03-4.05 (m, 6H), 3.94 (s, 2H), 3.91 (s, 2H), 3.34 (s, 4H), 2.91 (s, 3H), 2.601 (Br s, 4H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 2.23 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H). Step 10: 1-(6-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol- 1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)pyrrolidin-3-one: A solution of 7-(6-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-1,4-dioxa-7-azaspiro[4.4]nonane (20 mg 0.036 mmol) in 0.4 mL dioxane at 0 oC is added a solution of 4N HCl in dioxane (0.5 mL) and the resulting mixture is brought to room temperature and stirred for 4h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC and after completion, it is diluted with EtOAc (25 mL) and washed with water (10 mL). Finally, the organic layer is dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a brownish gummy material which is purified by Prep-HPLC purification using acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (5 mg; 28%) as an off-white solid. Mass (m/z) = 552.1 [M+H]+; 1H- NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.75 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (br s, 1H), 7.42 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (br s, 1H), 7.36 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 4.31-4.35 (m, 4H), 4.12 (br s, 2H), 3.21 (br s, 5H), 2.96 (s, 3H), 2.81 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 4H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 1.23 (s, 3H). Example 132: Step 2: 4-(2-((4-Isopropylpiperazin-1-yl)methyl)-3-methyl-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine Following the procedure according to Example 167, 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-3-methyl-5-(3- (m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (40 mg) is reacted with 1-isopropylpiperazine (17 mg) to afford the title compound (21 mg; 40%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] = 531 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.75 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.79-7.77 (br d, 2H), 7.43 (s, 1H), 7.36 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.85 (t, J = 4.8 Hz , 4H), 3.78 (s, 2H), 3.50 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.3 (s, 4H), 2.4 (s, 6H). Example 165: Step 1: 4-(2-chloro-6-iodothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 4-(2-chlorothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (500 mg, 1.96 mmol) in THF (8 mL) at -78°C is added n-BuLi (1.0 M in THF; 2.94 mL, 2.94 mmol, 1.5 eq) and the reaction is stirred for 15 min, followed by the addition of iodochloroethane (2.94 mL, 2.94 mmol, 1.5 eq) at the same temperature. The reaction mixture is then brought to room temperature and stirred for another 4h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC, and after completion of the reaction, it is quenched with saturated NH4Cl solution (25 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 60 mL). The organic layer is dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under a vacuum to obtain an oil which is purified by silica gel chromatography (60-120 mesh) eluting with 10-15% EtOAc/hexane, to afford the title compound (300 mg; 40%) as an off-white solid. Mass (m/z) = 382 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 7.25 (s, 1H), 3.90 (t, J=4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.74 (t, J= 5.2 Hz, 4H). Step 2: 4-(2-chloro-6-(4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 4-(2-chloro-6-iodothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (200 mg, 0.52 mmol) and 1-(methylsulfonyl)piperazine (172 mg, 1.04 mmol, 2.0 eq.) in dry DMF is added Cs2CO3 (164 mg, 0.46 mmol, 0.9 eq.). The reaction mixture is degassed for 15 min and then Pd2(dba)3 (91 mg, 0.1 mmol, 0.2 eq.) is added followed by Xantphos (115 mg, 0.2 mmol, 0.4 eq.). The resulting reaction mixture is allowed to stir at 110℃ for 12 h. After completion (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture is diluted with EtOAc filtered and filtrate is concentrated. The obtained residue is purified by reverse phase flash chromatography (used C18, 12 g column) eluting with 50% to 60% acetonitrile in water to afford the title compound (55 mg; 25%) as an off-white solid. Mass (m/z) = 418.1 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 6.37 (s, 1H), 3.71-3.75 (m, 8H), 3.50 (t, J = 5.2 Hz, 4H), 3.26 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 2.93 (s, 3H). Step 3: 4-(6-(4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 4-(2-chloro-6-(4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (45 mg, 0.11 mmol), and 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (25 mg, 0.16 mmol, 1.5 eq.) dissolved in a mixture of toluene and dioxane (1:1, 4 mL) is added Pd2(dba)3 (9.2 mg, 0.01 mmol, 0.1 eq.), tBu-XPhos (8.5 mg, 0.02 mmol, 0.2 eq.), and then K3PO4 (46 mg, 0.22 mmol, 2 eq.) and the mixture is degassed for 30 min. The reaction mixture is then stirred at 120 °C for 6h. Progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After complete consumption of the starting material, the solids are filtered by passing the reaction mixture through a bed of celite. The filtrate is diluted with EtOAc (20 mL), and washed with water (10 mL). Finally, the organic layer is dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product as a brown liquid which is purified by silica gel chromatography (60- 120 mesh) using 60%-65 % ethyl acetate/petroleum ether as eluent to afford the title compound (10 mg; 53%) as an off white solid. Mass (m/z) = 540.2 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.66 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.21(d, 1H), 7.34 (m, 1H), 7.18 (d, J = 3.6 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 6.53 (s, 1H), 3.89 (t, J =5.2 Hz, 4H), 3.77 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.53 (t, J = 5.2 Hz, 4H), 3.28 (s, 4H), 2.95 (s, 3H), 2.39 (s, 3H). Example 166: Step 1: Ethyl-5,7-dihydroxy-3-methylthieno[3,2-b]pyridine-6-carboxylate: To a stirred solution of methyl 3-amino-4-methylthiophene-2-carboxylate (10 g, 58.47 mmol) in DCM (100 mL) is added triethylamine (11 mL, 76.03 mmol, 1.2 eq) and ethyl malonyl chloride (10 mL, 70.17 mmol, 1.3 eq) at room temperature and the reaction is stirred for 1h. The reaction mixture is diluted with DCM (50 mL) and washed with brine solution (50 mL). The organic layer is dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under vacuum to afford the title compound (16 g, ~98%) as a brown sticky solid. Mass [m/z] = 254 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 13.43 (br s, 1H), 11.78 (br s, 1H), 7.75 (s, 1H), 4.33 (q, J = 7.2, 14.0 Hz, 2H), 2.24 (s, 3H), 1.30 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H). Step 2: 3-Methylthieno[3,2-b]pyridine-5,7-diol To a stirred solution of ethyl 5,7-dihydroxy-3-methylthieno[3,2-b]pyridine-6-carboxylate (15 g, 59.28 mmol) in EtOH (60 mL) is added sodium ethoxide (1.2 g, 17.78 mmol, 0.3 eq) followed by 40% aqueous NaOH (100 mL) at room temperature. The reaction mixture is heated to 80°C and stirred for 16h. The reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature and the pH is adjusted up to 3 using 2N aqueous HCl. The precipitated solid is collected and dried by vacuum filtration to afford the title compound (7.5 g; 75%) as a brown solid. Mass [m/z] = 182 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 11.84 (br s, 2H), 7.51 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.79 (s, 1H), 2.25 (s, 3H). Step 3: 5,7-Dichloro-3-methylthieno[3,2-b]pyridine: 3-Methylthieno[3,2-b]pyridine-5,7-diol (7 g, 38.67 mmol) is dissolved in neat POCl3 (70 mL), at room temperature. The reaction is stirred at 110°C for 24h and then it is concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue is quenched with ice cold water (100 mL) and stirred for 15 min to a give solid which is filtered and dried to afford the title compound (5.2 g; 62%) as a brown solid. Mass [m/z] = 218 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 8.75 (s, 1H), 7.79 (br s, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (t, J = 11.4 Hz 1H), 7.2 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 4.06 (t, J=7 Hz 4H), 3.83 (t, J= 4.8 Hz, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.33-2.32 (m, 4H), 1.23 (s, 1H) Step 4: 4-(5-Chloro-3-methylthieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 5,7-dichloro-3-methylthieno[3,2-b]pyridine (5 g, 23.04 mmol) in ethylene glycol (50 mL) at room temperature is added morpholine (9 mL, 92.16 mmol, 4 eq). The reaction mixture is stirred at 110°C for 16h. The reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature, diluted with EtOAc and washed with water. The organic layer is dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under vacuum to obtain a crude solid which is purified by silica gel column chromatography (60-120 mesh) eluting with 8-10 % EtOAc/hexane to afford the title compound (3.2 g; 53%) as a pale-yellow solid. Mass [m/z] = 218 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 6.83 (s, 1H), 3.91 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.76 (t, J = 5.2 Hz, 4H). Step 5: 5-Chloro-3-methyl-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carbaldehyde: To a stirred solution of 4-(5-chloro-3-methylthieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (3.5 g, 13.05 mmol) in dry THF (30 mL) is cooled to -78°C and n-BuLi (2.5 M in THF) (10.4 mL, 26.11 mmol, 2 eq) added followed by DMF (6 mL, 78.35 mmol, 6 eq). The reaction mixture is stirred at -78°C for an additional 3h. and then it is quenched with saturated aqueous NH4Cl solution (30 mL). The resulting solid is filtered, dried, and triturated with diethyl ether to afford the title compound (3.2 g; 84%) as a pale-yellow solid. Mass [m/z] = 297.0 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 3.43 (t, J = 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (d, J= 9.2 Hz, 2H), 7.38 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 1.17 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (s, 1H), 3.93 (t, J = 4.0 Hz, 4H), 3.84 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 2.40 (s, 3H). Step 6: (5-Chloro-3-methyl-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridin-2-yl)methanol: To a stirred solution of 5-chloro-3-methyl-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2- carbaldehyde (3 g, 10.13 mmol) in THF (30 mL) at 0°C is added NaBH4 (0.770 g, 20.27 mmol, 2 eq) and the reaction is stirred for 2h. The reaction mixture is quenched with cold water (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL). The organic layer is dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under vacuum to obtain a solid which is triturated with n-pentane to afford the title compound (2.8 g; 93%) as a yellow solid. Mass [m/z] = 299 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 6.63 (s, 1H), 4.96 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 2H), 3.90 (t, J = 4.2 Hz, 4H), 3.44 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 2.0 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H). Step 7: (3-Methyl-7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- b]pyridin-2-yl)methanol: To a stirred solution of (5-chloro-3-methyl-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridin-2- yl)methanol (1 g, 3.34 mmol), and 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (0.530 g, 3.34 mmol, 1 eq.) in a mixture of toluene and dioxane (1:1) (10mL) is added Pd2(dba)3 (0.307 g, 0.03 mmol, 0.1 eq.), t-BuXphos (0.284 g, 0.668 mmol, 0.2 eq.), and then K3PO4 (1.4 g, 6.68 mmol, 2 eq.). The mixture is degassed with nitrogen for 30 min, then it is heated to 120 °C and stirred for 16h. The reaction mixture is filtered through a celite pad, and the filtrate is diluted with EtOAc (30 mL). The organic layer is washed with water (10 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a brown liquid, which is purified by reverse phase chromatography (C18 reverse phase 12g column), using 70-80 % acetonitrile/water as an eluent, to afford the title compound (220 mg; 14%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] = 421.2 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.76 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.80 – 7.70 (m, 2H), 7.43 (s, 1H), 7.36 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 5.73 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 4.80 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 2H), 3.85 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.52 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 2.44 (s, 3H), 2.40 (s, 3H). Example 167: Step 1: 4-(2-(Chloromethyl)-3-methyl-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine: To (3-methyl-7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-2- yl)methanol (200 mg, 3.34 mmol) at 0°C is added SOCl2 (0.1 mL), and the reaction is warmed to rt and stirred for 2h. The reaction mixture is evaporated under reduced pressure to provide an off-white solid which is purified by flash chromatography (C18 reverse phase 12g column) using 70-80 % acetonitrile/water as an eluent, to afford the title compound (220 mg; 96%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] = 439.2 [M+H]+; 1H- NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.78 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.80 – 7.78 (m, 2H), 7.49 (s, 1H), 7.36 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.21-7.19 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.176 (s, J = 2H), 3.85 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.52 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 2.46 (s, 3H), 2.40 (s, 3H). Step 2: 4-(3-Methyl-2-(morpholinomethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine To the stirred solution of 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-3-methyl-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (30 mg, 1.0 equiv.) in dry THF (10 vol) at room temperature is added morpholine (20.5 mg, 1.5 equiv.) followed by K2CO3 (2.5 equiv.). The reaction mixture is heated to 80℃ and allowed to stir for 16h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. The reaction is then diluted with water (10 vol) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2x10 vol). The combined organic layers are dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product which is purified by flash RP column chromatography using water/acetonitrile or by recrystallization to provide the title compound (13 mg; 40%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] = 490 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.75 (d, J = 3.2 Hz, 1H), 7.79-7.76 (br d, 2H), 7.43 (s, 1H), 7.38 (t, J = 7.6Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.85 (t, J = 4.8 Hz , 4H), 3.80 (s, 2H), 3.60 (t, J = 4.0 Hz, 4H), 3.50 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.3 (s, 4H), 2.4 (s, 6H).. Example 168: Step 2: 2-(1-((3-Methyl-7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- b]pyridin-2-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)propan-2-ol Following the procedure according to Example 167, 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-3-methyl-5-(3- (m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (40 mg) is reacted with 2-(piperidin-4-yl)propan-2-ol (19 mg) to afford the title compound (26 mg; 54%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] = 531 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.78 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.79-7.82 (s, 2H), 7.46 (s, 1H), 7.38 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.09 (s, 1H), 3.87 (t, J = 3.2 Hz , 4H), 3.77 (s, 1H), 3.52 (s, 4H), 3.01 (s, 2H), 2.42 (s, 6H), 1.99 (s, 2H), 1.68 (s, 2H), 1.25 (br m, 3H), 1.06 (s, 6H). Example 169: Step 2: 4-(3-Methyl-2-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl) morpholine Following the procedure according to Example 167, 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-3-methyl-5-(3- (m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (40 mg) is reacted with 1-(methyl sulfonyl) piperazine (22 mg) to afford the title compound (30 mg; 54%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] = 546 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.76 (d, J = 2.84 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (br s, 2H), 7.44 (s, 1H), 7.38 (s, 1H), 7.36 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (d, J = 3.2 Hz, 1H), 3.87 (s, 2H), 3.85 (t, J= 5.2 Hz, 4H), 3.50 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.14 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 2.9 (s, 3H), 2.67 (t, J = 1.6 Hz, 4H), 2.32 (s, 6H). Example 170: Step 2: 3-Fluoro-N,N-dimethyl-1-((3-methyl-7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-2-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-amine Following Step 1 of Example 167, 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-3-methyl-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (40 mg, 1.0 equiv.) in IPA (10 vol) at room temperature is added 3-fluoro-N, N-dimethyl-piperidin-4-amine (20 mg, 2.0 eq.) followed by DIPEA (2.0 eq.). The reaction mixture is heated to 80 ℃ and stirred for 16h. The reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure, diluted with water (10 vol), and extracted with EtOAc (2x10 vol). The combined organic layers are dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude compound which is purified by reverse phase flash chromatography to provide the title compound (26 mg; 50%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] = 549 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.76 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (s, 1H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.44 (s, 1H), 7.36 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 4.85-4.97 (d, 1H), 3.83 - 3.86 (m, 6H), 3.57 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.16 - 3.19 (m, 2H), 2.96 (d, 1H), 2.39 (d, J = 3.6 Hz, 6H), 2.36 (m, 1H), 2.30 (m, 2H), 1.74 (m, 1H), 1.65 (m, 1H). Example 171: Step 11: 3-fluoro-N,N-dimethyl-1-((9-methyl-6-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-8-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-amine: According to the procedure of Example 56, 4-(8-(chloromethyl)-9-methyl-2-(3-(m-tolyl)- 1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-9H-purin-6-yl)morpholine (30 mg, 0.07 mmol) in IPA (3 mL) is treated with 3-fluoro-N,N-dimethylpiperidin-4-amine (20.6 mg, 0.14 mmol, 2 eq) and DIPEA (530 mg, 0.21 mmol, 3 eq) at room temperature, and the obtained brown gummy solid is purified by flash RP chromatography (C18, 6 g column) using water/acetonitrile as eluent, to afford the title compound (7 mg; 30%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] = 534.3 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 9.70 (s, 1H), 8.72 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.74 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.19-5.32 (d, J = 49.2 Hz, 1H), 4.29 (br s, 4H), 3.89 (s, 2H), 3.78 – 3.82 (m, 7H), 3.59-3.42 (m, 2H), 3.44 (t, J = 5.6Hz, 1H), 3.02 (d, J = 10.4 Hz, 1H), 2.82-2.85 (dd, J = 8 Hz, 8.4 Hz, 6H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.32 (t, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 2.04 (m, 1H), 1.84-1.90 (m, 1H). Example 172: Step 2: 4-(2-((4-(Azetidin-1-yl)-3-fluoropiperidin-1-yl)methyl)-3-methyl-5-(3-(m- tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine Following the procedure according to Example 170, 4-(2-(chloromethyl)-3-methyl-5-(3- (m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine is reacted with 4- (azetidin-1-yl)-3-fluoropiperidine (22 mg) to afford the title compound (15 mg; 34%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] = 551 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.76 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (s, 1H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.46 (s, 1H), 7.36 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (d, J = 3.2 Hz, 1H), 4.99-5.11 (d, 1H), 4.19-4.29 (m, 1H) 4.02 (br s, 4H), 3.83 (s, 4H), 3.51 (s, 4H), 3.08-3.11 (m, 1H), 2.42 (s, 6H), 2.24 (br m, 2H), 1.87 (s, 1H), 1.60 – 1.70 (m, 1H). Example 173: Step 1: 4-(5-Chlorothieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine To a stirred solution of 5,7-dichlorothieno[3,2-b]pyridine (3.0 g, 14.7 mmol) in ethylene glycol (10 mL) is added morpholine (2.5 mL, 29.41 mmol, 2.0 eq.), followed by TEA (4.1 mL, 29.41 mmol, 2.0 eq.), at room temperature and then the reaction is heated to 120 °C and stirred for 16h. The reaction mixture is diluted with H2O (30 mL) and the resulting solid is washed with water, dried and then triturated with diethyl ether to afford the title compound (2.6 g, 70%) as a brown solid. Mass [m/z] = 255 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 7.66 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 6.65 (s,1H), 3.92 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.47 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H). Step 2: 5-Chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carbaldehyde To stirred THF (50 mL) at -78 ℃ is added n-BuLi (2.5 M) (17 mL, 44.2 mmol, 2.5 equiv.) dropwise and the mixture is stirred for 10 min, followed by the addition of a solution of 4-(5-chlorothieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (4.5 g, 17.7 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in THF (30 mL). The resulting mixture is stirred for 45 min at -78 ℃, then dry DMF (8.5 mL, 106.2 mmol, 6.0 equiv.) is added dropwise. The reaction mixture is stirred for a further 20 min at -78℃ after which the resulting mixture is allowed to warm to 0 ℃, and then it is quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers are washed with 1N HCl (50 mL), followed by brine (50 mL), dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide a crude yellow solid which is triturated with diethyl ether to afford the title compound (3.5 g, 71%) as a yellow solid. Mass [m/z] = 283 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 10.16 (s, 1H), 8.07 (s, 1H), 6.74 (s, 1H), 3.93 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 3.49 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H). Step 3: (5-Chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridin-2-yl)methanol To a stirred solution of 5-chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carbaldehyde (3.5 g, 12.41 mmol) in MeOH: DCM (1:1, 40 mL) at 0℃ is added NaBH4 (1.0 g, 24.8 mmol, 2.0 eq.) portionwise. The reaction mixture is stirred at RT for 3h, cooled to 0 oC, then quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers are washed with brine (50 mL), dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure producing a brown solid which is triturated with diethyl ether to afford the title compound (2.2 g, 62%) as a white solid. Mass [m/z] = 285 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 7.27 (s, 1H), 6.61 (s, 1H), 4.96 (s, 2H), 3.90 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.45 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 2.42 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H). Step 4: 4-(5-Chloro-2-(chloromethyl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine To a stirred solution of (5-chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridin-2-yl)methanol (2.0 g, 7.04 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) at 0 °C is added SOCl2 (2.5 mL, 21.05 mmol, 3.0 equiv.) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture is stirred and warmed to RT and then is stirred for 4h. The reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure and the resulting solid is triturated with n-pentane to afford the title compound (1.7 g, 80%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] = 303 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 8.11 (s, 1H), 6.66 (s, 1H), 4.86 (s, 2H), 3.97 (br s, 4H), 3.84 (br s, 4H). Step 5: 4-(5-Chloro-2-(morpholinomethyl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine To a stirred solution of 4-(5-chloro-2-(chloromethyl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7- yl)morpholine (1.4 g, 4.63 mmol) in THF (20 mL) is added morpholine (1.3 mL, 13.89 mmol, 3.0 eq.) at RT, followed by K2CO3 (1.2 g, 9.26 mmol, 2.0 eq.). The reaction temperature is raised to 80 °C and the reaction is stirred for 16h. After completion of the reaction, it is cooled and diluted with water (25 mL). The product is extracted with EtOAc (2 x 25 mL) and the combined organic layers are washed with brine (20 mL), dried over Na2SO4, then concentrated under reduced pressure to provide a solid which is triturated with diethyl ether to afford the title compound (1.1 g, 68%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] = 354 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 7.24 (s, 1H), 6.60 (s, 1H), 3.92 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.79 (s, 2H), 3.74 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.44 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 2.54 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H). Step 6: 4-(5-(3-Bromo-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-2-(morpholinomethyl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin- 7-yl)morpholine To a stirred solution of 4-(5-chloro-2-(morpholinomethyl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7- yl)morpholine (1.1 g, 3.10 mmol) in N-methylpyrrolidinone (10 mL) is added bromopyrazole (1.37 g, 9.32 mmol, 3.0 eq.), followed by Cs2CO3 (2.0 g, 6.21 mmol, 2.0 eq.) at RT. The reaction is heated to 210 °C and stirred for 20h, then cooled and diluted with ice water and the resulting solid is filtered, washed with cold water and dried under vacuum to obtain a crude product. The crude product is triturated with diethyl ether to afford the title compound (0.75 g, 53%) as a pale brown solid. Mass [m/z] = 464 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.52 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (s, 1H), 7.26 (s, 1H), 6.47 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H,), 3.93 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.81 (s, 2H), 3.75 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.53 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 2.56 - 2.57 (br s, 4H). Example 174: Step 1: 4-(2-Chloro-6-(chloromethyl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of (2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methanol (500 mg, 1.74 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) at 0 °C is added SOCl2 (0.4 mL). The reaction is allowed to reach room temperature and is stirred for 4h. The reaction mixture is evaporated under reduced pressure to afford the title compound (490 mg; 90%) as a yellow solid. Mass [m/z] = 304.0 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 7.48 (s, 1H), 5.75 (s, 2H), 3.89 (t, J = 10.8 Hz, 4H), 3.75 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H). Step 2: 4-(2-Chloro-6-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 4-(2-chloro-6-(chloromethyl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)morpholine (490 mg, 1.67 mmol) in IPA (5 mL) is added 1-(methylsulfonyl)piperazine (410 mg, 2.50 mmol, 1.5 eq) and DIPEA (0.6 mL, 3 eq) at room temperature. The reaction mixture is stirred at 80 °C for 12h, monitoring the reaction by TLC. After completion, the reaction is diluted with EtOAc (30 mL) and washed with water (10 mL). Finally, the organic layer is dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude solid which is purified by column chromatography to afford the title compound (520 mg; 82%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] = 432 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.71 (br s, 1H), 7.31 (s, 1H), 3.88 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.91 (s, 2H), 3.74 (t, J = 3.6 Hz, 4H), 3.12-3.16 (m, 6H), 2.89 (s, 3H), 2.57 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H). Step 3: 4-(6-((4-(Methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)-2-(1H-pyrazol-3- yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 4-(2-chloro-6-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1- yl)methyl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (300 mg, 0.23 mmol) and pyrazole boronic acid ester (150 mg, 0.35 mmol, 1.5 eq.) in mixture of toluene and water (1:1) (4 mL) is added Pd(dppf)Cl2 (18 mg, 0.02 mmol, 0.1 eq.), followed by K2CO3 (62 mg, 0.46 mmol, 2 eq.) and the mixture is degassed with nitrogen for 30 min. The reaction mixture is stirred at 110 °C for 24h. After consumption of the starting material, the reaction mixture is filtered by passing through a celite bed. The filtrate is diluted with EtOAc (20 mL), and washed with water (10 mL). Finally, the organic layer is dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to provide a brown gummy crude product which is purified by Flash chromatography (C18 reverse phase 12g column) using 70-80 % acetonitrile/water as an eluent to afford the title compound (140 mg; 42%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] = 464.1 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 13.50 (br s, 1H), 7.58 (Br s, 1H), 7.36 (s, 1H), 6.86 (d, J= 1.6 Hz, 1H), 4.00 (br s, 4H), 3.92 (s, 2H), 3.77 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.15 (br s, 4H ), 2.89 (s, 3H), 2.67 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 2.07 (s, 1H). Step 4: 4-(2-(1-(3-Chlorophenyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)-6-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin- 1-yl)methyl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 4-(6-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)-2-(1H-pyrazol-3- yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (30 mg, 0.065 mmol, 1 eq.) in DMF (2 mL), is added m-chlorobenzeneboronic acid (19 mg, 0.065 mmol, 1 eq), pyridine (11 mg, 0.13 mmol, 2 eq) and Cu(OAc)2 (17 mg, 0.095 mmol, 1.5 eq) at RT, and then the reaction temperature is raised to 90 °C and the reaction is stirred for 16 h. The reaction mixture is diluted with DCM, washed with water, and the organic layer is dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product which is purified by preparative HPLC using acetonitrile and water as eluants to afford the title compound (3.5 mg; 10%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] = 574 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.67 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (t, J = 2 Hz, 1H), 7.93-7.96 (dd, J = 1.6 Hz, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (t, J = 4Hz, 1H), 7.44(s, 1H), 7.4-7.42 (dd, J = 1.2 Hz, 5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 4.19 (m, 4H), 4.16 (s, 2H), 3.16 (s, 4H), 2.98 (s, 3H), 2.60 (m, 4H), 1.23 (br s, 2H). E Step 4: Following the procedure according to Example 174, 4-(6-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin- 1-yl)methyl)-2-(1H-pyrazol-3-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (50 mg, 0.107 mmol), m-tolyl boronic acid (19 mg, 0.017, 1 eq), pyridine (17 mg, 0.21 mmol, 2 eq), and Cu(OAc)2 (29 mg, 0.16 mmol, 1.5 eq) are reacted at RT in DMF (2 mL), and purified by preparative HPLC to afford the compound of Example 175 (1.8 mg) and the compound of Example 176 (6 mg) as white solids. Ex. 175: Mass [m/z] = 554.1 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.54 (d, J = 2 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.71 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (s, 1H), 7.41 (t, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.15-7.18 (m, 1H), 3.97 (m, 4H), 3.93 (s, 2H), 3.79 (br s, 4H), 3.15 (br s, 4H), 2.90 (s, 3H), 2.60 (br s, 4H), 2.42 (s, 3H). Ex. 176: Mass [m/z] = 554.1 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 7.72 (d, J = 2 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (s, 1H), 7.30 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.19-7.22 (m, 2H), 7.04 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 3.91 (s, 2H), 3.47 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 4H), 3.33 (t, J = 4Hz, 4H), 3.13 (br s, 4H), 2.89 (s, 3H), 2.57 (br s, 4H), 2.33 (s, 3H). Example 177: Step 1: 5-Chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxylic acid: To a stirred solution of 4-(5-chlorothieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (30 mg, 0.118 mmol) in dry THF (5 mL) at -78°C is added n-BuLi (2.5M) (0.07 mL, 0.177 mmol, 2 eq) and the reaction is stirred for 1h, and then dry ice is added. The mixture is stirred for 1h at 0°C, quenched with saturated aqueous NH4Cl (5 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 20 mL). The organic layer is dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to afford the title compound (20 mg) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] = 299.0 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 7.32 (s, 1H), 6.73 (s, 1H), 3.81 (t, J=4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.48 (t, J= 4.8 Hz, 4H). Step 2: 5-Chloro-7-morpholino-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridine- 2-carboxamide To a stirred solution of 5-chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxylic acid ( 50 mg, 1 eq.), is added tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-amine (25 mg, 1.5 eq.) in DCM (10 vol) followed by propylphosphonic anhydride (1.5 eq.) and triethylamine (2.0 eq.). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 18h, then diluted with ethyl acetate (20 vol) and the organic layer is washed with ice cold water (2 x 15 vol), brine solution (20 vol) and finally dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under vacuum to provide a crude product, which is purified by silica gel chromatography (60-120 mesh) eluting with 40- 80% EtOAc/hexane to afford the title compound as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] = 382 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.75 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 6.87 (s, 1H), 4.07-3.96 (m, 1H), 3.90-3.88 (d, J = 9.6 Hz, 2H), 3.80 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.50 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 342-3.36 (m, 2H), 1.80-1.78 (m, 2H), 1.64-1.54 (m, 2H). Step 3: 7-Morpholino-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxamide To a solution of compound 5-chloro-7-morpholino-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4- yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxamide (40 mg, 1 eq) in 1,4 dioxane and toluene (1:1, 20 vol) is added 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (16 mg, 1.0 eq) and K3PO4 (2 eq). The reaction mixture is degassed for 15 min under nitrogen followed by the addition of Pd2(dba)3 (0.1 eq) and t-Bu-XPhos (0.2 eq) at room temperature. The reaction temperature is raised to 150 °C and the mixture is stirred for 16h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion, the reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature, and it is filtered through a celite pad, and the pad is washed with ethyl acetate (100 vol). The filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure to provide a crude solid which is purified by recrystallization, flash reverse phase chromatography, or preparative HPLC to afford the title compound (4.5 mg; 8%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] = 504.2 [M+H] +; 1H- NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.73 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 8.69 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.24 (s, 1H), 7.80 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 2H), 7.52 (s, 1H), 7.39 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (d, J=7.2,1H), 7.09 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.07-3.99 (m, 1H), 3.91 (d, J = 9.6 Hz, 2H), 3.87 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.56 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 343-3.37 (m, 2H), 2.40 (s, 1H), 1.83-1.79 (m, 2H), 1.65- 1.55 (m, 2H). Example 178: Step 1: 4-(5-(3-(3-chlorophenyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-2-(morpholinomethyl)thieno[3,2- b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine To a stirred solution of 4-(5-(3-bromo-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-2-(morpholinomethyl)thieno [3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (50 mg, 1.0 equiv.) in toluene and EtOH (1:1, 10 vol) is added (3-chlorophenyl)boronic acid (2.0 equiv.), followed by K2CO3 (2.0 equiv.) at room temperature. The mixture is degassed with nitrogen for 15 min then Pd(dppf)Cl2.DCM complex (0.2 eq) is added and again the mixture is degassed for 15 min. The reaction is heated to 120 ℃ and stirred for 16h after which water (10 vol) is added and the mixture is extracted with EtOAc (2x10 vol). The combined organic layers are dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to provide a crude solid which is purified by silica gel chromatography or preparative HPLC to afford the title compound (18 mg, 33%) as off-white solid. Mass [m/z] = 496 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.70 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 7.97 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.44-7.53 (m, 3H), 7.38 (s, 1H), 7.16 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.83-3.86 (m, 6H), 3.62 (t, J = 4.0 Hz, 4H), 3.52 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 2.46 (br s, 4H). Example 179: Step 2: 5-Chloro-7-morpholino-N-(oxetan-3-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxamide Following the procedure according to Example 177, 5-chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2- b]pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (50 mg) is treated with oxetan-3-amine (18 mg) to afford the title compound (40 mg; 85%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] = 354.1 [M+H] +; 1H- NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 9.55 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 6.88 (s, 1H), 5.05- 5.00 (m, 1H), 4.82(t, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 4.63 (t, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 3.80 (t, J=4.4 Hz ,4H), 3.50 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 4H). Step 3: 7-Morpholino-N-(oxetan-3-yl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- b]pyridine-2-carboxamide Following the procedure according to Example 177, 5-chloro-7-morpholino-N-(oxetan-3- yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxamide (40 mg) and 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (18 mg) are reacted to afford the title compound (15 mg) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] = 474.1 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 9.53 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 1H), 8.71 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H), 7.81-7.78 (m, 2H), 7.53 (s, 1H), 7.50-7.46 (m, 1H), 7.39-7.34 (m, 1H), 7.22 (d, J=7.2,1H), 7.09 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.05-5.03 (m, 1H), 4.83 (t, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 4.69 (t, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 3.87 (t, J=4.4 Hz ,4H), 3.56 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 4H) 2.40 (s, 3H). Example 181:
Step 1: 3-(2-Chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)prop-2-yn-1-ol: To a stirred solution of 4-(2-chloro-6-iodothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (500 mg, 1.315 mmol) in THF (10 mL) is added prop-2-yn-1-ol (88 mg, 1.578 mmol, 1.2 eq), CuI (13 mg, 0.065 mmol, 0.05 eq), triethylamine (8.5 mL, 59.21 mmol, 45 eq) and Pd(dppf)Cl2 (46 mg, 0.065 mmol, 0.05 eq) at room temperature. The reaction mixture is stirred at the same temperature for 8 h and then it is diluted with EtOAc (30 mL). The organics are washed with water (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to provide a brownish gum. The crude compound is purified by silica gel chromatography to afford the title compound (320 mg; 78%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] = 310.1 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6: 7.58 (s, 1H), 5.56 (t, J=6 Hz, 1H), 4.40 (d, J=6 Hz, 2H), 3.88 (t, J= 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.75 (t, J=5.2 Hz, 4H). Step 2: 4-(2-Chloro-6-(3-chloroprop-1-yn-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 3-(2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)prop-2-yn- 1-ol (60 mg, 0.29 mmol) in DCM (3 mL) at 0 °C is added SOCl2 (0.05 mL) and the reaction is warmed to room temperature and stirred for 4h. The mixture is evaporated under reduced pressure and the resulting solid triturated with diethyl ether (5 mL), to afford the title compound (45 mg; 66%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] = 328.0 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6: 7.69 (s, 1H), 4.83 (s, 2H), 3.90 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 4H), 3.90 (t, J=5.2 Hz, 4H). Step 3: 4-(3-(2-Chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)prop-2-yn-1- yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 4-(2-chloro-6-(3-chloroprop-1-yn-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)morpholine (45 mg, 1.0 equiv.) in IPA (10 vol) at room temperature is added morpholine (18 mg, 1.5 equiv.) followed by DIPEA (3 equiv.). The reaction mixture is stirred at 80 °C for 12 h, then it is diluted with water (10 vol) and extracted with DCM (2x20 vol). The combined organic layers are dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to provide a crude compound which is purified by reverse phase flash column chromatography or by trituration with diethyl ether to afford the title compound (40 mg; 76%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] = 379.1 [M+H]+; 1H- NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 7.37 (s, 1H), 3.98 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.85 (t, J = 5.2 Hz, 4H), 3.79 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.59 (s, 2H), 2.66 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H). Step 4: To a solution of 4-(3-(2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)prop-2-yn-1- yl)morpholine (40 mg, 1 eq) in a mixture of 1,4-dioxane : toluene (1:1, 20 vol) is added 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (25 mg, 1.5 eq) and K3PO4 (2 eq). The reaction mixture is degassed with nitrogen for 15 min followed by the addition of Pd2(dba)3 (0.1 eq) and t- Bu-XPhos (0.2 eq.) at room temperature. The reaction mixture is heated to 150 °C and stirred for 16h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC, and after completion the reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature and filtered through a celite pad, which is washed with ethyl acetate (100 vol). The filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure and the resulting crude solid is purified by preparative HPLC to afford the title compound (4 mg; 8%) as an off- white solid. Mass [m/z] = 501.3 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.74 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (br s, 2H), 7.57 ( d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (s,1H), 7.37 (t, J=7.6 ,1H), 7.21 (d, J=7.2,1H), 7.04 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.01 (t, J = 4.4 Hz , 4H), 3.81 (t, J = 4.4 Hz , 8H), 3.67(s, 2H), 3.63 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 2.54 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H). Example 182:
Step 1: Potassium cyanocarbamodithioate: A solution of cyanamide (5 g, 119.04 mmol) and carbon disulfide (9.9 g, 130.9 mmol, 1.1eq) is stirred at room temperature for 30 min, then cooled to 0°C, followed by the dropwise addition of KOH (13.3 g, 238.09 mmol, 2 eq) in 95% EtOH (50 mL). After the final addition, the reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 15h, filtered and the wet cake is washed with EtOH (10 mL) to afford the title compound (10.2 g; 57%) as an off-white solid. Step 2: Methyl cyanocarbamodithioate: To a solution of potassium cyanocarbamodithioate (10 g, 51.5 mmol) in acetone (40 mL) and water (45 mL) is added dropwise MeI (7.31 g, 51.5 mmol, 1eq) at 0 °C. After completion of the addition, the resulting mixture is stirred at room temperature for 2h and then it is concentrated in vacuo. Acetone (100 mL) is added to the residue and the mixture stirred at room temperature for 30 min, filtered and the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo and the resulting residue is stirred with MTBE (15 mL). The resulting suspension is filtered and dried to provide the title compound (5.5 g; 66%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] = 131 [M-H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 2.25 (s, 3H). Step 3: Ethyl 4-amino-2-(methylthio)thiazole-5-carboxylate: A solution of methyl cyanocarbamodithioate (15 g, 113.63 mmol) and ethyl bromoacetate (13 mL, 79.54 mmol, 1 eq) in EtOH (200 mL) is heated at reflux for 1h, cooled to room temperature and triethylamine (24 mL, 170.45 mmol, 1.5 eq) after which the reaction mixture is heated at reflux for an additional 5h. The reaction solvent is evaporated in vacuo and water added to form a precipitate, which is filtered and dried to provide a brown solid which is purified by trituration with diethyl ether to afford the title compound (8.2 g; 24%) as a brown solid. Mass [m/z] = 219.1 [M-H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 7.01 (br s, 2H), 4.19-4.14 (q, J=14 Hz, 2H), 2.65 (s, 3H), 1.24 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, J=6.8 Hz, 3H). Step 4: Ethyl 2-(methylthio)-4-ureidothiazole-5-carboxylate To a solution of ethyl 4-amino-2-(methylthio)thiazole-5-carboxylate (5 g, 22.93 mmol) in dry DCM (30 ml) is added chlorosulfonyl isocyanate (1.5 mL, 32.11 mmol, 1.4 eq) at -78 °C, and the solution is stirred for 10 min. The reaction is allowed to warm to 0 °C, stirred for 2h and then quenched with 6N aqueous HCl (10 mL). The reaction mixture is then heated to 100 °C and maintained for 3h, then cooled to room temperature and quenched with saturated aqueous sodium carbonate solution (50 mL) to yield a solid which is filtered and dried to afford the title compound (4.8 g; 80%) as a brown solid. Mass [m/z] = 262.1 [M-H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.67 (s, 1H), 7.37 (br s, 2H), 4.29-4.24 (m, 2H), 2.74 (s, 3H),1.28 (t, J=6.8 ,3H).## Step 5: 2-(Methylthio)thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidine-5,7(4H,6H)-dione A solution of ethyl 2-(methylthio)-4-ureidothiazole-5-carboxylate (2.5 g, 9.57 mmol) in 7M methanolic NH3 (60 ml) was loaded in a steel bomb. The reaction mixture is heated at 80 °C for 16h. The reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature, the solvent is evaporated and the crude solid is triturated with diethyl ether to afford the title compound (1.9g, 95%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] = 216.0 [M-H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.01 (br s, 2H), 2.72 (s, 3H). Step 6: 5,7-Dichloro-2-(methylthio)thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidine A solution of 2-(methylthio)thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidine-5,7-(4H,6H)-dione (2 g, 9.30 mmol) in neat POCl3 (20 mL) is heated at 100 °C. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. Upon complete consumption of the starting material, the reaction is cooled to room temperature and the solvent is evaporated to provide a brown gummy solid. Ice-cold water is added to the gummy solid and it is stirred for 15 min to provide a precipitate which is filtered and dried to afford the title compound (1.6 g; 69%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] = 251.9 [M-H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 2.89 (s, 3H). Step 7: 4-(5-Chloro-2-(methylthio)thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine To a solution of 5,7-dichloro-2-(methylthio)thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidine (1.5 g, 5.97 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) is added morpholine (0.52 mL, 5.97 mmol, 1 eq) at RT and the mixture is stirred for 8h. After completion, the solid is filtered, triturated with MeOH (5 mL) and dried under high vacuum to afford the title compound (1.4 g; 77%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] = 303.0 [M-H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 3.79 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.74 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 2.81 (s, 3H). Step 8: 4-(5-Chloro-2-(methylsulfonyl)thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine To a solution of 4-(5-chloro-2-(methylthio)thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine (500 mg, 1.65 mmol) in MeOH/water (9:1, 12 mL) is added Oxone (2.5 g, 4.13 mmol, 2.5 eq) at RT and the reaction is heated to 60 °C and stirred for 5h. The reaction mixture is filterered and the solid is washed with DCM (20 mL). The filtrate is washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated to provide a solid which is triturated with diethyl ether to afford the title compound (380 mg, 69%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] = 335.1 [M-H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 3.93 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.78 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.63 (s, 3H). Step 9: 4,4'-(5-Chlorothiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidine-2,7-diyl)dimorpholine To a stirred solution of 4-(5-chloro-2-(methylsulfonyl)thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-7- yl)morpholine (100 mg, 1.0 equiv.) in THF (10 vol) at room temperature is added morpholine (36 mg, 1.4 equiv.) followed by triethylamine (1.4 equiv.) and the mixture is stirred for 2h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion, the reaction mixture is diluted with water (10 vol) and extracted with DCM (2x20 vol). The combined organic layers are dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to provide a crude product which is purified by RP flash column chromatography or by trituration with diethyl ether to afford the title compound (80 mg; 78%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] = 342.2 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- d6): 3.83 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, J = 7.2 Hz, 12H), 3.71 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H). Step 10: 4,4'-(5-(3-(m-Tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidine-2,7- diyl)dimorpholine To a solution of 4,4'-(5-chlorothiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidine-2,7-diyl)dimorpholine (40 mg, 1 eq) in a mixture of 1,4-dioxane and toluene (1:1, 20 vol) is added 3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazole (20 mg, 1 eq) and K3PO4 (2 eq) at room temperature and the mixture is degassed with nitrogen for 15 min. Then Pd2(dba)3 (0.1 eq) and t-Bu-XPhos (0.2 eq) are added and the mixture is heated to 140 °C and stirred for 16h. The reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature, filtered through a celite pad, washed with ethyl acetate (100 vol) and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure to provide a crude product residue which is purified by preparative HPLC to afford the title compound (13 mg; 24%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] = 464.2 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.68 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (br s, 2H), 7.51 ( d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (t, J=7.6 ,1H), 7.20 (d, J=7.2,1H), 7.01 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.85 (t, J = 4.4 Hz , 4H), 3.77 (t, J = 4.4 Hz , 8H), 3.67 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H). Example 183: Step 2: 5-Chloro-N-cyclopropyl-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxamide: Following the procedure according to Example 177, 5-chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2- b]pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (60 mg) is treated with cyclopropanamine (17 mg) to afford the title compound (40 mg; 60%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] = 338.1 [M+H] +; 1H- NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.89 (d, J = 4 Hz, 1H), 8.01 (s, 1H), 6.88 (s, 1H), 6.86 (s, 1H), 3.80 (t, J=4.4 Hz ,4H), 3.50 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 4H), 0.77-0.72 (m, 2H), 0.6-0.61 (m, 2H). Step 3: N-cyclopropyl-7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- b]pyridine-2-carboxamide: Following the procedure according to Example 177, 5-chloro-N-cyclopropyl-7- morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxamide (40 mg) and 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (18 mg) were reacted to afford the title compound (14 mg; 26%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] = 460.2 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.86 (d, J = 4 Hz, 1H), 8.68 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.13 (s, 1H), 7.80 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 2H), 7.51 (s, 1H), 7.38 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (d, J=7.2,1H), 7.08 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.87 (t, J=4.4 Hz ,4H), 3.56 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 4H), 2.91-2.84 (m, 1H), 0.78-0.73 (m, 2H), 0.64-0.62 (m, 2H). Example 184: 1-(3-(1-(7-Morpholino-2-(morpholinomethyl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol- 3-yl)phenyl)ethan-1-one: Following the procedure according to Example 178, 4-(5-(3-bromo-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-2- (morpholinomethyl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (80 mg) is reacted with (3- acetylphenyl)boronic acid to afford the title compound (25 mg, 38%) as a grey solid. Mass [m/z] = 504 [M+H]+;#1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.72 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.46 (s, 1H), 8.27 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.99 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (s, 1H), 7.39 (s, 1H), 7.20 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 3.84-3.86 (m, 6H), 3.62 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.53 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 2.67 (s, 3H), 2.49-2.50 (m, 4H). Example 185: Step 2: 5-Chloro-N-(1-cyclopropylethyl)-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2- carboxamide Following the procedure according to Example 177, 5-chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2- b]pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (80 mg) is treated with 1-cyclopropylethan-1-amine (17 mg) to afford the title compound (50 mg; 58%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] = 381.1 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 9.33 (d, J = 4 Hz, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 6.89 (s, 1H), 4.60 (br s, 1H), 3.80 (t, J=4.4 Hz ,4H), 3.50 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 4H), 3.10-3.05 (m, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 1.51 (br s, 1H), 1.23-1.14 (m, 2H). Step 3: N-(1-Cyclopropylethyl)-7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxamide Following the procedure according to Example 177, 5-chloro-N-(1-cyclopropylethyl)-7- morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxamide (50 mg) and 19 mg of 3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazole (19 mg) are reacted to afford the title compound (14 mg; 22%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] = 488.3 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.76 (d, J = 4 Hz, 1H), 8.69 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.24 (s, 1H), 7.80 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 2H), 7.52 (s, 1H), 7.39 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (d, J=7.2,1H), 7.09 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.87 (t, J=4.4 Hz ,4H), 3.56 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 4H), 3.50-3.44 (m, 1H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 1.27 (d, J= 6.8 Hz, 4H), 1.27-0.98 (m, 1H), 0.51-0.20 (m, 4H). Example 186: Step 2: 5-Chloro-N-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yl)-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2- carboxamide Following the procedure according to Example 177, 5-chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2- b]pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (80 mg) is treated with 1-methylpiperidin-4-amine (45 mg) to afford the title compound (55 mg; 52%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] = 395.1 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 7.7 (br s, 1H), 6.67 (s, 1H), 4.05-4.0 (br s, 1H), 3.92 (t, J=4.4 Hz ,4H), 3.48 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 4H), 2.89 (t, J=9.6 Hz, 2H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 2.23- 2.17 (m, 2H), 2.08 (d, J=10 Hz, 2H). Step 3: N-(1-Methylpiperidin-4-yl)-7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxamide Following the procedure according to Example 177, 5-chloro-N-(1-methylpiperidin-4- yl)-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxamide (55 mg) and 3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazole (19 mg) are reacted to afford the title compound (16 mg; 22%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] = 517.5 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.68-8.65 (m, 2H), 8.24 (s, 1H), 7.80 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 2H), 7.52 (s, 1H), 7.38 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (d, J=7.2,1H), 7.08 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.87 (t, J=4.4 Hz ,4H), 3.75-3.72 (m, 1H), 3.56 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 4H), 2.82-2.79 (m, 2H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 2.19 (s, 3H), 2.02-1.97 (m, 2H), 1.83- 1.80 (m, 2H), 1.65-1.59 (m, 2H). Example 187: Step 2: 5-Chloro-N-(1-methylpiperidin-3-yl)-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2- carboxamide Following the procedure according to Example 177, 5-chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2- b]pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (80 mg) is treated with 1-methylpiperidin-3-amine (45 mg) to afford the title compound (70 mg; 66%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] = 395.2 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 7.81 (br s, 1H), 6.66 (s, 1H), 4.32 (br s, 1H), 3.92 (t, J=4.4 Hz ,4H), 3.49 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 4H), 2.69 (br s, 2H), 2.46 (br s, 1H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 2.19-2.17 (m, 1H), 1.81(br s, 2H), 1.64-1.61 (m, 2H). Step 3: N-(1-Methylpiperidin-3-yl)-7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxamide Following the procedure according to Example 177, 5-chloro-N-(1-methylpiperidin-3- yl)-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxamide (70 mg) and 28 mg of 3-(m-tolyl)- 1H-pyrazole (28 mg) are reacted to afford the title compound (10 mg; 10%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] = 517.0 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.69 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.2 (s, 1H), 7.80 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 2H), 7.52 (s, 1H), 7.38 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (d, J=7.2,1H), 7.08 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.97 (br s, 1H), 3.87 (t, J=4.4 Hz , 4H), 3.56 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 4H), 2.94-2.76 (m, 2H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 2.34-2.28 (m, 2H), 2.08-1.99 (m, 2H), 1.90-1.74 (m, 2H), 1.58-1.55 (m, 1H), 1.38-1.36 (m, 1H). Example 188: Step 3: 4-(2-Chloro-6-(3-(4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)prop-1-yn-1- yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine Following the procedure according to Example 181, 4-(2-chloro-6-(3-chloroprop-1-yn-1- yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (60 mg) is reacted with 1-(methylsulfonyl) piperazine (45 mg) to afford the title compound (48 mg; 65%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] = 456.2 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 7.37 (s, 1H), 3.99 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.85 (t, J = 5.2 Hz, 4H),3.65 (s, 2H), 3.31 (br s, 4H) 2.80 (s, 3H), 2.76 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H). Step 4: 4-(6-(3-(4-(Methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)prop-1-yn-1-yl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine Following the procedure according to Example 181, 4-(2-chloro-6-(3-(4- (methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)prop-1-yn-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (60 mg) is reacted with 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (31 mg) to afford the title compound (4 mg; 5%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] = 578.3 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.74 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (br s, 1H), 7.75-721 (m, 2H), 7.37 (t, J=7.6 ,1H), 7.21 (d, J=7.2,1H), 7.04 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.01 (t, J = 4.4 Hz , 4H), 3.81 (t, J = 4.4 Hz , 8H), 3.76(s, 2H), 3.17 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 2.89 (s, , 3H), 2.67 (t, J = 4.8 Hz , 4H), 2.39(s, 3H). Example 189: (3-(1-(7-Morpholino-2-(morpholinomethyl)thieno[3,2-b] pyridin-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-3- yl)phenyl)methanol: Following the procedure according to Example 178, 4-(5-(3-bromo-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-2- (morpholinomethyl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (80 mg) is reacted with (3- (hydroxymethyl)phenyl)boronic acid to afford the title compound (4 mg, 6%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] = 492.3 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.68 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.91 (s, 1H), 7.85 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.33-7.45 (m, 4H), 7.04 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 5.28 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H), 4.59 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H), 3.83-3.86 (m, 6H), 3.62 (t, J = 4.0 Hz, 4H), 3.51 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 2.49-2.50 (m, 4H), 3.15 (s, 4H), 2.90 (s, 3H), 2.59 (s, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H). Example 190: 4-(5-(3-(2-Methylpyridin-4-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-2-(morpholinomethyl)thieno[3,2-b] pyridin-7-yl) morpholine: Following the procedure according to Example 178, 4-(5-(3-bromo-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-2- (morpholinomethyl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (80 mg) is reacted with (2- methylpyridin-4-yl)boronic acid to afford the title compound (25 mg, 30%) as off white solid. Mass [m/z] = 477 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.73 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.53 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (s, 1H), 7.39 (s, 1H), 7.21 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.86 (br s, 6H), 3.62 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.53 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 2.49-2.50 (m, 4H). Example 191: 4-(5-(3-(4-Fluoro-3-methylphenyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-2-(morpholinomethyl)- thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine: Following the procedure according to Example 178, 4-(5-(3-bromo-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-2- (morpholinomethyl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (80 mg) is reacted with (4- fluoro-3-methylphenyl)boronic acid to afford the title compound (40 mg, 47%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] = 492.3 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.69 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.83-7.86 (m, 1H), 7.66 (bs, 1H), 7.51 (s, 1H), 7.22-7.27 (m, 1H), 7.07 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.65 (bs, 2H), 3.87 (t, J = 4.0 Hz, 4H), 3.57 (br s, 4H), 3.56 (br s, 4H), 3.17 (br s, 4H), 2.32 (s, 3H). Example 192: 4-(5-(3-(3-(Difluoromethoxy)phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-2-(morpholinomethyl)thieno [3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine: Following the procedure according to Example 178, 4-(5-(3-bromo-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-2- (morpholinomethyl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (80 mg) is reacted with (3- (difluoromethoxy)phenyl)boronic acid to afford the title compound (35 mg, 38%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] = 528.3 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.72 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.61 (br s, 1H), 7.16-7.56 (m, 5H), 4.66 (br s, 2H), 3.85-3.87 (m, 6H), 3.70 (br s, 2H), 3.54 (br s, 4H), 3.15 (br s, 4H). Example 193: 1-(3-(1-(7-Morpholino-2-(morpholinomethyl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol- 3-yl)phenyl)ethan-1-ol: Following the procedure according to Example 178, 4-(5-(3-bromo-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-2- (morpholinomethyl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (80 mg) is reacted with (3-(1- hydroxyethyl)phenyl)boronic acid to afford the title compound (17 mg, 19%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] = 506.5 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.68 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (s, 1H), 7.84 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.35-7.44 (m, 4H),), 7.05 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.25 (d, J = 4.0 Hz, 1H), 4.82 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H), 3.85 (m, 6H), 3.61 (br d, 4H), 3.51 (br d, 4H), 2.50 (br s, 4H), 1.39 ((d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3H). Example 194:
Step 3: 2-(1-(3-(2-Chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)prop-2-yn-1- yl)piperidin-4-yl)propan-2-ol: Following the procedure according to Example 181, 4-(2-chloro-6-(3-chloroprop-1-yn-1- yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (75 mg) is reacted with 2-(piperidin-4- yl)propan-2-ol (49 mg) to afford the title compound (70 mg; 70%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] = 435.2 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 7.56 (s, 1H), 4.05 (s, 1H), 3.8 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.75 (t, J = 5.2 Hz, 4H), 3.60 (s, 2H), 2.90 (d, J= 10.8 Hz, 2H), 2.13-1.98 (m, 2H), 1.70-1.67 (m, 2H), 1.27-1.04 (m, 3H), 1.02 (s, 6H). Step 4: 2-(1-(3-(4-Morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)prop-2-yn-1-yl)piperidin-4-yl)propan-2-ol: Following the procedure according to Example 181, 2-(1-(3-(2-chloro-4- morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)prop-2-yn-1-yl)piperidin-4-yl)propan-2-ol (70 mg) is reacted with 38 mg of 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (38 mg) to afford the title compound (35 mg; 39%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] = 557.4 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.74 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (br s, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.68 (s, 1H), 7.37 (t, J=7.6 ,1H), 7.21 (d, J=7.2,1H), 7.04 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.06 (s, 1H), 4.01 (t, J = 4.4 Hz , 4H), 3.81 (t, J = 4.4 Hz , 8H), 3.62 (s, 2H), 2.92 (d, J= 10.8 Hz, 2H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.15-2.10 (m, 2H), 1.71 (d, J = 12 Hz, 2H), 1.31-1.10 (m, 3H), 1.03(s, 6H). Example 195: Step 9: 4-(5-Chloro-2-(4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)thiazolo [4,5-d]pyrimidin-7- yl)morpholine Following the procedure according to Example 182, 4-(5-chloro-2- (methylsulfonyl)thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine (80 mg) and 1- (methylsulfonyl)piperazine (54 mg) are reacted to afford the title compound (65 mg; 65%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] = 419.1 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6: 3.77 (br s, 4H), 3.71 (s, 8H), 3.30 (t, J = 5.2 Hz, 4H), 2.93 (s, 3H). Step 10: 4-(2-(4-(Methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine Following the procedure according to Example 182, 4-(5-chloro-2-(4- (methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)thiazolo [4,5-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine (30 mg) and 3- (m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (11 mg) ae reacted to afford the title compound (2 mg; 5%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] = 541.3 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.68 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (br s, 2H), 7.53 ( d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (t, J=7.6 ,1H), 7.20 (d, J=7.2,1H), 7.02 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.85 (t, J = 4.4 Hz , 4H), 3.81 (br s, 4H), 3.77 (t, J = 4.4 Hz , 4H), 3.36 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 2.94 (s, 3H), 2.39 (s, 3H). Example 196: Step 9: 1-(5-Chloro-7-morpholinothiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2-yl)-N,N-dimethyl piperidin-4-amine Following the procedure according to Example 182, 4-(5-chloro-2- (methylsulfonyl)thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine (100 mg) is reacted N,N- dimethylpiperidin-4-amine (54 mg) to afford the title compound (80 mg; 70%) as an off- white solid. Mass [m/z] = 383.2 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6: 4.21 (br s, 2H), 3.22 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 2H), 2.48-2.43 (m, 1H), 2.30 (s, 6H), 2.2 (s, 6H), 1.96-1.93 (m, 2H), 1.65-1.59 (m, 2H). Step 10: Following the procedure according to Example 182, 1-(5-chloro-7- morpholinothiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2-yl)-N,N-dimethylpiperidin-4-amine (70 mg) and 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (29 mg) were reacted to afford the title compound (12 mg; 13%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] = 505.4 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.67 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (br s, 2H), 7.74 ( d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (t, J=7.6 ,1H), 7.20 (d, J=7.2,1H), 7.01 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.09 (br s, 2H), 3.84 (t, J = 4.4 Hz , 4H), 3.76 (t, J = 4.4 Hz , 4H), 3.29 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 2H), 2.49-2.42(m, 1H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.2 (s, 6H), 1.90-1.88 (m, 2H), 1.53-1.43 (m, 2H). Example 197: Step 9: 4-(5-Chloro-2-(4-isopropylpiperazin-1-yl)thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-7- yl)morpholine Following the procedure according to Example 182, 4-(5-chloro-2- (methylsulfonyl)thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine (100 mg) and 1- isopropylpiperazine (53 mg) are to afford the title compound (85 mg; 74%) as an off- white solid. Mass [m/z] = 383.4 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 3.70 (s, 8H), 3.61 (br s, 4H), 2.57 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 0.99 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 6H). Step 10: 4-(2-(4-Isopropylpiperazin-1-yl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine Following the procedure according to Example 182, 4-(5-chloro-2-(4-isopropylpiperazin- 1-yl)thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine (60 mg) and 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (25 mg) were reacted to afford the title compound (25 mg; 32%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] = 505.1 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.67 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (br s, 2H), 7.74 ( d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (t, J=7.6 ,1H), 7.20 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.84 (t, J = 4.4 Hz , 4H), 3.76 (t, J = 4.4 Hz , 8H), 3.65 (br s, 4H), 2.78-2.72 (m, 1H), 2.60 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H).1.01 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 6H). Example 198: Step 2: 5-Chloro-7-morpholino-N-(pyridin-3-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2- carboxamide Following the procedure according to Example 177, 5-chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2- b]pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (100 mg) is treated with pyridin-3-amine (47 mg) to afford the title compound (80 mg; 64%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] = 375 [M+H] +; 1H- NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 10.81 (s, 1H), 8.93 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.37 (t, J = 1.2 Hz, 2H), 8.18 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.46-7.43 (m, 1H), 6.92 (s, 1H), 3.81 (t, J=4.4 Hz , 4H), 3.53 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 4H). Step 3: 7-Morpholino-N-(pyridin-3-yl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- b]pyridine-2-carboxamide Following the procedure according to Example 177, 5-chloro-7-morpholino-N-(pyridin- 3-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxamide (80 mg) and 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (34 mg) are reacted to give to afford the title compound (32 mg; 30%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] = 497.2 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 10.79 (s, 1H), 8.95 (d, J = 4 Hz, 1H), 8.72 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.48 (s, 1H), 8.37 (t, J = 4 Hz, 1H), 8.21-8.18 (m, 1H), 7.81 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 2H), 7.56 (s, 1H), 7.46-7.43 (m, 1H), 7.39 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (d, J=7.2,1H), 7.10 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.89 (t, J=4.4 Hz ,4H), 3.59 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 4H), 2.40 (s, 3H). Example 199: S 5-Chloro-7-morpholino-N-(pyridin-4-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2- carboxamide Following the procedure according to Example 177, 5-chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2- b]pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (80 mg) is treated with pyridin-4-amine (37 mg) to afford the title compound (60 mg; 60%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] = 375 [M+H] +; 1H- NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 10.90 (s, 1H), 8.53(m, 2H), 8.40 (s, 1H), 7.77-7.75 (m, 2H), 6.93 (s, 1H), 3.81 (t, J=4.4 Hz ,4H), 3.53 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 4H). Step 3: 7-Morpholino-N-(pyridin-4-yl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- b]pyridine-2-carboxamide Following the procedure according to Example 177, 5-chloro-7-morpholino-N-(pyridin- 4-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxamide (60 mg) and 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (25 mg) were reacted to afford the title compound (10 mg; 12%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] = 497.2 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 10.88 (s, 1H), 8.72 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.54-8.52 (m, 2H), 7.81 (m, 4H), 7.56 (s, 1H), 7.39 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.89 (t, J=4.4 Hz ,4H), 3.59 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 4H), 2.40 (s, 3H). Example 200: Step 2: 5-Chloro-N-(1-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2- carboxamide Following the procedure according to Example 177, 5-chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2- b]pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (60 mg) is treated with 1-methylpyrrolidin-3-amine (30 mg) to afford the title compound (60 mg; 79%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] = 381.1 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 9.33 (d, J = 4 Hz, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 6.89 (s, 1H), 4.60 (br s, 1H), 3.80 (t, J=4.4 Hz ,4H), 3.50 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 4H), 3.10-3.05 (m, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 1.51 (br s, 1H), 1.23-1.14 (m, 2H). Step 3: N-(1-Methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)-7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxamide Following the procedure according to Example 177, 5-chloro-N-(1-methylpyrrolidin-3- yl)-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxamide (60 mg) and 25 mg of 3-(m-tolyl)- 1H-pyrazole were reacted to afford the title compound (35 mg; 44%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] = 503.3 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.89 (d, J = 4 Hz, 1H), 8.71 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.2 (s, 1H), 7.83 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 2H), 7.54 (s, 1H), 7.41 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (d, J=7.2,1H), 7.10 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.44-4.42 (m, 1H), 3.89 (t, J=4.4 Hz ,4H), 3.58 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 4H), 2.77-2.68 (m, 2H), 2.57-2.52 (m, 1H), 2.46-2.44 (m, 1H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 2.26-2.20 (m, 1H), 1.85-1.81 (m, 1H). Example 201: Step 2: 5-Chloro-N-(1-methylazetidin-3-yl)-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2- carboxamide Following the procedure according to Example 177, 5-chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2- b]pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (60 mg) is treated with 1-methylazetidin-3-amine (26 mg) to afford the title compound (60 mg; 82%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] = 367.2 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 9.55 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 1H), 8.16 (s, 1H), 6.87 (s, 1H), 4.58-3.95 (m, 1H), 4.03 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 5H), 3.29-3.01 (br s, 2H), 2.39 (s, 3H). Step 3: N-(1-Methylazetidin-3-yl)-7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxamide Following the procedure according to Example 177, 5-chloro-N-(1-methylazetidin-3-yl)- 7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxamide (60 mg) and 26 mg of 3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazole (26 mg) to afford the title compound (23 mg; 28%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] = 489.3 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 9.26 (d, J = 4 Hz, 1H), 8.72 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.21 (s, 1H), 7.83 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 2H), 7.55 (s, 1H), 7.41 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (d, J=7.2,1H), 7.11 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.51-4.46 (m, 1H), 3.89 (t, J=4.4 Hz ,4H), 3.66 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.58 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 4H), 3.12 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 4H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H). Example 202: Step 9: 5-Chloro-7-morpholino-N-(2-morpholinoethyl)thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2- amine Following the procedure according to Example 182, 4-(5-chloro-2- (methylsulfonyl)thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine (80 mg) is reacted with 2- morpholinoethan-1-amine (43 mg) to afford the title compound (70 mg; 76%) as an off- white solid. Mass [m/z] = 385.1 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6: 8.84 (br s, 1H), 3.68-3.67 (m, 8H), 3.58 (t, J= 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.50 (br s, 2H), 2.54-2.51 (m, 2H), 2.42- 2.41 (m, 4H). Step 10: 7-Morpholino-N-(2-morpholinoethyl)-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thiazolo- [4,5-d]pyrimidin-2-amine Following the procedure according to Example 182, 5-chloro-7-morpholino-N-(2- morpholinoethyl)thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2-amine (70 mg) and 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (29 mg) are reacted to afford the title compound (40 mg; 43%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] = 507.3 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.79 (br s, 1H), 8.66 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (br s, 2H), 7.74 ( d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (t, J=7.6 Hz ,1H), 7.20 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.80 (t, J = 4.4 Hz , 4H), 3.76 (t, J = 4.4 Hz , 4H), 3.60-3.57 (m, 6H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.58 (t, J=6.4Hz, 2H), 2.44(Brs, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H). Example 203: Step 9: 2-(4-(5-Chloro-7-morpholinothiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1- yl)ethan-1-ol Following the procedure according to Example 182, 4-(5-chloro-2- (methylsulfonyl)thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine (80 mg) is reacted 2- (piperazin-1-yl)ethan-1-ol (44 mg) to afford the title compound (65 mg; 70%) as an off- white solid. Mass [m/z] = 385.1 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6:) 4.49 (t, J=5.2 ,1H), 3.70 (s, 8H), 3.36 (br s, 4H), 3.55-3.51 (m, 2H), 2.67 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 2.49-2.32 (m, 2H). Step 10: 2-(4-(7-Morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazolo[4,5- d]pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)ethan-1-ol Following the procedure according to Example 182, 2-(4-(5-chloro-7- morpholinothiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)ethan-1-ol (60 mg) and 3-(m- tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (25 mg) are reacted to afford the title compound (13 mg; 16%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] = 507.4 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.67 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (br s, 2H), 7.74 ( d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (t, J=7.6 Hz ,1H), 7.20 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (br s, 1H), 3.85 (t, J = 4.4 Hz , 4H), 3.76 (t, J = 4.4 Hz , 4H), 3.66 (br s, 4H), 3.56 (t, J = 5.6 Hz , 2H), 2.67 (t, J = 1.6 Hz , 4H), 2.49-2.45 (m, 2H), 2.39 (s, 3H). Example 204: Step 3: N-(3-(2-Chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)prop-2-yn-1- yl)oxetan-3-amine: Following the procedure according to Example 181, 4-(2-chloro-6-(3-chloroprop-1-yn-1- yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (50 mg) is reacted with oxetan-3-amine (17 mg) to afford the title compound (35 mg; 63%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] = 365.3 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 7.37 (s, 1H), 3.99 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.85 (t, J = 5.2 Hz, 4H),3.65 (s, 2H), 3.31 (Brs, 4H) 2.80 (s, 3H), 2.76 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H). Step 4: N-(3-(4-Morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin- 6-yl)prop-2-yn-1-yl)oxetan-3-amine Following the procedure according to Example 181, N-(3-(2-chloro-4- morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)prop-2-yn-1-yl)oxetan-3-amine (35 mg) is reacted with 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (23 mg) to afford the title compound (4.6 mg; 10%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] = 487.3 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.74 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (br s, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.37 (t, J=7.6 Hz ,1H), 7.21 (d, J=7.2 Hz,1H), 7.04 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.70 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 4.45 (t, J = 6.4 Hz , 2H), 3.99 (m, 4H), 3.81 (m, 4H), 3.65 (s, 2H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 1.75 (s, 1H). Example 205: Step 3: N-(3-(2-Chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)prop-2-yn-1- yl)cyclopropanamine: Following the procedure according to Example 181, 4-(2-chloro-6-(3-chloroprop-1-yn-1- yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (100 mg) is reacted with cyclopropylamine (16 mg) to afford the title compound (48 mg; 45%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] = 349.1 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6: 9.56 (br s, 1H), 7.73 (s, 1H), 4.39 (s, 2H), 3.92 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.79 (t, J = 5.2 Hz, 4H), 2.86-2.82 (m, 1H), 0.91-0.80 (m, 4H). Step 4: Following the procedure according to Example 181, N-(3-(2-chloro-4- morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)prop-2-yn-1-yl)cyclopropanamine (48 mg) is reacted with 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (32 mg) to afford the title compound (6 mg; 19%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] = 471.5 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.74 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (br s, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.37 (t, J=7.6 Hz ,1H), 7.21 (d, J=7.2 Hz,1H), 7.04 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.00 (t, J=4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.81 (t, J = 4.4 Hz , 4H), 3.66 (s, 2H), 2.50 (d, J= 1.6 Hz, 1H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.33-2.26 (m, 1H), 0.45-0.41 (m, 2H), 0.31-0.28 (m, 2H). Example 206: Step 3: 4-(2-Chloro-6-(3-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)prop-1-yn-1-yl)thieno [3,2- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine: Following the procedure according to Example 181, 4-(2-chloro-6-(3-chloroprop-1-yn-1- yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (80 mg) is reacted with 1-methylpiperazine (36 mg) to afford the title compound (50 mg; 75%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] = 385.1 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6: 7.57 (s, 1H), 3.88 (m, 5H), 3.75 (m, 6H), 3.64 (s, 2H), 2.33 (m, 2H), 2.15 (s, 3H). Step 4: 4-(6-(3-(4-Methylpiperazin-1-yl)prop-1-yn-1-yl)-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine Following the procedure according to Example 181, 4-(2-chloro-6-(3-(4-methylpiperazin- 1-yl)prop-1-yn-1-yl)thieno [3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (50 mg) is reacted with 3- (m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (30 mg) to afford the title compound (15 mg; 23%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] = 514.3 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.74 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (br s, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (s, 1H), 7.37 (t, J=7.6 Hz ,1H), 7.21 (d, J=7.2 Hz,1H), 7.04 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.01 (t, J = 4.4 Hz,4H), 3.81(t, J = 5.2 Hz , 4H), 3.66 (s, 2H), 2.54 (m, 4H), 2.39 (s, 5H), 2.16 (s, 3H), 1.23-1.10 (m, 1H). Example 207:
Step 3: 3-(2-Chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)-N,N-dimethylprop-2- yn-1-amine: Following the procedure according to Example 181, 4-(2-chloro-6-(3-chloroprop-1-yn-1- yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (70 mg) is reacted with dimethylamine (22 mg) to afford the title compound (42 mg; 58%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] = 337.1 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 7.58 (s, 1H), 3.88 (t, 4H), 3.75 (t, 4H), 3.59 (s, 2H), 2.25 (m, 6H). Step 4: N,N-Dimethyl-3-(4-morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)prop-2-yn-1-amine: Following the procedure according to Example 181, 3-(2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)-N,N-dimethylprop-2-yn-1-amine (42 mg) is reacted with 3-(m-tolyl)- 1H-pyrazole (30 mg) to afford the title compound (22 mg; 38%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] = 459.2 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.74 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (br s, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (s, 1H), 7.37 (t, J = 7.6 ,1H), 7.21 (d, J = 7.2,1H), 7.04 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.01 (t, J = 4.4, 4H), 3.81(t, J = 5.2 Hz , 4H), 3.60 (s, 2H), 2.54 (m, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.26 (s, 6H). Example 208: Step 9: 5-Chloro-N-methyl-N-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yl)-7-morpholino thiazolo[4,5- d]pyrimidin-2-amine Following the procedure according to Example 182, 4-(5-chloro-2- (methylsulfonyl)thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine (80 mg) is reacted with N,1- dimethylpiperidin-4-amine (43 mg) to afford the title compound (40 mg; 44%) as an off- white solid. Mass [m/z] = 383.1 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6: 3.74 (br s, 10H), 3.05 (s, 3H), 2.92-2.90 (m, 2H), 2.23 (s, 3H), 2.085 (br s, 2H), 1.92-1.84 (m, 2H), 1.75- 1.67 (m, 2H). Step 10: N-Methyl-N-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yl)-7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H- pyrazol-1-yl)thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2-amine Following the procedure according to Example 182, 5-chloro-N-methyl-N-(1- methylpiperidin-4-yl)-7-morpholino thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2-amine (40 mg) and 3-(m- tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (17 mg) are reacted to afford the title compound (21 mg; 36%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] = 505.3 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.70 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (br s, 2H), 7.77 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (t, J=7.6 ,1H), 7.22 (d, J=7.2,1H), 7.03 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.87 (t, J = 4.4 Hz , 4H), 3.79 (t, J = 4.4 Hz , 4H), 3.18(s, 3H), 2.96-2.94 (m, 2H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.26 (s, 3H), 2.15-2.10 (m, 2H), 1.97-1.89 (m, 2H), 1.76-1.73 (2H). Example 209: Step 9: 5-Chloro-N-(2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-7-morpholino thiazolo[4,5- d]pyrimidin-2-amine Following the procedure according to Example 182, 4-(5-chloro-2- (methylsulfonyl)thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)morpholine (80 mg) is reacted with 2- (methylsulfonyl)ethan-1-amine (52 mg) to afford the title compound (50 mg; 55%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] = 378.1 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 9.14 (br s, 1H), 3.83 (t, J = 6.4 Hz , 2H), 3.68 (br s, 8H), 3.50 (t, J = 6.4 Hz , 2H), 3.04 (s, 3H). Step 10: N-(2-(Methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2-amine Following the procedure according to Example 182, 5-chloro-N-(2- (methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-7-morpholino thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2-amine (50 mg) and 3- (m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (21 mg) are reacted to afford the title compound (3 mg; 5%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] = 500.42 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 9.09 (br s, 1H), 8.67 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.75 ( d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (t, J=7.6 ,1H), 7.19 (d, J=7.2,1H), 7.06 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.81 (t, J = 4.8 Hz , 2H), 3.8 (t, J = 4.8 Hz , 4H), 3.76 (t, J = 4.8 Hz , 4H), 3.53 (t, J = 5.6 Hz , 2H), 3.07 (s, 3H), 2.39 (s, 3H). Example 210: 4-(5-(3-(3-(Methoxymethyl)phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-2-(morpholinomethyl)- thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 4-(5-(3-bromo-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-2- (morpholinomethyl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (80 mg, 1.0 equiv.) in a mixture of toluene and ethanol (1:1) (10 vol) at rt is added (3- (methoxymethyl)phenyl)boronic acid (2.0 equiv.) followed by K2CO3 (2.0 equiv.) and the mixture is degassed with nitrogen for 15 min. PdCl2(dppf)DCM complex (0.2 eq) is then added and the reaction mixture is degassed with nitrogen for a further 15 min. The reaction mixture is heated to 120 ℃ and stirred for 16h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion, the reaction is diluted with water (10 vol) and extracted with EtOAc (2x10 vol), and the combined organic layers are dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude solid. The crude solid is purified by preparative HPLC eluting with acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (20 mg, 23%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] = 506 [M+H]+;# 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.67 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.90 - 7.92 (m, 2H), 7.44 - 7.48 m, 1H), 7.42 (s, 1H), 7.38 (s, 1H), 7.34 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.50 (s, 2H), 3.83 - 3.86 (m, 6H), 3.60 - 3.62 (m, 4H), 3.49 - 3.52 (m, 4H), 3.34 (s, 3H), 2.46 – 2.47 (m, 2H). Example 211: Step 1: N-(Prop-2-yn-1-yl) acetamide: To a stirred solution of prop-2-yn-1-amine (1 g, 18.18 mmol) in DCM (10 mL), cooled to 0°C, is added triethylamine (3.7 mL, 27.27 mmol, 1.5 eq) and acetyl chloride (2.2 mL, 36.36 mmol, 2 eq). The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 3h and then it is diluted with EtOAc (30 mL). The organic layer is washed with water (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to provide a crude liquid which is purified by silica gel chromatography to afford the title compound (450 mg; 25%) as a colorless liquid. 1HNMR 400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.26 (s, 1H), 3.83- 3.81(m, 2H), 3.08 (t, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 1.81 s, 3H). Step 2: N-(3-(2-Chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)prop-2-yn-1- yl)acetamide: To a stirred solution of 4-(2-chloro-6-iodothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (200 mg, 0.52 mmol) in THF (10 mL) is added N-(prop-2-yn-1-yl) acetamide (76 mg, 0.78 mmol, 1.5 eq), CuI (5 mg, 0.026 mmol, 0.05 eq), and triethylamine (3.4 mL, 23.67 mmol, 45 eq), followed by Pd(dppf)Cl2 (18 mg, 0.026 mmol, 0.05 eq) at room temperature. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 8h and then diluted with EtOAc (30 mL). The organic layer is washed with water (15 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to provide a brown gummy residue which is purified by reverse phase flash chromatography to afford the title compound (100 mg; 54%) as a light brown solid. Mass [m/z] = 351.3 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- d6: 8.49 (t, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (s, 1H), 4.22 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 3.95-3.88 (m, 4H), 3.79- 3.75 (m, 4H), 1.88 (s, 3H). Step 3: 4-(3-(4-Morpholino-2-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6- yl)prop-2-yn-1-yl)morpholine: To a solution of compound N-(3-(2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6- yl)prop-2-yn-1-yl)acetamide (100 mg, 0.28 mmol, 1 eq) in a mixture of 1,4-dioxane and toluene (1:1, 5 mL), is added 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (67 mg, 0.428 mmol, 1.5 eq) and K3PO4 (121 mg, 0.57 mmol, 2 eq). The reaction mixture is degassed with nitrogen for 15 min followed by the addition of Pd2(dba)3 (26 mg, 0.028 mmol, 0.1 eq) and tBu-XPhos (24 mg, 0.057 mmol, 0.2 eq) at room temperature. The reaction mixture is heated to 150 °C and stirred for 16h. The reaction is cooled to room temperature, filtered through a celite pad, and the pad is washed with ethyl acetate. The filtrate is evaporated under reduced pressure and the resulting brown gum is purified by preparative HPLC purification eluting with acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (26 mg; 19%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] = 473.2 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.72 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (br s, 2H), 7.55 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (s,1H), 7.35 (t, J=7.6 Hz,1H), 7.20 (d, J=7.2 Hz,1H), 7.02 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.95 (s, 1H), 4.44(s, 2H), 3.98 (t, J= 4.4 Hz , 4H), 3.79 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.37 (s, 3H). Examples 212 and 213: 4-(5-(3-(3-(1-methoxyethyl)phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-2- (morpholinomethyl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (two enantiomers): Following the procedure according to Example 210, 4-(5-(3-bromo-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-2- (morpholinomethyl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine is reacted with (3-(1- methoxyethyl)phenyl)boronic acid to provide a crude solid which purified by silica gel (using 60-120 mesh) column eluting with 2% MeOH/DCM to afford a racemic product. The racemic product is further purified by chiral separation (ChiralPak-IG (4.6 x 250mm), 5 micron; eluting with 0.1% TFA-hexane/ethanol 70:30 v/v at 1.5 mL/min) to afford the title compound as Isomer 1 (Ex.212) (43 mg) and Isomer 2 (Ex.213) (43 mg) as solids. Isomer 1 (Ex.212): Mass [m/z] = 520.5 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.71 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.88 - 7.92 (m, 2H), 7.70 (s, 1H), 7.52 (s, 1H), 7.47 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.11 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.71 (s, 2H), 4.38 - 4.43 (m, 1H), 3.74 (br s, 4H), 3.54 - 3.57 (m, 6H), 3.29 (br s, 2H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 1.40 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3H). Rotation [ α]25 589 = -19.88 (C=0.5% w/v EtOH).# Isomer 2 (Ex.213): Mass [m/z] = 520.5 [M+H]+;#1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.71 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.88 - 7.92 ( m, 2H), 7.68 (s, 1H), 7.52 (s, 1H), 7.45 – 7.49 (m, 2H), 7.34 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.11 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.68 (s, 2H), 4.38 - 4.43 (m, 1H), 3.85 - 3.87 (br s, 4H), 3.73 (br s, 2H), 3.54 - 3.56 (m, 4H), 3.34 (br s, 2H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 1.40 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3H). Rotation [ α]25 589 = +16.43 (C=0.5% w/v EtOH).# Examples 214 and 215: 1-(3-(1-(7-morpholino-2-(morpholinomethyl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol- 3-yl)phenyl)ethan-1-ol (two enantiomers): Following the procedure according to Example 212/213, 4-(5-(3-bromo-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)-2-(morpholinomethyl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine is reacted with (3-(1- hydroxyethyl)phenyl)boronic acid to afford a racemic product, which is purified by chiral separation (ChiralPak-IG (4.6 x 250mm), 5 micron; eluting with hexane/ethanol 50:50 v/v at 1.5 mL/min) to afford the title compound as Isomer 1 (Ex. 214) (21 mg) and Isomer 2 (Ex.215) (25 mg) as solids. Isomer 1 (Ex.214): Mass [m/z] = 506.2 [M+H]+;#1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.67 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (s, 1H), 7.83 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H ), 7.35 - 7.44 (m, 4H), 7.04 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.23 (d, J = 4.0 Hz, 1H ), 4.79 - 4.82 (m, 1H), 3.84 - 3.86 (m, 6H), 3.61 (br s, 4H), 3.49 - 3.52 (m, 4H), 2.52 (br s, 4H), 1.38 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H). Rotation [ α]25589 = +13.96 (C=0.5% w/v EtOH).# Isomer 2 (Ex.215): Mass [m/z] = 506.3 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.71 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.95 ( s, 1H), 7.86 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H ), 7.38 - 7.49 (m, 4H), 7.09 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.26 (br s, 1H ), 4.80 - 4.85 (m, 1H), 3.87 - 3.89 (m, 6H), 3.66 (br s, 4H), 3.55 (br s, 4H), 2.53 (br s, 4H), 1.41 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3H). Rotation [ α]25 589 = +11.88 (C=0.5% w/v EtOH).# Example 216: 4-(5-(3-(3-(Difluoromethyl)phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-2-(morpholino- methyl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine: Following the procedure according to Example 210, 4-(5-(3-bromo-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-2- (morpholinomethyl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (80 mg) is reacted with (3- (difluoromethyl)phenyl)boronic acid to provide a crude solid which is purified by preparative HPLC eluting with acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (31 mg, 35%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] = 512.3 [M+H]+;#1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- d6)): 8.71 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 8.16 (br s, 2H), 7.58 - 7.66 (m, 2H), 7.43 (s, 1H), 7.38 (s, 1H), 6.99 - 7.27 (m, 2H), 3.83 - 3.86 (m, 6H), 3.60 - 3.62 (m, 4H), 3.50 - 3.52 (m, 4H), 2.50 (br s, 4H).# Example 217: Step 2: (5-chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridin-2-yl)(4-methylpiperazin-1- yl)methanone: Following the procedure according to Example 177, 5-chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2- b]pyridine-2-carboxylic acid is treated with 1-methylpiperazine to afford the title compound. Step 2: (4-Methylpiperazin-1-yl)(7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-2-yl)methanone Following the procedure according to Example 177, (5-chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2- b]pyridin-2-yl)(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)methanone and of 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole are reacted to afford the title compound. Example 217: Step 1: 4-(5-Chlorothieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine: To a stirred solution of 5,7-dichlorothieno[3,2-b]pyridine (4.0 g, 19.80 mmol) in ethylene glycol (20 mL) is added morpholine (3.4 mL, 39.6 mmol, 2.0 eq.) followed by triethylamine (5.7 mL, 39.6 mmol, 2.0 eq.). The reaction temperature is raised to 120 °C and stirred for 8h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, the reaction is diluted with H2O (30 mL), filtered, washed with water, and dried to obtain a brown solid which is triturated with diethyl ether to afford the title compound (2.7 g, 66%) as brown solid. Mass [m/z] = 254.88 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 7.65 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 6.65 (s, 1H), 3.92 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 4H), 3.47 (t, J= 4.8 Hz, 4H). Step 2: 5-Chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxylic acid: To a stirred solution of 4-(5-chlorothieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (2.0 g, 7.87 mmol) in THF (30 mL) is added n-BuLi (2.5M) (6.3 mL, 15.74 mmol, 2 eq) at -78 °C. The reaction mixture is stirred for 1h at -78°C then the reaction mass is quenched with dry ice and stirred for 30 min at 0°C. Progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, it is quenched with saturated NH4Cl solution (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL). The organic layer is washed with water (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to provide a crude solid which is triturated with diethyl ether to afford the title compound (1.1 g, 48%) as brown solid. Mass [m/z] = 299.0 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 13.89 (br s, 1H), 7.98 (s, 1H), 6.94 (s, 1H), 3.81 (t, J=4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.52 (t, J= 4.8 Hz, 4H). Step 3: (5-Chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridin-2-yl)(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl) methanone: To a stirred solution of 5-chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (200 mg, 0.67 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) is added N-methylpiperazine (80 mg, 0.80 mmol, 1.2 eq) followed by HATU (380 mg, 1.05 mmol, 1.5 eq) and DIPEA (0.25 mL, 1.34 mmol, 2.0 eq.) at room temperature. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 16h and the progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion, the reaction is diluted with DCM, washed with water (5 mL), and brine solution (5 mL), and the organics are dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under vacuum to provide a crude compound, which is purified on silica gel (60-120 mesh) eluting with 40-60% EtOAc/hexane to afford the title compound (120 mg, 47%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] = 381.28 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 7.55 (s, 1H), 6.71 (s, 1H), 3.94 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 4H), 3.83 (br s, 4H), 3.51 (t, J= 4.8 Hz, 4H), 2.52 (br s, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H). Step 4: (4-Methylpiperazin-1-yl)(7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl) thieno[3,2-b] pyridin-2-yl)methanone: To a stirred solution of (5-chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridin-2-yl)(4- methylpiperazin-1-yl)methanone (80 mg, 0.21 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane: toluene (2 mL, 1:1) is added 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (40 mg, 0.25 mmol, 1.2 eq), and K3PO4 (90 mg, 0.42 mmol, 2 eq) at room temperature. The reaction mixture is degassed for 15 min with nitrogen followed by the addition of Pd2(dba)3 (20 mg, 0.021 mmol, 0.1 eq) and t-Butyl- XPhos (18 mg, 0.042 mmol, 0.2 eq), and the reaction is degassed again for 15 min with nitrogen. The reaction temperature is raised to 120 °C and it is stirred for 16h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion, the reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature and filtered through a celite pad, the pad is washed with ethyl acetate (5 mL) and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure to provide a crude solid which is purified by Preparative HPLC (Method-: X-BRIDGE C18 (250 x 21.22 mm) 5 µm; Mobile phase: [ACN: 0.15% of TFA in Water]; time/B%: 0/20, 20/60, 21/60), Flow rate: 14 mL/min) to afford the title compound (18 mg, 17%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] = 503.3 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 10.03 (br s, 1H), 8.69 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.83 (s, 1H), 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.57 (s, 1H), 7.39 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (d, J = 8.0 Hz,1H), 7.11 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 4.49 (br s, 2H), 3.88 (t, J = 4.0 Hz ,4H), 3.58 (br s, 8H), 3.19 – 3.20 (m, 2H), 2.88 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H). Example 218: Step 1: 5-Chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxylic acid: To a stirred solution of 4-(5-chlorothieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine (30 mg, 0.118 mmol) in dry THF (5 mL) at -78°C is added n-BuLi (2.5M in hexane) (0.07 mL, 0.177 mmol, 2 eq) and the reaction is stirred for 1h. Dry ice is then added and then the reaction is stirred at 0 °C for 1h after which the reaction is quenched with saturated NH4Cl solution (5 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 20 mL). The organic layer is dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to afford the title compound (20 mg: 57%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] = 299.0 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 7.32 (s, 1H), 6.73 (s, 1H), 3.81 (t, J=4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.48 (t, J= 4.8 Hz, 4H). Step 2: tert-Butyl (5-chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridin-2-yl) carbamate To a stirred solution of 5-chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (900 mg, 3.02 mmol) in tert-butyl alcohol (10 mL) is added diphenylphosphoryl azide (1.66 g, 6.04 mmol, 1 eq.) and triethylamine (0.9 mL, 6.04 mmol, 1 eq.). The reaction mixture is stirred at 80 °C for 12h. The reaction solvent is evaporated and the obtained residue is diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The organic layer is washed with water (20 mL), and then with brine solution (20 mL), and is dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a sticky gel which is purified by silica gel purification (60-120 mesh) eluting with 50:50 EtOAc/hexane to afford the title compound (480 mg; 43%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] = 370.2 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 7.40 (br s, 1H), 6.71 (s, 1H), 6.55 (s, 1H), 3.90 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 4H), 3.42 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 4H), 1.55 (s, 9H). Step 3: tert-Butyl (7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- b]pyridin-2-yl)carbamate To a stirred solution of tert-butyl (5-chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridin-2- yl)carbamate (400 mg, 1.08 mmol), and 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (170 mg, 1.08 mmoL, 1.0 eq.) in a mixture of toluene and 1,4-dioxane (1:1, 6 mL) is added Pd2(dba)3 (99 mg, 0.108 mmol, 0.1 eq.), and tBu-XPhos (92 mg, 0.216 mmol, 0.2 eq.), followed by K3PO4 (450 mg, 2.16 mmol, 2 eq.), and the reaction is degassed with nitrogen for 30 min. The reaction mixture is then heated to 140 °C for 24h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, the solids are filtered, and the filtrate is diluted with EtOAc (30 mL). The organic layer is washed with water (10 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to provide a light brown liquid which is purified by reverse phase flash chromatography (C18) eluting with 35-45% acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (80 mg; 15%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] = 492.3 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 11.03 (br s, 1H), 8.66 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.78-7.75 (m, 2H), 7.37-7.33 (m, 2H), 7.20 (d, J=7.6,1H), 7.02 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.76 (s, 1H), 3.86 (t, J=4.4 Hz ,4H), 3.46 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 4H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 1.51 (s, 9H). Step 4: 7-Morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-2-amine To a stirred solution of tert-butyl (7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-2-yl)carbamate (150 mg, 0.305 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) is added TFA (0.12 mL, 1.52 mmol, 5 eq) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture is warmed to room temperature and stirred for 4h, and then it is quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 solution (10 mL). The mixture is extracted with EtOAc (2 x 20 mL), and the organic layer is dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to provide a crude off-white sticky solid. Then crude product is purified by reverse phase flash chromatography (C18 column, 6g) eluting with 25-35% acetonitrile/water to affor the title compound (80 mg; 67%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] = 392.3 [M+H]+; 1H- NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.60 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.77-7.73 (m, 2H), 7.36 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (d, J=7.6,1H), 7.15(s, 1H), 6.98 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.62(s, 2H), 6.03 (s, 1H), 3.81 (t, J=4.4 Hz ,4H), 3.36 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H). Step 5: N-(7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-2- yl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxamide To a stirred solution of 7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thieno[3,2- b]pyridin-2-amine (50 mg, 0.127 mmol, 1 eq.) in DCM (2 mL) is added triethylamine (0.04 mL, 0.255 mmol, 2 eq.) at 0 °C followed by a solution of tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4- carbonyl chloride (37 mg, 0.255 mmol, 2 eq.) dissolved in DCM (4 mL). The reaction temperature is warmed to room temperature and stirred for 5h. The reaction is quenched with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (30 mL). The organic layer is dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to provide an off- white sticky gel. The crude product is purified by preparative HPLC eluting with acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (19 mg; 30%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] = 504.5 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 11.68 (s, 1H), 8.70 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.8 (t, J= 5.2 Hz, 2H), 7.38-7.34 (m, 2H), 7.21 (d, J=7.2,1H), 7.05 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.95 (s, 1H), 3.94-3.91 (m, 2H), 3.86 (t, J=4.4 Hz ,4H), 3.53 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 4H), 2.71-2.67 (m, 1H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 1.79-1.66 (m, 4H). Example 268: Step 1: 5-Chloro-N-(3-methyloxetan-3-yl)-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2- carboxamide: To a stirred solution of 5-chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (80 mg, 1 eq.), is added oxetane-3-amine (35 mg, 1.5 eq.) in DCM (10 vol), followed by T3P (1.5 eq.) and triethylamine (2.0 eq.). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 18h and the progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion, the reaction is diluted with ethyl acetate (20 vol), washed with ice cold water (2 x 15 vol) and brine solution (20 vol). Finally, the organic layers are dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced vacuum to provide a crude residue which is purified by silica gel chromatography (60-120 mesh) eluting with 40-80% EtOAc/hexane to afford the title compound (40 mg; 41%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] = 368.3 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 9.31 (s, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H), 6.88 (s, 1H), 4.74 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 4.41 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 3.80 (t, J=4.4 Hz ,4H), 3.50 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 4H), 1.63 (s, 3H). Step 2: N-(3-methyloxetan-3-yl)-7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxamide: To a solution of 5-chloro-N-(3-methyloxetan-3-yl)-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2- carboxamide (40 mg, 1 eq) in a mixture of 1,4-dioxane: toluene (20 vol, 1:1) is added 3- (m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (17 mg, 1.0 eq), K3PO4 (2 eq). The reaction mixture is degassed for 15 min under nitrogen followed by the addition of Pd2(dba)3 (0.1 eq) and t-Bu-XPhos (0.2 eq) at room temperature. The reaction temperature is raised to 150 °C and it is stirred for 24h. The progress of the reaction is monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, it is cooled down to room temperature and filtered through a celite pad, and the pad is washed with ethyl acetate (100 vol). The filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure to provide a brown gummy solid residue which is purified by reverse phase flash chromatography eluting with 55-60% acetonitrile/water to afford the title compound (17 mg; 32%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] = 490.2 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 9.29 (s, 1H), 8.70 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 7.80-7.78 (m, 2H), 7.52 (s, 1H), 7.39 (t, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.09 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.76 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 4.43 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 3.87 (t, J=4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.56 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 1.64 (s, 3H).# Example 269: Step 1: 5-Chloro-N-(2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2- carboxamide: Following the procedure according to Example 268, 5-chloro-7-morpholinothieno[3,2- b]pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (100 mg) is reacted with N,N-dimethylethane-1,2-diamine (44 mg) to provide a crude residue which is purified by silica gel chromatography (60- 120 mesh) eluting with 50% EtOAc/hexane to afford the title compound (55 mg; 45%) as an off-white solid. Mass [m/z] = 369.4 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.88 (t, J= 5.6 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (s, 1H), 6.87 (s, 1H), 3.80 (t, J=4.4 Hz ,4H), 3.50 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 4H), 3.38 (q, J = 6 Hz, 2H), 2.43 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 2.18 (s, 6H). Step 2: N-(2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)-7-morpholino-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxamide: Following the procedure according to Example 268, 5-chloro-N-(2- (dimethylamino)ethyl)-7-morpholinothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxamide (55mg) is reacted with 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole (23 mg) to provide a brown gummy solid, which is purified by preparative HPLC to afford the title compound (30 mg; 41%) as an off white solid. Mass [m/z] = 491.3 [M+H] +; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)): 8.86 (t, J= 5.6 Hz, 1H), 8.70 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.80 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 2H), 7.52 (s, 1H), 7.38 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.87 (t, J=4.4 Hz ,4H), 3.56 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 4H), 3.41 (q, J = 6 Hz, 2H), 2.45 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 2.22 (s, 6H). Examples 270-368: The compounds of Examples 87-90, 232, 234-244, 247, 248, and 270-315- are prepared according to similar procedures as the foregoing. Analytical data on these compounds is provided in the following table:
The compounds of Examples 91-128, 130, 131, 133-136, 138-142, 144-164, 223-231, 233, 250, 251, 253, 254, 262, 267, and 351-397 may be made according to similar procedures as the foregoing. For example, the following exemplary synthetic schemes may be followed: For the Compounds of Examples 363, 364, and 365, and similar compounds: Step 1: 1-(methylsulfonyl)piperazine, DIPEA, DCM; Step 2: KCN, DMSO, heat; Step 3: K2CO3, NH2OH, EtOH; Step 4: 3-methylbenzoyl chloride, pyridine/toluene, reflux. For the Compounds of Examples 370, and 391-395, and similar compounds: Cl Cl ’ ’ Step 1: Morpholine, TEA, THF; Step: 2: Iron, 6N HCl, isopropanol; Step 3: 1,3- Dibromo-5,5-dimethylhydantoin, acetonitrile; Step 4: 2-((tert- butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)acetyl chloride (3a), DCE, DIPEA; Step 5: 1,10-Phenanthroline, CuI, Cs2CO3, 140 C; Step 6: 3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole, K3PO4, t-BuXPhos, Pd2(dba)3, toluene/dioxane, 210 C (sealed tube); Step 7: TBAF, THF; Step 8: Na2CO3, KMnO4, H2O, reflux; Step 9: Amide coupling; Step 10: SOCl2, DCM; Step 11: Amine, DIPEA, rt. For the Compounds of Examples 373, and 374, and similar compounds:
Step 1: 3-bromopyrazole, Cs2CO3, NMP, heat; Step 2: Pd/C, H2, MeOH; Step 3: SOCl2, DCM; Step 4: 1-(methylsulfonyl)piperazine, DIPEA, DCM; Step 5: 3- chlorophenylboronic acid or 3-d3-methylphenylboronic acid, K3PO4, Pd(Ph3)4. For the Compound of Examples 375, and similar compounds: M O Step 1: 2,2-d2-2-benzyloxyacetic acid (neat), 150 C; Steps 2-5: As described above. For the Compounds of Examples 371 and 397, and similar compounds: Cl Cl B M Step 1: Morpholine, Me3N, THF; Step 2: PtO2, H2, MeOH; Step 3: 1,3-Dibromo-5,5- dimethylhydantoin, acetonitrile; Step 4: Ethyl 2-chloro-2-oxoacetate, TEA, THF; Step 5: Lawesson’s Reagent, toluene, heat; Step 6: Cs2CO3, THF, heat; Steps 7-12: As described above. For the Compounds of Examples 387-389, and similar compounds: Step 1: (a) KCN, EtOH, H2O; (b) K2CO3, H2O2, DMSO, H2O. For the Compounds of Examples 376-381, and similar compounds: Me ’ M Step 1: Hydrazine, dioxane, heat: Step 2: Methyl 3-(m-tolyl)-3-oxopropanoate, EtOH, AcOH, heat; Step 3: Pd/C, H2, MeOH; Step 4: SOCl2, DCM; Step 5: Amine NRR’, DIPEA, DCM. Example 398: In vitro inhibitory activity Compounds are tested for PIKFYVE inhibitory activity using the KINOMEscanTM Kinase Assay (Eurofins). Kinase-tagged T7 phage strains are prepared in an E. coli host derived from the BL21 strain. E. coli are grown to log-phase and infected with T7 phage, and incubated with shaking at 32 °C until lysis. The lysates are centrifuged and filtered to remove cell debris. Alternatively, some kinases are produced in HEK-293 cells and subsequently tagged with DNA for qPCR detection. Streptavidin-coated magnetic beads are treated with biotinylated small molecule ligands for 30 minutes at room temperature to generate affinity resins for kinase assays. The liganded beads are blocked with excess biotin and washed with blocking buffer (Sea Block, 1% BSA, 0.05% Tween-20, 1 mM DTT) to remove unbound ligand and to reduce non-specific binding. Binding reactions are assembled by combining kinases, liganded affinity beads, and test compounds in 1x binding buffer (20% Sea Block, 0.17x PBS, 0.05% Tween-20, 6mM DTT). Test compounds are prepared as 111x stocks in DMSO. Kd values are determined using an 11-point, 3-fold compound dilution series with three DMSO control points. Compounds are distributed by non-contact acoustic transfer and are then directly diluted into the assay for a final concentration of DMSO of 0.9%, with a final volume in each well of 0.02 mL. Assay plates are incubated at room temperature with shaking for one hour, and the affinity beads are then washed with wash buffer (1% PBS, 0.05% Tween-20). The beads are then resuspended in elution buffer (1x PBS, 0.05% Tween-20, 0.05 μM non-biotinylated affinity ligand) and incubated with shaking for 30 minutes. The concentration of kinase in the eluates is measured by qPCR. Binding constants (Kd) are calculated with a standard dose-response curve using the Hill equation, fitted using non-linear least squares fit with the Levenberg-Marquedt algorithm. The KINOMEscanTM experiments provide the following results:
These results demonstrate that the Compounds of the Invention are highly potent inhibitors of PIKFYVE. Example 399: Anti-viral activity Selected compounds are evaluated for their inhibitory activity against SARS-CoV-2, influenza A, Ebola, and Marburg using the immunofluorescence assay (IFA). SARS-CoV-2 IFA: Test compounds are solubilized in DMSO to prepare 20 mg/mL stock solutions. Compounds are then serially diluted using eight half-log dilutions in test media so that the starting (high) test concentration is 100 ^g/mL. Each dilution is added to 5 wells of a 96-well plate with 80-100% confluent MDCK cells. Three wells of each dilution are infected with virus (strain USA-WA1/2020 or Delta strain B.1.617), and two wells remain uninfected as toxicity controls. As virus controls, six wells are infected but untreated, and as cell controls, six wells are uninfected and untreated. Each virus is prepared to achieve an MOI (multiplicity of infection) of 0.001. A positive control compound is tested in parallel. Plates are incubated at 37 °C under 5% CO2 atmosphere. On day 3 post-infection (once untreated virus control cells reached maximum cytopathic effect, CPE), plates are stained with neutral red dye for 2 hours. Supernatant dye is removed and the wells are rinsed with PBS. The incorporated dye is extracted using 50:50 Sorensen citrate buffer/ethanol for at least 30 minutes, and the optical density is read at 450 nM on a spectrophotometer. Optical densities are converted to percent of cell controls and normalized to virus control, then the concentration of test compound required to inhibit CPE by 50% (EC50) is calculated by regression analysis. The concentration of compound that causes 50% cell death in the absence of virus is also calculated (CC50). The selectivity index (SI) is calculated as CC50 divided by EC50. Influenza A: The procedure above is followed using influenza A strain California/07/09 (H1N1)pdm09. Alternatively, the procedure above is followed, with the following minor modifications: Test compound is solubilized to form a 2 mg/mL DMSO stock solution; serial dilutions are prepared using a starting (high) test concentration of 10 ^g/mL; maximum CPE is reached on day 5 post-infection. Ebola and Marburg: Neutralization activity (IC50) is evaluated against the Ebola virus (Mayinga strain) and Marburg virus (Angola strain) glycoproteins using an rVSV- pseudotype-based neutralization assay in Vero cells, with cytotoxicity run in parallel. The assays are performed in serum-free medium (GIBCO VP-SFM # 11681-020). The neutralization assays are luciferase-based microneutralization assays. Vero cells are seeded in black 96-well plates on day -1 at 50,000 cells per well. Eight semi-log serial dilutions are prepared and incubated for 1-hour with approximately 30,000 RLU of rVSV-EBOV-GP or rVSV-MARV-GP. Virus-only and cells-only are added as controls for calculation, as well as an internal assay control for assay validation. The test article formulation is 330 μM in DMSO. The test article/virus mixture is then added in triplicate to the Vero cells and the plates are incubated for 24-hours at 37°C. Firefly Luciferase activity is detected using the Bright-Glo™ Assay System kit (Promega). Fifty percent inhibition concentration (IC50) is calculated using XLfit dose response model. For the cytotoxicity assay, Vero cells are seeded in black 96-well plates on day -1 at 50,000 cells per well. The same dilutions of the TAs are prepared in triplicate and added to Vero cells for one-day incubation at 37°C; cells-only and medium-only wells are also tested in parallel. On Day 1, cells are lysed for evaluation of the ATP content using Promega’s CellTiter-Glo® kit. Luciferase luminescence in relative light unit (RLU) is read and 50% cytotoxicity concentration (CC50) is calculated using the XLFit dose response model. The results are summarized in the table below, with comparison to the reference compound remdesivir for the SARS-CoV2 assay (remdesivir EC505.6 μM and CC50 > 100 μM), and ribavirin for the influenza A assay (ribavirin EC503.8 μM and CC50 > 1000 μM): Example 400: Anti-proliferative activity Selected compounds are evaluated for their anti-proliferative activity against human cutaneous T-cell lymphoma and multiple myeloma cell lines. HuT-78 (T cell lymphoma) cells or JJN3 (multiple myeloma) cells are cultured in RPMI- 1640 with 10% FBS and 1% penicillin/streptomycin.45 μL suspensions of cells are transferred to the wells of 384-well plate for a density of 1,000 cells per well. The plates are incubated overnight at 37 °C under 5% CO2 atmosphere. Test compounds are dissolved in 100% DMSO at a 2 mM concentration, then diluted 20x in assay medium for to provide a 5% DMSO concentration and 100 μM compound concentration.5 μL of this compound solution is added to the 45 μL cell suspension in the assay plate for a top plate concentration of 10 μM and 0.5% DMSO concentration. For positive controls, 10 μM APY0201 is added instead of the compound solution. After spinning at 1000 rpm for 1 minutes, the cell plate is placed in the incubator overnight at 37 °C under 5% CO2 atmosphere. After incubation for six days, the cell plate is equilibrated to room temperature for 20 minutes.25 μL of CellTiter-Glo (CTG) reagent (Promega Cat No. G7572) is added to each well, and the plate is shaken for 15 minutes at 300 rpm. Luminescence is read on an Envision plate reader. The results are shown in the table below:

Claims

CLAIMS What is Claimed is: 1.. A compound of Formula I: n free or pharmaceutically acceptable salt form, wherein i) X is selected from -CH-, -CR3-, -S-, -O-, -N-, -NH-, and -NR3-; ii) Y is selected from -C- and -N-; iii) Z is selected from -CH-, -CR3-, -S-, -O-, -N-, -NH-, and -NR3-; iv) W is -CH-, -CR4-, or -N-; v) A is an optionally substituted heteroaryl (e.g., 5-membered heteroaryl), heterocycloalkyl (e.g., 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl), or 5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazol-1-yl; vi) B is halo, an optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted C3-6cycloalkyl, optionally substituted 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted 3-to 6-membered heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C1- 6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-6alkenyl (e.g., vinyl), -N(Ra)-R2, -O-R2, -(CO)-R2, -(CO)- O-R2, -(CO)-N(Ra)-R2, -O-(CO)-R2, -N(Ra)-(CO)-R2, -(CO)-N(Ra)-(CO)-R2, N(Ra)- (CO)-N(Ra)-R2, optionally substituted –(C1-6alkyl)-(3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl), optionally substituted -(C1-6alkyl)-(C3-6cycloalkyl), optionally substituted –(C2-6alkenyl)- (3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl), optionally substituted -(C2-6alkenyl)-(C3- 6cycloalkyl), optionally substituted –(C2-6alkynyl)-(3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl), optionally substituted -(C2-6alkynyl)-(C3-6cycloalkyl), optionally substituted -(C1-6alkyl)- N(Ra)-R2, optionally substituted -(C1-6alkyl)-O-R2, optionally substituted -(C2-6alkenyl)- N(Ra)-R2, optionally substituted -(C2-6alkenyl)-O-R2, optionally substituted -(C2- 6alkenyl)-N(Ra)(CO)-R2, optionally substituted -(C2-6alkenyl)-O(CO)-R2, optionally substituted -(C2-6alkynyl)-N(Ra)-R2, optionally substituted -(C2-6alkynyl)-O-R2, optionally substituted -(C2-6alkynyl)-N(Ra)(CO)-R2, optionally substituted -(C2-6alkynyl)- O(CO)-R2, optionally substituted -(C1-6alkyl)-(CO)-N(Ra)-R2, optionally substituted -O- (C1-6alkyl)-R2, optionally substituted -N(Ra)-(C1-6alkyl)-R2, optionally substituted -CH2- (3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl), optionally substituted -CH2-(C3-6cycloalkyl), optionally substituted -CH2-N(Ra)-R2, optionally substituted -CH2-O-R2, or optionally substituted -CH2-(CO)-N(Ra)-R2, optionally substituted –(CO)-(3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl), optionally substituted –(CO)-(C3-6cycloalkyl), optionally substituted (6- to 12-membered bicyclic heterocycloalkyl), optionally substituted -CH2-(6- to 12- membered bicyclic heterocycloalkyl), or optionally substituted –(CO)-(6- to 12- membered bicyclic heterocycloalkyl); vii) R1 is an optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, optionally substituted C3-6cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C1-6alkoxy, optionally substituted 3- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted 6- to 12-membered bicyclic heterocycloalkyl), -C(O)-R2, -C(O)O- R2, -OC(O)-R2, -C(O)N(Ra)-R2, -N(Ra)C(O)-R2, -N(Ra)-R2, or -O-R2; viii) Ra is H, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, or optionally substituted C3-6cycloalkyl; andix) R2 is H, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, optionally substituted C3-6cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C1-6alkoxy, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally substituted 3- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl; x) R3 is H, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl (e.g., methyl), optionally substituted C3- 6cycloalkyl, optionally substituted haloC1-6alkyl (e.g., CF3), or optionally substituted 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl; and xi) R4 is halogen (e.g., fluoro), -OH, -NH2, C1-6alkyl (e.g., methyl), C3-6cycloalkyl (e.g., isopropyl), haloC1-6alkyl (e.g., CF3), C1-6alkoxy (e.g., methoxy), -NH(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., methylamino), or -N(C1-6alkyl)(C1-6alkyl) (e.g., dimethylamino); provided that: (a) when A is an optionally substituted pyrazole, said pyrazole is substituted by at least one optionally substituted aryl (e.g., phenyl) ring; (b) when A is optionally substituted pyrazol-1-yl, X is not O when Y is -CH- and Z is -CH-; (c) when A is optionally substituted pyrazol-1-yl, and X is -CH-, Y is -C-, and Z is -O-, B is not pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, any 5-membered heteroaromatic ring (e.g., thiazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl or imidazolyl), or -(CO)-N(Ra)-R2; (d) when A is 3-(m-tolyl)-pyrazol-1-yl, and X is -CH-, Y is -C-, and Z is -O-, and B is –(CO)-(6-12 membered heterocycloalkyl), said heterocycloalkyl in group B is not unsubstituted morpholine, unsubstituted piperidine, unsubstituted pyrrolidine, unsubstituted piperazine, or 4-methylpiperazine; (e) when B is W is -N-, X is -N-, -NH-, or -NCH3-, or Z is -N-, -NH-, or -NCH3-, and Y is -C-, then B is not pyridyl, unsubstituted pyrrolidinyl, unsubstituted piperidinyl, 1-methyl-4-piperidinyl, 2-methyl-4-piperidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dihydropyranyl, 1-tert-butoxycarbonyl-4-azetidinyl, 1- methyl-4-azetidinyl, 4-azetidinyl, 1,2-dihydroxy-1-ethyl; (f) when W is -CH-, X is -CH- and Y is -N-, B is not 2-(1-methyl-pyrazol-3- yl)ethyl; (g) when B is pyrid-4-yl, R1 is morpholin-4-yl, X is -CH-, Y is -C-, and Z is -S-, A is not 3-(3-methylphenyl)-5-hydroxy-pyrazol-1-yl, 3-(3-methoxyphenyl)-5- hydroxy-pyrazol-1-yl, or 3-(3-isopropoxyphenyl)-5-hydroxy-pyrazol-1-yl; and (h) when B is phenyl, R1 is N-cyclohexylamino, X is -O-, Y is -C-, and Z is -CH-, A is not 3,5-diphenyl-pyrazol-1-yl, 3-methyl-5-phenyl-pyrazol-1-yl, 3- trifluoromethyl-5-phenyl-pyrazol-1-yl, or 3,5-dimethyl-4-phenyl-pyrazol-1-yl; (i) when W is -N-, X is -CH- or -C(Me)-, Y is -C-, Z is -S- or -O-, and R1 is 4- morpholinyl, then A is not 1H-indazol-4-yl, 1H-indol-4-yl, 1H-pyrrolo[2,3- b]pyridin-5-yl, or 2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5]pyridin-6-yl; (j) when W is -N-, X is -S- or -O-, Y is -C-, Z is -CH- or -C(Me)-, and R1 is 4- morpholinyl, then A is not 1H-indazol-4-yl, 1H-indol-4-yl, 1H-pyrrolo[2,3- b]pyridin-5-yl, or 2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5]pyridin-6-yl; (k) when W is -N-, X is -CH- or -C(Me)-, Y is -C-, Z is -S- or -O-, B is H or optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, and R1 is 4-morpholinyl, then A is not 2- oxoindolin-4-yl, 1-acetylindolin-4-yl, 1H-indazol-6-yl, 1H-indol-5-yl, 1H- indol-6-yl, or quinolin-3-yl; (l) when W is -N-, X is -S- or -O-, Y is -C-, Z is -CH- or -C(Me)-, B is H or optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, and R1 is 4-morpholinyl, then A is not 2- oxoindolin-4-yl, 1-acetylindolin-4-yl, 1H-indazol-6-yl, 1H-indol-5-yl, 1H- indol-6-yl, or quinolin-3-yl; (m) when W is -N-, X is -S-, Z is -N-, Y is -C-, and R1 is 4-morpholinyl, then A is not optionally substituted pyrid-3-yl, optionally substituted pyrimidin-5-yl, unsubstituted quinolin-3-yl, unsubstituted 1H-indazol-4-yl, unsubstituted 1H- indol-4-yl, or unsubstituted 1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl; (n) when W is -N-, X is -N-, Z is -S-, Y is -C-, and R1 is 4-morpholinyl, then A is not optionally substituted pyrid-3-yl, optionally substituted pyrimidin-5-yl, unsubstituted quinolin-3-yl, unsubstituted 1H-indazol-4-yl, unsubstituted 1H- indol-4-yl, or unsubstituted 1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl, (o) when W is -N-, X is -S-, Z is -N-, Y is -C-, and A is unsubstituted indolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, or triazolyl, then R1 is not 3-methylmorpholin-4-yl (p) when W is -N-, X is -NR3-, R3 is selected from methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, and cyclopentyl, Z is -N-, Y is -C-, and R1 is 4-morpholinyl, then A is not benzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl, pyrimidin-5-yl, 2-aminopyrimidin-5-yl, pyridin-3- yl, 6-aminopyridin-3-yl, 6-methoxypyridin-3-yl, quinolin-3-yl, or pyridin-4- yl; (q) when W is -N-, X is -NR3-, R3 is 1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl, Z is -CH-, Y is -N-, and R1 is 4-morpholinyl, then A is not pyridin-3-yl, pyridin-4-yl, quinolin-3- yl, quinolin-6-yl, 1H-indol-2-yl, 1H-indol-5-yl, 1H-indol-6-yl, 1H-indol-7-yl, 1-methyl-indol-5-yl, or 2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-5-yl; (r) when W is -N-, X is -CH- or -C(Me)-, Y is -C-, Z is -S- or -O-, and R1 is 4- morpholinyl, then A is not 2-aminopyrimidin-5-yl; (s) when W is -N-, Y is -C-, and R1 is 4-morpholinyl, A is not 2-methyl-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-1-yl or 2-ethyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-1-yl; (t) when W is -N-, X is -NR3-, R3 is methyl, Z is -N-, Y is -C-, and B is optionally substituted -CH2-piperidine, optionally substituted -CH2- piperazine, -CH2-azetidine, or 2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl, then A is not 2-methyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-1-yl or 2-ethyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-1-yl; (u) when W is -N-, X is -CH-, Y is -C-, Z is -S-, and R1 is 4-morpholinyl, then A is not 5-fluoro-1H-indol-4-yl, 6-fluoro-1H-indol-4-yl, 6-cyano-1H-indol-4-yl, 5,7-difluoro-1H-indol-4-yl, 2-methyl-1H-indol-4-yl, 1-methyl-1H-indol-4-yl, 1H-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridin-4-yl, 1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-4-yl, 2-oxo-1H- indolin-4-yl, imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-5-yl, 2-methyl-quinolin-5-yl, 2- methylbenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl, 1H-indazol-3-yl, 1H-indol-3-yl, 1H- benzo[d]imidazole-1-yl, 1H-indazol-1-yl, 1H-indol-1-yl, 2-methyl- benzo[d]imidazole-1-yl, or 3-methylbenzo[d]imidazole-1-yl; (v) when W is -N-, X is -CH- or -C(Me)-, Y is -C-, Z is -S- or -O-, and R1 is 4- morpholinyl, then A is not optionally substituted 1H-benzo[d]imidazol-1-yl, optionally substituted quinolin-5-yl, optionally substituted 1H-pyrrolo[2,3- c]pyridin-4-yl, optionally substituted 1H-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridin-3-yl, optionally substituted 1H-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridin-4-yl, optionally substituted isoquinolin-8-yl, optionally substituted isoquinolin-4-yl, optionally substituted isoquinolin-5-yl, optionally substituted 1H-indazol-1-yl, optionally substituted 1H-indazol-3-yl, optionally substituted benzofuran-3-yl, optionally substituted 1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl, optionally substituted 1H-pyrrolo[2,3- b]pyridin-5-yl, optionally substituted 1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-4-yl, optionally substituted benzo[b]thiophen-3-yl, optionally substituted 1H- pyrolo[3,2-c]-pyridin-1-yl, 2-oxo-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-1-yl, optionally substituted 1H-benzo[d]imidazol-1-yl, optionally substituted 2H-indazol-3-yl, 2-oxo-1-indolin-1-yl, optionally substituted 2H-indazol-3-yl, optionally substituted imidazo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl, optionally substituted imidazo[1,5- a]pyridin-8-yl, optionally substituted imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-5-yl, optionally substituted imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-1-yl, optionally substituted imidazo[4,5- c]pyridin-3-yl, 1-oxo-1,2-dihydroisoquinolin-4-yl, 2-methyl-3-oxo-2,3- dihydro-1H-indazol-1-yl, [1,2,4]-triazolo[4,3-a]pyridin-5-yl, cinnolin-4-yl, or benzo[d]isothiazol-3-yl; (w) when W is -N-, X is -S-, -NH- or -N(Me)-, Y is -C-, Z is -N-, and R1 is 4- morpholinyl, then A is not optionally substituted 1H-benzo[d]imidazol-1-yl, optionally substituted quinolin-5-yl, optionally substituted 1H-pyrrolo[2,3- c]pyridin-4-yl, optionally substituted 1H-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridin-3-yl, optionally substituted 1H-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridin-4-yl, optionally substituted isoquinolin-8-yl, optionally substituted isoquinolin-4-yl, optionally substituted isoquinolin-5-yl, optionally substituted 1H-indazol-1-yl, optionally substituted 1H-indazol-3-yl, optionally substituted benzofuran-3-yl, optionally substituted 1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl, optionally substituted 1H-pyrrolo[2,3- b]pyridin-5-yl, optionally substituted 1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-4-yl, optionally substituted benzo[b]thiophen-3-yl, optionally substituted 1H- pyrolo[3,2-c]-pyridin-1-yl, 2-oxo-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-1-yl, optionally substituted 1H-benzo[d]imidazol-1-yl, optionally substituted 2H-indazol-3-yl, 2-oxo-1-indolin-1-yl, optionally substituted 2H-indazol-3-yl, optionally substituted imidazo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl, optionally substituted imidazo[1,5- a]pyridin-8-yl, optionally substituted imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-5-yl, optionally substituted imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-1-yl, optionally substituted imidazo[4,5- c]pyridin-3-yl, 1-oxo-1,2-dihydroisoquinolin-4-yl, 2-methyl-3-oxo-2,3- dihydro-1H-indazol-1-yl, [1,2,4]-triazolo[4,3-a]pyridin-5-yl, cinnolin-4-yl, or benzo[d]isothiazol-3-yl; (x) when W is -N-, X is -NH-, Y is -C-, Z is -S-, and R1 is 4-morpholinyl, then A is not optionally substituted 1H-benzo[d]imidazol-1-yl, optionally substituted quinolin-5-yl, optionally substituted 1H-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridin-4-yl, optionally substituted 1H-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridin-3-yl, optionally substituted 1H- pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridin-4-yl, optionally substituted isoquinolin-8-yl, optionally substituted isoquinolin-4-yl, optionally substituted isoquinolin-5-yl, optionally substituted 1H-indazol-1-yl, optionally substituted 1H-indazol-3-yl, optionally substituted benzofuran-3-yl, optionally substituted 1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin- 3-yl, optionally substituted 1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl, optionally substituted 1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-4-yl, optionally substituted benzo[b]thiophen-3-yl, optionally substituted 1H-pyrolo[3,2-c]-pyridin-1-yl, 2-oxo-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-1-yl, optionally substituted 1H- benzo[d]imidazol-1-yl, optionally substituted 2H-indazol-3-yl, 2-oxo-1- indolin-1-yl, optionally substituted 2H-indazol-3-yl, optionally substituted imidazo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl, optionally substituted imidazo[1,5-a]pyridin-8- yl, optionally substituted imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-5-yl, optionally substituted imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-1-yl, optionally substituted imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-3-yl, 1-oxo-1,2-dihydroisoquinolin-4-yl, 2-methyl-3-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-indazol- 1-yl, [1,2,4]-triazolo[4,3-a]pyridin-5-yl, cinnolin-4-yl, or benzo[d]isothiazol- 3-yl; (y) when W is -N-, X is -N-, -NH- or -N(CH2CH2OH)-, Z is -N-, Y is -C-, and R1 is 4-morpholinyl, then A is not 1H-indol-4-yl or 5-fluoro-1H-indol-4-yl; (z) when W is -N- or -CH-, X is -NH-, -N(Me)-, -N(Et)-, or -N(CH2- cyclopropyl)-, Y is -C-, Z is -N-, and R1 is 4-morpholinyl, then A is not an unsubstituted pyrazol-4-yl or a pyrazol-4-yl substituted by one or more groups selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, and trifluoromethyl; (aa) when W is -N-, X is -NH-, Y is -C-, Z is -CH- or -N-, and R1 is 4- morpholinyl, 3-methylmorpholin-4-yl, 3,3-dimethylmorpholin-4-yl, 2-oxa-5- azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-yl, or 3-oxa-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-8-yl, then A is not 4-morpholinyl, 3-methylmorpholin-4-yl, piperidin-1-yl, 4-hydroxypiperidin-1- yl, 4-methoxypiperidin-1-yl, 4,4-difluoropiperidin-1-yl, or 8-oxa-3- azabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-3-yl; (bb) when W is -CH-, X is -S-, Y is -C-, and X is -CH-, B is not pyrazol-5-yl when A is pyrrolidine-1-yl; and wherein the compound of Formula I is not: 4-(2-methyl-5-(3-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-1H-pyrrolo[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)morpholine, 2-(2-(2-aminopyrimidin-5-yl)-9-(2-hydroxyethyl)-6-morpholino-9H-purin-8-yl)propan-2- l, 1-ethyl-3-(5-(6-(3-ethylmorpholino)-7-methyl-7H-purin-2-yl)pyrimidin-2-yl)urea, or 5-pyrrolidino-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-2H-[1,2,3]triazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-7-one or a tautomer thereof.
2. The compound according to claim 1, wherein: (a) X is -S-, Z is -CH- or -CR3-, and Y is -C-; (b) X is -CH- or -CR3-, Z is -S-, and Y is -C-; (c) X is -O-, Z is -CH- or -CR3-, and Y is -C-; (d) X is -CH- or -CR3-, Z is -O-, and Y is -C-; (e) X is -NH-, Z is -CH- or -CR3-, and Y is -C-; (f) X is -CH- or -CR3-, Z is -NH-, and Y is -C-; (g) X is -NR3-, Z is -CH- or -CR3-, and Y is -C-; (h) X is -CH- or -CR3-, Z is -NR3-, and Y is -C-; (i) X and Z are -CH- or -CR3-, and Y is -N-; (j) X is -S-, Z is -N-, and Y is -C-; (k) X is -N-, Z is -S-, and Y is -C-; (l) X is -O-, Z is -N-, and Y is -C-; (m) X is -N-, Z is -O-, and Y is -C-; (n) X is -NH-, Z is -N-, and Y is -C-; (o) X is -N-, Z is -NH-, and Y is -C-; (p) X is -NR3-, Z is -N-, and Y is -C-; (q) X is -N-, Z is -NR3-, and Y is -C-; (r) X is -N-, Z is -CH- or -CR3-, and Y is -N-; (s) X is -CH- or -CR3-, Z is -N-, and Y is -N-; or (t) X and Z are -N-, and Y is -N-.
3. The compound according to claim 1, wherein the compound of Formula I has a core structure selected from any of the following:
4. The compound according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein A is selected from pyridine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, pyrazine, triazine, indole, benzimidazole, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, indazole, benzisoxazole, and benzisothiazole, thiophene, furan, pyrrole, oxazole, imidazole, thiazole, pyrazole, isoxazole, isothiazole, triazole (e.g., 1,2,3-triazole, or 1,2,4-triazole), oxadiazole (e.g., 1,2, 3 -oxadiazole, or 1,2,4-oxadiazole), thiadiazole (e.g., 1,2, 3 -thiadiazole, or 1,2,4-thiadiazole), and tetrazole (e.g., 1,2,3,4-tetrazole).
5. The compound according to claim 4, wherein said heteroaryl is selected from oxazole, imidazole, thiazole, pyrazole, isoxazole isothiazole, and triazole (e.g., 1,2,3-triazole).
6. The compound according to claim 5, wherein said heteroaryl is pyrazole (e.g., 3- substituted-pyrazol-l-yl, l-substituted-pyrazol-3-yl, 2-substituted-pyrazol-4-yl, 4- substituted-pyrazol-l-yl, l-substituted-pyrazol-5-yl, or 5-substituted-pyrazol-3-yl).
7. The compound according to claim 5, wherein said heteroaryl is thiazole (e.g., 2- substituted-thiazol-4-yl, 2-substituted-thiazol-5-yl, 4-substituted-thiazol-2-yl, or 5- substituted-thiazol-2-yl).
8. The compound according to claim 5, wherein said heteroaryl is oxazole (e.g., 2- substituted-oxazol-4-yl, 2-substituted-oxazol-5-yl, 4-substituted-oxazol-2-yl, or 5- substituted-oxazol-2-yl).
9. The compound according to claim 5, wherein said heteroaryl is imidazole (e.g., 2- substituted-imidazol-4-yl, 4-substituted-imidazol-2-yl, 2-substituted-imidazol-5-yl, 5- substituted-imidazol-2-yl, 4-substituted-imidazol-l-yl, or l-substituted-imidazol-4-yl).
10. The compound according to claim 5, wherein said heteroaryl is triazole (e.g., 4- substituted-l,2,3-triazol-2-yl or 2-substituted-l,2,3-triazol-4-yl).
11 . The compound according to any one of claims 1 -3, wherein substituent A is selected from:
12. The compound according to any one of claims 1-11, wherein B is selected from halo (e.g., bromo), phenyl, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, pyrazine, triazine, tetrazine, thiophene, furan, pyrrole, oxazole, imidazole, thiazole, pyrazole, isoxazole, isothiazole, indole, indazole, benzimidazole, benzisoxazole, benzisothi azole, benzoxazole, and benzothiazole, each optionally an N-oxide thereof (e.g., pyridyl-N-oxide), and each optionally substituted.
13. The compound according to any one of claims 1-11, wherein B is -CH2-(3- to 6- membered heterocycloalkyl) or -(CO)-(3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl), and said heterocycloalkyl is selected from morpholine, piperidine, piperazine, tetrahydropyran, pyrrolidine, tetrahydrofuran, oxetane, azetidine, oxirane, and aziridine, each optionally substituted.
14. The compound according to any one of claims 1-11, wherein group B is selected from the group consisting of:
15. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 14, wherein Ri is an optionally substituted 3- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl.
16. The compound according to claim 15, wherein said heterocycloalkyl is selected from aziridine, azetidine, oxirane, oxetane, pyrrolidine (e.g., 3,3-difluoropyrrolidin-l-yl), pyrrolidinone (e.g., l-pyrrolidin-3-one), tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydropyran (e.g., tetrahydropyran-4-yl), dihydropyran (e.g., 3,6-dihydropyran-4-yl), morpholine, piperidine, piperazine, and oxa-azaspiro[3.3]heptane (e.g., 2-oxa-6-azaspiro[3.3]heptan- 6-yl), l,4-oxazepan-4-yl, 3-oxa-6-azabicyclo[3.1.1]heptan-6-yl, and 2-oxa-5- azabicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptan-5-yl, wherein each said heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted.
17. The compound according to claim 16, wherein said morpholine is unsubstituted (e.g., morpholin-4-yl).
18. The compound according to claim 1, wherein the compound is selected from the compounds listed in Table 1 and Table 2.
19. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound according of any one of claims 1-18, in free or pharmaceutically acceptable salt form, in admixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluents or carrier.
20. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a disease or disorder characterized by dysregulation of phosphoinositide-mediated signal transduction pathways or which may be ameliorated by modulating (e.g., inhibiting) PIKFYVE-dependent signaling pathways or by modulating (e.g., inhibiting) endosome formation or trafficking, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of the compound according to any one of claims 1-18, in free or pharmaceutically acceptable salt form, or the pharmaceutical composition according to claim 19.
21. A method for treating or preventing a viral infection by an enveloped virus, such as Ebola, influenza A, vesicular stomatitis virus, Lassa fever virus, lymphocytic choriomeningitis virus, and coronaviruses (including MERS-CoV, SARS-CoV and SARS-CoV-2), comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of the compound according to any one of claims 1-18, in free or pharmaceutically acceptable salt form, or the pharmaceutical composition according to claim 19.
EP24789641.8A 2023-04-12 2024-04-12 Novel inhibitors of pikfyve and methods using same Pending EP4694893A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US202363495752P 2023-04-12 2023-04-12
PCT/US2024/024518 WO2024216229A1 (en) 2023-04-12 2024-04-12 Novel inhibitors of pikfyve and methods using same

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
EP4694893A1 true EP4694893A1 (en) 2026-02-18

Family

ID=93060213

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP24789641.8A Pending EP4694893A1 (en) 2023-04-12 2024-04-12 Novel inhibitors of pikfyve and methods using same

Country Status (2)

Country Link
EP (1) EP4694893A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2024216229A1 (en)

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5348725B2 (en) * 2007-10-25 2013-11-20 ジェネンテック， インコーポレイテッド Method for producing thienopyrimidine compound
WO2014149208A1 (en) * 2013-03-15 2014-09-25 Dow Agrosciences Llc Purine-based pesticidal compositions and related methods
AR119934A1 (en) * 2019-09-12 2022-01-19 Ai Therapeutics Inc PIKFYVE INHIBITORS FOR CANCER THERAPY
US20240018151A1 (en) * 2020-10-19 2024-01-18 Tme Therapeutics Llc Novel inhibitors of pikfyve and methods using same
WO2023058003A1 (en) * 2021-10-07 2023-04-13 Tme Therapeutics Llc Novel inhibitors of pikfyve and methods using same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2024216229A1 (en) 2024-10-17

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US12233062B2 (en) Heterocyclic derivatives useful as SHP2 inhibitors
US12077536B2 (en) BCL-2 inhibitors
US11370798B2 (en) Compounds useful as inhibitors of ATR kinase
US12398146B2 (en) Heterobicyclic amides as inhibitors of CD38
AU2011253057B2 (en) Nitrogen heterocyclic compounds useful as PDE10 inhibitors
EP2318377B1 (en) Pyrimidine compounds, compositions and methods of use
TWI893378B (en) Tricyclic heterocyclic derivatives, compositions and uses thereof
AU2020218383B2 (en) Imidazo [2, 1-f] [1, 2, 4] triazin-4-amine derivatives as TLR7 agonist
US20110201599A1 (en) CDK Modulators
AU2013225533A1 (en) Amido spirocyclic amide and sulfonamide derivatives
US20230265103A1 (en) Novel inhibitors of pikfyve and methods using same
EP4229063A1 (en) Novel inhibitors of pikfyve and methods using same
CA3240051A1 (en) Degradation of bruton&#39;s tyrosine kinase (btk) by conjugation of btk inhibitors with e3 ligase ligand and methods of use
US11584737B2 (en) Heterocyclic compound
US20250304577A1 (en) Tyk2 inhibitors
KR20250175338A (en) TYK2 decomposer and its uses
WO2024216229A1 (en) Novel inhibitors of pikfyve and methods using same
US20250059188A1 (en) Arylsulphonamide compounds
CA3259960A1 (en) Heterocyclic amide and urea compounds as jak2 inhibitors
US20240360134A1 (en) Pyrazolopyrimidines and their uses as pdgfr inhibitors
WO2023247595A1 (en) Pyrazolopyrazine carboxamides and their uses as pdgfr inhibitors
WO2023247590A1 (en) Triazolopyridine and benzoisoxazole carboxamides and their uses as pdgfr inhibitors
WO2023247593A1 (en) Pyrrolopyridine carboxamides and their uses as pdgfr inhibitors
EA046152B1 (en) COMPOUNDS FOR THE TREATMENT OF HUNTINGTON&#39;S DISEASE

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: THE INTERNATIONAL PUBLICATION HAS BEEN MADE

PUAI Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: REQUEST FOR EXAMINATION WAS MADE

17P Request for examination filed

Effective date: 20251030

AK Designated contracting states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AL AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC ME MK MT NL NO PL PT RO RS SE SI SK SM TR